Empire - User contributions [en]

Religious crime

2026-05-15T12:18:39Z

GuiltyConscience:

===Abuse of Powers===
The crime of abuse of powers is defined as: ''The misuse, or abuse, of the powers of a priest. This includes the powers of the Synod, as well as liao ceremonies.''

The Synod is charged with ensuring the proper conduct of all priestly Imperial citizens, whether they are Synod members or not. Abuse of Synod powers includes looking to use sanctuary and clemency to pervert the law, rather than promote virtue. Abuse of priest ceremonies may include use of the excommunication ceremony on an Imperial citizen without them having first been excommunicated by the Synod.

===Blasphemy===
The crime of blasphemy is defined as: ''The denigration of the paragons and the paths of virtue. This includes promoting false virtues and the teachings of false exemplars or false paragons.''

[[The_Brass_Coast_religious_beliefs#Feast_of_the_Broken_Wheel|The Feast of the Broken Wheel]] held by the [[The Brass Coast|Freeborn]] is contentious and considered blasphemy by some. The festival itself cannot be prosecuted, but a number of Freeborn participants have suffered condemnation over the years when their antics were judged to have gone too far. As Magistrate Enzo i Contero i Riqueza once noted, Imperial law still holds - no matter what celebration you may be attending.

===Desecration===
The crime of desecration is defined as: ''The removal of spontaneously created virtuous auras such as legacies of ascendance to paragonhood. This includes such auras arising on areas and objects, and those people who do not wished them removed.''

When this crime was originally [[Create_law_of_desecration|created in Summer 377YE]], it did not specify "virtuous" and could thus apply to spontaneous auras of false virtues. However, it has been noted that as a religious crime, it would never be prosecuted unless the Synod were to uphold a suitable Judgement of [[Condemnation]] in respect of such an act.

===Heresy===
The crime of heresy is defined as: ''The wilful rejection, or perversion of, the orthodox [[The Doctrines of the Faith|Doctrines of the Faith]] as laid down by the Imperial Synod, or actively teaching and promoting false doctrines.''

The Synod does permit the discussion, and debate, of the doctrines, and potential variations thereof, as part of theological investigation and learning. The criminal act is the teaching of “truth” that has not been recognized as such by the Synod. Virtuous priests are admonished to seek to change doctrine in the Synod, rather than undermine it.

===Idolatry===
The crime of idolatry is defined as: ''Subsuming human will and destiny to any inhuman entity or force. This includes the worship, veneration or exaltation of any such being or power.''

This crime incorporates the worship of "gods", eternals and other supernatural beings, though some priests have considered applying it in a political context as well.
<ic>Anger radiated from Garath, filling the tent in which he was sat. The Sentinel by the doorway tensed in response. Conversely, Casia, her black-eyes unblinking, appeared entirely unperturbed and gently stroked her barbels as she considered the broker.

“This is a travesty, and a waste of time,” spat Garath, “Do you really have nothing better to do with your time, fendweller?”

Casia merely considered him in silence.

“You had no right to haul me in like some criminal!” Gareth railed, “I was in the middle of an important trade deal. You’ve cost me a lot of money and I’ll have every ring of it out of your sodden hide.”

The merrow Illuminate simply lifted her cup and drank from it. Taking her time to finish it if full, she turned again to Garath. Rising from her seat she circled his seat before she finally spoke.

“I’m curious,” she said, without irony, “I have spoken at length to some of your business partners. You are a successful trader, there is no doubt. Yet the part that I do not understand is what you do with the liao you purchase from the Bloodhammer legion. No one I have spoken to reports you ever selling any of it.”

Garath snarled, “Is that it? My cousin Gwyn is a Guide. I provide it to him as part of the work of the Faith. Go and ask him.”

Casia nodded, and paused to produce a notebook in which the name was carefully inscribed. As she was putting her pen away, the tent flapped jostled and another Sentinel entered carrying a bag.

Garath blanched, “That’s mine! You’ve no right…”

“I think you will find that priests of the Synod have the right to go a great many places,” Casia interrupted calmly, as she took the bag from the armed man. Reaching in she produced a handful of small documents.

“Oh my,” she said, her tone unchanged despite the expression of surprise, “I do believe I have seen some of these in the tavern. Leaflets extolling the glory of Elora, Goddess of Hope.”

The black eyes fixed themselves on Garath again, “I do believe that’s heresy, blasphemy and idolatry in one single stroke. Thank you for your time Broker Garath, your inquisition is concluded. I would suggest you do not make any plans to leave Anvil as I am quite sure the magistrates will be wanting a word.”

As Garath rose, Casia gestured and the two Sentinels moved to either side of him. Garath glared at his shadows, but said nothing as he left the tent with the two following him.</ic>
{{Synod Further Reading}}
[[Category:The Law]]

Statement of principle

2026-05-06T16:02:06Z

GuiltyConscience: /* Overview */

{{Synod Judgement Summary|Assembly of Nine, Virtue or National Assembly|Lesser Majority}}
{{CaptionedImage|file=Marcela_Contemplates.jpg|title=A statement of principle requires significant thought, as well as passion.|caption=A significant statement of principle can have far-reaching effects across the Empire and beyond.|align=left|width=450}}
==Overview==
The assemblies of the [[Synod]] have the ability to make statements of principle. These are public declarations with the support of an [[assembly]] of the Synod on a matter relevant to the spiritual well-being of the Empire.

Statements of principle have no authority in law. However, they are a means by which the Synod can recognise a virtuous cause or demonstrate support for a important theological position. Most statements are primarily of interest to the well-connected citizens of the Empire who attend the summits at Anvil. However significant statements, most commonly those passed by the General [[Assembly]] with a [[Judgement#Greater_Majority|greater majority]], have influence right across the Empire.

The Secretary General of the Civil Service has written a short pamphlet giving advice on writing statements of principle, which can be found [https://www.profounddecisions.co.uk/mediawiki-public/images/2/25/Synod_Statement_Guide.pdf here]. Copies of this pamphlet are also available in the Hub during events.

==Judgement==
A statement of principle may legally be raised by any assembly of the Imperial Synod in their national or virtue assembly. However it is expected that the issue at hand will be relevant to the members of the assembly judging it. For example a statement of principle decrying the actions of Highborn generals will carry more moral weight if passed by the [[Highguard|Highborn]] Assembly than any other assembly bar the General Assembly.

Once per summit, a [[cardinal]] may use the power of elevation to permit a statement of principle to be put before the General Assembly. They use this power on their own judgement, or on a judgement submitted by any other member of the Synod. Statements of principle passed by the General Assembly are usually more consequential than statements passed in other assemblies.

A statement of principle never has a direct legal consequence regardless of the wording. The Synod may judge a statement of principle calling for the creation of an inquisitor or an auditor - but that does not cause the creation of a new Imperial title. The statement carries moral imperative, not legal force. Only the [[Senate]] can create new titles or change the law.

Some assemblies have specific powers to raise statements of principle with special effects. For example, the Prosperity Assembly maintains the [[Roll of Benefactors]], and the [[Wintermark]] Assembly can raise a statement of principle to add a name to the [[Heroism#Chronicle of Heroism|Chronicle of Heroism]]. Several of these abilities require a greater majority to be effective.

A statement of principle only requires a lesser majority to pass.

<ic>At the Spring Summit 377YE, the National Assembly of the League, at the instigation of Antonio Raoul Calgone declared the belief that there should be, at Anvil, a location consecrated to each of the Imperial Virtues.</ic>
<div style="float:right; width: 300px; clear: right;">{{CaptionedImage|file=On the virtue of loyalty.jpg|caption=Statements of principle inspire discussion and debate.|title=Jared of the Suns of Couros, Cardinal of Loyalty 377-380YE|align=right|width=300}}</div>

==Outcome==
The primary significance of a statement of principle lies in the discussion and debate which attends the Synod as they judge the issue and decide whether to pass the statement or reject it. A statement of principle is published and recorded along with other judgements, regardless of whether it passes or fails, so that anyone who is interested can see the outcome of that discussion.

In most cases it is only those citizens of the Empire that are concerned with the business of the Synod who pay attention to these principles. A statement of principle is an important mechanism that enables the Synod to demonstrate a unified view to other houses such as the Senate, but most judgements that pass with a lesser majority are not widely discussed outside Anvil - they are largely a matter for those who attend Anvil to consider.

When a statement of principle passes with a greater majority, the civil service ensure that the wording is communicated throughout the Empire to every priest of the Way who leads an appropriate [[congregation]].

A statement passed with a greater majority by the General Assembly resounds across the entire Empire and will ''always'' have an effect of some kind. If no statement of principle receives a greater majority - as is common - then attention will focus on whichever single statement passed the General Assembly with the greatest margin (that is, the greatest difference between votes for and against). Such statements are also communicated to priests of the Way who tend to congregations in foreign nations.

Statements passed with a greater majority by a national or Virtue assembly will only have an effect when they identify a key problem and call for action that would represent a significant change to the status quo. Traditionally statements passed by the [[Assembly#Assembly_of_the_Nine|Assembly of the Nine]] rarely have significant impact beyond Anvil.

Due to their shared faith, the priests of the [[Sumaah Republic]] pay particular attention to statements of principle by the Synod. There are priests who support congregations that follow the Way in many foreign nations, and they tend to look to either the Empire or Sumaah for guidance on religious matters. A statement of principle by the General Assembly, especially one that achieves a greater majority, may impact relations with these foreign congregations.
<div style="float: right;"><quote by="Marcher Proverb">Fair words won't bury grudges.</quote></div>

==Timing==
It takes time for the civil service to distribute statements of principle across the Empire. Even in an emergency, it happens over the three months between each summit - not in the days following the summit. As a result, unless a Wind of Fortune states that NPCs are specifically watching out for a specific judgement, a statement of principle will not impact the following downtime. This means that judgements calling attention to new threats or dangers will not arrive in time to save lives or allow people to change their course of action. While it is understandable that priests might seek to use the Synod to give warning of impending dangers, a statement of principle is completely ineffective at this. Unless called out explicitly in an [[opportunity]], this kind of warning will never be effective for the upcoming downtime - if the danger is real, then the warning simply won't arrive in time.

==OOC Design==
Any statement of principle that passes the General Assembly with a greater majority will always have an effect on the game setting, if we are able to create one. If no statement in the General Assembly achieves a greater majority, then the single statement that was upheld with the greatest margin in favour will have an effect instead. Exactly what form the response will take is impossible to predict - but the response will often be tailored in terms of an [[opportunity]], usually presenting a choice for the Synod at the following event. The effects of that opportunity will be clear - and characters can then choose if they wish to follow through.

Statements of principle passed by other assemblies are unlikely to have an effect. Statements urging citizens to do something they are already doing - such as opposing the Druj, or supporting a nation's armies, will never have an effect. Imperial citizens are already assumed to be doing all that they can in this regard, they cannot be importuned to do more. Statements that encourage citizens to take a very different approach can have an effect, provided they are compatible with the Way and the cultural beliefs of a nation. A statement by a national assembly that is at odds with the "Five things about... " for that nation will never generate a positive response. Likewise a statement by a Virtue assembly that is at odds with the guidance on the path for each virtue will never generate a positive response. Any statement by a virtue or national assembly is only likely to produce a response if any effects could be controversial - if they imply something that almost everyone would agree with, then it is fair to assume that people are already doing it. Statements passed by the Assembly of Nine or statements that pass a virtue or national assembly with a lesser majority will almost never have an effect beyond Anvil.

Long experience has shown that it is impossible for the civil service to predict the effects of a statement of principle passed with a greater majority. They will refuse all requests for a prediction - as they are categorically unable to provide one. This is because our plot team will not decide on the response to a statement of principle at the event where it passed. A statement ''cannot'' have an effect until it is communicated to the Empire beyond Anvil, so we will always make use of the time presented to carefully consider the reaction of Imperial citizens and decide on the best outcome for the game.

When a statement of principle has an effect, this will ''not always be a benefit.'' The play-balance of game effects are as likely to be negative as they are positive. For example a statement of principle passed with a greater majority of the General assembly urging all Marchers to support the war in the [[Mournwold]] would result in a plot [[opportunity]] to create a penalty for all [[Army|Marcher armies]] and [[military unit|military units]] that don't fight in the Mourn. It is hard to inspire people to do more than they are already doing, but easy to inspire people to punish those who are not supporting the cause.

Statements of principle exist to allow player-characters to unite the citizens of the Empire behind an in-character cause. The wording of a statement of principle is absolutely crucial in determining the flavour and detail of a response. We will determine the outcome of any plot opportunity based on the wording of the judgement. An effective statement of principle will be clear and lay out a strong proposal that characters in the Empire can support or follow.

While we encourage anyone writing a statement of principle to be clear in the intent - it is not helpful to try to dictate what the outcome should be. A statement of principle should state what citizens of the Empire should do - attempts to state what should happen as a result of those actions will be ignored. As a player you represent the moral and civic leadership of the Empire - you get to say what the leadership of the Empire does - but you don't get to say what the outcome is. The weal or woe of any action is decided by us.

Players often use statements of principle to try and "fish" for plot outcomes. They might try to find lost items or lore, or encourage a certain group of NPCs to come to Anvil for example. These kind of statements won't have any effect unless they are one of the statements passed by the General Assembly that are guaranteed to have an effect. You can't use a statement of principle in a national or Virtue assembly to get the plot writers to create a new plot involving items, lore or npcs unless you can get the backing of the General Assembly. Where we spot them, we will add notes to statements of principle to point players towards better tools that exist in the game to achieve these outcomes (like historical research).

Statements of principle ''cannot'' be used to try and change the game rules or the way Empire is run. They exist to allow characters to try to use the Synod to push their agenda with other characters. All participants are welcome to use feedback to Profound Decisions to request changes to the game, the best medium for that is email to [mailto:feedback@profounddecisions.co.uk feedback@profounddecisions.co.uk]. Statement of principle is only for characters to pursue their political, social, economic, religious, magical, and academic goals.

{{Synod Further Reading}}

Great work

2026-04-30T21:13:08Z

GuiltyConscience: /* Multiple Great Works */

<quote by="Cesare Sanguineo Rezia Di Tassato, Senator for Tassato">...long term economic investment into the infrastructure of the Empire</quote>
==Overview==
A great work is any major economic investment which is sufficiently large in scope that it provides a benefit to the inhabitants of an entire territory. The return can take the form of money, herbs, [[Game_items#Materials|materials for crafting items]] or mana crystals.

Great works do not automatically result in the creation of an Imperial title, as most great works do not require anyone to oversee them. The Senate may choose to create a [[New_Imperial_titles#Custodian|custodian]] for a great work - an Imperial title with the responsibility to look after the great work.

There are a number of important rules that impact great works, setting the costs, restricting the benefits, and imposing limitations any of which may be superseded by an appropriate [[opportunity]].

==Senate Commissions==
The [[Senate]] may pass a motion for the construction of infrastructure capable of improving the wealth generated by resources in a territory.

It is not possible for the Senate to pass a motion to upgrade a great work, but they can construct additional great works that further the level of investment in the territory.

===Benefits===
Each great work is linked to a specific type of personal resource in a specific territory. Every member of that nation who attended the last event and who owns the appropriate personal resource in the territory gains the benefit. A starting character will not receive the benefit of a great work in their first pack.

Each great work lifts the level of investment in a territory, providing a small fixed benefit to everyone from that nation in the territory. The higher the final level of investment, the greater the benefits. Every personal resource gains from the level of investment in a territory, regardless of who owns them.

The type of benefit received is restricted to the normal production of a resource. Raising the level of investment in [[farm|farms]] or [[business|businesses]] provides additional money while raising the level of investment for [[mana site|mana sites]] provides additional mana crystals.

Great works that raise the level of investment of mines of forests, work for all mines in a territory regardless of type or for all forests. Every affected [[mine]] or [[forest]] gains the appropriate ingots or measures. Great works that benefits [[herb garden|herb gardens]] may specify which bonus herbs they provide.

<table class="wikitable" style="width: 500px; float: right;">
<tr><th>Type</th><th>Resource</th><th>Type</th><th>Resource</th></tr>
<tr><td>[[Business]]</td><td>White Granite</td><td>[[Herb garden]]</td><td>Weirwood</td><tr>
<tr><td>[[Farm]]</td><td>Weirwood</td><td>[[Mana site]]</td><td>Mithril</td><tr>
<tr><td>[[Forest]]</td><td>White Granite</td><td>[[Mine]]</td><td>Mithril</td><tr>
<tr><td>[[Congregation]]</td><td>White Granite</td><td>[[Fleet]]</td><td>Weirwood</td><tr>
</table>

===Costs===
* Materials: Variable (minimum 50 wains)
* Time: 3 months to construct per 50 wains of materials used
* Labour: 3 crowns per wain
* Upkeep: None

To raise the level of investment to one costs 50 wains. Each subsequent level of investment costs 25 additional wains. So to take the level of investment from one to two costs 75 more wains, from two to three costs 100 more wains and so on. Each level of investment provides the same benefits. It is possible for a single vast great work to raise the level of investment by any number of levels provided it is sufficiently large, but it does not produce any benefits for anyone until it is complete.

Under normal circumstances, the material required will be the one associated with upgrading an equivalent personal resource. For example, 50 wains of mithril is required to create a great work that raises the level of investment for [[mana site|mana sites]] to one. The table shows the ''total'' costs in wains for the first four levels of investment, with the ''total'' benefits, but there is no limit to how high the level of investment can be lifted in a territory. The costs and benefits continue to rise at the rates shown for subsequent levels.

<table>
<tr><th>Level of Investment</th><th>Total Wains</th><th>Total Money</th><th>Total Ingots</th><th>Total Herbs</th><th>Total Mana Crystals</th><th>Total Liao</th><th>Fleet Ranks</th></tr>
<tr><td>1</td><td>50</td><td>36 rings</td><td>2</td><td>3</td><td>1</td><td>2</td><td>1</td></tr>
<tr><td>2</td><td>125</td><td>72 rings</td><td>4</td><td>6</td><td>2</td><td>4</td><td>2</td></tr>
<tr><td>3</td><td>225</td><td>108 rings</td><td>6</td><td>9</td><td>3</td><td>6</td><td>3</td></tr>
<tr><td>4</td><td>350</td><td>144 rings</td><td>8</td><td>12</td><td>4</td><td>8</td><td>4</td></tr>
</table>

==Limitations==
* '''Great works can never provide additional votes in the Synod'''
* '''Great works supporting fleets can only be built in coastal regions and can only boost trade with a foreign nation'''
* '''Military units cannot benefit from a standard great work'''
Great works that raise the level of investment for congregations only provide additional liao - it is not possible for a great work to provide additional votes in the Synod.

Great works that benefit fleets can only be built in a region with the coastal [[Region qualities|quality]]. A great work that benefits fleets raises the effective level of the fleet when trading with a foreign nation. It is not possible to use a great work to raise the level of a fleet for other downtime options without an appropriate [[opportunity]].

It is not possible to create a great work which is linked to military units without an appropriate opportunity.

Great works cannot be upgraded, but the Imperial Senate may create a new commission that acts to further raise the level of investment in a territory for a specific type of resource.

==Responsibility==
Great works can be threatened by barbarians on campaign, in a battle, or on a skirmish. In rare cases where someone must take responsibility for a great work, the Senator for a territory is expected to do so, if no Imperial title is associated with the commission.

==Multiple Great Works==
Great works cannot be upgraded, but the Imperial Senate may create a new commission to build a subsequent great work in a territory that acts to further raise the level of investment for a specific type of resource there. For instance, the shipyards at Madruga raise the level of investment in Madruga to one for all businesses providing them 36 additional rings. The Senate could authorise the creation of a vast rope works in Siroc in Madruga that would lift the level of investment to two, costing 75 wains and providing an additional 36 rings.

The level of investment in a territory is separate for each type of personal resource that is affected, so if the Empire built a series of canals in Madruga that raised the level of investment for farms that would cost 50 wains and provide 36 rings to every farm.

It is not possible to commission a new great work that increases investment in a given resource while another great work increasing investment in the same resource is in progress in the same territory. The original great work commission would need to be completed, abrogated, or lapse before the new great work could be commissioned. This does not prevent the commissioning of a new great work that targets a different resource to an existing commission that is currently underway.

==Opportunities==
A wind of fortune may present an [[opportunity]] to construct a great work which exceeds some of the normal rules presented here. It may raise the level of investment in more than one territory at once, or for more than one type of personal resource at once.

An opportunity will always state how many levels of investment it represents (usually one) but it may provide non-standard benefits, for example a wind of fortune might present plans for a seed bank, a great work that could be built in Miaren that would increase the level of investment by one for herb gardens but provide all herb gardens with 30 rings. Additional great works built in the territory treat the seed bank as if it were a standard great work that had already raised the level of investment by one for herb gardens in Miaren.
==Great Lighthouses==
* '''A ''great lighthouse'' would be a great work benefitting fleets'''
* '''Standard costs would be 40 wains of weirwood or white granite and 10 wains of mithril, to provide the first level of investment in a territory'''
* '''A lighthouse that supports fleets must be built in a region with the coastal quality'''
Following the Summer 387YE [[For_those_in_peril_on_the_sea#A_Welcoming_Beacon|symposium on lighthouses]] called by [[Appraisal#Eilian_Sweetwater|Eilian Sweetwater]], Imperial architects pooled their knowledge on the construction of lighthouses. A ''great lighthouse'' would be a massive structure of white granite or weirwood with mithril mirrors at the top, and may incorporate a boat station operated by volunteers who seek to preserve life in the case of a disaster. This kind of lighthouse is a specific [[great work]] that benefits [[fleet|fleets]]. It is effectively an [[opportunity]] available to anyone who can commission a great work.

A ''great lighthouse'' must be built in a region with the [[Region_qualities#Coastal|coastal]] quality. The lighthouse represents a level of investment in [[fleet|fleets]] based in the territory. A lighthouse uses a combination of either weirwood and white granite, and an amount of mithril for the mirrors. Adding the first level of investment takes 40 wains of weirwood or white granite, and 10 wains of mithril. Lighthouses adding higher levels of investment need proportionally more mithril and either white granite or weirwood.

This kind of lighthouse receives a paragraph on the appropriate territory page, as well as adding an entire rank to the effectiveness of any fleet based in the territory that takes a [[Fleet#Trading|trading]] action during downtime. The weakness of such a great work is that it is relatively easy to damage if the region where it is built is captured by an enemy. The practical nature of the [[Grendel]] means they are broadly unlikely to do such a thing - Governor Rahab's anger and greed making him an exception - but the Children of Wrecks actively enjoy destroying lighthouses.

'''OOC Note:''' A ''great lighthouse'' is a specific example of a great work that can be built with non-standard materials, and can only be constructed in a region with a specific quality. Anyone who can commission a great work could specify that they are building a great lighthouse. The amounts given here are for the first level of investment in fleets in a territory; higher levels of investment will require proportionally more materials.

==Current Great Works==
This table includes all great works which are active at the present. This list was last updated following the Summer Solstice 387YE.

<table class="wikitable sortable"><tr><th style="width: 15%;">Nation</th><th style="width: 15%;">Territory</th><th style="width: 10%;">Resource</th><th style="width: 15%;">Great Works</th><th style="width: 15%;">Total Level of Investment</th><th style="width: 20%;">Benefit</th></tr>
<tr><td rowspan='5'>[[The Brass Coast]]</td><td>[[Kahraman]]</td><td>Mine</td><td>Roads of Kahraman<td>1</td><td>2 additional ingots</td>
<tr><td rowspan='2'>[[Madruga]]</td><td>Business</td><td>Sunset Roads<td>1</td><td>36 rings</td>
<tr><td>Farm</td><td>Sunset Roads<td>1</td><td>36 rings</td>
<tr><td rowspan='2'>[[Segura]]</td><td>Business</td><td>Towers of Anduz<br>Sunset Roads <sup>[[#2|(2)]]<td>3</td><td>72 rings</td>
<tr><td>Farm</td><td>Sunset Roads <sup>[[#2|(2)]]<td>1</td><td>0 rings</td>
<tr><td rowspan='3'>[[Dawn]]</td><td rowspan='2'>[[Astolat]]</td><td>Business</td><td>Tournament Grounds of Laroc<td>1</td><td>36 rings</td>
<tr><td>Mana Site</td><td>Harps of Astolat<td>1</td><td>1 mana crystal</td>
<tr><td rowspan='1'>[[Weirwater]]</td><td>Mine</td><td>Giritane's Gaze<td>1</td><td>36 rings<br>1 [[Farewell_wanderlust#Treasures_of_the_Earth|deepstone]]</td>
<tr><td rowspan='4'>[[Highguard]]</td><td rowspan='1'>[[Casinea]]</td><td>Mana Site</td><td>Lorenzo's Legacy of Prosperity<td>1</td><td>1 mana crystal</td>
<tr><td rowspan='3'>[[Reikos]]</td><td>Congregation</td><td>Grand Ossuary of Reikos<td>2</td><td>72 rings</td>
<tr><td>Herb Garden</td><td>Gardens of High Chalcis<td>3</td><td>3 drams of true vervain, 2 drams of cerulean mazzarine, 1 dram of bladeroot, 1 dram of Imperial roseweald, and 1 dose of realmsroot</td>
<tr><td>Mana Site</td><td>Seminary of the Swan<td>1</td><td>36 rings</td>
<tr><td rowspan='2'>[[Imperial Orcs]]</td><td rowspan='2'>[[Skarsind]]</td><td>Congregation</td><td>The Legion's Rookery<td>1</td><td>2 doses of liao</td>
<tr><td>Herb Garden</td><td>Red Blade Memorial<td>2</td><td>6 drams of true vervain</td>
<tr><td rowspan='11'>[[The League]]</td><td rowspan='3'>[[Holberg]]</td><td>Business</td><td>Gates of Holmaeur Park<td>2</td><td>72 rings</td>
<tr><td>Farm</td><td>Bloody Great Sausage<td>1</td><td>36 rings</td>
<tr><td>Mana Site</td><td>Lorenzo's Legacy of Courage <sup>[[#1|(1)]]</sup><td>1</td><td>1 mana crystal</td>
<tr><td rowspan='3'>[[Sarvos]]</td><td>Business</td><td>College of the Liberated<br>Colossus of Sarvos<td>2</td><td>72 rings</td>
<tr><td>Herb Garden</td><td>Sweetwater Springs<td>1</td><td>2 drams of true vervain, 1 dram of cerulean mazzarine</td>
<tr><td>Mana Site</td><td>Lorenzo's Legacy of Pride <sup>[[#1|(1)]]</sup><td>1</td><td>0 mana crystal</td>
<tr><td rowspan='2'>[[Spiral]]</td><td>Business</td><td>Bridge of the Air<br>Curstag's Way<td>2</td><td>72 rings</td>
<tr><td>Mana Site</td><td>Bridge of the Air<td>1</td><td>1 mana crystal</td>
<tr><td rowspan='1'>[[Tassato]]</td><td>Mana Site</td><td>Lorenzo's Legacy of Ambition <sup>[[#1|(1)]]</sup><td>1</td><td>0 mana crystal</td>
<tr><td rowspan='2'>[[Temeschwar]]</td><td>Business</td><td>Lorenzo's Great Game<td>1</td><td>36 rings</td>
<tr><td>Mana Site</td><td>Lorenzo's Legacy of Loyalty <sup>[[#1|(1)]]</sup><td>1</td><td>0 mana crystal</td>
<tr><td rowspan='6'>[[The Marches]]</td><td rowspan='1'>[[Bregasland]]</td><td>Farm</td><td>Imperial Breadbasket<td>1</td><td>0 rings</td>
<tr><td rowspan='2'>[[Mitwold]]</td><td>Farm</td><td>Imperial Breadbasket<br>Black Canal<td>2</td><td>72 rings</td>
<tr><td>Business</td><td>Black Canal<td>1</td><td>36 rings</td>
<tr><td rowspan='2'>[[Mournwold]]</td><td>Business</td><td>Black Canal<td>1</td><td>36 rings</td>
<tr><td>Mine</td><td>Black Canal<td>2</td><td>4 additional ingots</td>
<tr><td rowspan='1'>[[Upwold]]</td><td>Farm</td><td>Imperial Breadbasket<td>1</td><td>36 rings</td>
<tr><td rowspan='3'>[[Navarr]]</td><td rowspan='1'>[[Brocéliande]]</td><td>Herb Garden</td><td>Defence of the Broch<td>1</td><td>3 drams of bladeroot</td>
<tr><td rowspan='1'>[[Hercynia]]</td><td>Mana Site</td><td>Blade of Thorn<td>1</td><td>1 mana crystal</td>
<tr><td rowspan='1'>[[Miaren]]</td><td>Herb Garden</td><td>First Voice Glade<td>1</td><td>3 drams of herbs<sup>[[#5|(5)]]</td>
<tr><td rowspan='9'>[[Urizen]]</td><td rowspan='3'>[[Morrow]]</td><td>Business</td><td>Bridge of the Air<br>House of Illumination<sup>[[#3|(3)]]</sup><td>2</td><td>36 rings</td>
<tr><td>Herb Garden</td><td>The Bleak Tower<td>1</td><td>2 drams of random herbs, 1 dram of bladeroot</td>
<tr><td>Mana Site</td><td>Bridge of the Air<td>1</td><td>1 mana crystal</td>
<tr><td rowspan='2'>[[Redoubt]]</td><td>Business</td><td>Bridge of the Air<br>House of Illumination<sup>[[#3|(3)]]</sup><td>2</td><td>36 rings</td>

<tr><td>Mana Site</td><td>Bridge of the Air<td>1</td><td>1 mana crystal</td>
<tr><td rowspan='4'>[[Zenith]]</td><td>Business</td><td>Bridge of the Air<td>1</td><td>36 rings</td>
<tr><td>Farm</td><td>Golden Cascade<td>1</td><td>3 drams of random herbs</td>
<tr><td>Herb Garden</td><td>Golden Cascade<br>Garden of Pallas<td>2</td><td>36 rings and 3 drams of random herbs</td>
<tr><td>Mana Site</td><td>Garden of Pallas<br>Bridge of the Air<td>2</td><td>1 mana crystal and 3 drams of random herbs</td>
<tr><td rowspan='9'>[[Varushka]]</td><td rowspan='2'>[[Karov]]</td><td>Forest</td><td>Iron Roads<td>1</td><td>2 additional measures</td>
<tr><td>Mine</td><td>Iron Roads<td>1</td><td>2 additional ingots</td>
<tr><td rowspan='2'>[[Karsk]]</td><td>Forest</td><td>Crow Roads<td>1</td><td>2 additional measures</td>
<tr><td>Mine</td><td>Crow Roads<td>1</td><td>2 additional ingots</td>
<tr><td rowspan='2'>[[Miekarova]]</td><td>Forest</td><td>Iron Roads<td>1</td><td>2 additional measures</td>
<tr><td>Mine</td><td>Iron Roads<br>Light Market<sup>[[#4|(4)]]</sup><td>2</td><td>2 additional ingots</td>
<tr><td rowspan='1'>[[Ossium]]</td><td>Forest</td><td>Iron Roads<br>Krustrozi's Lumbermill<td>3</td><td>6 additional measures</td>
<tr><td rowspan='2'>[[Volodmartz]]</td><td>Forest</td><td>Iron Roads<td>1</td><td>2 additional measures</td>
<tr><td>Mine</td><td>Iron Roads<br>Light Market<sup>[[#4|(4)]]</sup><td>2</td><td>2 additional ingots</td>
<tr><td rowspan='5'>[[Wintermark]]</td><td rowspan='2'>[[Hahnmark]]</td><td>Farm</td><td>Brenna's Gift<td>2</td><td>0 rings and 2 doses of [[Hyenas_and_herbs#Flowers_in_Frost|viezesmaak]]</td>
<tr><td>Mana Site</td><td>Lorenzo's Legacy of Vigilance<td>1</td><td>1 mana crystal</td>
<tr><td rowspan='2'>[[Kallavesa]]</td><td>Congregation</td><td>Pilgrims Trail<td>2</td><td>4 doses of liao</td>
<tr><td>Herb Garden</td><td>Healing House of Wittal Grove<td>1</td><td>3 drams of cerulean mazzarine</td>
<tr><td>[[Sermersuaq]]</td><td>Farm</td><td>Smokehouse of Atalaq<td>2</td><td>72 rings</td>
</table>

#{{anchor|1}} These great works provide no additional mana crystals following a senate motion to [[385YE_Winter_Solstice_Senate_sessions#League_Crystal_Mana_to_Spiral|divert production to Spiral]]
#{{anchor|2}} The Sunset Roads produce no additional income for the farms and businesses in Segura until the bridges of the Scorrero are repaired as per '''[[Where_the_river_rises#Crossing|Where the river rises]]''' wind of fortune
#{{anchor|3}} The season they are appointed, the [[Architect of Illumination]] can announce whether the great work will produce an extra 36 rings or two random [[Materials#Metals|ingots]]
#{{anchor|4}} The season they are appointed, the [[Merchant Boyar of the Light Market]] can announce whether the great work will produce an extra two [[Materials#Metals|ingots]] or 36 rings
#{{anchor|5}} First Voice Glade produces Imperial roseweald at the Spring Equinox, cerulean mazzarine at the Summer Solstice, marrowort at the Autumn Equinox, and bladeroot at the Winter Solstice
[[Category:Senate]]
[[Category:Commission]]

First Empress

2026-04-19T12:57:51Z

GuiltyConscience: /* Early life and Election */

<div style="float:left; width: 350px; clear: right;">{{CaptionedImage|file=The First and the Last.jpg|align=right|caption=The First Empress and her horse, painted in 386YE by Winterfolk artist '''Kolnýr'''|width=350}}</div>
===Reign: 0YE - 22YE===
<div style="float:right; width: 600px; clear: right;"><box>'''Caveat'''<br>Surprisingly little is known with any certainty about the First Empress, and the events surrounding the actual founding of the Empire are often couched in terms of myth and legend. As a consequence, this page tried to differentiate between generally accepted facts and commonly believed stories. An in-character [[historical research]] document also exists, which can be found [[Myfanwy_of_Hercynia|here]], and delves a little further into the stories surrounding the events in the First Empress' life. More than any other historical event, the foundation of the Empire - and the life of the woman credited with its creation - is swathed in mystery.</box></div>
===Called: ''the First'' ===
There is a great deal of disagreement between scholars and historians on the actual identity of the First Empress. The historical records are incomplete and full of inconsistencies. Various Highborn figures including the [[Highguard_military_concerns#Cataphracts|cataphracts]] Regan of the White Tower, Naomi of [[Casinea#Syrene|Syrene]], and Irida Swiftlance, and the priest Sherber have all been identified as potential names for the founder of the Empire. As a result of this uncertainty, and in spite of two centuries of scholarship devoted to definitively identifying her, the First Empress is generally referred to by her title rather than by a given name.

The situation is further complicated due to the nature of the few surviving documents from the foundation of the Empire. Accounts written during the foundation identify the significant actors only by name, whereas later documents overwhelmingly identify the key protagonist simply as the First Empress.
====Early life and Election====
Although little is known of her early life, the one thing almost all historians agree on is that the First Empress was born in [[Highguard]]. Most credible accounts that identify the First Empress describe her as a powerful Highborn warrior. She must have trained extensively in the arts of war as she was granted the privilege of riding one of the few remaining Highborn warhorses. Stories of her accomplishments are likely embellished, but while historians often focus more on her charisma and vision than her fighting ability, there is little doubt that she was a practised combatant and an experienced military leader from an early age.
__TOC__
Romantic stories claim that she rode the "last" of the Highborn battle mounts, and that when the pair died there were no more horses. While this is unlikely to be literally true, there is little doubt that within a generation of her death the legendary horses of Highguard had vanished from the world. Her steed was named Jahan, and was said to be one of the largest and most impressive of his kind. The two formed a powerful bond, legendary even by the standards of the [[Highguard_military_concerns#Cataphracts|cataphracts]] of the time and she rode him into battle against the barbarians of both the east and the south. It is commonly assumed that Jahan is the white or silver horse on a black field depicted on the heraldry associated with the first Empress.

At some point, the First Empress underwent a [[liao#True Liao|true liao]] vision that profoundly moved her. While the details of the vision are unknown, it inspired her to spread the revelation that the Labyrinth does not distinguish between nations. That all human souls are re-incarnated on the same wheel, regardless of whether they were Highborn. She claimed that the only way in which Highborn souls that were reborn would know their heritage and the Way of Virtue was if all humanity were united under a single banner.

In the years following her vision, and with an eye to both the looming threat of the orcs and the constant conflict between humans who should have been allies, the woman who would become the First Empress gathered a small group of like-minded individuals from various nations. With their assistance, she brought together the leaders of humanity around the [[Bay of Catazar]] to discuss an alliance against the barbarians. Her vision and charisma - and the hard work of her allies - convinced many of them to accept the need to form a lasting alliance.

The meeting at Anvil has passed into Imperial legend. History records that the Navarr, led by the indefatigable Myfanwy, served as messengers to bring powerful and influential people to hear the First Empress' proposal. Some scholars speculate that the meeting was actually intended to take place in Bastion but was moved to [[Anvil]] at the last minute due to opposition from a coalition of chapters led by the Stone Banners who opposed the Empress' vision. The representatives of [[Urizen]] declined to join, but sufficient folk from [[the Brass Coast]], [[Dawn]], [[Highguard]], the newly-formed [[The League|League]], the fractious [[The Marches|Marches]], [[Navarr]], [[Varushka]] and [[Wintermark]] agreed the alliance that led to the formation the Empire.

The First Empress is a key figure in many of the stories of the Founding of the Empire. Indeed she is central to so many historical events, some of which are believed to haven taken place contemporaneously in different parts of the Empire, that many scholars believe that she could not have been responsible for all the heroic acts ascribed to her. Deeds attributed to her include:

* Convincing the Highborn that the Empire could be founded on principles of virtue.
* Becoming [[Dawn_monarchy|Queen]] of [[Dawn]], and [[Dawn_history|bringing the Dawnish people]] into the Empire.
* Demanding that [[the Marches]] must either join as a whole, or not at all, leading to the [[The_Marches_history#Joining_the_Empire|Cousin's War]]
* Persuading King Alof Bearning to bring the folk of [[Wintermark]] [[Wintermark_history#Joining_the_Empire|into the alliance]].
* Meeting with the [[the Brass Coast|Freeborn]] [[Hakima]] and [[The_Brass_Coast_history#The_Empire|persuading them]] that the Empire could be a force for good.
* Receiving a delegation of [[Varushka|Varushkan]] [[Varushka_religious_beliefs|wise ones]], and [[Varushka_history#Joining_the_Empire|reassuring them]] as to the good intention of the alliance.
* Recognising the cities of [[the League]] and guaranteeing their [[The_League_history#Founding_the_League|place as a nation]] equal to their more established neighbours
* Working with the [[Navarr]] to [[Navarr_history#Joining_the_Empire|spread the word]] of the alliance among all the people of the Bay of Catazar
* Attempting (and failing) to persuade the [[Urizen]] to join the nascent Empire.
<div style="float:right; width: 600px; clear: right;"><quote by="Mari i Barba i Riqueza, '''Foundation and Empire'''">One of the first things I notice about these "Five Luminaries" is that while it took only ''three'' Freeborn sisters to found a great nation, it took ''six'' sisters from the other nations to found an Empire.</quote></div>
It is difficult to be certain which of these deeds if any can be directly ascribed to the First Empress, not least because of the stories that claim that she enjoyed the assistance of a number of notable individuals. Some scholars claim she carefully selected seven Companions, one for each virtue. Another popular account describes her as having five Luminaries, a Navarr [[brand]], a Dawnish [[troubadour]], a Varushkan [[Varushka_religious_beliefs|wise one]], a Marcher [[landskeeper]], and a [[Tassato|Tassatan]] [[The_League_leadership|merchant prince]].

These companions further complicate the issue of identifying who the First Empress was, and which deeds she accomplished herself. For example it is widely known that the First Empress sent Brigit of Dourfen, a landskeeper and a close adviser to negotiate with the Marcher [[steward|stewards]] on her behalf. But the famous quote that ''"I will take all of you, or none of you"'' that led to the Cousin's War is always attributed directly to the First Empress even though most records describe the key meetings taking place between Brigit and other Marchers.

Regardless, few historians contest that the First Empress was a key figure - perhaps the most important individual - in bringing about the creation of the Empire. While she may not personally have undertaken all the deeds ascribed to her, and while the precise details of many events are now impossible to ascertain (thanks to [[Emperor Nicovar]] and his destruction of so many Imperial archives), there is no doubt that the Empire in its current form rests on the foundation of her vision of a united humankind.

====Reign====
To all intents and purposes the First Empress created the Empire. While her successors, especially [[Emperor Giovanni]], [[Empress Richilde]], and [[Empress Teleri]] refined the idea and helped build the institutions familiar to modern Imperial citizens, they did so on the firm foundation she already laid.

She is credited with the creation of the [[Imperial Constitution]], and with formally recognising [[The Way]] as the religion of the Empire. This included the creation of the [[Synod]], though the early institution bore comparatively little resemblance to the Synod as Imperial citizens recognise it today. Some historians claim that the Empress and many of her Highborn supporters favoured a theocratic model of government for the Empire, but were unable to convince everyone of the wisdom of this approach. Instead they settled for ensuring the role of the Synod as a vital guardian of the spiritual well-being of the Empire.

She is also credited with establishing the [[Senate]], basing it on the [[Wintermark]] model of the ''Witan''. The Senate provided a way for the Empire to govern itself that appears to have been essential to convince many nations that joining the Empire would not mean being ruled over by a foreigner. Despite this the first Senate seems to have played a mostly advisory role, with the strict legal definitions of powers and responsibilities coming later.

While the First Empress was a warrior, she firmly believed that the business of war and the business of politics must remain separate. This belief led to the constitutional imperative that [[Senator|Senators]] are not allowed to attend meetings of the [[Military Council]]. While some have argued that this was to prevent the Senators interfering in the generals' decisions, others maintain that her true concern was to preserve the idea that the Senators would strive always to secure the peace, [[Imperial_Constitution#The_Imperial_Constitution|prosperity, liberty, and dignity]] of their fellow citizens free from the spectre of violence or bloodshed.

The Imperial Conclave and the Imperial Bourse were established after the reign of the First Empress, during the time of Emperor Giovanni. But Giovanni claimed on the floor of the Senate that the First Empress told him that she wanted the [[Bourse]] to be free from Senatorial control to ensure that senators were not motivated by matters of wealth and personal enrichment. If that was true, then it suggests that her vision continued to guide the development of the Empire even after her death.

As with the formation of the Empire, the First Empress is often described as the author of changes or innovations that were likely the result of motions passed by the Senate. For example, she is credited as "ruling" that the official language of the Empire would be "Imperial" and that [[Languages#Latin|Old Asavean]] would remain a tongue for scholars and historians. It is possible that the Throne was able to rule by decree at the beginning of the Empire, but most historians think it is more likely that the early Senate made this decision with the support of the Synod. Nobody questions the critical involvement of the First Empress in these decisions, but it is difficult to be certain if she really instigated all of them. At least some of the crucial ideas and motivations appears to have come from her advisers.

While history books often gloss over the details, the reign of the First Empress was marked by war and conflict. Not only did the nascent Empire need to contend with barbarians on all sides, there were dissenting voices within the eight nations whose rejection of Imperial law often exploded into outright rebellion. In particular, the rebellion of the Varushkan [[Alderei the Fair]] greatly tested the resolve of the early Empire and saw the tragic loss of several of those most enthusiastic in its support. While it represents the best known and arguably most severe of these incidents, it is far from the only one. Historical records show that fighting in the Marches continued sporadically well into the reign of the First Empress' successor, Emperor Giovanni, while there are also reports of an attempt by Highborn separatists in [[Casinea]] to break away from the Empire. Likewise, while many of the stories focus on the fight against the [[orc]] barbarians, there are also records of serious engagements with troops from the [[Iron Confederacy]] seeking to attack the newly-formed Empire while it was weak.

During her life, the First Empress was surrounded and ably supported by countless unique individuals, many of whom might well have become notable heroes in their own right had they not been content to see their destiny subsumed into her vision. Barachai of the Steel Stirrups, the [[Highguard_history#Archivists|archivist]] who wrote one of the earliest biographies finished his work by claiming that what made the First Empress truly unique was not what she accomplished but what she inspired others to accomplish.

In the end, the Empire endured, in no small part to the active efforts of the First Empress and her court to hold it together. While the Military Council were often focused on external threats, the Empress' vigilance repeatedly stressed the need to remain alert to dangers ''within'' the Empire's borders as well. The [[Silent Bell]] organisation claims to have been created on the orders of the First Empress specifically to watch for internal danger.

====Death and Legacy====
The First Empress died in 22YE, fighting orcs from the hills to the west of the Brass Coast. Her loyal steed may have fallen alongside his mistress; romantic accounts claim that the battle claimed not only the first Throne, but her horse Jahan as well. In some versions of the story, the horse dies of a broken heart but most historians accept that the two died together in battle. Only in Urizen are there [[Imperial history#(22 YE) Death of the First Empress|dissenting voices]], where some historians argue that Jahan predeceased his rider by several months. While there have been attempts by some scholars to look for some wider meaning in the death of the First Empress, and several conspiracies have been suggested, all the evidence suggests that it was simply bad luck that she fell in battle alongside many other Imperial soldiers fighting to protect the Brass Coast.

When news of her death reached the wider Empire, it resulted in a month of mourning. Her body was transported to [[Necropolis|Necropolis]] to be interred, beginning the tradition that endures to this day. Her body was laid to rest alongside that of her beloved steed in a glorious tomb of white granite, and following his own passing her husband Rodric joined her in death.

Her passing shook the Empire - there was significant concern that the edifice she had created would not survive without her. In the end, the combined efforts of her allies and her successor were able to keep her flame alive. It would have been easy for the fledgling alliance to splinter in the absence of the woman whose personal charisma and ambitious vision had brought it together. In the end, though, it was clear to each of the members that the benefits of the Empire far outweighed the risks of attempting to go it alone. In only twenty years, the barbarian orcs had been pushed back in every direction, and for the first time in generations it seemed that humanity might not only be able to weather the malice of the [[orc|orcs]] but actually prevail against them and expand their borders.

In a very real sense, the entire Empire is her legacy. It is in recognition of that first fateful meeting that the most powerful citizens of the Empire meet four times a year on the fields at [[Anvil]]. Her personal heraldry - the rearing horse - remains the official symbol of the Empire and the civil service that supports it. The alliance has expanded with the addition of first the [[Urizen]] and then the [[Imperial Orcs]], but they are still bound nearly four centuries later by the principles laid down in the Constitution. Most historians agree - without her powerful drive to unite humanity, it is unlikely any of the nations that today compose the Empire would have survived and prospered as much as they have.

It is unsurprising then that there have been attempts to [[recognition|recognise]] the First Empress as a [[Paragons_and_exemplars|paragon]] of virtue. There are few examples of paragons and exemplars who have achieved more. Yet, despite efforts to the contrary, no [[judgement]] or [[recognition]] has ever successfully passed the General [[Assembly]] of the Imperial Synod. The reason for this is straightforward enough - each paragon represents a single virtue and in the case of the First Empress there is no agreement as to ''which'' virtue best encapsulates her powerful influence on the history of humankind. As recent incidents such as the [[Schisms_and_Heresies#The_Yaelian_Schism|Yaelian Schism]] have comprehensively demonstrated, to declare the First Empress as a paragon of one virtue is to inevitably exalt that virtue above the others in the eyes of Imperial citizens. While priests point to the many inspirational moments from her life, they do so in support of all seven virtues rather than in the name of one, providing her with an almost unique position as someone who most priests agree was likely a paragon but who must perforce exist outside the structures of formal recognition and [[The_Doctrines_of_the_Faith|doctrine]].

==The First Empress in Play==
The life and deeds of the First Empress are shrouded in mystery, to the degree that historians do not even agree on her true name. With that in mind, any group or character background that seeks to establish facts about the First Empress will be rejected. For example, it is acceptable to ''believe'' that the First Empress was part of your Highborn [[Chapter]] but we won't sanction a background where you have definitive evidence of such a claim. While her children were most likely raised as Dawnish [[Yeofolk of Dawn|yeofolk]], the descendants of the First Empress and her consort can be found in every human nation of the Empire. Claiming to be a descendant of the First Empress is usually seen as a claim to be a true citizen of the Empire, rather than any legitimate claim of consanguinity.

The First Empress has been the target of several [[historical research]] requests over the years, but such things are generally complicated by the lack of records from the time, the destruction of the major centres of learning by [[Emperor Nicovar]], and the fact that she does not appear to have been referred to as the First Empress in any primary sources related to the foundation. Directing the [[Historical_research#The_Department_of_Historical_Research|department of historical research]] to provide more information about the First Empress is unlikely to yield any new results. More effective would be attempts to gather information about specific events she was involved with - the more specific the better.

==Further Reading==
* The history pages for each of the human nations expand upon the circumstances around the formation of the Empire, and the First Empress plays a role in each of them.
* [[First Empress|Historical research document]]
* [[Imperial_history#Year_Zero|Imperial History]]
----
<small>The arduous task of collecting references to the First Empress from elsewhere on the wiki was undertaken by James Blackshaw</small>
[[Category:History]]
[[Category:The Throne]]

The Marches history

2026-04-19T12:53:22Z

GuiltyConscience: /* The Cousin's War */

[[Category:History]]
<div style="float:left; width: 600px; clear: left;">{{CaptionedImage|file=Marchers Marching.jpg|caption=The exodus from [[Dawn]] gives the nation its name, and defines their stubborn independence.|width=600|align=left}}</div>
==The creation of the Marches==
The history of the Marchers begins with a rebellion in Dawn. A group of disaffected yeofolk determined to leave their lord's lands and make a better life for themselves. Their complaints were numerous and varied; the lack of opportunities for those of low-birth, the failure to recognise the importance of hard work or to adequately reward it. Personal disagreements inflamed these inequities, petty rivalries and personal snubs exacerbated the tension.

The March began relatively peacefully, with petitions to the [[Dawn monarchy|monarch of Dawn]] for greater opportunity and recognition of the yeofolk. When there requests were refused the rebels laid their plan. With no other opportunities, and nowhere else to go, they marched across the country heading for the western border, intent on claiming land outside of Dawn. This initial disapora was joined on their pilgrimage by thousands more, until they became known as the Marchers. Not all were driven by disgruntlement, a few joined the March because they imagined it would lead to glory and more than a few marched for love.

After leaving Dawn, the Marchers entered the woods of [[Miaren]]. At this time, much of the territory was still dominated by the [[vallorn]], and the March nearly ended in disaster. The local [[Navarr]], however, offered aid and support to the Marchers. After all, the Navarr have a long tradition of helping those who are unhappy with their situation find a new place to live, or a new way of life. While some chose to join the Navarr, the majority of the former yeofolk wanted a land of their own. With some aid from sympathetic stridings and steadings, the former Dawnish folk passed through [[Miaren#Greenfalls|Greenfalls]] and [[Miaren#Oakways|Oakways]] to what is now [[Upwold]]

The first Marchers had few real weapons or pieces of armour between them. The Dawnish nobility fully expected them to flee the oncoming winter or die at the hands of the orcs. The traditional view is that the Marchers confounded these expectations by taking their farm tools and padded jacks and carving out a kingdom for themselves, slaughtering the orc clans they encountered and driving them before them with grim determination. In addition to their Ambition, the Marchers benefited from a unity of purpose that the orcs broadly lacked. While the barbarians as a whole outnumbered the Marchers, they failed to present any cohesive resistance to the invading humans.

Some historians believe that the Marchers were also given some support by the Navarr, supplementing their armaments with the bows and spears both nations favoured. The benefits to the Navarr are obvious; with a friendly human nation to the west they would be able to expand the [[trods]] and hasten the destruction of the vallorn. Indeed, the Marchers succeeded beyond anything the Navarr could have hoped, ultimately providing an opportunity to reconnect with the steadings of distant Liathaven, isolated since the fall of Terunael by hostile tribes of orcs.

Regardless of how they did it, the Marchers carved out a patchwork of cleared lands controlled by a score of independent-minded yeoman households; first Upwold, and later Mitwold. Attempts to conquer the Mournwold were inconclusive; unlike their cousins in the northern regions, the orcs of the Mournwold presented a much more united front. The Mournwold clans not only found it easier put aside their differences and resist attempts to conquer them, they were more open to the idea of assimilating those orcs defeated by the Marchers. There is also evidence that they enjoyed some support from the orc clans of [[Kahraman]] to the south. While the Marchers were able to hold [[Mournwold#Freemoor|Freemoor]], the [[Mournwold#Chalkdowns|Chalkdowns]], and [[Mournwold#Green March|Green March]] at various points they were never able to hold all three simultaneously nor push the orcs out of the Mourn.

The first forays west into [[Bregasland]] began later, after Upwold and Mitwold had been settled for several generations. Those parts of the territory that were dry and fertile at this time were under the firm control of the orcs, but the estuary of the river Od had always been a treacherous marsh and the orcs gave the whole area a wide berth. It was inhabited by several [[Feni]] tribes, but they proved no match for the heavily armed and armoured Marchers and were soon driven out of the few areas of high ground. The land would support no great households, but the hostile marsh was an effective deterrent keeping the new occupants safe from the orcs and over time it became a haven for Marchers who tired of the internecine feuding between the households. To this day, the archetypal Bregas is seen as aloof and standoffish by the rest of the Marchers - while the people of Mitwold and Upwold were caught up in feuds and alliances they remained broadly independent.

In between fights with the orcs. there were sporadic conflicts with Dawn. Occasionally one or the other would attempt to expand into the neighbouring nation's territory, passing through Miaren to attack Upwold or Astolat respectively. They occasionally clashed in Miaren, but large-scale conflict in the woodlands often attracted the attention of the vallorn, or opposition from the local Navarr. To this day the easternmost parts of the Marches, the westernmost parts of Dawn, and central Miaren are scattered with battlefields and ruined forts built as part of this long-running rivalry between the nations. Despite the conflicts and the tension, the two nations often refer to moving to the other; Marchers who put on airs and graces are told to "Piss off to Dawn", while Dawn nobility or yeomen who question the validity of their ancient traditions are given equally earthy advice to move to the Marches.

==After the March==
Even as the Marches spread and established a thriving nation, there were frequent battles between the Marchers themselves. Although Marcher households found it easy to unite against a common enemy, they often fell to quarrelling amongst themselves. Bitter feuds and grudges developed, usually over land and often paid in blood. By the time the [[First Empress]] began her crusade the Marches was split into half a dozen great households, each supported by the loyalties of countless minor households. While the Marchers were culturally united, these great households (at least two of which, the [[The Marches groups#The_Talbots|Talbots]] and the [[The Marches groups#House_Bolholt|Bolholts]] still endure to this day) each ruled their lands independently. Negotiations between households were usually arranged at fairs where powerful and wealthy Marchers would meet up to make deals and alliances and to discuss trade, politics and war. The most important of these was the [[Upwold#Stockland|Stockland Fair]] held every Autumn equinox on the village green. As the Stockland Fair grew in size and importance it became an essential forum for households to air grievances with each other, make alliances, and broadly agree the defence of the Marches against the southern orcs of Mournwold.

The Marchers had no [[Army|armies]] as the Empire would recognise them at this time. Rather, each household undertook to equip and train themselves for war. If a household was threatened by orcs, the neighbouring [[steward|stewards]] would meet and select a prominent [[Yeoman_of_the_Marches|yeoman]] to act as field marshal for the coming battle. The marshal was required to make the final decision on what strategy to employ for a battle and to provide appropriate leadership once the fighting began. An experienced and successful field marshal was a huge asset to any household, allowing them to dictate terms when negotiating a potential attack on orc lands with other households.

This resistance to establishing any formal permanent leadership was a consequence of the independent and stubborn nature of the Marchers. They were in broad agreement that no single individual would be in charge - they had quit Dawn, after all, to get away from a system where the nobles ruled over those who toiled and the idea that someone would set themselves up as "monarch of the Marches" was anathema to them. Choosing their own stewards to run a household and a [[Field Marshal]] to run a battle was the pragmatic compromise that enabled leadership when it was essential, but it was a system with numerous obvious flaws. Attempts to create some more formal method of providing unity to the Marches were made, but each one quickly fell apart.

In the last years before the foundation of the Empire, this resistance to unification nearly spelled the downfall of the Marches. The Marchers were slowly driven out of their holdings in Mournwold - not an uncommon situation at a time when battle waged back-and-forth across the borders of Upwold and Mitwold. This time, however, the southern barbarians continued to push. They captured [[Bregasland#Graven March|Graven March]] in [[Bregasland]] - then a source of a significant amount of the Marches [[Materials#Green iron|green iron]]. They captured [[Upwold#The Heath|The Heath]] in Upwold, wresting control of [[Sutton Stone Quarries]], and launched numerous probing raids into [[Mitwold#Golden Downs|Golden Downs]] and [[Mitwold#Oddmire|Oddmire]] - the latter having the potential to cut Bregasland off from the rest of the Marches entirely.

Those yeomen who had not lost land to the orcs were not overly concerned - the barbarians regularly raiding the southern Marches and were always turned back - but this time something was different. The orcs fought with a singular purpose, and their internal divisions seemed significantly less pressing in stark contrast to the Marchers themselves. Historians point to a similar situation in [[Kahraman]], and to the rise of the first kings and queens of Narkyst exerting a strong unifying influence over orcs displaced by the Marchers and the Freeborn in previous centuries.
==Joining the Empire==
It is perhaps unsurprising that in the face of the barbarian threat, when [[Landskeeper]] Brigit of Dourfen brought word to the Stockland Fair of the meeting arranged by the [[First Empress]], only a small handful of Stewards were prepared to leave their estates to make the journey to distant [[Casinea#Anvil|Anvil]]. While a number of other households sent representatives along, they were largely more interested in ''"keeping an eye on whatever it is the Dawnish are up to now"'' as one of them put it.

After hearing the Empress' proposal, the Marchers who attended withdrew to consider the matter. Most of the stewards who had attended in person were in favour of the proposed alliance, but there was little agreement among the remainder. The contrary, stubborn, and vengeful nature of the Marchers was a well-known stereotype even in pre-Imperial times and the mere fact that some households were prepared to support the nascent Empire seemed to be enough to ensure that their rivals opposed it. Eventually the group nominated Henry of Meade to present their decision to the Empress and the other gathered dignitaries - some of the Marchers were prepared to join, but the remainder were not prepared to sacrifice their freedom for the security on offer.

The Empress publicly refused to accept the offer. "''I will take all of you, or none of you.''" she announced. It fell to wise Brigit to explain the Empress pronouncement - that the Empire had no use for a divided land. It would not take some of the Marcher Households, and let the others squabble among themselves. The Empress was eager to embrace the Marches but any attempt by her to unite the nation by force would be a disaster. The Empire could not afford to become embroiled in a civil war and worse the Marcher ability to hold grudges would leave the Empire viewed not as liberators but as conquerors. If the Marchers were serious about joining, they would need to be united in doing so.

Another of the Empress' close confidants, Barell, Merchant Prince of Tassato, approached Henry of Meade with an alternative. The cities of Tassato and Sarvos were looking to join forces with others to form a league of like-minded city states. Meade could "cut their losses" and join the Empire as part of this new league. The offer might have been appealing to the [[alders]] of Meade, but it was given short shrift by the stewards of Upwold and their representatives. The city might be an important source of trade and wealth for many yeomen but by long tradition it was land that ruled the Marches, and not coin.

==The Cousin's War==
The Marchers returned home, and brought word of the Empress and her plans to the next grand fair at Stockland. The news was divisive; there were many who argued passionately that this was a chance for the Marches to unite as a nation and that that, and their new allies, would give them the strength to finally drive the orcs from Mitwold and potentially conquer the Mourne. The detractors were just as adamant that the Empire would spell the end of Marcher independence, that they would be ruled over by foreigners, including the widely disparaged nobles of Dawn. The Fair descended into arguments, and in some cases brawling, as drunken Marchers spat insults at each other. It was a relief to many when the Fair managed to close without open fighting breaking out, but the two factions withdrew, hostile and angry, and a descent into civil war began.

Following the dissolution of the Fair, those Marcher households and landskeepers who supported the idea of joining the Empire tried to recruit as many Marchers as possible to their side. Steadily the number of Marcher households remaining neutral was whittled away, with more and more feeling the need to choose one side or the other, or risk being considered an enemy by both sides. There were numerous armed clashes between rival households and old grudges came to the fore, leading to open skirmishes and bloody exchanges. It was always common for a household to call on allies when a grudge turned to open-fighting but the matter of the Empire split the Marches and the bloodshed escalated like never before. There were a few minor battles, but though the losers lost their lands and in many cases their lives, for the most part they were inconclusive, neither side could shift the balance firmly enough to settle the matter.

While there were certainly folk on both sides motivated by the grudges and rivalries that underpinned Marcher society, others had more idealistic inspiration. [[Life of Tom Drake|Tom Drake]], for example, wrote of his certainty that if the Marches could not be united, they would be conquered either by the orcs, or by a newly-invigorated Dawn. With the might of Highguard and the southern city-states behind them, the Marchers would be unable to resist the Empire's hunger for their rich farmlands. Even if they did not ultimately end up joining the Empire, the Marches could no longer afford to be a divided nation of petty households squabbling with each other. Henry of Meade spoke several times of the danger of an Empire where the elitist notions of Dawn were allowed to reign unchecked, and of what such an alliance might look like without any Marcher common sense to balance our Dawnish pig-headedness.

By contrast his main rival on the opposite side of the matter, the fiery Agnes Tiller of Wayford, argued that the Marches would simply be swallowed up if they attempted to join the new alliance. Instead of going cap in hand to this Dawnish monarch and her Highborn allies, the Marchers should look north to their friendly rivals in [[Wintermark]] - after all the Winterfolk king Alof Beorning had also declined to join the proposed Empire. She and her supporters actively sought a military alliance between the Marches, Wintermark, and the Navarr of Miaren and Hercynia, with the Winterfolk serving as liaisons to those Varushkans who were also unconvinced by the First Empress' vision.

After a year of escalation, the stewards again came together at Stockland but this time there was no appetite for trade and celebration. The two factions and their supporters camped separately on either side of Hepton Bridge. Those who sided with the Empress were led by Brigit, Henry, and the canny military commander, Tom Drake. They established an armed camp on Monk's Heath on the northern bank of the River Meade. Those who believed the Marches should remain independent were lead by Gregory of Ashill and Mary Hay. They pitched camp south of the river, on the commons at Maiden's Run. The fair itself was cancelled for the first time in living memory, and as the sun rose over the fields both armies began to move.

The fighting was bloody, and continued until close to sundown. Although they marginally outnumbered their rivals, Tom Drake's strategy was widely credited with carrying the day. The defeated stewards were forced to accept the outcome to keep their lands, those who refused either fled the Marches or were executed. The Battle of Hepton Bridge was not strictly the last battle of the Cousin's War, but with the deaths of so many opposing stewards on the fields of Stockmarch, the outcome was never in doubt. Some of the defeated households bowed their heads to inevitability, while others refused to capitulate and lost their lands. A few, led by Agnes Tiller's surviving daughter Hazel, quit the Marches with their soldiers and fled north.

Within weeks of the victory at Stockland, Henry and Drake drew up their forces on the fields in Ashbrook and dispatched an invitation to the Empress to meet them there. The popular version of events tells of how [[First Empress]] marched out of southern [[Miaren]], along the road guarded by [[Brock's Toll]], on foot with her standard bearer, and accepted the Marcher request to join the Empire. There is plenty of evidence in the Marches however that this version of events owes more to fancy than fact. The Marchers bargained with the representatives of the putative new alliance not as humble supplicants but as people who had just won a war of unification. Henry and Tom laid down several very specific demands regarding the nature of the alliance, the position of the nations within it, the adoption of the [[Field_Marshal|field marshal]] to provide battlefield leadership where soldiers from multiple nations worked together, and crucially the requirements for how the military of the member nations would operate. Legend has it that Henry is reported to have thrown the Empress own words back at her when presenting the demands ending with the phrase "''we want all of them, or none of them''" - presenting the very real chance that the Marches would not join the Empire and would seek their own path.

The first foundations of the [[Military Council]] were laid during this meeting, with the Marchers receiving unexpected support from both representatives of [[the Brass Coast]], the early [[the League|League]], and several factions of the [[Navarr]]. In the end, the Marcher demands were met and the newly-united Marches became part of the Empire.
{{CaptionedImage|file=Marcher.jpg|align=right|width=350}}

==The Marches in the Empire==
The first thing the newly united Marchers did was turn their armies south and with the assistance of League mercenaries and bands of soldiers from the Brass Coast and Highguard, drive the orcs out of Graven Rock. By removing the immediate threat to Bregasland, the Marchers of Mitwold and Upwold went some way toward reinforcing their claims to have put the past behind them and unified under a single banner. The Bregasland households officially joined the unified Marches shortly afterward.

The barbarians in Upwold and Mitwold could not hold out against Marchers supported by the Empire, and retreated south into the Mournwold. Their raids continued, but the Marchers were in a much better position to rebuff them. Still, the southern orcs remained a constant threat to the Marches, until 74YE when the conquest of Mournwold drove the surviving forces down into Kahraman.

Almost immediately after securing their southern borders, however, the new armies were called away to fight in the first campaign of the new Empire. Tom Drake of Redston led his household and a band of landskeepers to Varushka along with one of the first Imperial armies - the [[Drakes]]. They fought through unfamiliar forests, alongside all those who opposed [[Alderei the Fair]] and brought Varushka into the Empire. Historians say that Tom faced the boyar-king on the battlefield and ultimately defeated him. The Redston folk wear a broken crown on their livery to this day.

Entry to the Empire brought some changes. Pious Marcher folk returning from pilgrimages to [[Highguard]] founded the monasteries which now dot the landscape. Friars have become an important part of most Households and few powerful Marcher households do not have one or more of these learned folk by their side. Imperial writ created the market towns, outside the control of the households. Yet the traditional beliefs that give the Marchers their strength have endured every transformation brought by the Empire.

==Marchers on the Throne==
Two Marchers have sat on [[the Throne|the Imperial Throne]], and their reigns could not have been more different.

The first Marcher to take the Throne was [[Emperor James]] of [[Mournwold]]. Appointed in 257YE, he was crowned as the Empire was in real danger of being destroyed by the barbarian [[orc|orcs]] after decades of fruitless back-and-forth conquest and liberation. He is perhaps most famous for "''fixing the borders''", making it illegal for the Empire to add new territory until such time as the Senate and the Synod were both in agreement that the Empire was sufficiently strengthened as to be able to hold those territories. His reign ushered in the [[Imperial_history#.28281_YE_-_300_YE.29_The_Second_Interregnum|Second Interregnum]], just under twenty years of relative peace and prosperity for the entire Empire during which the Throne remained vacant.

The second Marcher Throne was [[Emperor Walter]] of [[Upwold]]. An effective businessman and [[alders|alder]], he was appointed only a short time ago in 371YE. His reign was very short, and very chaotic - he attempted to run the Empire like a business with near disastrous consequences. He is largely viewed as a failure and an embarrassment by the rest of the Marches. About the only good thing to come out of his reign was an awareness of just how much trouble the Empire was in - laying the groundwork for the appointment of [[Empress Britta]] and the [[Imperial_history#Resurgence|resurgence]] that continues to this day.
===More Marches History===
* [[Life_of_Tom_Drake#Alderei_the_Fair|Life of Tom Drake]] - contains discussion of Marcher hero, and casts a new light on the Cousins' War
* [[Steward of Brock's Heath]] - [[Historical research]] into the life of "old Morgan", a pre-Imperial steward of House Brockheath, which discusses early-Marcher relationships with the [[Navarr]] in particular
* [[Bregasland and the smiths]] - research relating to the sinking of Bregasland, and the story of the disappearing "Marcher smiths"
* [[The Ore Hills Rebellion]] - research regarding the short-lived rebellion in Mournwold in 326YE
{{The Marches Links}}

Life of Tom Drake

2026-04-19T12:46:04Z

GuiltyConscience: /* Unacceptable History */

[[Category:History]][[Category:The Marches]][[Category:Varushka]]
<div style="float:left; width: 400px; clear: left;">{{CaptionedImage|file=Hazelelponi.jpg|align=left|caption=Hazelelponi of the [[Highguard_groups#The_Shattered_Tower|Shattered Tower]] is the controversial [[Lepidean Librarian]] who commissioned the investigation into the life of Tom Drake.|width=400}}</div>
==Overview==
During the Summer Solstice 386YE, Hazelelponi of the Shattered Tower [[386YE_Summer_Solstice_Senate_sessions#Research_Tom_Drake|charged]] the researchers at the [[Lepidean_Librarian#Lepidean_University|Lepidean Library]] with investigating the life of [[the Marches|Marcher]] hero, Tom Drake. Particular attention was to be paid to the life, history, and personal values of the first general of the Drakes.

In 377YE, Jonah of [[Highguard_groups#Cantiarch’s_Hold|Cantiarch's Hold]], accompanied by Lazarus of Cantiarch's Hold, experienced a [[past life vision]] in which they appeared to be Tom Drake. It related to the planning the final battle against [[Alderei the Fair]], and details are included in volume two of the ''[[Seer_of_the_Gateway#Publication_2|Echoes of the Labyrinth]]'', but we found that it had comparatively little bearing on the wider events of Tom's life.

The [[historical research|research]] took a little longer than anticipated to put together, partially due to a desire to be thorough while investigating a figure about whom there are a lot of stories but surprisingly little historical information; and with [[Pride_and_paragons#Outstanding_Work|one eye on the recent controversy]] around [[Life of Vardas|the fictional Vardas]]. As the research developed it became clear that Tom Drake might prove to be as controversial a figure as that invented by ''Ivar Olyankavic Nathavolava''.

On one final note, it is worth recognising that this investigation of the life of Tom Drake touches on the depression that dogged him throughout his life. Those readers who might find it difficult to read about should bear that in mind, and may wish to skip over the section on Tom's [[#Early life|early life]] and continue reading from the section discussing the [[#The Cousins' War|Cousins' War]]

==Early Life==
Tom Drake was born in [[Upwold]], in the village of [[Upwold#The_Heath|Redston]] (or ''Redstone''), into a [[yeoman of the Marches|yeoman]] family. Very little is known about him, but according to oral history handed down through the Drake family, he was an unruly child who would spend more time lollygagging and getting into scrapes with his peers than working on the farm. These “scrapes” became more serious as he grew older, and he was several times disciplined for fighting with older kids, sometimes seriously.

It's known that Tom struggled with depression for his entire life. The [[Master_Medicinal#Tranquil_Nostrum|Tranquil Nostrum]] helped him manage his periods of doubt and despair, as did a handful of close relationships. There is some evidence that the Marcher song “[[Tom_A%27Bedlam%27s_song|Tom A Bedlam]]” was written about the famous [[general]], who would often descend into deep doldrums after a successful military campaign or engagement sometimes for days or weeks at a time. It's not clear whether it was written when he was alive, but a number of Marcher musicians believe the popular version of the song is a reworking of an even older ballad.

Discovering much about the history of his youth is complicated by these bouts, during which he would often disappear for months on end, reappearing exhausted and ragged with signs of rough living and hard fighting on his body. Tom ruefully referred to these periods as “rambling with the black dog” and friends and families both feared he would one day not return from them.

In his late teens, he volunteered as a levy and fought under the [[steward]] of [[Upwold#The Heath|the Heath]] against the [[Jotun]] and occasional raids from [[Dawn]]. He is known to have been involved in a serious altercation at [[Brock%27s_Toll#Brock's_Toll|Brock's Toll]] in [[Miaren]] where he nearly lost a leg to a [[yeofolk of Dawn|yeofolk]] arrow. He distinguished himself against the western [[orc|orcs]] in numerous fights, earning commendations and swiftly rising through the ranks to become a commander in the steward's forces. Even at a young age, his combination of battlefield experience and talent for tactics and larger strategic considerations, earned him the respect of soldiers several times his senior.

He married his wife Amanda of Walksend, a practical and well-respected artisan, in his late twenties. By all accounts she helped to “settle” him, and encouraged him to manage his black moods. With her assistance he found that Tranquil Nostrum – also known as Bitterroot Tea – helped to calm the worst of his bouts of depression, although at the cost of leaving him lethargic and perhaps more mellow than is useful in a battlefield commander.

Tom claimed that the tea served as a reminder that even in victory, war is a bitter business. Those who knew him best, including his constant companion, [[Friar]] (later [[Monastery|Abbot]]) Agnes of Stockland, knew that his use of the tea arose from a need to subdue and control the black moods that followed after every major engagement he was involved in.

The bitter tea could only do so much, and these moods dogged him throughout his life. Tragically, the more extended and intense the military campaigns he was involved with, the less time he was able to spend managing his demons, and so the worse the outcomes when the stress of battle was eventually removed.

All of this is generally well known. What we must discuss next is a matter of some concern given it upends accepted Imperial scholarship.
<div style="float:right; width: 300px; clear: left;">{{CaptionedImage|file=Unconvinced.jpg|caption=Four hundred years, and some Marchers still remain sceptical of the Empire and whether membership is worth the cost.|align=right|width=300}}</div>

==The Cousins' War==
The accepted history of the [[The_Marches_history#The_Cousin's_War|Cousins War]] says that at the ''Battle of Hepton Bridge'' Tom Drake headed the pro-Imperial forces alongside Brigit of Dourfen and Henry of Meade. They were opposed by forces led by Gregory of Ashill and Mary Hay. The fighting was bloody, and continued through most of the day. Although they marginally outnumbered their rivals, Tom Drake's strategy was widely credited with carrying the day.

The defeated stewards were forced to accept the outcome to keep their lands, those who refused either fled the Marches or were executed. Some of the defeated households bowed their heads to inevitability, while others refused to capitulate and lost their lands. A few, led by Agnes Tiller's surviving daughter Hazel, quit the Marches with their soldiers and fled north. We now know that another sizable contingent of Marches – the Fishers of [[Bregasland]] – fled west into what is now [[Hordalant]], and would eventually return to cause much suffering and discontent in the Dour Fens.

When one delves deeper, however, inconsistencies begin to appear. There is surprisingly little actual evidence surrounding the conflict itself; much of it exists as oral history and documents based on that history. As one continues to investigate, however, the inconsistencies become too obvious to ignore and a very different picture of the war emerges.

==Unacceptable History==
When Tom Drake spoke of the need for a unified Marches, he was speaking of a Marches unified under ''Marcher'' control. He argued passionately ''against'' Marcher involvement in the nascent Empire. A letter located in a collection of old correspondence belonging to a historian in Sweetwater contains a crumbling old letter in which Tom Drake wrote to Henry of Meade. It makes very clear what Tom though of the man history records as being his fellow commander at the battle of Hepton Bridge.

“We fought to have no masters,” he wrote. “We bled and sweated and cried on the field of battle to be free of the yoke of nobility. And here you would have us bow our heads and bend our knees to this Queen of Dawn as if the March meant nothing. Fuck that, and fuck you Henry of Meade, for a traitor and a coward.”

When the Cousin's War erupted, Tom was prevailed upon by family and friends to help organise the “defence” of the Marches against those who would "sell Marcher destiny to the Dawnish alliance” that they claimed sought to conquer them. When one looks back over the scattered reports there are hints here and there that the successes the anti-Imperial faction achieve in the war are often down to clever strategy – including several tactics that Tom would go on to employ against the Jotun orcs and Alderei the Fair in his final campaign.

At Hepton Bridge, Tom led the pro-independence side. Although outnumbered, his superior tactics very nearly saw the outcome of the battle go very differently to what we know happened. In the end it was not tactics, but a combination of superior numbers and the battlefield magic employed by the Imperial side, under the auspices of Brigit of Dourfen, that won the day for the Empire.

While the rebels obviously had magical support of their own, Brigit made extensive use of powerful rituals such as [[Thundering Roar of the Lion-bound Horn]] and [[thresher|thresher-magicians]] enchanted with [[Devastating Scythe of Anguish and Loss]] to disrupt the enemy forces. She spent mana like water – although where she came by the amount of crystal mana that must have been involved is not clear. While Tom Drake was a recognised genius when it came to fighting and winning battles, Brigit knew more about the tactical use of battlefield magic and in the end it was likely that – coupled with the superior numbers that are often played down by recent historians – that won the day.

Tom Drake surrendered alongside the rest of the anti-Imperial forces. His surrender was accepted by Henry of Meade, and the long discussion about what to do with the rebels began.

==Conversion==
It is not clear how the Empire persuaded the beaten Drake to accept defeat, but one document, a letter by Viola of [[Tassato]], may shed some light once one better understands Tom's position. Viola was a wealthy merchant-prince with vast estates in Tassato who would later go on to be appointed the first [[Master of the Imperial Mint]] by her son, [[Emperor Giovanni]]. There is a copy of a letter from Viola in the Mint's records which seems to refer to Tom Drake.

"''Naomi - I've met with Thomas. He is every-bit as stiff-necked and stubborn as he ever was. A lesser man would have taken Brigit's beating at Hepton Bridge to heart - but not this one. Her plan has clearly failed.

''So I've paid the piper myself.

''I've convinced him that Brigit really means it when she says we'll cut the whole field or salt the crop. If it was just his neck in the noose, we'd be stringing him up in the morning, but I pointed out that if he goes to the gallows, then the rest of them will be banging pots and shouting to be hanged first. That made his face black as thunder, I can tell you.

''I've told him to name his terms to change his tune and got her to lock him up with the others. She's worried they'll be plotting something, I've told her I'm counting on it.

''We'll see what happens.

''Viola''"

Could this "Thomas" be Tom Drake? It may appear to be a long shot, but it would make sense if Tom Drake was fighting on the other side of the Cousin's War. Viola talks of terms - and we know that Tom Drake was absolutely instrumental in securing a Marcher vision of the [[Military Council]]. That has never been in doubt, but it's often been assumed that giving Tom Drake the authority to set the terms of the Council was his reward for winning the battle of Hepton Bridge. But if this "Thomas" that Viola is talking about is Tom Drake, then it's possible that this was part of the terms he and the other rebels negotiated in return for their surrender.

We'll most likely never know for sure, outside perhaps of another past life vision. There's no doubt though that after the defeat at Hepton Bridge, Tom eventually came to see the Empire as the lesser of two evils. And, characteristically, once he had made that decision he threw himself into making the best of that bad situation.

Over time the role Tom Drake played in the Cousins War and the Battle of Hepton Bridge has been misinterpreted and misrecorded. Tom was instrumental in the formation of the Imperial Military Council, and was picked to lead the Imperial forces against Alderei the Fair. There are few historical records from this period but the records laid down during the time of [[Empress Aenea]] go to some lengths to make clear that Drake fought ''for'' the First Empress at Hepton, not ''against'' her.
<div style="float:right; width: 500px; clear: left;">{{CaptionedImage|file=Military Table.jpg|caption=The modern Military Council still mostly resembles that established during the foundation of the Empire.|align=right|width=500}}</div>

==Imperial Military Council==
Whichever side of the Cousin's War he was on, we know for certain that Drake was instrumental in the formation of the Imperial Military Council. There are multiple different sources that agree on this. It was the insistence of Tom Drake and the other Marchers that each nation control their own armies and appoint their own generals. He played the crucial role in shaping military law, laying down the doctrine by which the Empire has fought ever since.

It was Drake that insisted that only [[Army|armies]] raised from and by the people of the Empire's nations could be relied upon to protect those nations. In the light of this research it is clear Drake meant to protect not only from outsiders, but form any threat from within. Drake was determined to ensure that a nation's army would always be in a position to fight in the defence of their folk and their land from any comers.

It was Drake that ensured that the Military Council [[muster]], and similar meetings, would be free of [[senator|Senatorial oversight]]. He fought bitterly to reject the [[Member_of_the_Synod#Witness|Right of Witness]], arguing that there was no space for “priests to peer at soldiers” but in the end he lost that argument to the early [[Synod]] (and to the Senators who saw their priests as proxy observers for the Senate). There are some records that suggest the surrender on the matter of Witness was made in part to ensure Synod support for his argument that each general ''must'' be the final arbiter of what the army they were appointed to lead should do – that ''nobody'' would have the right or opportunity to scrutinize, reject, or amend those orders.

Interestingly, it is during this time that his dislike of the Dawnish apparently begins to mellow. In part this likely happened due to experiences fighting alongside Dawnish knights on the battlefield, but also because the Dawnish commanders were no more interested in bowing their heads to the Empire or the Senate than the Marchers He also received vocal support from the leaders of [[the Brass Coast]] – whose fight to preserve the culture of individual nations is [[The_Brass_Coast_history#The_Empire|well documented]].

There were initial attempts to appoint a “leader” of the Military Council to dictate the wider strategy, and this was vociferously opposed by Tom and his allies. “Soldiers know soldiers,” he said repeatedly. No one individual could understand the forces that fought under the many different banners, and the idea that there might be a single voice telling the generals what to do would doom the Empire before it began. In Drake's eyes an army was like a farm - the steward decides what crop to plant, and then everyone grafts together to bring the harvest in. Nobody has any business trying to tell their neighbour when to reap and when to sow. Tom Drake worked tirelessly to make sure the Military Council was designed like the Marcher farms; fiercely independent but capable of working together when needed.

<div style="float:right; width: 300px; clear: left;">{{CaptionedImage|file=Drakes_Colour.png|caption=The Drakes remain the best-beloved of the Marcher armies.|align=right|width=300}}</div>
==Early Battles==
Tom Drake quickly distinguished himself as an Imperial battlefield commander, just as he had in his battles against the Jotun in the Marches. He also showed his genius for strategy and tactics, submerging himself in the intricacies of the confused Imperial bureaucracy and logistical support. He had numerous long-night meetings with the civil service, constantly striving to simplify the process of supporting and deploying the Imperial armies – it is during this time that the structures of support and supply that exist to this day were established.

This work and stress took a toll on Tom Drake. It's notable that there are reports his hair began to go grey in his early forties, and that he began to suffer from extended bouts of amnesia. He was often seen supping a cup of ''Tom Drake's Tea'' in the morning and evening, sitting by himself away from the crowd, looking exhausted. Reading between the lines, the workload he took on began to erode his self-possession in ways his close confidants (a very small number of people including his wife, his brother, some fellow veterans, and of course his dear friend Abbott Agnes of Stockland) clearly found concerning.

==Alderei the Fair==
While most Imperial historians treat the end of the Cousins' War and the start against the war with Alderei the Fair as happening in quick succession, its clear that at least a couple of years passed between the two events. The sheer amount of work that must have taken place in creating the Empire, and the number of events that are recorded as happening after the Founding and before the war in the north.

Every historian knows that these inconsistencies exist – it's not even entirely established ''when'' exactly Alderei began his anti-Empire campaign. Some records say it was before the First Empress' meeting at Anvil, others say it was shortly afterwards, but the stories around how [[Varushka]] became part of the union suggest it may actually have begun shortly ''after'' the northern nation agreed to become part of the grand experiment. A discussion of these events is beyond the scope of our current assignment, thank goodness, and at any rate much more likely to fall under the purview of the [[Historical research#Department of Historical Research|Department of Historical Research]].

There's no question that Tom Drake was an important voice in the war against Alderei and his supporters. Although he apparently disliked the Varushkan commander intensely, he still argued that Alderei was a problem for the Varushkans to sort themselves. It was not a popular stance, but he apparently questioned whether the Empire had any right to involve itself in this disagreement between Varushkans. After all, the Cousins' War could only be settled by Marchers fighting Marchers. Might not the same be true of Varushka? Let them sort it out themselves, he said.

He appears to have changed his stance when news began to spread that Alderei's banner was supported by the [[volodny]]. Tom was clear that the magic of the volodny meant they were sorcerers (in the Marcher definition) and that meant the Empire had to "show them the stick". It's impossible to unravel how much of this was motivated by his personal dislike of the tyrant-boyar, but once the decision was made to march, he volunteered to be at the front of the column.

The Marcher armies, with the [[Drakes]] at their head, went north without delay to try and deal with the tyrant boyar and his allies. They fought in several engagements, but again it was dark sorcery that proved a major challenge for Drake's strategies. The pall of dread the volodny wove over the armies of Alderei was like nothing the Marchers had encountered before, although some Dawnish and [[Highguard|Highborn]] generals described it as having some similarities with the [[Druj miasma|miasma]] the [[Druj|orcs of the Mallum]] draped across their conquered territories.

It's also clear that none of the Imperial armies were prepared for the reality of a campaign in Varushka. The freezing winter they had prepared for, but the [[Varushkan Monster|awful creatures]] that lurked in the darkness took many by surprise. In addition to fighting a well-equipped force led by a canny general, with the support of a cadre of consummate magicians, the Imperial armies had to content with the [[Varushkan Monster#Wolves|Wolves]] and in some cases [[Varushkan Monster#Sovereigns|Sovereigns]] of Varushka.

It is not much discussed, but at the same time the Empire's attention was focused on Alderei the [[Druj]] and the Jotun both were still pressing the Empire's borders. The [[Thule]] at this time are, apparently, relatively quiet – it's not clear why – and the [[Grendel]] (inasmuch as they existed) had their own concerns. But there was a real chance that, with Imperial forces split in a three-way campaign against Alderei, the orcs of [[the Mallum]], and the western barbarians, the Empire was beginning to teeter. Ironically, the very foundation of the Empire might in theory have led to the disastrous collapse it had been created specifically to avoid.

Tom Drake must have been aware that the survival of the Empire might depend on the fight against Alderei being brought to an end as quickly as possible. The Empire needed to establish a peace treaty, so that the armies forced to fight in Varushka could turn their attention to the barbarians.

The campaign was especially vicious – the majority of the Varushkan fighting force was on the side of the tyrant, leaving the bulk of the fighting to the forces from the other Imperial nations (albeit heavily supported by the southern Varushkans). There was also a certain amount of bad feeling about the fact that there were warriors and warbands from several now-Imperial nations fighting under Alderei's banner – the Tillers for example, or the Dawnish forces under Ser Eric Capettin and Lord Gilmyn de Licorne (among others). The Marchers as a whole weathered this difficulty better than some of their allies, but it tore open wounds that were still fresh after the end of the Cousins' War.

The late intervention of the [[Urizen]] surely turned the tide against Alderei, providing respite from the dark clouds of the Volodny. Tom Drake was known to be bitter about their decision to become involved at such a late stage, after so many people had died, and there was a marked atmosphere of tension during military council meetings involving the Urizen. Indeed Drake is known to have objected to the presence of the “foreign magicians” at first arguing that they had no place in the deliberations of the generals no matter what magic they might be bringing to bear.

==Tom's Death==
There is no doubt that Tom died in personal battle with Alderei the Fair and struck the killing blow against the tyrant Boyar. Unlike the Varushkan, whose body is believed to have been spirited away by his Volodny servants, Tom's body was recovered from the fatal battlefield and transported with an honour guard back to his beloved Redston. Those who saw his body were shaken by how old and tired he looked, even in death, like a man in his seventh decade rather than one in his early forties. He was buried alongside his ancestors (and, in time, most of his descendants) in the orchard that now bears his name.

His sword, with which he apparently slew Alderei the Fair, was passed own child to child to his descendants, and currently [[Pride of the Marches|hangs on the wall of William Drake's farmhouse]].

==Personal Beliefs==
It is hard to speak with confidence about the personal beliefs of a man nearly four hundred years dead. We have a figure of a man prepared to compromise his own [[Pride]] to get the job done. A man with a fierce love for the Marches, and especially for its soldiers. A man who swallowed his dislike of the Dawnish, and later the Urizen, to create the most effective battle plans he could in service of a greater clause. A man who never stopped working to ensure the sovereignty of the Marches – not only to protect it from the Jotun but to make sure it was not subsumed by the Empire. It is almost a second thought that this stubbornness led to the other nations of the Empire enjoying that same sovereignty.

One of the concerns of the [[Lepidus#Heirs_of_Lepidus|Heirs of Lepidus]] is that this man is inspirational not only to those who celebrate the virtues he demonstrated – and indeed an argument could be made for ''any'' of the true virtues save perhaps ''only'' Pride. At the pivotal moment in his life he swallowed his Pride to save the Marchers who had fought and lost by his side. It is this [[Loyalty]], that many people believe made Drake the greatest general of his age. He was a [[Wisdom|Wise]], [[Ambition|Ambitious]], [[Courage|Courageous]], [[Prosperity|Prosperous]] general - renowned for his daring, brilliance and fearlessness and noted for never shirking from the job no matter how much work was needed.

But it was the Loyalty he showed towards the people he led that made him such a crucial figure. Tom Drake never wavered in his Loyalty to the Marches, and much of his life was given to ensuring that the Empire could never exerts too much control over the lives of the people and the lands he loved.
==Addendum==
This research has been published in accordance with the general guidelines relating to this kind of document, and is available across the Empire. The Department of Historical Research has confirmed that they will be incorporating its findings into their own work, and will be adjusting the general understanding of Tom Drake and especially his role in the Cousins' War in the coming months.
==Further Reading==
* [[The Marches history]]
* [[Tom A'Bedlam's song]]
* [[Alderei the Fair]]
* [[Military Council]]
* [[Master_Medicinal#Tranquil_Nostrum|Tranquil Nostrum]] - also known as ''Bitteroot Tea''

* [[Pride of the Marches]] - 385YE Winter wind of fortune relating to the descendants of Tom Drake and his sword

Myfanwy of Hercynia

2026-04-19T12:44:55Z

GuiltyConscience: /* On Myfanwy of Hercynia */

[[Category:History]][[Category:Navarr]]
==Overview==
This document was compiled for Eleri Bronwen’s Rest, [[Dredgemaster of Feverwater]] for the Winter Solstice 381YE by Octavia Stream’s Source, a civil service member of the department of [[historical research]]. It was made public shortly after the Spring Equinox of the same year with Eleri's permission. It covers the life and times of the [[Navarr]] Myfanwy of [[Hercynia]], a key figure in the creation of the Empire, focusing especially on her relationship with the [[First Empress]].

The document takes the form of a letter written to Eleri, and is somewhat informal in tone.

==Introduction==
I wanted to thank you for the opportunity to carry out the research into the life of Myfanwy and her relationship with the First Empress. I am sad to not have had more definitive answers for you - as I hope I’ve made plain in this document, there is so much about the early history of the Empire - especially the First’s reign - that is lost to us, and reason to doubt the precise details of what we do know.

I would imagine you might have further thoughts on the directions of future research; while I think a straightforward scholarly approach will not turn up vast amounts more in this area, it may be that some of my new colleagues in the Department of Historical Research can apply their own particular expertise to the matter. I have some thoughts on possible avenues of inquiry:
* A more protracted investigation could be performed into “Sheber”, the guide-priest of the First Empress, who also appears to have known Myfanwy. As I say, accounts of her life wildly vary, and I am not inclined to trust them; I wonder, perhaps, if anything purporting to be her tomb could be uncovered in the Necropolis?
* Contact is attempted with any of the remainder of those that dwelt in Montane during the [[Freedom Heresy]] - one hears rumours that there are some extant still, possibly with these orcs that the Navarri have given license to live in their lands (although I will confess the minutiae of current affairs are not my forte).
* The figure “Regan”, of the [[Dawn|Dawnish]] ballad, could be more carefully investigated, in order to determine who she was and what exactly her relationship to Myfanwy is. It might be that nothing new can be discovered, however.
You may, of course, choose to exercise the powers of your post as you wish - I thought some particular ideas might be helpful!

Oh - I should also say that I have written to Taddea Ginori of “The Pledge”, which I understand to be a journal of record in [[the League]]. Taddea along with others visited my study earlier this year - borne, no less, by the power of the Sentinel gate! She and her colleagues are also interested in early Imperial history - although I fear they are rather obsessed with the “Companions of the First Bright Star” and Companionist thinking. They have some very outlandish ideas about the relationship between the Companions and the Empress. Still, I thought I would put you in touch, and accordingly I’ve written to her suggesting that she talks to you, in case you can both inform each other’s interests.

Thank you, once more, for having given me this opportunity,

By [[Ophis]]’ light,

Octavia

==On Myfanwy of Hercynia==
''With special reference to her travels and relationship with the First Empress.''

I, Octavia Stream’s Source, set these words to paper as part of my commitment to Historical Research and the Revelation of Truth Within, with Ophis lighting my pen. By the instruction of the Dredgemaster of Feverwater, I write of Myfanwy of Hercynia and her travels and relationships with the First Empress, and of matters pertaining.

This work represents three months of intensive effort on the part of my colleague Majorian and I - the unvirtuous might call it sheer providence that this request came when it did, for we have both always specialised in the subject of the Empire’s origins and of the history of the First Empress; and here we were, homeless, scattered by [[Druj]] and in need of work, and we found that the Historical Research department had need of people with precisely our skillset. Majorian - as is his wont - provided editing and commentary as I wrote; fieldwork and the wider view, on the other hand, has always been my specialty.

What you must first understand, reader, is that the first problem with any historical research into the foundation of the Empire and the figures prominent at that time is the utter paucity of sources. This is not a problem in some cases - the treatise in recent years on the [[Crown of Three Tears]] borrowed heavily from the oral tradition of the [[Wintermark_culture_and_customs#Art_and_history|scops]] in its sourcing of the information about [[Crown_of_Three_Tears#The_Last_King.2C_Alof_Bearning|King Alof Bearning]], for instance - but in general, other than names and vague attributions to events and accomplishments, most of this early history is difficult to discern. Why is this? First and foremost, one has to assume it is because the early Empire simply was not writing about itself on the collective and organised scale that was seen in later years. There was simply no early unified scholarly tradition. People wrote, of course - look towards [[Kala|Kala the Wise]], 200 years previous; the thoughtful and detailed collections of practical observations of the natural world that the Navarr have collected over the centuries, the guarded wisdom of those who have already lost a civilisation; the very particular attitude the [[Highguard|Highborn]] have towards history, as a roiling sea in which virtue can be found with no care or heed for truth except the simple truth of the Virtues; the fantastical and stirring legends of the Dawnish [[troubadour|troubadours]].

But it is the Urizen who invented historiography in the sense we understand it today, and it is only after the coming to prominence of the [[Urizen leadership#Torchbearers|Torchbearer]] movement during [[Emperor Giovanni|Giovanni’s]] reign that one sees an attempt to engage with history on terms as we think of it, as a record of What Happened, of one thing after another, an attempt tie the world down.

And then, of course, hanging over all of this is the other reason we know so little: [[Emperor Nicovar|Nicovar]]. Nicovar, a curse even as the Torchbearers were a blessing, who destroyed so much. Indeed, some accounts - some of the few accounts - indicate that Nicovar might have held particular ire for those libraries known to contain more detailed accounts of the Empire’s early history; while none can know now what madness motivated him to commit the atrocities he did, it seems probable that at the root of it was a fear of the past.

I digress; Myfanwy. What can be said? Well, she definitely existed! This is always a start: when considering the early history of the Empire, one has to be a little suspicious of some figures who seem cut from whole cloth to satisfy some later example; for instance, there is a movement for a long time - we see records stretching all the way to Nicovar - of perennial attempts to have “Sheber” - the apocryphal Vision Priest that guided the First Empress about her vision - declared an [[Paragons_and_exemplars|Exemplar or Paragon]] of various virtues; almost every account of Sheber’s life contradicts any other, and she is essentially a blank slate on which generations of Highborn projected their personal piety.

Sheber is sometimes named as one of the “Companions of the First Empress”, along with Myfanwy and many others - there is always seven of them, but the seven is hardly consistent - and this fashion for “Companionism” seems to have been roughly contemporary with Teleri’s reign, when so much of the intricate and apocryphal details of [[the Way]] were hammered out. It’s for this reason that we have so many fragmentary details about many early figures - what survives are brief hagiographies of larger accounts on the latest theory as to which Companion matches with which virtue. So Myfanwy is certainly found here in this tangled web of [[Highguard_history#Archivists|Archivist]] records; however, she is also found in the safe and decidedly real settlement of Myfanwy’s Rest in [[Necropolis#Fishguard|Fishguard]], and it was here I began my research proper.

I am pleased to say that in the course of this research - which happily involved not being in [[Zenith]], in which my Spire now currently sits abandoned and evacuated - I spent a lot of time based in the Rest. It is a pleasant place; welcoming in the best tradition of a [[wayhouse]] with people coming and going on pilgrimage and business from across the Empire. On one wall there is a great painting of its founder - our subject herself, Myfanwy, a dark-haired Navarri with a look of fierce defiance. I got talking to Eirian, one of the current owners of the Rest, about it: they told me that it was painted by somebody who knew Myfanwy in life - Geraint Swallow’s Flight, who fought alongside her when she died in the recapture of [[Miaren#Seren|Seren]].

Ah! Yes! Finally, Octavia, you say, you begin, and I begin as all stories do: at the end. Yes - the story passed down in the carefully kept writings of the Rest is that Myfanwy died some half-decade after the Empress which she served, as so many Navarri bravely did in Seren’s recapture. Regard the source, here: it is clear that Myfanwy is regarded with intense fondness - as an Exemplar, even - by many of the Navarri who are part of the [[steading]] she founded; but yes, what they say - and I have seen a fragmentary account written by Geraint at the time which looked real enough - is that Myfanwy died tragically so that Geraint could escape [[Vallorn|vallornspawn]]. Geraint also writes of the Myfanwy he knew in life: "''Virtues, there was never somebody so idealistic, so optimistic, so dedicated to her cause as you. You brought us all together; you forged the great bonds that now hold us in fastness, and by your word we are loyal to this Empire as it grows. You taught me everything, Myf. What will we do now, now you are gone? I still see you die in front of me every night, screaming at me to go, to save myself. That was everything that you were.''"

A little cryptic absent its context - much of the journal has been lost to damp and flame - but it tells us something about who she was. Many of the accounts of Myfanwy by Companionists paint her as, often, the Companion of [[Loyalty]]; it seems that to the Empire and to the Empress she was a key and early convert. Abel’s ''First Steps in Virtue'' - which collects various accounts, inevitably contradictory, of the ways in which the nascent Empire made contact with each of the nations - often has Myfanwy as a key player, and it seems likely that she may have in effect been the chief envoy of the Empress, chosen for her ability to break bread with all. Who else could do this except a Navarri, really, who at the time were the only people of the Bay of Catazar and its surroundings to have seen a little of all the nations?

There is one tantalising illustration of her first meeting with Brigit of Dourfen - a historical figure about which we know frustratingly little, other than that she served as the adviser who brought word of the Empress’s intent to [[the Marches]], and later in life as the founder of the [[Rod and Shield]]. In this illustration, Myfanwy is depicted - and it is the same woman in this woodcut as in the painting that hangs in Fishguard! - shaking hands with an older, dour-faced [[Landskeeper]] - Brigit - as a treaty lies signed on a nearby table. Was Myfanwy then responsible for bringing Brigit on board and hence, she and the Empress might have hoped, the rest of the Marches? Who can say: but legend and the bloody graves of history tell of what happened next, of the Cousin’s War. In whatever authority Brigit shook Myfanwy’s hand, it was clearly not enough.

There are a few more stories of this type. On a slightly more fanciful note, ''Regan and Myfanwy'' is a Dawnish ballad of two women whose love for each other is as intense as it is adulterous (and hence forbidden); there are enough hints in the way the Myfanwy of the song is described to suggest it is the self-same [[Brand]], and it appears in a couple of old songbooks from around 30YE, which would seem to fit. Regan is described in florid and poetic terms - really, the song is about her and all her good qualities - and Myfanwy is written of in sparser words. Still: "''she of the silver tongue and heart of sky that dreamed to fly''” - it is not hard to see the woman Geraint describes in this. Who was Regan? Unclear - although interestingly there is some commentary from later scholars - only uncovered in this research! - that suggests that this may be a ciphered reference to the First Empress - the name under which she [[Dawn_history#Joining the Empire|entered the grand tourney]] to claim the [[Dawn_monarchy|Crown of Dawn]].

This rather brings me onto her relationship with the First Empress herself. I think it is relatively safe to dismiss the Dawnish suggestion that they were lovers, as no account outside of Dawn mentions this aspect - and I do not wish to be insulting, but it is the Dawnish! - but it is certainly true that they were very close. Many Highborn accounts of the First Empress’s life - hagiographies, contradictory - sense the theme! - place Myfanwy alongside the Empress from an early time - yes, obviously Companionists do this, because the whole point of a Companionist narrative is to dance in a little circle having arranged seven people in it and coo about how neat it is, but you see it even in some earlier accounts.

She was clearly a close advisor and confidante of the Empress, alongside such Highborn figures as Naomi, Sheber, and Iridia Swiftlance, from the very beginnings of the alliance of nations that became the Empire - she is mentioned in some of the first stories we have, possibly even knowing the Empress before her [[Liao#True Liao|true liao]] vision of a unified humanity. (Incidentally, we know very little about these Highborn figures apart from the fact they are also close and early figures associated with the Empress: Swiftlance is said to have been loyal to the Empress up until the war with [[Alderei_the_Fair|Alderai]], in which some accounts suggest she defected and others suggest she died in battle - and Naomi and Sheber we know even less of. It might even be that one of these is actually the name of the Empress; but that is an entirely different and controversial topic! Certainly, they both pass out of accounts by the end of the Empress’s reign.)

So little is known of the actual day-to-day life of the Empress that it is hard to place Myfanwy within it, but it must - must - have been true that she was a friend and advisor to the Empress almost without peer, helping run much of the mechanisms of the state as it breathed into life - you can find diplomatic missives with her name on everywhere when you search for them. Only Viola of [[Tassato]] - paymaster to the armies and nascent civil service (and, incidentally, mother to Giovanni) - has her name on more ephemeral paperwork: but then she did sign a lot of receipts (and is, it has to be said, otherwise inconsequential: a typical League businesswoman.)

I began at the end, so I will end at the beginning: she was a child of Hercynia. This is not so hard to discover definitively, actually. Geraint Swallow’s Flight, recall. It was not hard to discover at the Rest in Fishguard that at one time the Navarri of Swallow’s Flight had been a sister-[[Striding]], a frequent visitor, family to the Rest. Tracking a Striding backwards in time is hard - but then I had the best part of five thrones and a desire to be as far from Zenith as possible, and so I spent two months trekking around Hercynia. I found that there are records of Navarri from Swallow’s Flight stopping at wayhouses across the territory for many years - thank the Virtues for meticulous Navarri bookkeeping and evenings spent until the dawn poring over old and yellowed pages.

The Striding seems to have found itself in and out of Hercynia many times over the next three centuries, and it is probable that its long history here is the reasons that Myfanwy is sometimes in this territory called Myfanwy Swallow’s Flight - and indeed it may well be the reason she is so consistently known as being “of Hercynia” elsewhere. The Flight kept her memory alive when she could easily - as many have, over the years - fallen out of thought. Unfortunately, the story ends in 325YE, when it appears the vast majority of the Flight left to travel to Montane as followers of Crescencia i Marusa i Riqueza - having fallen under the sway of that cultist of [[Malign_spiritual_presences#Anarchy|Anarchy]] as so many did. Perhaps what remains of the rebels now still contains some who knew of the Flight? If they ever held some extra insight into the life of their most famous member, it is lost to blood and folly.

So, there at the beginning we lay our rest. Myfanwy Swallow’s Flight. Born of Hercynia; traveller across nations; confidante to the Empress; defender of ideals; perhaps the very model of what a proud citizen of Navarr should be.

It is in my view - and I appreciate, yes I appreciate that it is my personal academic obsession, but it is true! - that the loss of surety in history - our shared history - is a great crime, a stain. The Highborn are very proud that they founded the Empire, and justifiably so; but it is their obsession with virtue over truth that casts whole peoples and times into the black void of doubt - and, yes, the get of the Spires, cursed Nicovar, bears stain also. We must remember this: the Navarri saw in the ambition of the First Empress a flame that could burn as bright as lost Terunael, and Myfanwy deserves to be remembered as a woman who lived for that dream. Perhaps in her I see, too, the Torch.

In harmony and unison

2026-04-18T22:31:02Z

GuiltyConscience: /* Props */

[[Category:Winds of Fortune]][[Category:387YE Winter]][[Category:Recent History]]
<ic>"And this, children, is the ''exact site'' the paragon Atun landed with the first Highborn all those years ago. From here the First Empress would go on to found the Empire at Anvil in Casinea and introduce all the other peoples of the continent to the seven Virtues of the Way. Now, who thinks they can name all seven Virtues for me?"

"Uhm, Steward Shem?"

"Yes, Master Japheth?"

"Did, um. Was Mrs Ah-toon very afraid of the water?" Japheth had been standing notably further away from the shore-line than the rest of the children, some of whom had already been dipping in their toes during lunch-break.

"She may well have been, Japeth, but remember that Virtue can give us the strength to face our fears! Now, about-. Yes, Japheth?"

"Even with all the bad eternals in the sea like Sha-ka and Kobe...Kobe, um, Salty-Lungs?"

"Yes Japeth, but the Empire and the Imperial Conclave will protect you from all the bad eternals, there's no need to worry."

"Does, does that mean Mr Syrup is a good Eternal?"

One of the two greatsword-wielding warriors stood a little behind the group smiled and spoke up. "Oh yes Japeth, ''Prince'' Surut is a <u>very</u> good eternal. So good that your Senator and the Conclave expressly arranged for us to come and make sure you were all safe from all the bad ones." Steward Nimrod was not best pleased and re-asserted himself.

"Thank you, Warden. This is ''NOT'' magic class with Magister Shem, Japheth, this is our class field trip to Sanctuary Sands. I think it's just about time we packed up for the day anyway. Your homework is to draw a picture of Paragon Atun, including at least one of the tenets and symbols of Wisdom. Run along everyone!"

The rusted warden inclined their head to Steward Shem and continued their dutiful watch over the children and the coastline.</ic>
<div style="float: left; width: 250px; clear: right;">{{CaptionedImage|file=OrderSevenfoldPath.jpg|caption=Let all power be guided by virtue.|width=300px}}</div>
==Overview==
<div style="float: right; max-width: 400px; margin-left: 10px;">
<quote by="Grandmaster Elagabala, on behalf of the Sevenfold Path">
The Conclave asks for plans for a Grand Lodge of the Sevenfold Path in Sanctuary, Sanctuary Sands, Necropolis. It would stand in remembrance of the magician-paragon Atun and their Virtue in voyaging to the continent, and looking to the horizon as a promise that this Empire will bring the light of Virtue to everyone, everywhere.
</quote></div>
The ongoing project to create a grand lodge for each of the [[Conclave order|Conclave orders]] proceeds apace. The recently completed grand lodge of the [[Golden Pyramid]] in [[Mareave]] was briefly in danger from the orcs of the [[Grendel|Broken Shore]], but, thankfully, the intervention of the Military Council has secured it. At least for now.

There can only be two ongoing projects at any one time, and with the completion of the first grand lodge, the [[Conclave]] declared that the [[Sevenfold Path]] would be next in line while the recently [[The shape of things to come|upgraded plans]] for the [[Silver Chalice]] are yet to be commissioned by the [[Senate]]. For the next set of plans to be prepared by Conclave, either the Silver Chalice or the Sevenfold Path must commission and finish building their grand lodges. Of course, the potential for an [[appraisal]] is still available.

==Homecoming==
The people of Sanctuary Sands are ''delighted'' to hear that the Grandmaster of the Sevenfold Path decided that the site of the landing (or at least, a little inland) would be the order's chosen place for their grand lodge. Virtuous magicians from across the Empire heard the call of '''Elagabala''' and began scouting out the prime location, with the best view, to prepare the designs. So what if it's directly on the coast? So what if it's an obvious target for the Grendel? So what if the heralds of [[Siakha]] find priests delicious aperitifs? This place is to be a beacon for the light of virtue! The gleaming fortress of [[Necropolis#Reumah's_Rest|Reumah's Rest]] stands overlooking the cliffs in Coursmouth! Besides, the Military Council have protected the grand lodge in [[Mareave#Clisearn|Clisearn]], they will surely manage any lesser concerns of the material world.
__TOC__
==Dreams come true==
There are seven true virtues, and not one of them is Subtlety. Plans for an enormous [[weirwood]] vessel come together, one large enough to host a full cadre of order magicians along with not one but two small shrines to the Virtues. The vessel will sit in the water next to a small but [[Edifice#Grandeur|impressive basilica]] dedicated to [[the Way]]. A pier extends out a little further into the Catazar for pensive walks along the shoreline while meditating on the paragon-magician Atun. Two masts of [[mithril]] are to protrude from the structure, displaying sails showing the emblem of the order, ever lit by lightstones strategically placed along both the masts.

Unsurprisingly, the presence of the grand lodge would provide a big benefit for the people of [[Necropolis]]. Such a powerful reminder of the crucial role of the Highborn in bringing Wisdom and the Way to the world would benefit every [[congregation]] in the territory. More it would remind the Highborn of their naval history, that their people were once masters of the oceans. That would spark renewed interest in Highborn naval endeavours, permanently raising the capability of the nation to support one additional navy.

As with the first two lodges, the Grandmaster would gain better rates for their ministry (unless, of course, the Senate were to abrogate it as discussed in the '''[[The circle game]]''' wind of fortune) and the Conclave would see a healthy increase in the mana crystals available in the [[font]].
<div style="width: 400px; float: right; clear: right; margin-left:10px;">
<table class="mw-collapsible mw-collapsed"><tr><td style="background-color: LightBlue;">'''Grand Lodge of the Sevenfold Path'''</tr>
<tr><td>'''Commission Type:''' Great Work (Grand Lodge)</td></tr>
<tr><td>'''Location:''' Sanctuary Sands, Necropolis</td></tr>
<tr><td>'''Cost:''' 20 white granite, 15 mithril, 65 weirwood and 300 crowns</td></tr>
<tr><td>'''Upkeep:''' 5 thrones</td></tr>
<tr><td>'''Effects:'''
* Adds 15 mana crystals to the Conclave font each season
* Incorporates a [[Edifice#Grandeur|grand basilica]] dedicated to the Way
* Reduces the cost of mana purchases by the Grandmaster
* Raises the level of investment of congregations in the territory by one
* Allows Highguard to raise and support one additional navy over the current limits
* Provides a dose of true liao to the order's vaults at the Summer and Winter solstice
* Provides every member of the order with a single dose of liao for a year
* Adds the Voice of the Paragons to Imperial lore for as long as [[Net of Gossamer Chains]] is interdicted
* Can request a single relic linked to an important historical figure for the Winter Solstice after the grand lodge is complete
</td></tr>
</table></div>
What excites everyone the most, however, is what a confluence of the Empire's most advanced minds of the intersection of magic and virtue might achieve. By using a combination of the divinatory magics of the [[Day]] and [[Night]] realms and the experienced hands of those who spend a lifetime handling the [[liao|purple substance]], the able to examine imperial [[liao]] production to find doses with the potential spark to be developed into [[true liao]] that might otherwise be discarded. As a result, a single dose of true liao would be handed over to the Grandmaster at Summer and Winter Solstice, to use as she and her successors see fit. There would also be a little extra normal liao for everyone in the order for a year following the completion of the grand lodge.

==Props==
* '''Voice of the Paragons is a ritual focus that helps magicians cast Mantle of the Golden Orator, Silver Tongue of Virtue, and A Light That Moves'''
* '''The Paragon's Voice Chapter will add the focus to Imperial lore for as long as Net of Gossamer Chains is interdicted'''

Some enterprising benefactors from the ''Paragon's Voice Chapter'' are keen to encourage and reward this endeavour and have come to the magicians of the Sevenfold Path with an offer for when the lodge is completed. They specialise in a unique [[:category:foci|focus]] that aids in the casting of rituals that enhance one's ability to [[Congregation#Downtime_Options|preach]], specifically [[Mantle of the Golden Orator]], [[Silver Tongue of Virtue]], and [[A Light That Moves]], though they've not had the opportunity to test that one yet.

They'd be willing to allow Imperial artisans to visit their chapter house to learn how to create this item in exchange for one concession. They are strongly of the belief that while the practice and mastery of mortal magic can be be pursued and celebrated as part of one's path to transcending the Labyrinth, no [[eternal]] has any place in the consecrated halls of a [[congregation]]. They will teach any Imperial artisan who wishes to learn how to make the foci for as along as [[Net of Gossamer Chains]] is [[Interdiction|interdicted]] by the Conclave. Provided [[Callidus]] cannot seek to corrupt and manipulate the teachings of the [[Synod]], the focus will effectively be in Imperial lore - it just couldn't be disseminated to anyone.

==Duets==
* '''The Black Tablet will seek out a single relic connected to a chosen historical figure suitable for casting Whispers through the Black Gate'''
The ''Paragon's Voice'' are not the only ones to have an offer for the grandmaster for choosing to build her grand lodge in the Necropolis. The ''Black Tablet'' have for some years now supported the work of the [[Imperial Necromancer]], and see their work as validation that magic that is often treated with suspicion and trepidation (that of the winter realm) can still be used for virtuous ends. Once the lodge has been built, if the Grandmaster is willing and able to pass a [[declaration]] of [[concord]] in support of the practice of necromancy, they will aim to provide some help to the magicians at Anvil.

In return for this support, they will look to the Conclave for direction towards a single past historical figure of great virtue for whom they may have some remnants in the Necropolis. They will see if they can find and prepare a relevant relic for someone who was in some way cotemporaneous, connected with or may have insight into that figure (if not the figure themselves) that is a valid target for [[Whispers through the Black Gate]] and provide it to the Grandmaster of the Sevenfold Path at the start of the next Winter Solstice following the completion of the grand lodge. If multiple declarations are passed, they will default to the first one raised by the Sevenfold Path.
<div style="float:right; width: 400px; clear: left;">{{CaptionedImage|file=Atun.jpg|caption=Atun; paragon of [[Wisdom]] and magician, who led her people to safety when it seemed there was no sanctuary to be found.|align=right|width=400}}</div>
==Makeover==
* '''The impressive basilica could be consecrated with true liao, either as a basilica or as an inspirational memorial to Atun'''

The designs for the grand lodge include an impressive basilica. In theory, the plans could be expanded even further, but another 25 white granite would be needed to expand the central house of worship into a bona fide cathedral ('''OOC Note:''' Any Senate motion or announcement must be explicit if they plan to do this). Even a basilica would be impressive however, especially if it were consecrated with true liao. If that happened, there would be the potential for the Senate to create a new Imperial title to lead the worship in the basilica and minister to the needs of the magicians of the order. Such a position could be on a par with the archbishop of Capodomus Cathedral, though the Order would have to choose the virtue carefully... such a decision would naturally impact the whole Order.

The alternative might be to create an [[Inspirational_location#Memorials|inspirational memorial]] to Atun. The Paragon of Wisdom led her people to safety at Sanctuary Sand, she didn't remain here with them. According to the legends she never left her ship. On the fourth day she set sail again, allegedly alone, although most people believe that part is probably an ahistorical story. The new basilica could be consecrated to create a memorial to Atun's legendary status as a [[Paragons and exemplars|paragon]] of [[Wisdom]].

There is no requirement to use a precious dose of true liao in this manner - it is simply that the potential exists to do so, once the grand lodge is complete. The inherent grandeur of the structure would make a suitable housing for ether plan.
<div style="float:right; width: 400px; clear: left;">{{CaptionedImage|file=Elagabala Preaching.jpg|caption='''Elagabala ''', Grandmaster of the Sevenfold Path|align=right|width=500}}</div>

==Movin' out==
* '''The shipwrights propose to name the vessel Elagabala's Vision'''
* '''It could set sail and travel anywhere on the Bay of Catazar in a single season'''
* '''It would be vulnerable to attack while at sea'''
* '''The vessel would move the level of investment in congregations to the territory the season after it arrived'''

The design for the grand lodge is built around the idea of massive sea-going vessel, in a style the architects imagine captures the historical tradition of Highborn seafaring. It is much bigger than a normal Imperial [[fleet]], closer in size to one of the Asavean warships currently threatening the Empire's coasts. The original idea was that the grand lodge would be built in the ''shape'' of a ship, but as soon as someone suggests that the rejoinder from one of the Order's Freeborn magicians is "Or... we could include an actual enormous ship!"

The designers propose to call the vessel ''Elagabala's Vision''. In fairness, it's not an uncommon strategy for architects and shipwrights who are eager to find a powerful patron who will authorise their work being built. The truth is that the vessel they have sketched would be ungainly and clumsy. It would be utter folly to risk it on an actual voyage in open waters far away from land, but it could waddle around the Bay of Catazar, clinging to the coastline, if it needed to. It would be vulnerable if the Grendel attacked (although the Grendel are often loathe to destroy valuable things), and it certainly wouldn't be a lot of use in battle. That said, it could accompany a Highborn navy if one were ever launched, providing spiritual succour to the sailors and soldiers fighting for the Empire. And if Sanctuary Sands were ever seriously threatened, the vessel could put to sea to save the lives of order magicians and local inhabitants if needed.

Once complete the grandmaster of the Sevenfold Path could give orders for ''Elagabala's Vision'' to sail to any territory on the Bay of Catazar currently under Imperial control. It would take a season to get there - it couldn't do anything in the season it was sailing and it will always be vulnerable to Grendel navies while at sea. But once it made landfall, it would allow the order to project their power and influence in whatever territory they had sailed to. There are few practical benefits to this arrangement - the only one the prognosticators can find is that it would move the benefits the grand lodge provides to congregations to the new territory in the season after it arrived. But half the grand lodge would definitely be mobile and who knows when that might come in useful?

==Further Reading==
* [[Sevenfold Path]]
* [[Lit_up#Grand_Lodges|Lit up]] - 386YE Winter wind of fortune introducing the concept of grand lodges

Style guide

2026-04-18T22:18:05Z

GuiltyConscience: /* Overview */

{{About|stylistic and typographic choices|help how to realise them|:Category:Help}}
==Overview==
The default style guide for the Empire wiki is to use the [http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Wikipedia:Manual_of_Style style guide provided for Wikipedia]. Wikipedia has been around for a very long time and the style guide conventions that exist there have a lot of thought put into them designed to keep a wiki clean and make it easy to extend.

Obviously the Wikipedia style guide is very long and relatively few contributors are going to want to wade through it. So we have reproduced some of the most important guidelines here, along with some additional guidelines that apply to the Empire wiki.

==Page titles==
===Use lowercase, except for proper nouns===
Titles are written in sentence case. The initial letter of a title is almost always capitalised by default; otherwise, words are not capitalised unless they would be so in running text. When this is done, the title is simple to link to in other articles. Note that the capitalization of the initial letter is ignored in links.
===Use the singular form===
Article titles are generally singular in form, e.g. Horse, not Horses. Exceptions include nouns that are always in a plural form in English (e.g. scissors or trousers) and the names of classes of objects (e.g. Arabic numerals or Bantu languages).
===Avoid definite and indefinite articles===
Do not place definite or indefinite articles (the, a, and an) at the beginning of titles unless they are part of a proper name (e.g. The League) or otherwise change the meaning (e.g. The Throne). They are noise words that needlessly lengthen article titles, and interfere with sorting and searching.

==Section titles==
===Section titles should be written in title case===
Depart from standard Wikipedia guidelines and instead use [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Title_case title case] for section titles. Thus a section header should appear as "Realms of Magic" or "The Day the Earth Stood Still."

===Do not use links in section titles===
Links to other pages should be restricted to the body of a page's text or a section's bullet points. Titles should not contain links as this makes them less obvious as section titles. If necessary, add a short sentence to provide a contextual link to the page in question.

==Capitalisation==
*'''Only capitalise proper nouns'''
*'''In-character nouns should be capitalised if they would be proper nouns in-character'''
*'''Game terms and other jargon are ''not'' proper nouns'''
*'''When referring to a specific proper noun, capitalise it in all cases, even if using a shortened version
In Empire we only capitalise proper nouns - we don't capitalise words just because they are unusual or game terms - as is common in the roleplaying industry. When a noun is made up or unusual in some way, we try to look at an equivalent in the real world. Examples:

* The Imperial Conclave is capitalised - because it's a proper noun - like the Houses of Parliament or Windsor Castle.

* A coven is not capitalised - in the same way you wouldn't capitalise "pack of cards" in the real world. Similar words like realm and regio and ritual are not capitalised. Eternal is incorrectly capitalised in many places - it should be lower case.

* The orc species is not capitalised, nor are lineages, in the same way we don't capitalise fox, human, or duck.

* Imperial Orc is fully capitalised because it is a nationality - like British or French. Imperial is always capitalised because it refers to things of a specific empire. So the citizens of the Empire are Imperial citizens.

* You don't capitalise senator or general or archmage - like you don't capitalise general or politician or fireman. Obviously Bob the Builder is capitalised so General Dave is capitalised. You wouldn't capitalise empress, but you would capitalise Empress Richilde.

* The names of rituals, potions, and items are unique and are capitalised using title style. Spells, herbs, and skills are general and common and are not capitalised. e.g., it is Ascetic Star of Atun; The Sovereign Specific; Biting Blade; heal; true vervain; and magician.

* Virtues, even false ones, and the Way are capitalised to distinguish them from their common forms, e.g. "traditional wisdom" vs. "she lacked Wisdom", "I hate this" vs "I am dedicated to Hate". The word "virtues" is not capitalised in the same way that the word "morals" is not, but the Way of Virtue is a proper noun.

* Names of runes and their titles are proper nouns. e.g. Yoorn is known as the Rune of Ending or the Rune of Severance. Note however that it would be written as "a rune of Winter" as there are several runes which hold that property.

* Spring, Summer, Autumn, Winter, Day and Night are all proper nouns in Empire when they refer to the specific magic context. E.g. Night eternals, Spring realm, Summer magic, Winter lore. All the appended words are ''not'' proper nouns and should always be lower case.

* When referring to a call made out loud, use ALL CAPS for clarity as to what should be said. This applies even if the call is assumed rather than audible, e.g. when a potion "applies VENOM to the drinker", for maximum clarity in rules text. Examples: "you may call CLEAVE" vs. "a cleaved limb, a limb affected by cleave"; "this curse inflicts WEAKNESS" vs. "the weakness condition."

* Specific named terms are capitalised, e.g. Declaration of Sorcery, Statement of Principle, even if their generic forms are not. In a paragraph referring to a specific proper term of this kind, continue to capitalise the shortened form for clarity. Example: "A Declaration of Sorcery was raised before the Conclave last night. The Declaration passed, though there were a number of other declarations that didn't."

==Common misspellings==

* A formal negotiation, e.g. with an eternal, is a '''parley'''. Conversely, when someone gains wealth or influence through risk and guile, the verb is '''to parlay'''.
* The bay south of the Empire is the '''Bay of Catazar''' with no double letters (but note that the adjective is '''Catazarri''')
* The northernmost League city is called '''Temeschwar''' with a c between the s and the h.
* The nation of tattooed forest-dwellers and its founder are '''Navarr''' with no double A.

==Category names==
*'''Category names should be plural if the articles in the category are a set of items in that category'''
*'''Category names should be singular if the articles in the category are set of articles about the category'''
A category where each article is an example of the category should be plural - rituals, magic items, spells. A category where each article is an article of content about the category should be singular - The League, The Imperial Conclave, Religion.

==Grammar==
*'''Please use the Oxford comma'''
The Oxford comma is a comma placed immediately before the coordinating conjunction (usually ''and'', ''or'', or ''nor'') in a series of three or more terms. For example, a list of three countries should be punctuated either as "France, Italy, and Spain", not as "France, Italy and Spain."

==Terminology==
*'''LRP should be an abbreviation and not a word and never larp'''
*'''IC and OOC should be written in full, not abbreviated'''
In Empire we use live roleplaying, not live role-playing and never live action roleplaying. Consequently LRP should be regarded as an abbreviation not a word. "An LRP game" '''not''' "A LRP game."

IC and OOC should be written in full as in-character or out-of-character, not abbreviated. In general the wiki should avoid abbreviations, even where they are common use in LRP. The aim is to ensure that the wiki stays as readable as possible by people who are new to LRP.

==Other Things==
* '''Player character names should be in bold the first time they appear in winds, territories, or similar pages.'''
* '''Player character names should not be bolded in civil service reports (Conclave/Senate/Synod/Military Council) except as a result of an election or when funding'''
* '''NPC names should be in italics the first time they appear in winds, territories, or similar pages'''

==Uploading content==
There are many interested individuals who have a vested interest in the content of a photograph, the model shown, the people who made the costume, the photographer, the organizers of the event where the photograph was taken, or the owners of the site where the photograph was taken. If there is an image being used on our wiki that is one of yours in any of these definitions and you are unhappy then please get in touch. We can add an accreditation and a link everywhere the image is used or we can remove it. We will always remove any image as quickly as humanly possible at the request of any concerned party.

Most photographers have a page which collects their images and tells you the code to insert. You can look them up [http://www.profounddecisions.co.uk/mediawiki-public/index.php?title=Special%3ASearch&search=Category%3APhotos here].

Please don't upload images of LRPers to the wiki without ensuring that you have the permission of the players involved in creating the image. Note that editing an image, including cropping, is a modification that you generally need the artist's permission for.

Images from films are used without any intent to challenge the owner's copyright. They are used to direct players to the films and indicate which characters from the films provide good inspiration for the game. Any images uploaded should include captions and accreditation which makes the source clear.

All tunes and lyrics must be credited. We suggest that every piece of music includes the following credits the title, original title if any, words and tune credits (if not traditional). Please do not upload copyrighted material without the explicit permission of the authors/performers, where something is used with permission of the copyright holders please say so.

Unable to see

2026-04-18T21:51:31Z

GuiltyConscience:

<ic>
The message hits like a wave across the gathered congregation. Across the patchy tents and shelters which have made their home these past months - much diminished now, since the departure of those of the other nations - there is a wailing. She is dead. Yael is dead. There is an ending to be mourned.

---

Bethany and her sibling Jesse are shivering in the cold next to the fire when they hear the news, Micah running up to the fire before running off again to deliver it to the next tent along.

"Did he say...?" Bethany's tone is questioning, a hint of fright there. Her sibling nods. "Yes. Virtues. Fuck. I know she warned us, but I never thought... I never though they'd actually... damn them!" The tears start to flow, free and easy. Bethany moves to sit next to them, and the two sit and silently weep, holding in each other, not daring to think of what follows.

---

"So we're clear, right?" Joby stands, a crowd of fellow pilgrims around her. "We're forming up, and fighting this out? This is war! It's the Patricians come again! Is this not our destiny?"

From the crowd, one voice speaks up - it is young Ruth. "What are you saying? Would we destroy her Empire, just for this? She told the Dawnish to go home and fight the husks... This would not be what she wanted."

---

Miles away, in their chapter house, the people of Virtue's Ride bar the doors. Their pantries are well-stocked - they have enough food to last out half a decade or more. A fresh stream burbles next to the vegetable garden. In the vaults below the chapter-house are all the supplies that they'll need. Their Exarch speaks to the gathered chaptermates. "This is it. This is the moment we have prepared for. It is a sign - we must seclude ourselves away from this unvirtuous world and keep her message in our hearts. Even if our countryfolk have to bend the knee, we will not. Let us stand fast here and meditate upon her teachings. The Land Without Tears awaits us. We know that now."

---

Across the gathering place of the Congregation of the First Empress, and indeed out across Highguard, in countless ways people react in shock, in grief, in anger, in pain to the death of the beloved daughter of their nation. When the autumn rains begin to fall, later in the season, some even say it tastes of salt - as if the sky itself weeps.

There is an ending to be mourned. But what follows?
</ic>
<div style="float: right;"><quote by="The Path of Courage">Cleave to what you know is true, even where others wish you to doubt.</quote></div>
==Overview==
At the Summer Solstice, the General Assembly of the Imperial Synod condemned Yael, who claimed to be the [[First Empress]] reborn, for heresy. Her proposed Doctrine of The Beyond had been rejected and, by continuing to preach this as truth, she was found to be guilty as charged. She refused to recant and warned that she would continue to preach. She refused clemency at her trial and the magistrates ordered her execution. For most people in those nations that rejected Yael, her death marks the end of the matter.

But one nation did not reject her. The Highborn stood by their own, just as the nation once stood by the First Empress when she set forth with on a journey to unite all humanity. Now everyone is faced with the fact that their founding nation of [[The Way]] has taken a doctrinal position at odds with the rest of the Empire.
<div style="width: 500px; float: right;"><quote by="Aarne Ceorling, General Assembly, Summer Solstice 381YE, Upheld 1286 - 404">
Condemnation for heresy. In the persistent preaching of the rejected doctrine of The Beyond as Truth, Yael of Highguard has performed continuing acts of heresy. We, the general assembly of the Imperial Synod thereby condemn Yael of Highguard on charge of heresy; on account of active teaching and promotion of false doctrine.
</quote></div>
==You Make Your Tomorrow==
* '''Only the Highborn Assembly can provide the necessary moral guidance to the Highborn nation to heal this schism'''
* '''The penalties affecting Highborn armies that fight alongside other forces has increased to 60% for military units and 25% for armies'''
The Nations of the Empire have passed judgement on Yael of Highguard. In the judgement of the League, Astrid Fjellrevening di Tassato called her ''"the false, deceitful Yael."'' The Navarr Assembly utterly rejected ''"Yael's claim to be the first Empress reborn"''. The Council of Nine rejected ''"Yael and her teachings"''. Finally the General Assembly ''"rejects that Yael is the First Empress Reborn and disbelieves her vision and teachings as stated."'' Despite the overwhelming view of the Empire that there was no truth of any kind to her claims to be the First Empress Reborn or the Land Without Tears she refused to recant. In the end the General Assembly took the only remaining step and [[sanction|condemned]] Yael allowing the Imperial magistrates to execute her for heresy.

But none of this has influenced the people of Highguard who primarily look to their own National Assembly for guidance on spiritual matters. As long as that Assembly continues to back Yael there is no ''obvious'' way to preventing Yael's claims spreading through Highguard. The laws on religious crimes are explicit - they can only be invoked following a successful condemnation by the Imperial Synod. If the Highborn Assembly could be convinced to disavow Yael - then they could choose to pass a mandate designed to discourage any further interest in her. Such a mandate would require a lot of liao - given how deep passions run on this subject, given how much preaching has already taken place, it would not be easy to change course... but it would be possible.

<quote by="Highborn Assembly mandate">
We send (named priest) with 250 liao to disavow Yael. Her claim to be the First Empress Reborn has proven false and her visions of the Land Without Tears are without basis or merit. We urge all Highborn citizens to reject her.
</quote>

Melchior of Adina's Charge has suggested an alternate wording for this mandate, which the civil service predict will have the same effect but is more conciliatory in tone.

<quote by="Highborn Assembly mandate">We cannot prove for certain if Yael was the first Empress reborn or not. Regardless of this and no matter who Yael was, the Land without Tears is not part of doctrine and preaching it as such is Heresy. We refute the claim of the Land without Tears and encourage our citizens to look to only those Doctrines which have been debated and agreed upon by the Synod rather than allowing one figure to tear our faith and our Empire apart. We the priests of Highguard send (named priest) with 250 Liao to spread this message to the citizens of Highguard.</quote>

Of course that assumes that the Highborn Assembly are minded to pass such a mandate - the current evidence suggests otherwise. At present it seems there are a significant number of priests, in the Highborn Assembly and in other assemblies who continue to support Yael and her teaching despite the rejection of her doctrine by the Synod. If Yael's supporters prove pivotal in preventing the Highborn Assembly from acting, then the only effective option for the Synod may be to gather evidence and consider charges of condemnation.

<div style="float: right;"><quote by="The Path of Courage">Never accept defeat; adapt your strategy and try anew.</quote></div>

The most obvious alternative is simply to do nothing... but that would mean accepting the continued spread across Highguard of Yael's claims to be the First Empress Reborn. The longer that goes on, the more complete the conversion - the more painful any solution will ultimately be. And while they delay the split between the Empire and Highguard continues to widen. The difficulties facing Imperial armies fighting together continue to grow worse and the problems could well spread to other areas if this is not dealt with.
<div style="width: 500px; float: right; clear: right;"><quote by="Jared, Highborn Assembly, Spring Equinox 381YE, Upheld 379 - 76">
The National Assembly of Highguard believes that Sister Yael is the First Empress Reborn, returned amongst us to further our understanding of the Way of Virtue, to be our Guiding Light and to bring a glimpse of what lies beyond the Labyrinth of Ages
</quote></div>

==The Absence of Hate==
* '''A change of doctrine by the General Assembly would ensure that Highborn priests are safe from condemnation'''
* '''A mandate could be authorised that would boost morale in the Highborn armies granting a 20% bonus to victory points gained in battles'''
* '''The mandate would also increase the surge in prosperity in Highguard, raising it to two additional ranks for all affected resources'''

When news of Yael's execution spreads across Highguard many are concerned that those who followed her will react with anger or violence - but the first response is one of sadness. Yael had long predicted that the Synod would ultimately lack the [[Courage]] to embrace her revelations and that at the end they would turn on her. Everything has transpired as she predicted - and few people here seem to blame the other nations or the Synod for their lack of vision.
<div style="float: right;"><quote by="The Path of Courage">Do not fear to act; only be shamed by inaction.</quote></div>
The overwhelming response is one of sorrow and pity. Of all the people of the Empire - the Highborn were the first to discover [[the Way]] - why should anyone be surprised that in this time of revelation the Highborn are the only ones to truly see? But few believe that Yael would have wanted them to take up arms in her name - to ride forth on a new crusade - to put the unbelievers to the sword. The other nations may be misguided - but they are still part of the Empire. There are conditions worse than being unable to see.

In the absence of hate there is only an intense pain felt in the hearts of many. Yael's revelation of the Land Without Tears brought the hope of a better life, an escape beyond the Labyrinth to a world without sorrows or loss. Her followers are certain that Yael, having delivered her revelation, will have returned to the Land Without Tears now that her life has passed. But her followers were touched personally by her deep conviction, her quiet courage, her steel determination to walk her path to the end. And so they weep to know that a life of such pure virtue has ended so soon.

But as the pain inflicted by Yael's death begins to fade the sorrow gives way to a growing concern. The doctrinal rift between Highguard and the Empire is [[Death_is_not_the_end#Significance|affecting the ability of the Imperial armies to fight together]] continues to grow worse. How will the Empire deal with this growing schism? If Yael herself can be put to death who else is safe? The threat to those who teach others of the Land Without Tears will ensure for as long as the Empire refuses to accept Yael's revelation. Highborn priests who have been the bedrock of doctrinal purity for nearly five hundred years are now vulnerable to charges of heresy, leading to possible condemnation and execution. Only the General Assembly can resolve this problem - a successful change of doctrine to accept the Land Without Tears would mean that the Highborn people could practice their faith without fear of persecution.
<div style="float: right;"><quote by="The Path of Courage">Despise cowardice which steers the spirit to weakness and inaction.</quote></div>
So the Highborn people are looking to their Assembly for leadership in this crucial hour. The leaders of the nation have spoken - overwhelmingly endorsing Yael and backing her vision of what lies beyond the Labyrinth of Ages. That decision has healed the rift within Highguard - brothers and sisters in chapter houses across the nation are once more united in their shared understanding of their faith. Even now, in chapter-houses all across the nation, there are priests conveying the news of the First Empress Reborn, teachers helping children to learn of the Land Without Tears, crafters fashioning new works extolling her [[Wisdom]] and [[Courage]].

The sorrow at her death has not diminished the great joy that most Highborn feel at the recognition that the greatest human being who ever lived was reborn to them. The people are enormously proud of Yael and of her place within their pantheon of inspiring figures. That pride has [[Death_is_not_the_end#Manifest_Destiny|translated into a great boom in prosperity]] which looks set to continue for the foreseeable future. The [[statement of principle]] that was passed has settled the doctrinal differences of opinion within Highguard - the majority of the general populace now accept the existence of the Land Without Tears as revealed by the First Empress Reborn. But there is still a difference between accepting the truth and embracing it.

<quote by="Highborn Assembly Mandate">We send (named priest) with 75 liao to spread the truth of the First Empress Reborn and the revelations of the Land Without Tears throughout Highguard. Let everyone embrace the truth revealed by Yael.</quote>

If the mandate above is implemented then this act of confirmation and the proselytising it empowered would be sufficient to cause the Highborn people to fully embrace Yael's vision. There would be no easy return from such an act, but the resulting surge in piety and purpose would bring confidence and surety of purpose to every Highborn citizen. That would mean that all Highborn armies would be more effective in battle (they would generate 20% more victory points) in any campaign where they were not fighting alongside a nation that had rejected the doctrine of the Land Without Tears. In addition the current surge in [[Prosperity]] across Highguard would double for as long as that effect lasts.
==Notes==
Like the [[An_apple_that_falls|situation in the Mournwold]] the situation involving the legacy of the First Empress Reborn is complex and filled with strife - reflecting as it does the various actions taken by players over the last few years of the campaign. What we've tried to do here, is lay out some steps that players ''could'' take that would definitely have an effect on the situation.

As with all our Winds the list is accurate but not definitive. There are many other ways to influence the situation - there are alternatives that we have thought about but have not included because we don't feel they add much to the range of options. And there is always the potential for players to do things we have not thought about in advance - that's what makes running this game fun!

Players can change the laws of the land or use a [[statement of principle]] as a powerful tool to influence the wider world. Players on all sides could double down on their current positions - or either party could attempt to backtrack and concede. As with a mandate, if you e-mail an idea to us in the next few days, we may try to add something to the wiki, and give an appropriate explanation of how effective it would be. Otherwise you will have to take your chances at the event!

There won't be ''any'' NPCs on the field directly involved with this plot at the event. The outcome of this schism is utterly in the hands of the players.
==Resolution==
The mandate of Melchior of Adina's Charge was supported by the Highborn Assembly. Melchior has collected the required 250 doses of [[liao]] and will encourage the people of Highguard to return to a state of orthodoxy.
[[Category:Winds of Fortune]][[Category:381YE Autumn]][[Category:Recent History]]

Two steps on the water

2026-04-18T21:51:20Z

GuiltyConscience:

[[Category:Winds of Fortune]][[Category:384YE Summer]][[Category:Recent History]]
<ic>
“But that isn’t true.”

There was a finality in the yeofolk’s voice that made the implied accusation in her broad-accented words all the more upsetting to Zaĥario. Taking a moment, he reached deep to a place of stillness that was his Pride and drank deep, calming himself just as he had at Maragladia. He recalled the sight of all which Nemoria had arrayed against his people: all they had laid on his path to freedom. Seemingly unconcerned with his contemplation, Dana heaved another forkful of grass from the cart onto the heap below with a casual flick of her wrists. The silence stretched between them.

“How is it…” Zaĥario began, wetting his lips as he sought the words for ‘Kion vi celas?’, giving up, he tried a different approach: “In what way?”

“Well…” Dana huffed as another tangle of grass was sent tumbling to the ground. One of the heifers at the growing pile lowed and Dana considered it briefly. “I’ve never heard of such a Paragon - neither at the Academy, nor from Troubadours - seems like such a tale would make a fair song.”

Zaĥario relaxed slightly - Dana didn’t think him a liar, she just didn’t believe him. But she at least was not dismissing all he had said. He frowned, sending sweat down his old scar and into his eye. As he mopped the stinging salt from his face with the hem of his old, tattered tunic, he didn’t notice the approach of Alys. The foreman returned his squinting, reddened gaze with a dour look that reminded him she did not find Zaĥario’s ‘oddities’ as endearing as Dana.

“No time for dithering, there’s two more wagons and two more fields before sundown.” Alys remarked, keeping her suspicious gaze on Zaĥario as he skewered as large a bushel of cattle feed as he could and sent it to the crowd of bovine onlookers.

“Zahhk was just telling me a story-” Dana drawled, planting her pitchfork’s tines and cocking her head at Zaĥario.

“Another tale about Richilde riding a wolf, was it?” Alys snorted, eyes roving disinterestedly across the other yeofolk laying out feed across the rocky, unyielding field.

“It was a lion.” Zaĥario corrected, with a smile strained by what he hoped could best be attributed to his toil.

“It could have been a pig for all I care, I’ve never heard such foolish fancy.” Alys shot back, grunting to help Dana dislodge a particularly reluctant heap of grass.

“This time it was about someone who couldn’t lie - and when they were to be killed for it - they vanished! Like Zemress.” Dana’s eyes danced as she recounted the tale - Zaĥario couldn’t tell if her light-heartedness was earnest, or intended to agitate the curmudgeonly foreman.

“Sounds like our foreigner friend should learn the sort of stories we like here in Dawn.” Alys’ eyes narrowed just a fraction as she uttered the word ‘foreigner’.

He could weather this, Zaĥario told himself, as he had weathered war, as he had weathered being chained.

“If he wants to be seen as a real yeoman of Dawn, he should stick to real Paragons - And. Not. Dither.” With that, Alys departed, seeking out others that weren’t properly earning their Prosperity.

The well within him dry, Zaĥario turned his face away from Dana and the pondering, placid attention of the cows. To give up what had kept him free during a lifetime in chains in exchange for a place to call home? Was that really freedom - or imprisonment of another kind? Bottling the thought away, he reassembled himself and continued working in silence.

“Oi, wonder what’s gotten under her cap, eh, Zahhk?” Dana chimed, looking at him vaguely concerned - the first expression of anything except bemusement she’d afforded him since they had met. There was another long pause of grass being heaved and scattered. “I figure you should keep telling your stories - the world always needs more.” She paused, squinting along the line of others labouring, “Plus it sure helps make field work more tolerable.”

Zaĥario smiled, it was an earnest smile, even if he felt bruised inside. Returning to work he thought for a while, and then began:

“A long time ago, Wise Taylor was born in the House of Chains…”
</ic>
{{Audio|link=https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=GGJobaJbEcI}}
<div style="float:left; width: 600px; clear: left;">{{CaptionedImage|file=Table of Plenty.jpg|align=left|caption=Representatives of both groups of Asavean exiles are coming to Anvil during the Summer Solstice to discuss their future.|width=600}}</div>
===Overview===
* '''Two groups of Asavean refugees seek to establish new lives in the Empire'''
* '''The ''Freefolk'' are former slaves whose peculiar approach to the Way raises eyebrows among more conservative priests'''
* '''The ''Marracossans'' are defeated Asavean rebels who want to establish their own enclave in the Brass Coast'''
Since the [[Through_my_sails#Evacuation|evacuation of Arracossa]] during the short-lived Asavean civil war, there have been two groups of refugees in the Empire. The first group, who call themselves the ''Freefolk'', now dwell in Astolat as guests of the [[Lady_of_the_Proffered_Hand#House_of_the_Proffered_Hand|House of the Proffered Hand]]. Invited to live among the yeofolk of Dawn, they seem to be hard working, driven people keen to build new lives for themselves. Unfortunately, the spiritual beliefs that play a large part in their lives have attracted criticism from some priests, leading to a growing sense of unease among the former Asavean slaves.

On the other side of the Empire in Madruga the other large group of Asavean refugees, the ''Marracossans'', are much less interested in integrating. They show no signs of wishing to become Imperial citizens and seem content to live on the Brass Coast as foreigners at least for the moment. Their leader Leonorada Rousseau is keen to see her people rebuild their lives on foreign shores, but is looking for assurance and recognition from the Imperial Senate. In return, they are prepared to share some of the fruits of their artisanship with the Empire.

==Strangers in a Strange Land==
* '''The Freefolk mostly live in Dawn, but regularly travel the Empire seeking work and a chance to learn more about the Empire'''
The 'Free Folk' are a population of foreigners evacuated from Marracossa after its failed uprising against Asavean hegemony. Unlike the Marracossans, they are former slaves freed during the uprising when the rebels needed additional troops. They have no loyalty to Asavea itself, unsurprisingly, and leapt at the invitation to leave Trajadoz and come to Caer Faucon. While they have begun to build homes in Astolat, members of the Folk may be encountered anywhere in the Empire, travelling via roads and [[trods]] alike. They are often looking for work, keen to learn more about their new home. They are also keen to visit places of pilgrimage, to learn more about virtuous paragons and exemplars, or to celebrate places connected with those inspirations they have previously only heard stories of. Virtue seems to be a cornerstone of Freefolk life; they proudly claim that their faith "''made them free''" even when they were forced to toil for their Asavean masters.

This past season there have been quite a few Freefolk visiting [[the Marches]], primarily [[Upwold]] and [[Mitwold]]. They are no strangers to working in fields and orchards, or in the care of animals, or in the kind of outdoor labour required to dig ditches, flatten roads, maintain walls and hedgerows, or help to build in wood and stone. They work hard, and they expect to be paid a fair wage in keeping with their understanding of [[Prosperity]], but they are also keen to celebrate once their day's work is done - swapping stories of Asavea and the rebellion, of their experiences in the Empire, and of their peculiar religion (of course).

'''Participation:''' Characters with a [[business]], [[farm]], [[mine]], [[forest]] or [[herb garden]] [[Resource#Personal_Resource|personal resource]] are free to roleplay that they have interacted with or employed some of the Freefolk, especially in the Marches. Their Imperial is generally quite good, and they are scrupulously respectful, polite, and honest in their dealings with Imperial citizens. Their character is marked by a strong work ethic, balanced by an apparently genuine joy at the freedoms they experience and the marvels they see as they travel the Empire. Many are very interested in the Imperial nations - they know the most about Dawn and the Brass Coast but are excited to learn more about the other Imperial nations. They seem committed to building new lives in the Empire, and most seem to assume that they will eventually become Imperial citizens. They speak freely about their faith with anyone who expresses an interest - and they are always happy to hear stories of Imperial paragons, exemplars, heroes, and champions they are unfamiliar with.
===Another Way===
* '''The Freefolk believe that they follow the Way, but many of their practices are quite different to those of orthodox Imperials'''
* '''Some conservative priests are concerned about the way the Freefolk practice their religion'''
But all is not well: the Free Folk carry with them an unorthodox interpretation of the Way that some priests see as flagrantly heretical. The Freefolk are very keen to visit places of pilgrimage that have statues and images of paragons and exemplars. They are absolutely enamoured of the chapel known as [[Dean_of_Laroc_Cathedral#The_Cathedral_at_Laroc|Laroc Cathedral]] and its beautiful sculptures of [[Korl]], [[Permion]], [[Gilda Ashwine]], and [[Inga Tarn]] for example, and it genuinely seems that every Freefolk able to travel north to the shores of the Semmerlak has visited over the last six months. At the same time there is marked confusion when they discover the [[Voice_of_Barbs#The_House_of_Barbs|House of Barbs]] in [[Hercynia]] and mistake the statues there for images of hitherto unknown exemplars.

This enthusiasm for artistic representations of inspirations is not a problem by itself; concerns come from the fact that the Freefolk seem to worship these images. This is particularly true when dealing with images of the beings they class as "''La Diecoj''" - "The Divines". While they claim this is their word for what the Empire knows as a "Paragon", there is serious concern that it might be better translated as "God". The language barrier does not help - while the Freefolk are learning Imperial quickly, their own dialect is a mixture of common Asavean and a more obscure tongue that seems unique to themselves. The Folk leave offerings and perform celebrations centred around statues, tombs, and relics purported to be associated with Imperial Paragons in order to reaffirm a personal connection with the Paragons themselves, who they believe exist beyond the Labyrinth within a 'Divine Family'. Counted amongst this family are some names familiar to Imperial believers - such as [[Empress Richilde|Richilde]] - but they also include a slew of characters the Imperial Synod has never heard of such as Truthful Alexio, or Tajlora the Wise.

Despite attempts at proselytising and lecturing by those sympathetic to their history, the Folk have refused to renounce their paragons, nor the manner in which they practice their faith. Many have turned inward, the ebullient passion which they have previously expressed being replaced with a sombre determination to live their truth and follow the Virtues in their own way.

===Believers or Blasphemers?===
* '''Troubadours and other faithful around Astolat - where many Free Folk can be found - seek clarity on how these outsiders should be treated.'''
* '''There is concern that the spiritual danger that these travellers pose to those they meet on the roads.'''
* '''Though welcomed into Dawn by a statement of principle, there is a question of what is to be done if the Free Folk continue to cling to their beliefs.'''
Critics of the Freefolk state that their practices are nothing less than [[Religious_crime#Idolatry|idolatry]]. They believe that the Divine Family are simply Asavean gods in disguise - false idols that subvert their destiny. Although some of these "Divines" are clearly adopted or reinterpreted Paragons familiar to the Synod, others are entirely foreign - and possibly not real. In this view, the Folk are clearly [[Religious_crime#Blasphemy|blasphemers]] teaching and promoting false Paragons.

Those Folk with a stronger grasp of Imperial strenuously disagree. They argue that the Way recognises that the paragons personify both virtue and what it means to be human, and that the crime of [[Religious_crime#Idolatry|idolatry]] involves subsuming human will to or venerating ''inhuman'' forces. How, they ask, can it be wrong to venerate a by-definition ''human'' force? They appear unwilling to accept that the Synod should have control over the people that others recognise as paragons - a view that has proved of particular interest to adherents of the [[Schools_of_thought#Universalism|Universalist]] and [[Schools_of_thought#Foundationalists|Foundationalist]] [[schools of thought]]. Their veneration is virtuous, they argue. Don't the Highborn build statues of the paragons? Don't priests of all nations look to [[Symbols_of_the_Way|emblems and symbols]] to inspire them?

There is fractious debate over how the Exemplars and Paragons of foreign nations such as Sumaah or National figures like [[Bolstering_Bill_(Exemplar)|Bolstering Bill]] who were not immediately recognized by the Synod should be treated. If these Paragons were to be investigated what should the Folk be expected to do in the meantime? And what about the General Assembly declaration - barely a year ago - that ''"[[383YE_Autumn_Equinox_winds_of_fortune#Grey_Pilgrims|it is acceptable to call for any virtuous human to be recognised as a paragon]]?"''. And what of the other judgements passed by the Synod recognizing and asking for tolerance and respect for the beliefs of the Empire's constituent nations? Should such tolerance be extended to the beliefs of foreigners who claim to follow the Way?

Those who are arguing that the Folk beliefs are heretical - a perversion of the doctrines - point to the [[The_Doctrines_of_the_Faith#The_Doctrine_of_The_Paragons|Doctrines themselves]] for support. They say that if the Synod does not act to put down this heresy they will be breaking the [[The_Doctrines_of_the_Faith#The_Doctrine_of_The_Paragons|Doctrine of The Paragons]] because the Freefolk are openly proclaiming strange Paragons with neither acceptable [[Signs_of_the_paragon_and_exemplar|signs]] nor [[recognition]], and freely speaking about them to Imperial citizens as if these things do not ''matter''. They are mangling the [[The_Doctrines_of_the_Faith#The_Doctrine_of_the_Labyrinth|Doctrine of the Labyrinth]] to tell fairy stories of some magical land of spirits where the faithful wait for their loved ones - a claim resonant of the recent [[Schisms_and_Heresies#The_Yaelian_Schism|Yaelian schism]].

===What is to be Done?===
* '''There is an opportunity to either suppress or embrace the Free Folk's worship through a statement of principle.'''
* '''Any national assembly can pass a statement of principle expressing a perspective on the Free Folk's beliefs to direct their citizens as how they should be dealt with.'''
The Freefolk are not going to abandon their faith simply because a handful of priests tell them to do so. Their belief in their Divines gave them strength in the centuries they were enslaved by the Asaveans, and continue to help them build a strong community now that they are free. At the moment it is mostly traditionalist and orthodox priests who are concerned about the Freefolk. It seems the yeofolk among whom they live are broadly unconcerned about their peculiar beliefs, seeing them as a "little weird" rather than threatening. For some, their veneration of the paragons is only a more extreme example of the way some yeofolk look on the glorious and romantic champions in the [[troubadour|troubadours]] tales - a comparison that does little to quell the concern among the Freefolk critics.

The conservative priests may not be wrong in their belief that trouble is brewing. Now that they are in the Empire, several Freefolk have been able to study the [[religious skills#Liao ceremonies|Liao ceremonies]] that Imperial priests take for granted. They are using some of the money they earn labouring to purchase [[liao]] so that they can create their own [[hallow|hallowed items]] and [[consecration|consecrated spaces]]. If they pursue their ambition of becoming Imperial citizens, then they are certainly going to build [[congregation|congregations]] where they preach their particular beliefs about the Paragons. Their enthusiasm for their Divines is infectious - the exuberant joy they take in sharing stories of their cultural heroes and speaking of their beliefs about the Labyrinth can be very compelling.

Amidst all this confusion there have been calls for the Imperial Synod to take action "''before the situation deteriorates to the point where Caer Faucon becomes another Whittle''." There are no [[mandate|mandates]] at this time; rather the priests concerned about the Freefolk, and the Freefolk themselves, have asked the Imperial Synod to make suitable [[Statement of principle|statements of principle]] to offer guidance. The most appropriate assemblies in which to raise such statements are the Assembly of the Nine, the General Assembly, and (currently) the Dawnish national assembly given that is where the Freefolk are living. Other assemblies may wish to weigh in as well, although it is very unlikely that statements in the virtue assemblies will have much effect unless they are all united in their opinions.

Any such statements that achieve a [[greater majority]] will eventually be shared with the Freefolk by their friends. There is no possibility that a statement of principle by itself will convince them to give up their deeply-held beliefs, but it will contribute to the growing impression that they are not welcome in the Empire. Whatever else happens the outcome is very unlikely to be violence - the Freefolk are much more likely to seek homes elsewhere if the Synod makes it clear there is no place for them in the Empire.

===Celebration===
* '''The Freefolk are again planning to visit Anvil on Saturday'''
As with previous seasons, the Freefolk will again be at Anvil during the Summer Solstice. They intend to once again perform their celebration of the [[Empress Richilde|Sun Queen]]. These odd festivities were first witnessed by Imperial citizens last year and involve building an effigy of the Paragon and placing it on the Imperial Throne for veneration. Among their number this time however will be a few of those who have received instruction in Liao ceremonies, and who fulfil a function similar to that of Imperial priests within their own community. This presents an opportunity for Synod priests interested in their beliefs to have a proper conversation with the spiritual leaders of the Freefolk. They are expected to arrive on Saturday morning at some time - it's not clear exactly when but it is likely at least some of them will be actively seeking out priests to try and get to the bottom of whether there is a place for them in the Empire or not.

They have also expressed a strong interest in getting to know the people of [[the Marches]] a little better - they're planning to visit the Anvil camp and share some of their traditional delicacies with "''the distant cousins of our distant cousins''" as they apparently characterise the Marchers. They're are expected to arrive at the Marches camp some time after noon on Saturday.

==Ruins on a Distant Shore==
* '''The Marracossans have established their own settlement at Trajadoz'''
* '''They are seeking Senate recognition of their right to the land'''
The Freefolk were not the only foreigners delivered upon the shores of the Brass Coast after the failed uprising. The upper classes of Asavean society - the slave-owning, Plenum-associated, refugees - form a small majority of all those refugees currently living in the Empire. Bringing as much of their wealth with them as they could carry, they were told in no uncertain terms that they are to no longer rely upon slaves for prosperity. These exiles have settled the abandoned Freeborn settlement of [[Madruga#Trajadoz|Trajadoz]] in northern Madruga. Here they have rebuilt, spending their salvaged wealth carefully with the Freeborn to construct small estates, recapture the overgrown farms from the weeds that overrun them, and establish a few workshops for the use of their [[crafting skills#Artisan|artisans]]. They are just about able to support themselves, and can afford to pay a reasonable wage to the Freeborn labourers who work their new farms. Most of their former slaves have left Trajadoz to begin new lives as Freefolk guests of the House of the Proffered Hand. Others have quit Trajadoz to embrace the Freeborn way of life with the aid of the [[Hand_of_Guerra#House_of_Guerra|House of Guerra]] and the support of [[Brass Coast egregore|Dust, Flame and Glass]]. The few who have stayed behind were once more "privileged" slaves - tutors, housekeepers, factotums, and aides - they continue in their former roles, but now as free citizens.

The Marracossans (never ''Nemorians'', and rarely accepting ''Asavean'') are a disparate group; made up of priests and soldiers, crafters and traders who have spent the last nine months coming to terms with their new circumstances. Some have adapted better than others, of course. The older nobles apparently spend much of their time bemoaning their lost lives of privilege and influence, while the younger generation has shown a stronger pragmatic streak, taking up lives as traders, or as translators, mercenaries, and teachers for their Freeborn neighbours. One area where they apparently excel is in the crafting of [[magic items|magical]] [[Magic_items#Talismans|talismans]] of various sorts - including several unknown to Imperial artisans. In particular, they appear very proud of the tools they make explicitly for the use of artisans. "''Once upon a time, even the Nemorians respected the quality of our tools. Before they started to take us for granted, of course, and assumed that we should give of our skill out of patriotism''" as one of the traders explains. Their abilities apparently go far beyond things such as the [[Lodestone Shears]], but they require large amounts of [[materials|material]] to create and so until they have established themselves their ability to craft them has been limited.

Though they have built no temples, shrines or edifices to their gods, the exiles still follow their particular version of the Asavean faith. There are a small number of priests among them who, while discreet, do not attempt to conceal the fact that they lead religious services venerating their gods. When they first arrived in Madruga, they [[Large_but_far_away#Evacuation|requested permission]] to build a temple dedicated to the Three Gods of Marracoss - permission that was not forthcoming. They have not repeated their request, instead having converted an old parador near the centre of Trajadoz to a place of worship. Outsiders are not invited to their ceremonies, and they have scrupulously avoided proselytising or spread their faith to Imperial citizens. They are well aware that their beliefs are at odds with the orthodoxy of the Synod, but they also have no interest in abandoning their faith and the connection to their past it provides them.

'''Participation:''' Any Freeborn character is free to roleplay that they have interacted with the Marracossans. Those who deal with the people of the Brass Coast - generally younger or more free-thinking individuals - are working hard to master Imperial and are occasionally seen at markets and paradors across Madruga. They are notable by their dress - they still favour the long tunics and loose robes they wore when they still lived in Asavea. At first it is common for them to wear white tunics or robes, but as they have settled in at Trajadoz they have come to understand the negative connotations related to that colour and are now much more likely to wear clothes of the brighter hues common across the Brass Coast. One element that causes a little conflict is that they are used to dealing with a corrupt economy based on graft and bribery - they often try to offer inducements to gain special privilege but expect such dealings to be underhand and discreet. As can be imagined, this is very much at odds with the traditional Freeborn embrace of brazen [[honesty]], especially in business dealings.

As mentioned above, they refuse to talk about their religion with outsiders and they are not interested in the Way.
<div style="float:right; width: 200px; clear: right;">{{CaptionedImage|file=WingedMessenger.png|caption=''Leonorada Rousseau'' currently resides in ''Trajadoz'', [[Madruga#Torres|Torres]], [[Madruga]] for anyone who wants to talk about Marracossan business via [[Call Winged Messenger]].|align=right|width=200}}</div>
===Earning Their Way===
* '''Desiring stability and a formalization of their relationship with the Senate the Marracossans request that Trajadoz be ceded to them'''
* '''In return for privacy and freedom to maintain their religion they will share some unique magic items with the Empire'''
* '''A Marracossan legate will visit Anvil on Friday at around 10pm to speak with the Ambassador to Asavea'''
Now that the exiles have settled in, they have expressed a great deal of interest in ensuring that their homes will not be taken away from them again. While a few have chosen to become citizens of the Brass Coast or the League, the majority wish to remain Marracossans. Indeed, the uprising in Asavea was all about their desire to reclaim their identity separate from that of the Nemorians. Their most fervent wish appears to be to be left alone to practice their own customs without interference from the Empire. They're quick to point out that they are not taking about slavery - they are well aware of the realities of the situation here and anyway they don't ''have'' any slaves any more. What they want is the religious and cultural freedom to govern themselves in their traditional way.

''Leonorada Rousseau'', the priest of the god Aseus, is doing most of the work liaising with the Empire, thanks in part to her fluent grasp of Imperial tongue. The émigré community wishes to claim the abandoned town of Trajadoz from the Empire so that they may feel comfortable in their new home. Essentially, they are requesting that the Senate [[Powers_of_the_Imperial_Senate#Concedence|cede]] the town of Trajadoz and its environs to them. They are already living in the town, working the fields, and operating businesses. From their point of view it is a mere formality, but the Senate may well have different opinions.

During the Spring Equinox a ''Legate'' - a former General - ''Glaucia Herminia'', made the journey to Anvil to explore the purchase of the Madrugan town. The proposal is that in return for ceding Trajadoz, they will provide the Empire with access to the goods produced by their adept artisans. This would create an [[Imperial title]] - the ''Marracossa Sendito'' - who would represent the Empire to the Marracossans, and vice versa. In return they would gain access to a [[ministry]] allowing them to purchase some of the [[magic items]] the émigré artisans can create - some of which are unknown in the Empire. Creating this title would not incur any costs to the Senate, and would not require any kind of [[commission]] - it is a purely diplomatic matter. It would, obviously, require a Senate motion to cede the town of Trajadoz however and to determine how the ''Marracossa Sendito'' would be appointed. The Marracossans themselves seem broadly unconcerned whether it is a National Position (appointed by the Freeborn) or an Imperial position (available to any citizen) but they have insisted that it be appointed via the [[Bourse]] to ensure that it is held by someone whose first concern is trade rather than religion or politics.

Legate Herminia intends to visit Anvil during the Summer Solstice with some examples of the things the Marracossan crafters can make so that representatives of the Empire can choose which ones they are interested in buying. Exactly which items the Marracossa Sendito can purchase would be a matter for negotiation - the more concessions the Senate is prepared to make, the more options the ministry would provide. The Legate is expected to arrive at around 10pm on Friday during the Summit, and hopes to speak with the [[Ambassador to Asavea]]. That title is due to be re-elected at the Summer Solstice but the civil service are keen to point out that the incumbent - '''Pakt''' of the [[Imperial Orcs]] - will remain in the title until it is reappointed or the end of the summit.

==Game Information==
It is not possible to create a character who is one of the Freefolk, or the Marracossan émigrés.

==Further Reading==
* [[On_the_outside_looking_inside#Saga_of_the_Exiles|On the outside looking inside]] - Spring 383YE wind of fortune talking about recent events with the refugees
* [[All_at_sea#The_Trajadoz_Exiles|All at sea]] - Winter 383YE wind of fortune detailing relations between the refugees and the Empire
* [[Large_but_far_away#Asavea|Large but far away]] - Autumn 383YE wind of fortune detailing the arrival of the Marracossans and Freefolk
* [[Through_my_sails#Evacuation|Through my sails]] - Summer 383YE wind of fortune introducing the opportunity to evacuate Aracossa

Thule lore

2026-04-18T21:51:03Z

GuiltyConscience:

[[Category:Foreigners]] [[Category:Bestiary]] [[Category:Thule]]
<div style="float:left; width: 300px; clear: right;">{{CaptionedImage|file=Thule General.jpg|caption=The Thule are patient, pitiless, and possessed of great arcane power.|align=left|width=300}}</div>
==Overview==
The [[Thule]] page gives an overview of the things the Empire has long known, or suspected, about the Thule. In recent years a lasting peace, and the opening of certain trade routes, have presented Imperial citizens with opportunities to learn more about their northern neighbours. This page is presented in the form of a report, written in late 386YE, collating information gathered from those who have been granted access to [[Otkodov]]. The civil service have done their best to remove rumours and synthesize consistent facts from the reports. Where something is based on conjecture, it should be made clear.

This report has been prepared by Czesław Zbyluta, a civil servant working at the [[Ambassador to Otkodov | embassy]] in [[Miekarova]].

==Sources==
Imperial merchants have been granted access to certain towns and villages along the border between [[Otkodov]] and the Empire. Caravans are not permitted to travel deeper into Thule territory than this, and there is some indication that only selected, approved Thule are allowed to meet with Imperial guests in these border towns. When asked about this, the warlocks responsible for overseeing Imperial visitors have generally been quite frank. The Empire has made no secret of its plans to spread [[The Way]], they say, which is seen by the Thule as a hostile and destabilising force. So long as the [[Synod]] maintains its commitment to spreading The Way of Virtue, Imperial Citizens will not be permitted to speak, unsupervised, with the general population. One Thule merchant trading in [[Skarsind]] did point out to this author that in this regard the Thule are no different to The Empire, who do not permit the proselytising of foreign religions within their borders either.

As such, this report is drawn from interviews with Imperial merchants, travellers, and soldiers who have experience with the Thule (both in peacetime and in war) as well as what scant information was collected from captured combatants in the past. Given the levels of secrecy and concealment involved, it has proved difficult to verify many concrete facts.

Czesław must also thank Rak-Who-Speaks-For-The-Dragons-Undivided, the Thule ambassador to the Empire, for all his 'help' with preparing this report.

==Society and Politics==
Thule society seems to be extremely hierarchical, with the population divided into distinct castes based on their role.
===Bonded===
The bonded, or peasant, class have the least internal rivalry and struggle of the groups identified here. There is some competition for resources, especially during bad winters, but helping your peers to survive and thrive in the harsh environment is seen as good, if nothing else for the fact that it benefits yourself. This solidarity amongst the labouring people does not come with hostility to their social superiors, but rather any hostility is directed to the environment. Storms, snow and famine are the enemy — and the leadership of their betters keeps them alive, if not necessarily thriving.

The name bonded appears to denote a level of bond to the land and the warlock, or coven, ruling that land. Members of the bonded class take great pride in their bonds, as the more powerful their rulers are, the better their own position is. They have been at pains to stress to Imperial visitors that the bond referred to is more akin to membership of a banner, or even a nation, than to slaves' bondage. Indeed, when slavery was still practiced by the Thule, a very clear demarcation was kept between slaves and bonded.

Bonded do not have any magic to speak of. Perhaps one in several hundred might have some simple spells but never any ritual lore. If a child born to bonded parents does show signs of magical prowess, they are taken to apprentice under a warlock at a suitable age. This is the only means of social mobility in Thule society and can only happen with youths. Once a peasant is past maturity, they cannot become a warlock even if they develop magic. The exact process of apprenticeship varies greatly from sept to sept and warlock to warlock, but it is often not a pleasant experience.

One junior warlock spoken to by a [[Kallavesi]] drover delivering food to the [[Write the lines#Meat for Metal|Trading Hall at Wreck]] reminisced, seemingly fondly, that the cattle being brought for slaughter were treated better than he had been as an apprentice. He remarked that he was looking forward to taking an apprentice of his own in a few years to teach them the ways of the world.

In recent years, the [[The sweetest of songs#Voice of the dragons|abolition of slavery]] has resulted in a large number joining the bonded class who have no affiliation with the existing septs. Some former slaves have joined existing bonded communities and adopted their ways. Some, where there were a large number of similar background, have formed new septs, or reformed a sept which was destroyed when they or their ancestors were first enslaved, and this seems to have been encouraged by individual warlocks. A scant few have chosen to remain independent in small family groups. These groups are viewed with suspicion by the majority, as they do not fit within established societal norms. They wander from place to place, providing seasonal or project labour, but have not yet chosen to settle anywhere.

It is worthy of note that, so far as we can tell, there is now no distinction made, legally or socially, between the former slaves and those who grew up as bonded. They have integrated fully into the bonded class with surprising speed, and no traces of tension between the two halves are tolerated by the Warlocks.

Of note amongst the bonded are the ''skuldyr''; a type of bard specialising in oral-tradition poetry and prose storytelling. While they are bonded, with all the rights and responsibilities thereof, a talented ''skuld'' is often something of a community leader. They enjoy the patronage of the warlocks, and the most prominent of them often live alongside a coven of warlocks or travel freely within Otkodov, collecting and spreading new tales.

Broadly, there is a feeling amongst the bonded class that life in Otkodov is the best of a bad batch, so to speak. They are aware that they are the bottom rung of the ladder and that they face oppression, but they firmly, truly seem to believe that all the alternatives are worse. One labourer, interviewed whilst unloading cargo from an Imperial wagon, had this to say:

"''What person would choose the Jotun, where war and death are constant, or worse yet their thralls who can never defend themselves and must beg for protection from brutish warriors with less magic than a turnip? Who would choose life under the Druj, where poison, betrayal and torture are your day to day? And worst of all, who would choose life in The Empire, where your rulers change every other week, and you are always a pawn in somebody's reckless, chaotic power play.''"

For the bonded, life in Otkodov is hard, but it is peaceful. They are looked after by their so-called betters, they benefit from ritual magic cast almost without thought to bolster their resources, and they live in a tight-knit community which looks after each other.

===Middle Class===
There is a small, though developing, middle class who are either not warlocks or are very low-ranking warlocks. They are separate, and above, the peasant class and live in considerably more comfort but lack much direct influence. These are the orcs dealing with trade, selling food and goods, providing services to the warlocks, and so on. They are currently in a bit of an upswing; the recently freed slaves have meant a change in the importance of financial means to operating a labour force. Warlocks no longer own their own slaves and don't want to deal with the difficulties of managing an independent labour force directly, so they tend to bring in these non-mage citizens as middle managers or hired contractors.

Competition within the middle class is fierce, and the struggle for power is almost palpable. For the middle class, power often manifests as money or access to resources, but they are equally desperate for other sources of power over others. The favour of a powerful warlock, for instance, is worth more than any money. When one loses status in the internal struggle of the middle class, they and their family tend to be driven into poverty and scorn. Interestingly, though, the rigid social structure works here to help them. It is not possible for a family to become bonded peasants, just as it would not be possible for the bonded to join the middle class. Those who have fallen out of favour may find themselves struggling for a few years, but they retain all the rights and obligations of their station. As the constant churn of intra-class rivalry does its work, the dispossessed can soon rise again to power and status.

We note, however, that sufficiently large transgressions are presumably punished by death. This is certainly the implication of many comments overheard by Imperial merchants, but with the limited access we have been granted and the short time that access has been available, we have no confirmed instances. This point therefore, remains conjecture, although this author is reasonably confident in its truth.

It is the middle class that Imperial merchants have been dealing with most directly. Attempts to subtly discuss Virtue with them have been met by everything from indifference to outright rejection. The Thule middle class are doing quite well from the way things are, and can easily see how even small amounts of disruption and chaos could ruin them, so they are not inclined to help Imperials rock the boat.

===Warlocks===
By far the most dominant class in Thule society are the warlocks. Not every magician is a warlock, but every true magician is in the warlock caste, so to speak. They may be apprentices or failed warlocks or assistants, but they are all part of the same power struggle. From what we can tell, the higher a warlock rises in political position, the more access they are given to magical training. There is extremely fierce competition amongst the warlocks for power and status. This is seen as a necessary tool to drive the powerful to succeed and the weak to fall out of the system.

Warlocks will often have a coterie of advisors, assistants and labourers around them. These individuals may enjoy privilege and status through their association with their patron but are still firmly locked into their class.

There is some speculation that higher ranking warlocks walk a political knife edge, attempting to please the Dragons without doing anything to draw too much attention. One caravan owner, ''Antonio Gallia von Temeschwar'', told us of a discussion zie and zir friends had been having in the common room of their lodging house in ''[[Verthandi#Tinfjalla|Tinfjalla]]''. They were speaking of the ruthless cut-and-thrust of politics in the League, when a somewhat drunken warlock joined them at their table. She was mostly quiet while they talked, but from the few comments she did make, Antonio believes that she was implying that it is very difficult to rise within the hierarchy of warlocks without rising too fast and being punished for it. Antonio suggested that a little [[Courage]] might aid her [[Ambition]], at which point the warlock appeared to realise that she had said too much and stopped the conversation.

The path taken by less ambitious warlocks seems to be mastering a few powerful resource enchantments, and a scrying ritual or two, then getting appointed to govern a settlement or lead some great project. This can provide sufficient status and power for all but the most ambitious, and the only big risk is from other warlocks attempting to usurp their position.

===Framleithandi===
[[Crafting skills#Artisan|Artisans]] are considered somewhat adjacent to warlocks, and an artisan is given the title of ''framleithand''. They create powerful magic, though in the form of items rather than rituals, and are considered a valuable part of the magical infrastructure. A framleithand may be a political player but will never rise to quite the same heights as a warlock. Since [[magic items]], particularly those which affect ritual magic, are so valuable, a good framleithand is often able to balance the favour of several powerful warlocks.

Groups of framleithandi are called ''fyrirtæki'', and seem to operate similarly to Thule [[Bands#Covens|covens]]. They closely guard their secrets, as the ability to craft particular items is incredibly valuable knowledge. Some fyrirtæki are small, serving a local warlock or coven and often running within a single family. Others are large and well known and have representatives in the courts of many powerful warlocks throughout Otkodov. Like the covens of their warlock kin, these fyrirtæki are intensely hierarchical.

Direct contact with framleithandi has been exceptionally rare for Imperial citizens. The more prestigious framleithandi have some of the bonded who conduct their business for them; others will hire some of the merchants of the middle class if they need to interact with the outside world.

Most Imperial citizens simply refer to framleithandi as artisans. This has been met by different reactions. Some Thule will follow the lead of the citizen they are talking to and use "artisan" too, others will continue to use framleithand but not correct their interlocutor. In one case, whilst discussing the fine craftsmanship of an exquisite staff carried by a warlock, the orc became quite enraged by her visitor's continued use of the term. She is reported to have said "How dare you sully the name of the great ''Ylfa'' of the ancient and honoured ''Companions of The Ice Wyrm'' who makes this staff for me anew each Spring. No simple artisan, she is framleithand, through and through!"

===Dragons===
Very little is known about the Dragons, save that they are the rulers of Thule society. They are spoken of by other Thule in an almost religious manner, and attempts by Imperial citizens to ask directly about the Dragons have been pointedly ignored. Many Thule speak of the Dragons as 'Living Ancestors' and act as though they will intervene in day-to-day life in the manner of, for example, [[Asavean Archipelago#Religion|Asavean gods]]. The [[#Bonded|bonded]], especially, will often keep a small shrine in their homes to either one specific Dragon or to "the five undivided". Among the bonded, rumours and myths about the Dragons are rampant. They say that they can somehow "''walk as spirits''" and observe anything that happens in the lands they claim; that they are physically immortal; that they are living ancestors, possessed by the spirits of the greatest Thule who have ever lived; that in times of need they can assume the form of unique and terrible beasts with their magic; that they feed on [[materials|magical materials]] and [[Game_items#Mana_Crystals|mana crystals]]; and that they travel bodily to other realms where [[eternal|powerful spirits]] offer them fealty.

The Dragons have never been encountered on a battlefield, but are believed to be extremely aged orcs who are both potent shamans and extremely skilled ritual magicians. They are believed to occupy a cavern complex in the heart of Otkodov, possibly in caverns beneath the vast mountain at the heart of [[Otkodov#Nithoggir|Nithoggir]]. The five Dragons are listed below, along with some information about activities we suspect or know them to be responsible for. Moreso even than most Thule, information about the Dragons is exceptionally difficult to come by.

* '''Caridis Runebinder''' - Also sometimes referred to as Oathbinder. Reports from the time indicate that Caridis was responsible for directing the campaign in [[Skarsind]], the rampant exploitation of its natural resources, and ultimately the death of [[Empress Britta]].
* '''Fraynir, the-one-who-waits''' - Was apparently responsible for [[Wintermark history#The Curse of Tradition | cursing the nation of Wintermark]] in 378YE. The [[curse]] was broken when Imperial heroes recovered the [[Crown of Three Tears]] which had been in Fraynir's possession. Fraynir is said to be subtle, and cunning, and to be able to hide themselves from mortal eyes in a shroud of night.
* '''Hinodir of the Bright Orb''' - Claims to be at least as old as the Paragon [[Zoria]]. She was in possession of the Staff of Zoria but [[Mime each lonely word#A_Law_of_Bonds | sold it back to the Empire]] in 384YE. She also prepared a report on the [[Parched earth|blight of the Great Grasses]] which was shared with Imperial magicians. She is believed to be a consummate diviner and seer, and likely a master of [[Day magic]].
* '''Orobus the Chained''' - Negotiated (through a hollow) a [[Accept Thule peace treaty | treaty with the Empire]] in Summer 379YE. Is apparently an adept at negotiation and binding magic, and is said to have the most influence over the [[eternal]] [[realm|realms]]. Details are unclear but there seems to be more regular cooperation between Orobus and Hinodir than between any two Dragons, although it would be a mistake to consider them "allies" as such.
* '''Tathenon the Gyre''' - Apparently coordinates many of the Thule's military campaigns; a warlock of his was tasked with establishing [[Ratify treaty with Thule Winter 383YE | the coalition to liberate Sermersuaq]] from the Jotun, for example. They are said to master the forces of destruction, and to be able to raise or quell wind, rain, and storms with but a word.
===Hollowed===
The Hollowed are sinister figures who seem to serve as advisors to the warlocks. They are often painted with runes, but rarely wield weapons or wear armour. Their eyes are said to be 'empty' - examination of corpses has shown a distinctive discolouration of the eye sockets, like a spreading black bruise that appears to be 'natural' rather than the result of make-up or tattoos. They are believed to be the results of Thule who have been found wanting and been 'hollowed out' - they have little or no personality of their own, and serve in some fashion as 'vessels' for the spirit of a [[#Dragons|Dragon]].

The Dragon can apparently see through their eyes, speak through them, and even perform magic using them as a tool. No hollowed has ever been captured alive - the Dragon that controls them seems able to slay the vessel at will. By use of the hollowed, the Dragons can maintain a watch over the nation and provide a level of communication and cohesion that other rulers can only dream of... but at great cost. Some Imperial scholars speculate that the Dragons turn any Warlock who steps out of line into one of the hollowed, while others believe that the majority of [[shamans]] meet this fate at a young age.

When asked about the Hollowed, other Thule have displayed a strange mixture of revulsion and respect. It seems that the hollowed fill two roles in the minds of the Thule. The slow, shambling, empty creature is reviled. It is weak, a failure, worthless. But it must always be treated with honour and respect, for at any moment the thing can change, suddenly. Now it speaks with purpose and command, it moves with strength and power. Now, it is The Dragon. To be visited by a hollow is a great privilege, for it means the Dragons are watching you, but for the hollow to speak with the voice of a Dragon? That is a prize few ever experience.

''Ximena i Projimo i Erigo'', a merchant of [[the Brass Coast]], reports that she was huddled around a campfire with several bonded peasants whilst snowed in on a mountain pass. The company began to swap braggadocious stories of their exploits. Most were of times they had served this or that warlock, but the tale which apparently won the most admiration from the group was when one of the orcs told how his great-great-great-grandmother, ''Authur'', was visited in her workshop by three warlocks escorting a hollow. She was a wainwright, making wagons to transport resources for the army, and the group had come to speak to her master, the warlock ''Drifa''. The conversation happened behind closed doors, but apparently, when the Hollowed spoke with the voice of the Living Ancestor, its shout was loud enough to be heard throughout the building.

"She heard him then," said the orc, filled with awe at his own tale. "The mighty voice of Tathenon, the Red Rage. He bellowed louder than an aurochs, and cursed her master with some great working of magic." Apparently, Drifa was strung up from a pike for all to see, and a new warlock given charge of the carriage works.

It is notable that this story, of one's ancestor hearing the voice of a Dragon faintly through a wall, was considered a greater brag than any current act of service or heroic deed (although Ximena tells us the other tales were not that impressive. Perhaps this one would have lost out to a more accomplished speaker.)
===Shamans===
A curious note is that, unlike most other Orc cultures, the Thule do not seem to have [[shamans]] or an equivalent role. They do hear their ancestors, as all orcs do, but it is not clear that the Thule put much stock in the advice of these ancestors, especially since the 'Living Ancestors' are available instead. Our knowledge of orc cultures elsewhere would imply that some individuals should have the Shamanic ability to hear the ancestors more strongly and more often, but we have so far not encountered any evidence of them.
==Magic==
The Thule pride themselves on their magical prowess, and are extremely secretive about their magical traditions. What information we have been able to glean is included here, but it is this author's belief that information about magic is a highly controlled secret even between warlocks. This has made it difficult to pin down any specific details.
===Covens===
[[Bands#Covens|Covens]] in Thule society are incredibly important. As well as facilitating the casting of large rituals, they are also a part of the governmental structure. From what we can tell, all Thule covens are incredibly hierarchical. There will be a senior warlock, or rarely several senior warlocks, at the head of it who also hold great political power. These warlocks seem to spend most of their time on research and study, from what we can tell, and do not cast many actual rituals. Beneath them will be a number of stratified ranks of other warlocks, often changing as the internal political struggle dictates, who are responsible for casting most of the coven's rituals. They will each have charge of some specific thing, as often a mundane article of governance as it is an aspect of magic. Beneath them are a number of junior warlocks and apprentices. These serve as the main source of magical strength for casting large magnitudes, and constantly work to move up into the more senior ranks. A coven will also have a staff of non-magical servants tending to their needs.

The members of the coven often live and work closely together in a compound on the outskirts of their settlement, which serves as both a centre of magical study and a regional seat of governance. More powerful and prestigious covens may have their compounds built on or near a strong [[regio]], and be permitted some amount of control over who accesses the regio.

Most covens are old and storied. They have existed for hundreds of years, and the deeds of the members reflect the reputation of the coven as an institution. When an old coven is destroyed, it is a major event. To create a new coven seems to require the blessing of the highest ranking warlocks, or perhaps even the Dragons themselves, and is a boon rarely granted.

Reading between the lines of statements made by a junior warlock Arnur Pag, to some Varushkan cabalists, it seems as though at least some of these covens are formed around a magic item to which all members are bonded. These items, lasting as they do for many years and being so important to the coven as an institution, would presumably be crafted with [[Ilium | Star Metal]], which might go some way to explaining the difficulty in forming new covens.
===Ritual Lore===
The Thule have no equivalent of [[Formulaic_ritual#Imperial_Lore_and_the_Ritual_List|Imperial Lore]] or [[Urizen_magical_traditions#Urizen_Lore|Urizen Lore]] and, indeed, the very suggestion that they would is met with scorn and mockery. Powerful rituals freely shared are dangerous, they say, because anyone with access could use them for any purpose. It is good that dangerous information should be controlled and rationed, with only the worthy being permitted to learn.

From what we can tell, in its place is a system referred to as 'Tomes' whereby a warlock will be given permission to study a particular set of related rituals. It seems that being granted access to a Tome is a great honour and often involves travelling some distance to wherever the Tome is held. The warlock will often spend a whole season studying the Tome before returning to their coven.

===Arcane Projections===
Much of the ritual work performed by Thule covens is the development and casting of [[arcane projection|Arcane Projections]]. The more prestigious warlocks seem to spend almost all of their time working on such projections, and the structure of their covens may be what it is partly to facilitate the very expensive process of casting high-magnitude arcane projections. We can presume that, much like the Empire, the Thule face a bottleneck in [[College of Magic#Benefits|codifying ritual texts]]. We might conjecture, therefore, that having an Arcane Projection codified would be a great achievement for the warlock responsible for the projection.
==Further Reading==
* [[Thule]]
<ic>
A small puff of smoke curled around her hand as Czesław pushed a fresh candle into the guttering stump of the old one. She rubbed her eyes tiredly.

"So, you spoke to a warlock..." The Merchant Prince across the table from her was easily distracted by zir own story, and kept veering off on long tangents. Czesław kept having to steer zem back to the topic at hand.

"Oh yes. She was a tall, haughty orc with a fabulous blue velvet robe trimmed with bright-white fur. She sat with us at our table for a few hours, even joined us for cards. On the third deal, she went all in with just a pair of twos, and you'll never guess what I-" Antonio caught the exasperated glare Czesław was giving zem, and stopped. "Well, anyway, she started talking about how delicate the political balance of being a warlock is! It was great, she didn't say that much but it was clear that she's struggled with rising in the ranks. Oddly enough, the main thing she seemed worried about was the risk of rising ''too fast''. Apparently it can be really tricky to make big enough moves to earn promotion, but not to draw too much attention from "them". Obviously, she meant the Dragons, right? Personally, I think if anyone gets too big for their boots the Dragons kill 'em and use their bones to make ritual staffs. My mate Rafael says that-"

"Please," Czesław sighed for about the hundredth time that day. "Confine your report to first-hand testimony and avoid speculation."

"Oh, yeah. Sorry. So anyway, that seemed like a perfect opportunity, you know. I know we're not supposed to be talking religion while we're in their towns, but it was the answer to all of her problems! So we said to her, subtly like, that maybe she needed to grasp the nettle with Courage. Embrace a bit of Ambition and make a statement. Attracting "their" attention wouldn't be bad if she made a good impression, right? Well, that was a mistake, wasn't it. As soon as I mentioned the Virtues, she suddenly clammed right up. She thanked us for our time and left immediately. A few seconds later the innkeeper came over and told us they were closing and it was time to go to bed! It was awful, because there was a pretty big pot on the table and I had two pair, aces over kings, and I'm pretty sure Elisabetta only had-"

"Thank you for your time, Antonio. Please send in the next person on your way out."
</ic>

Figure of eight

2026-04-18T21:50:18Z

GuiltyConscience:

[[Category:Winds of Fortune]][[Category:387YE Winter]][[Category:Recent History]]
<ic>
The exarch nodded to the two guardians standing to attention. Alert to the signal, they stepped forward and lowered their torches. The kindling stuffed into the foundation of the pyre quickly caught and the flames began to rise.

"We are gathered here to say farewell to our friend. Esther, daughter of Ruth, beloved mother of Eli, Enoch, and Ephraim. The body burns, but the soul has fled to the Labyrinth."

He paused for a moment, to catch his breath. He knew the words off by heart of course, but it was different this time, different now it was Esther. He swallowed in the cold morning air, drawing the bitter draught into his lungs. As exarch of Virtue's Ride it was his duty to conduct this ceremony with all the solemnity that he could muster. It would not do for the others to hear his voice breaking so he let the pain of the frosty morning steel him to his duty.

"The virtuous soul pushes the world aside in its wake, leaving a mark on all those it touches as it passes. Now that the soul is gone, all that remains is for us to remember Esther's virtue."

The flames were rising higher now, obscuring the shrouded body on top of the bier.

"We commend the soul of our beloved sister Esther of Virtue's Rest to the Labyrinth and beyond, to the Land Without Tears."

The audience intoned the last and then all fell silent. The only sound was the pyre itself, the wood cracking and spitting as the flames took hold.
</ic>
<div style="float:left; width: 800px; clear: right;">{{CaptionedImage|file=Virtue Banners.jpg|caption=The way is a union of seven virtues, with the Synod guiding pilgrims along the path.|width=800}}</div>
==Overview==
Almost a year ago, members of the [[Synod|Imperial Synod]] provoked a constitutional crisis when the [[Vigilance]] Assembly [[condemnation|condemned]] four members of the Assembly of Nine for their [[the final cut|public embrace of the malign spiritual presence of Peace]]. The resulting trial collapsed in dramatic fashion after [[Civil_Service#Imperial_Magistracy|Chief Magistrate]] ''Cosme i Zuhri i Guerra'' ruled that it was not possible to proceed with the prosecution following [[386YE_Winter_Solstice_Synod_judgements#Judgement_42|a contentious statement of principle]] that had been subsequently passed by the [[General Assembly]] that presented ambiguous guidance for the prosecution of religious crimes. After a hurried debate, the chief magistrates cancelled the trial, ultimately arguing that a fundamental philosophical principle of Imperial jurisprudence was at stake - if the magistrates can't determine if someone is guilty of [[blasphemy]] or [[heresy]], if the [[Synod]] can't agree what constitutes a [[religious crime]], how can ''any'' citizen be expected to observe the law?

To rectify this problem, the [[Scrutiny#Constitutional_Court|Constitutional Court]] announced that they would oversee a major review of how [[Imperial law]] is interpreted and upheld by the magistrates. The [[Senate]] has made crimes such as heresy and blasphemy illegal, and the [[Imperial Constitution]] dictates that it is the role of the Synod to determine what constitutes a religious crime. Traditionally that has been achieved through the use of a [[Judgement]] of [[Sanction#Condemnation|Condemnation]] - but the shortcomings of that approach have been rudely exposed by the collapse of the trial of the so-called "[[A_little_understanding#Vital_Evidence|peaceful Four]]".

Rather than rush to judgement, so to speak, the Court have taken almost a year to review current procedures before drawing up and issuing new guidance. With that process now complete, the ball will return to the Synod's court to determine what happens next.
<div style="float:right; width: 250px; clear: left;">{{CaptionedImage|file=MagistrateKarkovich.jpg|title=Stanislav Karkovich, Chief Magistrate|caption=Stanislav Karkovich, Chief Magistrate|width=250}}
{{CaptionedImage|file=116_103_7872813_56749560_6.png|title=Cosme i Zuhri i Guerra, Chief Magistrate|caption=Cosme i Zuhri i Guerra, Chief Magistrate|width=250}}</div>
==Imperial Law==
* '''The new approach changes the way existing Imperial law on religious crime is upheld and updated'''
* '''Imperial law is set by the Imperial Senate through the use of Senate motions'''
* '''Henceforth, the scope and application of religious laws will be set by the Imperial Synod'''

Current Imperial law defines five different types of [[religious crime]]: [[Religious_crime#Abuse_of_Powers|abuse of powers]], [[blasphemy]], [[desecration]], [[heresy]], and [[idolatry]]. Each has its own definition, but in all five cases these definitions are broad, and leave a great deal of room for interpretation. Heretofore, the assumption has been that the Synod would identify when someone's actions contravene the law using a judgement of condemnation. When that happened, the magistrates would prosecute those involved.

These definitions will not change under the new proposals adopted by the magistrates. Imperial law will continue to be set by the [[Senate]]; any changes to the underlying laws can only be made by a [[senator]] using a successful [[senate motion]].

What ''is'' different is the religious crimes will be interpreted and enacted. Under the new approach laid down by the Constitutional Court, members of the General Assembly will be able to use a judgement of [[Proscription]] to identify specific actions that are illegal under the existing Imperial laws. These proscriptions will undergo [[scrutiny]] by the Constitutional Court to ensure that they are compatible with the Imperial Constitution, and with the body of Imperial law. Proscriptions that pass scrutiny, will be added to the rules employed by magistrates to determine if a crime has taken place.

The practical impact of this approach is that the Imperial Synod will effectively write how religious laws are applied, similar to the leeway that the Conclave has to determine the appropriate use of magic. Successful proscriptions will determine how Imperial law on religious crimes are applied, they will determine what is investigated and enforced by the magistrates.

The main advantage to this approach identified by the Constitutional Court is the clarity it will provide to citizens - who will be better able to judge what does or does not constitute a religious crime. In the past, some citizens have been executed for carrying a [[hallow|hallowed item]] drawn from a so-called "false virtue" or for being [[dedication|dedicated]] to a spiritual force other than one of the [[The_Doctrines_of_the_Faith#The_Doctrine_of_Seven|seven virtues]]. In other cases the Synod has chosen not to condemn those who have committed the same crimes. This uncertainty has made it almost impossible for anyone to determine in advance whether their actions might be considered a religious crime or not. In the example of the [[Malign spiritual presences#Peace|peace]] hallows adopted by members of the [[Assembly#Assembly_of_the_Nine|Assembly of the Nine]], the facts of the matter were not in doubt; what was disputed was whether such actions breached the law. Ambiguity such as this is fundamentally undesirable in a judicial system - it should be as easy as possible to know in advance whether an action constitutes a crime or not.

While the approach removes the power of the Synod to stand in judgement of individuals, it provides more control of Imperial law as it relates to the Virtues and [[the Way]]. The Synod will be able to proscribe specific [[Schisms and Heresies|actions and beliefs]] that they judge to be fundamentally incompatible with the Way. They will need to rely on the magistrates to enforce their proscriptions, but the magistrates will then be able to act without further recourse to the Synod, allowing them to pursue heretics, blasphemers, and idolators across the Empire. People will no longer be able to escape justice by committing their crimes beyond the watchful eyes of the Synod.

===Transition===
* '''Imperial law remains unchanged until the end of the Winter Solstice'''
* '''Magistrates will pursue a criminal investigation against any citizen who is condemned at the Winter Solstice'''
* '''Any judgement of proscription submitted at this summit will take effect from the end of the Winter Solstice'''

The Constitutional Court have confirmed that no part of Imperial law will change before the end of the Winter Solstice. That means that the Synod may condemn citizens for any religious crimes they have committed at the coming Solstice. The magistrates will respond accordingly by trying anyone who has been condemned by the Synod.

Any judgement of proscription that is submitted at this summit will not take effect until the end of the Solstice. To keep things simple the Tribune will ensure that all proscriptions are open for judgement until the end of the final session on Sunday. In future, a proscription will come into effect as soon as it passes the Synod and has passed the scrutiny of the Constitutional Court.

From the end of the summit onwards, the magistrates will use whatever proscriptions the Synod have passed to prosecute religious crimes. That means it won't be necessary, or possible, for a priest to submit a judgement of condemnation from that point onwards.

===Scrutiny===
* '''Any judgement of proscription is subject to scrutiny by the Constitutional Court'''
* '''The Court will not pass a judgement unless it is consistent with the principles of the Constitution and clearly pertains to a religious crime'''

Any judgement of proscription will be [[Scrutiny#Scrutiny|scrutinised]] carefully by the Constitutional Court to ensure that it reflects the principles laid out by the Constitution, is compatible with the existing body of Imperial law, and is enforceable. An ideal judgement of proscription will lay out a single action and state which '''one''' of the five religious laws it breaks. Priests are welcome to include text explaining why the action ''should'' be proscribed, but any proscription which tries to identify multiple laws that are broken is likely to fail. The magistrates need simple, clear language that makes it obvious which Imperial law has been broken - anything which muddies that makes a proscription more likely to fail scrutiny.

The Court will judge whether the proscription falls within the remit of the relevant Imperial law. For example, [[blasphemy]] is defined as "''The denigration of the paragons and the paths of virtue. This includes promoting false virtues and the teachings of false exemplars or false paragons."'' Attempting to proscribe an action as blasphemous will fail scrutiny if it is clear it is not compatible with the definition of blasphemy that the Imperial Senate has laid down. The Constitutional Court have a long history of jealously guarding the powers and responsibilities of each body of state - attempts by the Synod to encroach on the powers of other bodies such as the [[Bourse]], the [[Conclave]], or an [[Imperial sodality]], will be firmly rebutted.

As an extension of Imperial law, a proscription must not violate the principles laid down in the Imperial Constitution. Proscriptions that violate the dignity, freedom, and prosperity of Imperial citizens or transgress the Constitution's principles will be struck down.

===Advice===
* '''Any citizen may ask the chief magistrates or the Speaker for the Senate for advice on how to word a proscription at any point during the summit'''
* '''Citizens may obtain advice in writing from the office of the Constitutional Court before the summit begins'''
* '''Advice is designed to help a citizen, it does not guarantee that a proscription will pass scrutiny'''

Anyone seeking to pass a judgement of proscription is encouraged to seek advice on the wording from the civil service, to ensure there is the least possible chance of it failing scrutiny. Citizens can consult with the chief magistrates to receive advice on the constitutionality of any proscription at any point during the summit. They can also provide a copy of the wording of a judgement to the office of the Speaker of the Senate to receive feedback and advice. The Speaker meets regularly with the Constitutional Court throughout the summit to review upcoming Senate motions, so any judgement of proscription will be discussed with the court and then returned to the citizen later.

Citizens need not wait until the summit begins to obtain advice. They can submit a judgement to the Court for review before attending the summit (by emailing {{plot}}). The court will reply in writing before the summit begins provided they have time to do so. The Court are very busy during summits, but ''if possible'', a member of the Constitutional Court will try to make themselves available on request from the Throne, a Member of the Senate, a cardinal or a grandmaster, if there is a serious issue of constitutionality that requires urgent discussion with the Court.

Obtaining advice is always recommended, but citizens are warned that advice, even from a member of the Constitutional Court, is only meant to help guide a citizen to [[Wisdom]] - it is not scrutiny itself, which only takes place after a judgement passes the Synod.
<div style="float:right; width: 500px; clear: left;">{{CaptionedImage|file=LeoSecGen.jpg|title=Leonardo i Del'Toro i Riqueza, Tribune of the Synod.|caption=Leonardo i Del'Toro i Riqueza, Tribune of the Synod|width=500}}</div>

===Administrative Judgements===
* '''The Constitutional Court can ask the Tribune to raise administrative judgements of proscription to clarify matters of Imperial law'''
The [[Tribune of the Synod]] has the [[Tribune_of_the_Synod#Judgement|power to raise judgements in any Assembly]]. Traditionally this has been used to help facilitate the operations of the Synod, vis-a-vis [[appointment|appointments]] and similar.

In the future, it is likely that the Constitutional Court will ask the Tribune to use this power to raise an administrative judgement of proscription for consideration by the Synod. These judgements will be used to clarify any ambiguity that has arisen from other judgements. The same approach is commonly employed in the Senate, where the Court will ask the [[Speaker for the Senate]] to raise an [[Senate_motion#Administrative_Motions|administrative motion]] to remove any ambiguity introduced by previous decisions taken by the Senate.

Given the urgency of the matter, the magistrates have asked the Tribune to raise several judgements of proscription at the forthcoming summit. They have produced guidance to go with each of these judgements to lay out what the legal implications of passing or rejecting them would be. Of course, any member of the Synod is always free to use their own judgement to raise a ''different'' proscription - these administrative judgements are intended to clear up major issues of law and to provide clear examples of the kind of judgements that the Synod could raise.

==A Winter of Judgement==
* '''Five administrative judgements of proscription will be raised at the forthcoming summit'''
* '''Members of the Synod will be able to vote on these judgements from 6pm on Friday until 2pm on Sunday'''
At the forthcoming Winter Equinox, the Tribune of the Synod will raise the following administrative judgements of proscription in the General Assembly. They will be available for voting from the beginning of the summit, with the deadline for voting on all these judgements will be 2pm on Sunday. Any judgement, event an administrative judgement is subject to the [[The_Throne#Powers_of_Virtue|Custodian of Virtue]] power of [[the Throne]].

In each case, the magistrates have outlined what will happen if the administrative judgement is passed by the General Assembly, and what it will mean if it does not pass. Obviously, the Synod retains the right to reconsider at a later date, and priests are encouraged to raise alternative or additional proscriptions that they feel better define what is or is not a crime.

These judgements have been raised to provide examples of the kind of wording that is required for a successful proscription, to initiate the proceedings and focus minds on the key issues. The Synod is well within their remit to reject all these judgements and pass other proscriptions or none at all, should they choose.

===Abuse of Powers===
* '''The crime of abuse of powers is defined as: ''The misuse, or abuse, of the powers of a priest. This includes the powers of the Synod, as well as liao ceremonies.''
The mostly commonly understood abuse of priestly powers is the use of the ceremony of [[excommunication]] without an accompanying [[writ of Excommunication]]. Many people assume that means that the use of the ceremony without the writ of the Synod will always result in a prosecution, but technically this is not a legal requirement. The writ of excommunication simply ensures that a priest will not be investigated for abuse of powers. Now that such matters will no longer go before the Synod for consideration before being investigated by a magistrate, an administrative judgement is being raised to confirm that this is the case.

<quote by="General Assembly Administrative Judgement">The Synod proscribes the use of the ceremony of excommunication without authorisation by writ of the Synod as an abuse of powers.</quote>

If the General Assembly passes this judgement of proscription then it will become illegal to perform or participate in an excommunication ceremony unless a writ of excommunication has been approved of first. It will be treated as an abuse of powers and punished accordingly. If the General Assembly declines to pass this judgement, and doesn't pass a different judgement of proscription that speaks to this issue, then it will be legal under Imperial law to use the ceremony of excommunication without the approval of the Synod.
<div style="float:right; width: 250px; clear: left;">{{CaptionedImage|file=Fintan Enemy of the Creator.jpg|caption=Former [[Ambassador to Axos]] and condemned blapshemer Fintan Nighthaven.|align=right|width=250}}</div>
====Options====
* '''The use of true liao for creating a consecration without a writ of consecration could be declared an abuse of powers'''
* '''Consecrating any area without the permission of those who control that area could be declared an abuse of powers'''
* '''Calling yourself to inquisition could be declared an abuse of powers'''

Rumours suggest that the alleged corruption of the Assembly of Nine began when the convicted blasphemer, '''Fintan Nighthaven''', used a dose of [[Liao#True Liao|true liao]] to create a [[Hallow#True_Liao|blasphemous relic]] of peace. The magistrates have not raised a judgement regarding the use of true liao to [[consecration|consecrate]] a location or [[hallow]] an item, but any priest could do so. Currently, it is perfectly legal to use true liao in this way without the Synod's approval - but the General Assembly could use a similar judgement to the one above to forbid the use of true liao to create ''any'' consecration without an accompanying [[writ of consecration]].

It was [[Auras_illegal_in_the_Senate|made illegal to consecrate the Senate]] without the prior approval of senators in Winter 376YE, and that law was [[Auras_illegal_in_the_Civil_Service_hub|extended to cover the Civil Service Hub]] two years later. A violation of this law is prosecuted as a [[List_of_Criminal_Offences#Crimes_against_the_Processes_of_the_State|crime against the state]], rather than a religious law, because it involves interference with the business of these state bodies. The Synod could go further, and use a judgement of proscription to class the consecration of ''any'' location without the permission of those who control that area, as an abuse of powers.

A citizen can only be legally compelled to attend one [[inquisition]] per summit, to prevent vexatious use of the power. In the past there have been accusations that members of the Synod have or might deliberately call themselves to inquisition - to ensure that nobody else could then inquisition them. The Synod could declare such a practice to be an abuse of powers - they could even go further and declare that any attempt to use the power of inquisition to shield a citizen from the Vigilance of the Synod was an abuse of powers.

===Blasphemy===
* '''The crime of blasphemy is defined as: ''The denigration of the paragons and the paths of virtue. This includes promoting false virtues and the teachings of false exemplars or false paragons.''
The most common accusations of blasphemy relate to [[dedication]] to [[malign spiritual presences]]. As such the magistrates have asked the Tribune to put forward the following proscription.

<quote by="General Assembly Administrative Judgement">The Synod proscribes as blasphemy the act of dedicating any person to a false virtue or of creating an aura of a false virtue.</quote>

<div style="float: right; max-width: 500px; width: 40%; margin-left: 10px;"><box>
<p>'''OOC Design - Spontaneous Auras'''<br>
Some auras occur spontaneously arising naturally, rather than through the use of liao. It is often assumed that spontaneous auras are associated with a Virtue - they usually appear at moments associated with exceptionally Virtuous acts. However it is never possible to tell what Virtue is associated with an aura (insight won't reveal this information). To make matters more difficult, spontaneous auras are usually different in effect to the standard auras created using liao ceremonies.</p>

<p>As a result it is not possible to definitively tell spontaneous auras of false virtues from the ones associated with the true virtues. A skilled theologian might be able to infer what has happened, based on the circumstances and the effect of the aura, but there is no definitive test that can confirm it.</p>
</box></div>
If the General Assembly passes this judgement then it will become illegal to perform a [[dedication]] to any of [[Malign_spiritual_presences#False_Virtues|false virtues]], as well as to use a [[religious skills|liao ceremony]] creating an [[aura]] drawn from a false virtue. Doing so will be treated as an act of blasphemy and be punished accordingly. If they decline to pass this judgement, and don't pass a different judgement of proscription that speaks to this issue, then it will be legal under Imperial law to dedicate someone to a false virtue and to create auras using them.

Currently there are four known false Virtues, anarchy, hatred, peace and vengeance. Other malign spiritual forces exist, but they are not considered to be false virtues because there is no evidence that people can be dedicated to them. If that were found not to be true, or if a new false virtue were ever discovered, it would automatically be covered by this proscription because of the way it is written.
====Options====
* '''The Synod would need to use a separate judgement for each false virtue to proscribe some false virtues but not others'''
* '''The Synod could proscribe being dedicated to a false virtue as blasphemous'''
* '''Proselytising a false virtue could be defined as blasphemy'''
* '''The Synod could proscribe the promotion of false paragons'''
* '''The Feast of the Broken Wheel could be declared blasphemous'''

If the Synod wanted to proscribe some of the false virtues, but not others, they would have to use separate judgements to proscribe each false virtue individually. The Synod can pass a judgement that proscribes all false virtues or a false virtue, but they cannot pass a single judgement that lists some false virtues but not others.

The Synod could take a different route and proscribe being ''dedicated'' to or bearing an aura of a false virtue. If the Synod did that, then it would be illegal simply to be dedicated to or anointed using a false virtue. Items hallowed to false virtues would be illegal to own or carry, and areas consecrated with such powers would need to be desecrated or destroyed. Such a law would be much more restrictive - visitors from [[Axos]] and [[Faraden]] are often dedicated to virtues other than the Seven, and commonly bear anointing or hallowed items drawing on them. They are usually careful not to proselytise their views in the Empire, but if the Synod took the strictest possible approach then such visitors would be breaking the law and would suffer the punishment when they were caught. Attempts to define blasphemous actions as only being relevant to Imperial citizens would fail scrutiny by the Constitutional Court; foreign visitors to the Empire are required to abide by the same laws as ordinary citizens.

The Synod could proscribe the act of [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Proselytism proselytising] a false virtue. That would mean that anyone attempting to convince others to embrace one of false virtues would face prosecution. Any judgement on this matter should ensure that it makes clear where the Synod would expect the magistrates to draw the line. For example, in the past people have championed raids to free slaves from the [[Grendel]], the [[Druj]], and the [[Asavean Archipelago|Asaveans]] which have resulted in widespread [[Aura#Spontaneous_Auras|spontaneous auras]] that appeared to be Anarchist in nature. If the Synod intends to proscribe such acts, they would need to make that clear in the wording of the judgement. A differently worded proscription might try to only proscribe someone actively trying to convince people to embrace a false virtue; this would be far less expansive but in practice it might be little different to proscribing someone performing a false virtue dedication.

Likewise the Synod could proscribe the promotion of false paragons. The judgement of [[recognition]] is used to recognise a specific figure as a false paragon - passing a judgement proscribing the promotion of false paragons would make it illegal to promote one - anyone inviting people to draw inspiration from a known false paragon or encouraging others to emulate the figure would then be subject to prosecution for blasphemy.

One step the magistrates have not taken, due to the political implications, is to raise a judgement proscribing the celebration of the [[The_Brass_Coast_religious_beliefs#Feast_of_the_Broken_Wheel|Feast of the Broken Wheel]] by [[The Brass Coast|the Freeborn]]. This festival could at best be described as irreverent - many traditionalists have seen its deliberate impiety as nothing short of blasphemy. The Synod could test the limits of their new powers by raising a judgement of proscription which forbade the celebration of the festival, though doubtless such an attempt would incur the wroth of many Freeborn priests and [[sutannir]]s.

===Desecration===
* '''The crime of desecration is defined as: ''The removal of spontaneously created virtuous auras such as legacies of ascendance to paragonhood. This includes such auras arising on areas and objects, and those people who do not wished them removed.''

The law of desecration is fairly recent having been [[Create_law_of_desecration|created]] in Summer 377YE to outlaw the removal of spontaneous auras and then [[Amend_Crime_of_Desecration|amended]] three years later to restrict it to the "desecration" of virtuous auras. Part of the reason the law was created was to protect the legacies associated with [[paragons and exemplars]]. Unfortunately, it is very difficult to determine if a spontaneous aura is "virtuous" or not because they rarely duplicate the effects of auras created with liao ceremonies and [[insight]] will not reveal the Virtue of an aura. With that in mind, the magistrates have focused on confirming the intent of the original law. They have submitted the following administrative judgement of proscription.

<quote by="General Assembly Administrative Judgement">The desecration or destruction of any relics associated with a paragon or exemplar, or the destruction of any memorial associated with them, is proscribed.</quote>

If this judgement is approved by a lesser majority of the General Assembly, then it will make it illegal for any individual to remove or replace an aura on a relic associated with a [[paragons and exemplars|paragon or exemplar]], or otherwise destroy such an item. Likewise, removing spontaneous auras that have arisen in a place as the result of actions taken by an exemplar or paragon would be a crime. Spontaneous auras are often unique in nature, but their provenance can often be identified by magic such as [[Skein of Years]] or [[Clear Lens of the Eternal River]]- their historical association with such an important figure almost invariably leaves a trace. If the judgement is not passed, then the various relics and spontaneous auras will not be protected by Imperial law from destruction or desecration.

====Other Potential Desecrations====
* '''The current wording of the law is very specific and only allows for a very narrow range of possibilities'''
* '''The Senate could amend the law to empower the Synod to proscribe more general acts of desecration or the removal of auras'''

The current law is very specific in nature - rather than granting the Synod broad sway over a range of possible activities which could collectively be described as desecration, it explicitly outlaws the removal of auras under very specific situations. The auras must be spontaneous - so no aura created using liao would ever be covered by this law as it stands - a relic created by a paragon would not be protected from desecration under this law if the paragon used liao to make the aura.

Likewise powerful auras associated with true liao, such as the consecrations often found at [[Inspirational_location|memorials and sacred sites]] would not be covered by this law. In theory a more expansive law would give the Synod the power to proscribe any kind of desecration of a memorial or sacred site created by a priest of the Way. As things stand, it would not be illegal for a citizen to seek to destroy the true consecration in Holberg, or the one in the Soveann.

In the same vein items with spontaneous auras on them are protected from desecration, but not items hallowed with true liao. For that matter, the Senate could give the Synod the power to proscribe the removal of any aura without the permission of the owner. All these are acts that would best be defined as desecration, but the Synod could not proscribe them under the current wording of the law. To proscribe these actions would require the [[Imperial Senate]] to change the law to use a more expansive definition of desecration.

===Heresy===
* '''The crime of heresy is defined as: ''The wilful rejection, or perversion of, the orthodox Doctrines of the Faith as laid down by the Imperial Synod, or actively teaching and promoting false doctrines.''

In the history of the Empire, there have been numerous [[Schisms and Heresies|schisms and heresies]] which have been carefully catalogued. Most of these heresies are historical in nature now, and few pose a direct threat to the stability of the Empire at this time. Accordingly the magistrates have ''not'' submitted individual judgements of proscription for each of these heresies. There is nothing to stop an individual priest raising their own judgement of proscription for a specific heresy - but the magistrates don't see any pressing need to settle these matters urgently. There will be plenty of time for the Synod to consider their response carefully, if a heresy should become active once more.

[[Schisms_and_Heresies#The_Excessionist_Heresy|The Excessionist Heresy]] is the one known heresy that appears to be active currently. In Summer the [[387YE_Summer_Solstice_Synod_judgements#Judgement_14|Synod called Yosephus Morningson to inquisition]] for preaching the "creed of the Temple of Balance". He was subsequently condemned on that basis and a trial is expected at the coming summit. Preaching excessionism was also one of the reasons [[386YE_Autumn_Equinox_Synod_judgements#Judgement_137|cited by Tarquinius Ankarien]] for calling Lady Josephine of Adina's Charge to inquisition at the same summit.

Accordingly, the Synod have been asked to consider a clear statement proscribing the heresy of excessionism.

<quote by="General Assembly Administrative Judgement">The General Assembly proscribes the Excessionist Heresy - the claim that too much of a Virtue can be as bad as too little.</quote>

If the Synod pass this judgement then anyone preaching excessionism, the idea that too much of a Virtue can be as bad as too little will proscribed under the law. The trial of Yosephus Morningson will proceed normally no matter the outcome, because they have already been condemned by the Synod but anyone who expresses similar ideas in the future will face prosecution by the magistrates. If the General Assembly reject the judgement and don't proscribe excessionism, then it will not be illegal to preach such ideas ''in the future''.

====Options====
* '''The Synod could proscribe the Yaelian Heresy'''
* '''The Synod could easily proscribe any of the more well-known heresies'''
* '''If the Synod proscribe a new heresy they must take care to clearly outline the heretical beliefs'''
* '''The Synod could proscribe the beliefs of the Marcher Orcs'''
<div style="float:right; width: 300px; clear: left;">{{CaptionedImage|file=Yael.jpg|caption=Yael of Felix's Watch, heretical Prophet of the Land Without Tears.|align=right|width=300}}</div>
Perhaps the most dramatic instance of heresy in recent times is the [[Schisms_and_Heresies#The_Yaelian_Schism|Yaelian Heresy]], in which '''Yael of Felix's Watch''', a [[Highguard|Highborn]] theologian, claimed to have received a [[past life vision]] showing herself to be the [[First Empress]] reborn. As her fame spread, thousands placed their trust in her, believing her to be the reincarnation of the founder of the Empire. Eventually her lies were uncovered through the discovery that crucial documents supporting her claims of a place beyond the Labyrinth, which she called the "Land Without Tears", were forgeries. She was ultimately condemned by the Synod and executed, but to this day there are folk who believe that Yael was the First Empress reborn, and her account of the Land Without Tears was a true vision. The Yaelian heretics have not caused issues in many years, and short of Yael herself being reborn, they are not likely to do so.

If the General Assembly proscribes this heresy, then it will make it definitively clear that no part of Yael's claims were ever true. Anyone who professes such beliefs or worse proselytises them will face prosecution under Imperial law. The magistrates won't actively seek out these heretics, unless given clear instruction to do so, since the cost and disruption would be significant, but it would allow them to act swiftly should there be any attempt to resurrect the heresy.

There are plenty of other historic [[Schisms and Heresies|heresies, blasphemies, and schisms]] known to the Empire. The Synod would require a separate judgement for each heresy they wished to proscribe, but they would not need to provide any additional details if they wanted to outlaw [[Schisms_and_Heresies#The_Lucidian_Blasphemy_/_Auran_Idolatry|lucidianism]] for example, because the heresy is well known and detailed. If the Synod proscribed a new heresy that was not familiar, then the judgement would need to include a clear statement of the heretical beliefs, so that the magistrates could correctly identify it.

One issue that the Constitutional Court do point out is that it would not remotely be constitutional for the Synod to attempt to proscribe the expression or discussion of religious beliefs for some individuals but not others. In the past there has sometimes been a tacit belief that members of the Synod have special rights and the necessary training to investigate or contemplate religious heresies. That approach is directly counter to the ethics of Imperial law, which treats all citizens equally. Either everyone may use their judgement to consider the teachings of the [[Schisms_and_Heresies#The_Lucidian_Blasphemy_/_Auran_Idolatry|Lucidians]] or nobody can. Any attempt to proscribe heresy for people who weren't priests would be immediately struck down as unconstitutional.

There is arguably a much more complicated heresy active in the Empire at this time: that of the [[Mournwold_Orcs|Marcher orcs]]. These former thralls, freed along with their human neighbours when the [[Mournwold]] was liberated, still trace their religious beliefs to their [[Jotun]] roots. They firmly believe that they will reincarnate after death, provided they do not take up weapons to fight. While strange, these beliefs form the cornerstone of their entire world view - and it was clear they would not give them up to join the Empire. Their spiritual spokesperson ''Hap the Soft'' made it clear to the Marcher and Imperial Orcs assemblies that his people would be prepared to face death, and reincarnate, if anyone tried to force them to abandon their beliefs. This is unfortunate, because they are flatly at odds with the [[The_Doctrines_of_the_Faith#The_Doctrine_of_the_Howling_Abyss|Doctrine of the Howling Abyss]] which explicitly states that orcs live only one life. This makes them heretical.

Thus far, the Empire has been resolving this problem by very assiduously looking the other way. Because the Marcher orcs only come to [[Anvil]] infrequently, and they don't proselytise their views, it has broadly been seen as better to let sleeping dogs lie than to force the execution of a population of these Marchers. But that can't continue forever - the longer the issue continues, the more it fundamentally undermines the moral authority of the Synod. Heresy can't be a crime, legally enforceable by law, while simultaneously there are hundreds of people living in the Mournwold who everyone knows reject one of the Doctrines of Faith.

Aware of the sensitivity of the subject, the magistrates have ''not'' submitted an administrative judgement of proscription - cognisant that that would force the Synod to act. If such a judgement is submitted, then the Synod will have no choice but to confront the issue, either directly outlaw the beliefs of the Marcher orcs, or if they failed the judgement, to implicitly approve them. Both courses of action would have far-reaching consequences - and wise heads determine that the Synod won't likely benefit from the magistrates rushing them on this. Still, it cannot be put off forever - at some point soon, the Synod will have to settle the matter of the Marcher orcs and the Doctrine of the Howling Abyss, one way or the other - a situation that is made more complex as more orc septs come to the attention of the Empire whose beliefs are incompatible with doctrine.

===Idolatry===
* '''The crime of idolatry is defined as: ''Subsuming human will and destiny to any inhuman entity or force. This includes the worship, veneration or exaltation of any such being or power.'' '''

Sadly, the Imperial legal system has struggled to hold the line on idolatry in recent times. There have been perennial problems in the Empire's negotiations with [[eternal|eternals]], in which these creatures demand veneration, exaltation, adulation or sacrifice. [[Eleonaris]], the so-called "Queen" of the Fields of Glory, ''demanded'' that a statue be built in her honour. The Imperial Senate even passed a [[Senate motion]] approving the sacrifice of [[Construct_Treasure_Ship|a ship laden with treasure]] to please [[Rhianos]] the "Regent" of the Eternal Sea. The Synod could put an end to all this, by clearly proscribing these acts.

<quote by="General Assembly Administrative Judgement">The General Assembly proscribes the creation of statues in the likeness of any eternal. It is idolatry to commission a structure designed to honour an inhuman entity.</quote>

If the General Assembly approves this judgement, then it will no longer be legal to create statues of an eternal. It won't be legal for the Senate or for anyone else to make sacrifices to them. Magicians will still be able to negotiate with eternals, but they won't be able to offer them veneration or sacrifice in return for their favour. It wouldn't be illegal for artists or actors to portray an eternal, but it would be illegal to create a [[Edifice#Grandeur|grand statue]] of an eternal or commission any [[edifice]] clearly intended to honour them.

Pragmatists may argue that such restrictions tie the hands of the [[archmage|archmages]] who are often forced to use flattery to convince eternals to favour the Empire. There is no doubt at all that passing this judgement will make life considerably harder for the [[Conclave]] - there absolutely will be situations where magicians are forced to forego the help of an eternal because this proscription would make it impossible to meet their price. Arguably, that is why so little has been done to stop the practice in recent years. Traditionalists argue that is ''exactly'' why it is so important for the Synod to act ''now'' to ban the practice - otherwise people will always find a way to justify it when the opportunity presents itself. The best time to clamp down on this behaviour was centuries ago; the second best time is now.

If the Synod declines to proscribe the practice, then it is difficult to imagine the law of idolatry having any teeth in the future. Few people are going to accept the idea that it's illegal to venerate an inhuman power, but it's acceptable to build a giant statue or sacrifice a ship full of treasure to them. If the judgement does not pass, cases of idolatry will inevitably continue to rise. Trouble-makers like [[Sadogua]], [[Janon]], or [[Jaheris]] are likely to view it as an open invitation to seek the veneration of those to whom they offer their patronage.
<div style="float:right; width: 300px; clear: left;">{{CaptionedImage|file=Dima12713.jpg|caption='''Dima Vasilyevna Novosad''', Master of the Koboldi|align=left|width=300}}</div>
====Options====
* '''The Synod could single out individual eternals, using a judgement of proscription for each one'''
* '''The Synod could proscribe the creation of fanes and similar structures'''
The Synod could try to proscribe statues or edifices to honour individual eternals - effectively singling out those eternals that were most problematic and proscribing them one at a time. That approach might be politically fraught. It's easy to proscribe edifices to venerate [[Agramant]] but they would arguably be illegal anyway, given the eternal is under [[Alignment#Enmity|enmity]]. The truth is that the eternals that are arguably most in need of being proscribed in this way - are the ones most likely to offer powerful aid in return. Trying to pick and choose between them will inevitably create a law that proscribes idolatry in some cases but permits it in others.

The Synod could choose to go further. Since their [[The_Queen%27s_door#The_Adventurous_Options|creation]] in 384YE in response to a [[383YE_Autumn_Equinox_Conclave_sessions#Concord:_Embassies_for_Eternals|request by the Conclave]], the [[commission]] of a [[fane]] has been somewhat problematic. These structures are specifically dedicated to an eternal, serving as places where their power within the Empire is paramount. They must be [[Powers_of_the_Imperial_Senate#Concedence|conceded]] to the eternal in question, and some theologians argue that this is an even more direct example of idolatry than the creation of statues. Fanes are not the only way that an eternal might be placated - and these priests argue vehemently that ''any'' concedence of Imperial lands or structures to inhuman powers is a religious crime.

Proscribing all fanes would have profound implication for recent commissions, such as the [[Construct_Chamber_of_Euphony|fane of Sung]], and for titles such as the [[Master of the Koboldi]] whose powers come from the [[Master_of_the_Koboldi#College_of_Engineering|College of Engineering]] conceded to [[Adamant]].

==Other Judgements==
With the change in the way the magistrates apply the law, there is no further need for a judgement of condemnation and the court have instructed the Tribune to withdraw it. However, the expansion to the judgement of condemnation [[Amend_power_of_Inquisition|pushed by Jorma Steelhail]] that introduced [[castigation]], [[penance]] and [[vindication]] do still provide considerable benefits. The Court have worked with the Tribune and the magistrates to provide additional new guidance to help the Synod use these judgements effectively.
==Further Reading==
* [[The final cut]] - 387YE Spring wind of fortune regarding the fallout of the constitutional crisis
* [[A little understanding]] - 386YE Winter wind of fortune about the aftermath of Judgement 42

* [[Proscription]]
* [[Castigation]]
* [[Penance]]
* [[Vindication]]

* [[Cardinal]]
* [[Religious crime]]
* [[Schisms and Heresies]]
* [[Clemency]]
* [[Malign spiritual presences]]

Drowned in tears

2026-04-18T21:50:03Z

GuiltyConscience:

[[Category:Winds of Fortune]][[Category:387YE Autumn]][[Category:Recent History]][[Category:Foreign Nations]]
<ic>Oxtitocszin leaned their arms on the railing at the rear of the ship, staring unseeing at the foaming wake. They had been unsettled since they'd first sighted Nyaerdivik three days ago. It was playing havoc with their stomach; the medicine the Frieøyer apothecary had given them was good for seasickness but not for whatever it was that was actually plaguing the diplomat.

"You didn't have to come out all this way." Itzama had come up behind them with his characteristic cat-like tread, and the first Oxtitocszin knew about it he was leaning next to them at the railing. "You could have sent someone. The captain says these waters are not as safe as they were - Asavean pirates have been sighted in the last week."

Itzama spat over the side when he mentioned the Asaveans; he claimed their name left a bad taste in his mouth which was ridiculous, of course.

"I wanted to see it for myself and be sure." Oxtitocszin replied. "One has to trust one's own judgement sometimes in these things."

"You look like you've been to a funeral rather than a semi-official visit to the frontier." Itzama had a bantering tone, and Oxtitocszin tried to rise to it but ultimately was not in the mood. They admitted that their choice of garb was uncharacteristically sombre - bottle-green trousers with barely a hint of gold on them, a tunic darker than sea-blue, and a deep purple shawl with hardly any embroidery on it at all. On the other hand, they were visiting to watch a human being be put to death so a certain amount of sobriety seemed only appropriate.

In the end, the visit had gone well enough. The ambassador found the people of Nyaerdivik a little tiring truth be told, and their odd ceremonies with bread and rainwater always made the präster the tiniest bit nervous. The actual execution had been a cold affair, and Oxtitocszin pulled their shawl tighter as a chill not entirely due to the sea-borne winds ran through them.

"Look, they'd murdered six people," said Itzama in a gentle voice. "They wept when the sentence was read out, certainly, but they didn't give any thought to the tears of those they killed or their families. If it was me..."

Their friend tailed off. Oxtitocszin looked sideways, raised their eyebrows in a questioning manner.

"Well if it was me I'd not have done it because I'm not a murderer. But if I ''had'', and I was aware of myself enough to think properly, I wouldn't want the weight of that guilt chasing ''me'' through the Labyrinth into my next life. Nobody would, who wasn't mad to begin with."

Oxtitocszin winced at "mad" but kept their opinions to themselves. It was easy for people to assume that killers acted because the balance of their mind was unsettled, but the woman had not shown any sign of such an imbalance. They had wept, and expressed remorse, and arguably that was why the judge had decreed the use of abrasion oil. The fact of their crimes was inevitable, but there was still a chance for mercy. Assuming of course that it ''was'' mercy. They sighed.

"Do you think that Accalon might have a point?" they asked at last.

"Oh is that what this is all about," said Itzama. He chewed his moustache for a moment, a habit that irritated Oxtitocszin but which they tolerated thanks to decades of friendship. It showed he was considering a matter seriously for a change. "Yes," he said at last, "or rather, no? Maybe?"

"Helpful as ever." Oxtitocszin's jibe held a little laughter behind it, but their eyes were serious.

"I mean, the Labyrinth is beyond the comprehension of mere mortals like you and me. I don't credit the argument that anything made by mortals, or done by mortals, can permanently harm the immortal spirit. It's ludicrous - like expecting a sword to hack down a mountain. I think the Imperial ambassador fellow is right that we should not get complacent, and wrong to talk so dogmatically about something that's ultimately beyond us all. Maybe when one of us transcends the Labyrinth we can ask the Creator whether excommunication is a good idea or not."

Oxtitocszin shook their head admonishingly at their friend's comment, which in different circumstances and different company might have earned him cautious words about blasphemy or heresy. Their conversation turned to less serious matters, and then a light drizzle sent them back into the cabin for coffee and candied fruits. But not without one final look towards the western horizon from the präster, and one last unsatisfied sigh.</ic>
<div style="float:left; width: 500px; clear: left;">{{CaptionedImage|file=Rain ot ocean beach.jpg|align=left|caption=The storms that rage over the Sea of Salt show no signs of dying down.|width=500}}</div>
==Overview==
Each season the Civil Service prepares a summary of the Empire's relationship with the foreign nations, based on communications received from their ambassador, along with any useful intelligence gathered from other sources. While the Senate and the other houses of Imperial power may respond to these offers, it is important to note that it is the appropriate [[ambassador]] that the foreign power will expect to hear from. Their communication with the foreign power is the primary element that will determine the tenor of any response.

Here we discuss diplomatic considerations with three factions of the [[the seven seas#Sea of Salt|Sea of Salt]] - the great powers of [[Asavean Archipelago]] and their perennial enemies the [[Sumaah Republic]], and the tiny satrapy of Ibaria.
==Asavea==
* '''The Asavean Archipelago is an empire scattered across a sprawling archipelago, far across the ocean to the west'''
* '''Traditional enemies of the Sumaah, they are currently at war with both them and the Empire'''
* '''The Empire is seeking to convert the Archipelago to the Way and overthrow the ruling Plenum - this goal will take ''years'' to accomplish'''

The Asavean Ambassador to the Empire is ''Lady Madrianna of the Blue Stones''. An important member of one of ruling families of Asavea, she advises the Plenum on diplomatic matters, especially relations with the Empire and their close neighbours. It is Lady Madrianna who has encouraged the Asaveans to make common cause with the [[Grendel]] and who is ultimately behind efforts to suborn the [[Faraden]].
{{Nation|nation=[[Asavean Archipelago]]|status=Barbarian|port=[[Asavean_Archipelago_ports|Nemoria]] (closed)|ambassador=Vacant}}
===State of War===
* '''The Asavean Archipelago and the Empire are at war
* '''The Asaveans are supporting the Grendel, and attempting to convert the Faraden to their cause'''
* '''The ongoing attempt of missionaries to proselytise the Way continues to enrage the Asaveans'''
* '''If the Empire continue on their current course, the Asaveans will increase their military support for the Grendel'''
Asavea and the Empire have been at war since the [[Liberty Pact]] forged [[Mosaic|attack on Chalonsio]] three years ago. The surprise attack outraged the Asaveans and they have been out for vengeance ever since. In recent times they have been offering military support to the [[Grendel]] in the form of mercenaries and powerful war ships. They are also interfering wherever possible in local politics - their agents are active in [[Faraden]] and the [[Iron Confederacy]] both.

The Plenum placed a bounty on ''all'' ships trading with the Empire, but quickly incurred the wrath of the [[Sarcophan Delves]]. The ''[[Can%27t_give_everything_away#An_Ultimatum|Pax Sarcophan]]'' has seen the Asaveans in retreat, dropping their bounty - a humiliating climbdown that has the Plenum spitting teeth. They won't confront the Sarcophan directly - the merchant nation correctly gambled that the Asaveans can't afford to be at war with a third great power - but that will not prevent them from finding some ''other'' way to express their frustrated anger. Given this came hot on the heels of the [[Two_suns_in_the_sunset#A_Bond_Between_Sailors|defeat of the Asavean navies]] when they sought to destroy the city of [[Foreign_ports#Zemeh|Zemeh]] and there is little doubt that they will seek some new way to save face and harm their enemies.

Although the Empire is not currently sending soldiers to fight in Asavea, they are [[Irreconcilable_differences|sending missionaries to try and convert the Archipelago to the Way]] and [[Two suns in the sunset|seeking to overthrow the Plenum]]. This is a massive endeavour that will take ''years'' to accomplish. The Asaveans are increasingly aware of what the Empire is trying to do and are gradually increasing efforts to strike back.

Relations have improved only slightly this season, following a previous letter that suggested that the war between the Empire and the Archipelago could end. Those gains won't last long if the Empire continues to make serious efforts to overthrow the Asavean government and bring down their society. The only reason things have not got worse is that the Asaveans are ''not yet taking that threat really seriously''.
===Peace Murmurs===
* '''The Asaveans are open to discussing terms to end the war, provided the Empire ceases sending missionaries to their shores'''
* '''There is a proposal that recognising the Asavean gods as virtuous paragons would resolve the issue for both parties'''
Last season, '''Mauriac of Eyrie''' sent a carefully worded letter that at least cracked the door on more cordial diplomatic communication. ''Lady Madrianna'' [[Talking_to_friends#Asavea|lightly touched]] on the possibility of a cessation of the current conflict. Unfortunately the first step toward any negotiation of peace would be the immediate cessation of attempts to spread the Way to Asavea. There is no indication that the Imperial Synod plans to abandon its missionary work any time soon, however. Indeed the assemblies continue to encourage the faithful to commit resources to the long-term plan of [[387YE_Summer_Solstice_Synod_judgements#Anchor_the_Way_in_Asavea|anchoring the Way in Asavea]].

[[Ambassador to Asavea|Ambassador]] '''Asier i Elia i Guerra''' has cautioned Lady Madrianna about taking Mauriac of Eyrie's words too seriously - that Mauriac "''does not represent the Empire in any official capacity''." If the Lady of the Blue Stones is concerned by this, she does not mention it in her responses. Rather she seems intrigued by some matters the Ambassador touches on relative to the [[recognition]] of Asavean virtue. Several years ago there was a Temple of the Seven Lords of Virtue in Nemoria itself; its history is wracked with tragedy of course but that is no reason not to consider the lessons it taught. Perhaps one way for the Imperial Synod to withdraw from their ultimately self-destructive efforts to undermine the nation of Asavea would be for them to recognise the virtue inherent in the Asavean way of life.

After all, the teachings of the priests, temples, and ultimately the gods of Asavea must logically be virtuous. The religion encourages behaviour that could easily be identified as [[Pride|proud]], [[loyalty|loyal]], [[Courage|courageous]], and especially [[Prosperity|prosperous]]. If the Synod took the brave step of acknowledging this, and that there was no real need to send missionaries to a nation that is already virtuous, then the Plenum would be much more inclined to accept peace with the Casinean Empire. And once this step was taken, and the Empire recognised that the gods of Asavea are [[paragons and exemplars|paragons of virtue]], there are any number of Asavean priests who would be keen to come to the Empire and explain their ways, tenets, and practices.
===Priests in Prison===
* '''A small group of priests remain "guests" of the Brass Coast generals'''
* '''The Freeborn could make an example of them to demoralise the Asavean priesthood or set them free to demonstrate the superiority of the Way'''
During the liberation of Feroz, when Oran was taken from the Grendel, a contingent of Asavean priests and their households were ultimately captured by the generals of [[the Brass Coast]]. The generals refused to execute the priests, instructing that a ransom should be extracted or they should be released. At the moment though they remain under voluntary "house arrest" in Oran. The Temple of Balo and the Black Bull has itself been shuttered, of course, but the building still stands and the priests who used to serve there are still "guests" of the Freeborn. They have been quite cooperative, polite, civil, and caused as little trouble as possible - they fear that any attempt to cause trouble is likely to force a resolution of their status in a way that will go badly for them.

However, a spokesperson for the priests has politely asked for a message to be delivered to the Ambassador to Asavea asking if there has been any progress made on repatriating them to the Archipelago. The situation is also causing some concern from the Magistrates - the priests of Balo of the Foam and the Black Bull are barbarians, in that they are citizens of a nation the Empire is at war with. It is also unconstitutional to imprison criminals, and only the fact that the Asaveans appear content to cooperate with their captors prevents the Freeborn magistrates pushing the matter further.

The Plenum, and Lady Madrianna, seem broadly unconcerned with - or perhaps unaware of? - the captured priests. Their temples in Asavea, however, appear to be deeply concerned and angry that their priests are being "held in dungeons" by the Empire. Some of the more lurid tales circulating in Nemoria - at least according to missionaries and smugglers - suggest that they are being brutally tormented to try and force them to recant the gods and embrace the Way.

At the moment the situation is pretty much stable. The money needed to support the priests is being paid by some of those Freeborn who owe them their lives (people smuggled out of Feroz under the nose of Governor Rahab, or granted sanctuary in the old temple during the initial Grendel invasion). But the fact they are still technically prisoners in the Empire who simply want to go home makes the situation much more complicated.

Any decision as to what should happen to the priests remains for the generals of the Brass Coast to decide. A unanimous decision by the generals could resolve their fate one way or another. It wouldn't be illegal to execute them, they are members of a nation the Empire is at war with, so they are barbarians. That would send a clear signal to the Asavean priesthood that the Way will not tolerate blasphemers and heretics. It would also be legal for the Freeborn generals to order them to be put them on ships back to the Archipelago if they preferred to try and seek a diplomatic benefit to returning them.

===Support for the Grendel===
* '''The Asaveans have now deployed five large war ships to Imperial waters to support the Grendel in their war against the Empire'''
* '''Their support for the Empire's enemies will only increase, the more desperate they become'''
It is difficult and dangerous for the Asaveans to contemplate sending an entire [[navy|navy]] overseas to fight in foreign waters. For that reason, thus far the Asaveans have limited themselves to sending large powerful war ships - more than capable of playing a vital role on campaign, they are still agile enough to move swiftly to where they need to be. (Each warship is the strategic equivalent of a fleet, albeit with a military strength of 1000).

Now that their privateers and fleet captains are no longer engaged against Imperial shipping they are in a position to consider increasing their support for the Grendel. It is certain that they will not hesitate to do so if the Empire does not ultimately change course.
{{CaptionedImage|file=City of Locks.png|align=right|width=300}}
===A Congress Of Crime===
* '''The City of Locks will open the Conspirator's Congress at 19:15 on Friday.'''
* '''There will be a chance to speak with the heads of three major Asavean crime families.'''
* '''Florence i Fuego i Erigo will be allowed to attend, and may select five other people to accompany her.'''
As the clock ticks closer to the Autumn Equinox, yet another Herald of the City of Locks makes their way to Anvil. This one is known to the civil service, a heavily-tattooed representative of the Union of Stevedores and Lock-Keepers who brought the response to the first plenipotentiary delivered to [[Basileia|Basileia Brazen]] one year ago. With unreasonable cheerfulness and unerring accuracy, she makes directly for the most hung over civil servant available to deliver her message.

Boss Callarook is very happy that Conclave has made the objectively correct choice to [[387YE_Summer_Solstice_Conclave_sessions#Alignment:_Accept_Offer_of_Boss_Callarook|accept his offer]] of contacting representatives of the ones who call themselves ''Les Marchands Honnêtes'', or the Honest Merchants in Catazarri. Every society with laws has crime, and in any society of sufficient size, that crime is going to get organised. The Asavean Archipelago, for all their pretensions, are no different. Now, with the aid of the most powerful of the Five Pillars, the Empire has a chance to turn that fact to their advantage.

The Conspirator's Congress is a [[Regio#Portals_and_Chambers|chamber]] in the City of Locks that has been made available to those who wish to engage in illicit meetings and shady business. There are rules that govern the space, but they are few. Florence i Fuego i Erigo , who raised the Declaration accepting Boss Callarook's offer (and who knows what she did otherwise), knows the rules, and can explain them as much as she wishes to whoever she wishes. Considering her unique position, the City of Locks is happy to delegate her the responsibility of deciding who gets to attend the meeting - herself and five others seems like a good number. Boss Callarook will attend the Anvil Regio at 19:15 to open the door for the party.

Having delivered this message at a volume higher than is comfortable, the Herald drops a tip to the bewildered civil servant who was taking notes. Said tip turns out to be a heavily annotated primer on Imperial law with the words 'bloody hilarious mate' scrawled on the cover, and a dose of something that turns out to be [[Create_law_prohibiting_Bite|Bite]].

==Ibaria==
{{CaptionedImage|file=Assembly Freeborn.png|width=150|align=right}}
* '''Ibaria is a poor satrapy on the edge of the Archipelago whose rebellion was ruthlessly crushed'''
* '''They are a martial people who would rise again, if they had the means and there was a chance of victory'''
* '''They could raise up to three armies if supplied with mithril'''
On the near edge of the vast [[Asavean Archipelago]], lies the [[Asavean_factions#The_Satrapy_of_Ibaria|island satrapy of ''Ibaria'']]. A peripheral and comparatively poor satrapy, Ibaria has a proud martial tradition and its soldiers serve in more than one Asavean army. A few years back, the Ibarians attempted to rebel and overthrow their satrap. Their revolt was crushed by the Plenum, and those rebels who survived fled the Archipelago. Some of them came to the Empire, helped by the same [[the League|League]] merchants who had once prospered from trading with their satrapy.

===Arming the Rebels===
* '''The Empire could fund the Ibarians to raise up to three armies'''
* '''Each army would cost 200 mithril and 75 thrones'''
* '''Three armies would guarantee that the Ibarians could throw off the rule of the Plenum'''
<div style="width: 400px; float: right; clear: right; margin-left:10px;">
<table class="mw-collapsible mw-collapsed"><tr><td style="background-color: LightBlue;">'''Muster Ibarian Rebels'''</tr>
<tr><td>'''Commission Type:''' Senate Motion only</td></tr>
<tr><td>'''Location:''' Ibaria, Asavean Archipelago</td></tr>
<tr><td>'''Cost:''' Up to 600 mithril and 225 thrones</td></tr>
<tr><td>'''Time:''' Minimum 1 year</td></tr>
<tr><td>'''Effect:'''
* Enables the Ibarians to raise up to three armies
* One army would see the Ibarian rebellion crushed and their people ruthlessly oppressed
* Two armies would allow them to rebel if the Asaveans were heavily engaged in a major war elsewhere
* Three armies would guarantee that they can throw off the rule of Plenum</td></tr>
</table>
</div>
According to Imperial agents, the Ibarians have an intense martial spirit and the will to fight. They are eager to rise up again, but the Plenum ensures they remain poor as punishment for their last revolt. If they had arms and armour, and the materials that an [[Army|army requires]], they could muster three armies... and rise in open defiance of the Plenum once again. The costs involved are punitive however. To muster the kind of martial force they would need to have a chance of breaking free of Asavea - that would require 600 wains of [[mithril]] and 225 thrones. If all the materials were donated in one go, then a year later the Ibarians would be ready to rise up again - and this time they might be successful. Three armies would be enough to win their freedom in the short term. With two armies, they would only succeed while the Plenum were also fighting fires elsewhere, against some other serious threat to their dominance of the Archipelago. One army would simply get them killed, and see even more punitive measures imposed by the Plenum.

The Satrapy of Ibaria is ripe for rebellion. Yet simply sending materials and well-wishers to the Archipelago will be of limited use. Without some support from the [[Civil Service]], it will be difficult to arrange equipment and support is employed in the most effective way. The [[Senate]] can instruct the Civil Service to orchestrate the transportation of materials to Ibaria to help them raise armies. A single [[senate motion]] could be used to ''Muster Ibarian Rebels'' - it would not require one of the Empire's limited commissions, but it would need 600 mithril and 225 thrones to complete all three armies. Any Imperial citizen would be able to contribute to this project but it would take at least a year, and could be longer if the materials were donated in dribs and drabs.

===Freeing the Corsairs===
{{SOP|statement=Freeborn Corsairs, you have already demonstrated your Ambition and Courage in the smuggling of missionaries to Asavea. In recent months Asavean refugees from Ibaria have started attending Anvil having settled in the League. They are a martial people who have risen up against their oppressors in the past, but they have left behind cousins in Ibaria, within whom the flame of rebellion still lingers! The National Assembly praises your Courage thus far, and encourages you to continue in your Ambition, focusing your work on Ibaria, where we may be able to better coordinate our efforts and missionaries.|by=Asier i Elia i Guerra, Freeborn Assembly|vote=Greater Majority 154-0|when=Summer Solstice 387YE|size=small}}
* '''The Freeborn Assembly could declare that helping the Ibarians is their highest calling'''
During the Summer Solstice, the Ambassador to Asavea themselves put forward a [[statement of principle]] in the Freeborn Assembly calling for those [[corsair|corsairs]] currently [[Voyage#Smuggle_Missionaries|smuggling missionaries]] into Asavea to focus their efforts on supporting Ibaria. The Assembly supported this call, urging support both for the Ibarian representatives attending Anvil and for the many more remaining behind in the Archipelago.

The Freeborn have more fleets than any other Imperial nation, but they're stretched thin. At the moment the corsairs of the Brass Coast are already somewhat engaged with the Ibarians, as part of their work [[Voyage#Smuggle_Missionaries|smuggling missionaries and resources to Asavea]]. But they're also [[Voyage#Raid_the_Broken_Shore|raiding the Broken Shore]] and [[Voyage#Hunt_the_Monsters|hunting monsters in the Sea of Snow]] and [[Voyage#Escort_Imperial_Shipping|escorting Imperial shipping in the Bay of Catazar]].

If the Freeborn Assembly really want opportunities to use their fleets to make a different helping the Ibarian people, they will need to prioritize this goal above all others. They would need to declare it to be [[the highest calling]] of the nation. They could do this with a simple mandate.

{{Mandate|mandate=Life is short - let it never be dull! We send {named priest} with 75 doses of liao to urge every Freeborn citizen to do what they can to help the Ibarians. Let us aim high and pursue our dreams - for this is the highest calling.|assembly=Freeborn National Assembly}}

If this mandate is enacted then in the season after it is enacted, it will create at least one Freeborn Voyage to allow fleets to dedicate their time to aiding the Ibarians in their fight to be free. However, the current Freeborn special options to raid the Broken Shore, hunt monsters in the Sea of Snow, and escort Imperial shipping will fade. Having committed themselves to the Ibarian cause, the Assembly will not be able to declare any other cause to be their highest calling in the coming year.

The mandate would create a deep well of commitment to help the Ibarians - the desire to live a life free of the rule of others is part of the foundational ethos of the Brass Coast. But to achieve success will need the support of the corsairs and those families that own their own fleets. For the next year a new voyage would become available - '''Free the Ibarians'''. This would be a [[Voyage#Scouting_Voyages|scouting voyage]] (meaning [[enchantment|enchantments]] such as [[Muffled Oar]] would be effective) available only to Freeborn characters. A standard fleet that undertakes this voyage would receive 2 doses of liao, 2 measures of iridescent gloaming, and 60 rings representing payment from passengers and donations from Freeborn priests.

Each standard fleet assigned to the '''Free the Ibarians''' action would add 100 points toward successful resolution that season. Each additional rank for an [[fleet#upgrades|upgraded]] or [[enchantment|enchanted]] fleet adds another 20 points. Rituals and other effects that increase the ranks of a scouting fleet (specifically [[Muffled Oar]]) will increase the effective strength for purposes of this special action.

Each season that the Freeborn were able to commit a combined military strength of 5,000 in support of the Rebellion in Ibaria, there would be a wind of fortune at the next summit presenting opportunities for the Brass Coast and their allies to take direct action to help the Ibarians.
==Sumaah==
* '''The Sumaah Republic is an empire devoted to an orthodox interpretation of the Way'''
* '''The Empire recently helped to fend off a major naval assault by the Asaveans seeking to burn a Sumaah city'''
The [[Sumaah Republic]] are simultaneously allies of, and rivals to, the Empire. Their shared practice of the Way both provide them with common ground, and divides them over questions of orthodoxy. As founding members of the [[Liberty Pact]], their ties to the Empire have been strengthened, and they have been closely involved in bringing ruin to those involved in the abhorrent practice of slavery. At the moment they are focused on their [[Guide_the_spirit#Virtuous_War|war]] with the [[Asavean Archipelago]], but they remain committed to spreading the Way through the entire world. In gratitude for [[Two_suns_in_the_sunset#A_Bond_Between_Sailors|major aid]] from the Empire in repulsing an Asavean assault against the port of [[Foreign_ports#Zemeh|Zemeh]], the Sumaah have committed to sharing a dose of [[Liao#True Liao|true liao]] with the Empire every season "''until the Plenum falls and the Way is spread to the Archipelago''." Relations with the grateful Sumaash, which have been bumpy in the past, are now better than ever.

The Sumaah ambassador to the Empire is ''Oxtitocszin'', who holds the rank of Censor of wood, metal and stone and is a member of the High House of Pride (the Sumaah equivalent of the Pride Assembly, but with significantly more responsibility and leeway to pursue foreign diplomacy). They advise not just the Sumaah ''präster'', but the House of the People (the Sumaah equivalent of the Imperial Senate). By all accounts they are an even-handed, level-headed individual, and a devout practitioner of the Way.
{{Nation|nation=[[Sumaah Republic]]|status=Foreigner|port=[[Sumaah_Republic_ports#Zemeh|Zemeh]]|ambassador=Accalon of [[Highguard]]}}
===The Ambassadors Letter===
* '''The Sumaash are non-plussed by the tone of the Ambassador's letter'''
In their most recent letter, Ambassador Accalon offered apologies for the [[Talking_to_friends#The_Ambassadors_Letter|tone]] of their previous missive and explained that they had written while [[curse|accursed]]. Oxtitocszin accepts the apology, and issues one of their own for their own oversight following the Winter Solstice. "''The virtuous acknowledge when they make mistakes''", they write, "''And there is no shame in offering nor in accepting a sincere apology.''"

On the matter of the [[Unfettered Anarchy|specific curse]], the Sumaah Ambassador commiserates with Accalon. There is a very similar curse called (roughly translated) ''"Waves of Discord''" and it is a serious crime to cast it on a virtuous person. "''It has no merit,''" writes Oxtitocszin, "''and more so than many other curses it is the moral equivalent of forcing someone to drink to excess against their will.''" With no suggestion they are telling Accalon how to do their job, they suggest that the [[Imperial Censor]] might wish to examine the magic and determine whether it serves any virtuous purpose - and if not perhaps follow the Sumaah approach. "''Night magic has many virtuous uses,''" they conclude. "''But the Waves of Discord are not numbered among them.''"

There is also the matter of the item provided by '''Ehud of Reumah's Redoubt''' - the [[Magic_items#Schema|schema]]. The object has been dispatched to the Empire in the custody of a respected merchant-captain and Oxtitocszin believes it will be delivered to the Civil Service by the start of the Autumn Equinox summit at [[Anvil]].

Discussion of a miraculous cloak related to the Asavean follower of the Way ''Amika Acciai'' sparks some interest but the Houses are still discussing its import. The House of Wisdom has approached Ambassador Oxtitocszin and requested that they in turn ask Ambassador Accalon to liaise with the Assemblies of Wisdom and the Way on this matter. They are interested in learning as much as possible about the cloak - its provenance, the nature of the aura it has manifested, and how it relates to the virtue of Amika Acciai. If it would not be too much trouble, would Accalon prevail on the assemblies to make a thorough study of the item and send as much information as they can gather for the perusal of the priests of the House of Wisdom? Oxtitocszin is more than happy to serve as a go-between should a member of one of the assemblies wish to send a statement to their office via the [[Call Winged Messenger|usual means]].
===Scrubbing the Soul===
* '''The Sumaash do not have the same view of excommunication as the Empire'''
* '''The Empire may do as it wishes, Sumaah will not make it a crime to sell the stuff which has religious and spiritual use
Ambassador Oxtitocszin is a little surprised to discover that their opposite number continues to discuss Abrasion Oil. Last season they [[Talking_to_friends#Abrasion_Oil|went into some detail]] about various Sumaah attitudes to [[excommunication]], and thought the matter done. They accept the suggestion that Imperial [[fleet|merchants]] are unlikely to want to deal in the substance, but counter by pointing out that it is not in extensive use in the Republic either. As long as the Empire's captains avoid the port of ''Nyaerdivik'' they are unlikely to encounter it unless they explicitly seek it out. The [[Conclave]] is of course free to [[interdiction|interdict]] whatsoever they please, within reason, although the Ambassador queries whether their remit actually extends to items of a purely spiritual nature. Is their domain not the practice of magic, and magical substances? Either way it is little concern of the Sumaah what the Empire chooses to do in this matter and Oxtitocszin is confident they will act with [[Wisdom]] and [[Vigilance]] regardless.

It seems that the discussion of Abrasion Oil has prompted several Imperial citizens to follow up with queries of their own. One from a [[Navarr]] named '''Dylan of the Thornweaver Striding''' asked several insightful questions. In short, the use of Abrasion Oil is carefully considered and it is hardly available to random citizens of the Republic; those who make use of it are virtuous and well-trained in its application even if they do not personally practice the ceremony of excommunication itself. On the matter of whether excommunication causes a soul to struggle to pass through the Labyrinth, the Censor of Wood and Stone points Dylan to their previous notes on the matter - nobody truly knows what happens to the soul of one who is excommunicated and such things are ultimately a matter of philosophy and faith. The [[The_Doctrines_of_the_Faith#The_Doctrine_of_the_Labyrinth|Doctrine of the Labyrinth]] says that ''the Labyrinth of Ages is a place of pure spirit and beyond the true comprehension of any but a paragon'' and in Sumaah there are differing interpretations of how excommunication affects the soul that are in line with the doctrines. As to the recipe and the use of [[marrowort]], such questions are surely better addressed to an [[Surgical skills#Apothecary|apothecary]].

With due respect, the Ambassador considers the matter of Abrasion Oil concluded. Unless some significant matter is to be raised, they will move on to other more pressing topics and anyone with further interest in it should refer to Oxtitocszin's previous statements.
{{CaptionedImage|file=RedWindCorsairs_Colour.png|align=right|width=300}}
===A Gift of Pride===
* '''The Sumaah House of People has put together a gift to help the Brass Coast rebuild their devastated homeland
* '''The Asavean Plenum has gotten wind of their intention and schemes to steal or destroy the aid before it arrives
* '''Sumaah asks that Imperial captains help escort their shipment to the Brass Coast
When the Asavean tyrants [[A beacon of smoke|burned Siroc]], the Sumaah House of the People promised that they would provide aid to [[the Brass Coast]] to rebuild. Several visitors to the [[Zemress#The_Seminary_of_Zemress_(Destroyed)|Seminary of Zemress]] before [[Below_the_thunders#In_Roaring,_Rise|its destruction]] developed an affection for the nation, particularly those from among the Frieøyer. Hearing of the multiple calamities that have struck [[Feroz]] and [[Madruga]], and as an expression of gratitude to the Freeborn for their aid in defending Sumaah waters, the House has determined that they will contribute in some small way to the reconstruction of the Coast.

With the Asaveans on the back-foot following both the failure of their assault on Zemeh and the institution of the ''Pax Sarcophan'', there is an opportunity to be seized. As such the House of the People has instructed the House of Pride to secure a shipment of aid to be given as a formal gift between the Republic and the Empire to help the Freeborn restore their ravaged territories. Oxtitocszin asks that Ambassador Accalon help coordinate the delivery of the gift.

Unfortunately, it has come to the attention of the House of Vigilance that the Asaveans have somehow received word of the Republic's intent. There is suspicion of [[eternal]] involvement, of espionage sponsored and supported by the [[Realms#Autumn|Autumn realm]], most likely the meddlesome [[inhabitants of the realms|inhabitants]] of the [[Basileia|City of Locks]]. It seems the Plenum has ordered its cutthroat pirate captains to either seize the gifts or sink the ships transporting them. The Republic can spare only so many ships to transport the white granite, and the window of opportunity to do so is closing. So Oxtitocszin is embarrassed to ask that Imperial captains once again help the Republic - this time to ensure the shipment actually gets to [[the Brass Coast]]. Especially given the Ambassador's nebulous warning of an unknowable imminent threat rising in the waters of the [[Bay of Catazar]] itself.

Following the Autumn Equinox, Imperial [[fleet]] captains will be able to take part in the '''Escort the Stone Fleet''' [[voyage]]. Each standard fleet assigned to the action adds 100 points toward successful resolution of the opportunity. Each additional rank for an [[fleet#upgrades|upgraded]] or [[enchantment|enchanted]] fleet adds another 20 points. Rituals and other effects that increase the ranks of a [[Voyage#Guarding_Voyages|guarding]] fleet (most likely [[Wolves of the Hungry Sea]]) will increase the effective strength for purposes of this special action.

The House of the People does not expect Imperial captains to participate for free; the mariners of Frieøyer are also keen to ensure that those who sail alongside them receive their just reward for their labour. As a result, a standard fleet taking this action will receive
54 rings, two bottles of '''Oilybrag''', and one pot of '''Sevensalve'''. The [[Quartermaster General of the Imperial Armies]] could also choose to assign the guerdon to the action.

In a similar manner to a [[spy network]], the total strength assigned to the opportunity will determine the outcome. The more ships that take part, the more white granite the House of the People are prepared to risk sending to the Brass Coast. All the results shown below are cumulative, so if the Empire can assign 15,000 or more strength to escort the Stone Fleet, they will gain all the benefits shown.
<div style="margin-left: 20px; margin-right: 50px;">

<big>'''Best Intentions'''</big><br>
'''Less than 5,000'''<br>
The House of the People will not risk sending wains in light of the Asavean threat but will still arrange for an amount of aid that they hope will be well received in the Brass Coast. In addition to general assistance from Republic citizens prepared to travel to the Empire and help build houses and offer other direct support, they will provide healing herbs and medicines to the people of Feroz. In addition to more general aid, at the Winter Solstice the ambassador will take custody of five pots of '''Sevensalve''', and twenty doses of liao intended for use by the people of the Brass Coast.

<big>'''A Small Gift'''</big><br>
'''Between 5,000 and 10,000'''<br>
With enough vessels, the House of the People and the House of Vigilance will be satisfied that the flotilla can protect the Sumaah vessels from Asavean pirates, and at the Winter Solstice the Ambassador will also take custody of 10 wains of white granite intended for use by the Freeborn rebuilding and defending their nation.

<big>'''A Grand Armada'''</big><br>
'''Between 10,000 and 15,000'''<br>
The more valuable the cargo of the Sumaah ships, the more keen the pirates of Asavea will be to seize it. With a truly impressive armada of vessels, the Sumaah Houses will be prepared to risk another 10 wains of white granite, bringing the total to 20 wains. They will also provide another five pots of '''Sevensalve''', and twenty doses of liao for use by Freeborn priests supporting their people in rebuilding their pride.

<big>'''Spirit of Zemress'''</big><br>
'''More than 15,000'''<br>
With this many fleets, the ships arranged by the House of the People will be joined by several more vessels chartered by Sumaah citizens from all walks of life inspired by [[Loyalty]], [[Courage]] and [[Pride]]. They will come to the Brass Coast to offer practical aid in securing Madruga or helping to deal with the damage done to Feroz by the wicked Grendel governor. At the Winter Solstice, there will be an [[opportunity]] to work with the Sumaah to remove one of the [[Region_qualities|negative qualities]] besetting the Freeborn territories. For each additional 5,000 strength beyond 15,000 there will be another opportunity to a maximum of three such opportunities.
</div>

The Sumaah understand that such collaboration can take time to organise. They can, if needed, wait until the following season to send the aid - in that case, the ambassador need only write to their counterpart using [[Call Winged Messenger]] at the summit to let them know. Beyond that, the urgency of the moment will be gone and the [[opportunity]] will be lost.

===Liberty Pact===
* '''Axos' decision to call a meeting of the Liberty Pact has done little to dispel Sumaah concerns about the nation'''
* '''The Sumaah seek to amend the Liberty Pact to require that all signatories welcome missionaries versed in the Way'''

As with the [[Commonwealth]], the Sumaah have [[My_passions_from_a_common_spring#The_Liberty_Pact|concerns]] about the meeting of the [[Liberty Pact]] that has been [[Troop_of_echoes#Liberty|convened]] by the people of [[Axos]]. They do not dispute the right of members to convene meetings, and note that the Axou have followed all the appropriate forms. They do not object to the use of the [[Lashonar#Caucus_Forum|Caucus Forum]] - indeed Oxtitocszin grudgingly admits that it is a sensible arrangement given that a Sumaah delegation might legitimately balk at visiting the wicked nation itself. Their problem is more fundamental; they object to the Axos on spiritual grounds and want nothing to do with them.

Everything they have learned about Axos tells them that their religion is an abomination. It denies and derides all [[the Doctrines of the Faith]], and enshrines monstrous practices in the pursuit of some crazed belief in the malign nature of the Creator and the Labyrinth. And all that before one gets to its brazen embrace of [[malign spiritual presences]] alongside the true Virtues. In a Virtuous world, Axos should be dropped from the Liberty Pact, and would already have been so, where it not for the protection extended to them by the Empire.

Unless the Empire has had a change of heart, the Sumaah don't plan to revisit the issue of Axos membership at this time, but given the success of the Pact in fighting slavery, Ambassador Oxtitocszin is keen to see what the Pact might achieve next. A recent [[statement of principle]] in the House of Ambition argues that it is impossible for true liberty to be achieved without the guidance of the Way. Only the Way truly recognises the need for individuals to be free to pursue their ambitions, and only the Way appreciates the true nature of prosperity and the importance of labour receiving just rewards. As such, the Sumaah will seek to amend the Liberty Pact to require that all signatories welcome missionaries versed in the Way to spread the true faith and to help people understand the real meaning and importance of destroying the institution of slavery. The so-called "Common Good" is acceptable only to the degree it does not deny the virtues - but the Commonwealth ultimately has blinkered itself by refusing to embrace the Way without which any idea of the greater good cannot be realised.

If there is not time to discuss this matter at the Winter meeting, then presumably the Empire will convene the meeting Ambassador Accalon mentioned at the Spring Equinox. The Sumaah Republic anticipates that the weight of Sumaah and the Empire will be sufficient to get the Commonwealth delegates to see sense.

===Zemress Naval Academy===
* '''The Sumaash welcome the offer to study at the Zemress Naval Academy
The Sumaah Republic thanks the [[Senator]] for [[Sarvos]] for their invitation to study at the [[Madruga#Zemress_Naval_Academy|Zemress Naval Academy]], although they do express some surprise that the invitation did not originate with the Senator for Madruga where the Academy is based. Regardless, there is some interest in Sumaah in the opportunity to study alongside the shipwrights and mariners of the Brass Coast.

As such the House of the People has appointed a ''Guide for the Students'' to oversee Sumaah pupils prepared to make the journey to the Empire to visit the Academy. ''Bjarna Xicot'' of the Frieøyer has been appointed - an experienced captain in their own right they will be accompanying the [[A Gift of Pride|convoy]] making its way to the Coast after the Autumn Equinox along with a number of enthusiastic would-be students.

While the Sumaah are not entirely without naval experience, they look forward to the chance to study alongside their Imperial peers. There is also apparently some talk of discussing a joint venture to restore the Zemress Seminary - or ideally something significantly more impressive. ''Bjarna Xicot'' is apparently keen for a chance to discuss the nature of Zemress as a paragon with the sailors of the Brass Coast.
<div style="float:right; width: 300px; clear: left;">{{CaptionedImage|file=Adelmar The Lion.jpg|captiom=Panel taken from a depiction of Adelmar by Asenath Daughter of Esther, Felix’s Watch.| align=right|width=300}}</div>
===Ama the Wanderer===
*'''Ser Eddard d'Argenteux has arrived in Sumaah to undertake research
* '''They will not be returning to the Empire before the Winter Solstice
The Ambassador reports that [[Historical research#Ser Eddard d'Argenteux|Ser Eddard d'Argenteux]] has safely reached Zemeh, and is settling in well. They have already been the focus of some interest from the House of Ambition, especially those who find personal inspiration in the life of Ama the Wanderer. Hopefully working with them the scholar can [[387YE_Summer_Solstice_Senate_sessions#Research_Adelmar_the_Lion|determine once and for all]] whether Ama is indeed [[Adelmar the Lion]]. Ser Eddard has requested that the Ambassador apprise the [[Minister of Historical Research]] that given the distances involved, and the general danger of the western seas, they will not be back before the Winter Solstice and as such will unfortunately be unavailable to undertake another project - unless the research can be done in the warm and welcoming climate of the Sumaah Republic, of course.
===Peculiar Questions===
* '''Ambassador Oxtitocszin has received several missives from Imperial citizens that do not relate to diplomatic matters
* '''They diplomatically request that the Empire consider their role and the nature of the missives they send
Following the Summer Solstice, Ambassador Oxtitocszin notes that they received several [[Call Winged Messenger|magical missives]] that related to matters of philosophy rather than diplomacy. While is is true that Oxtitocszin is präster, their role in the House of Pride and as Censor of Wood and Stone related to diplomatic matters rather than offering spiritual guidance. As such they politely request that future missives relate to their role - presenting and discussing opportunities of a diplomatic nation relating to trade and politics rather than matters of Doctrine or the practice of liao ceremonies. They do not wish to be rude; but they chose to serve their people and the Way in a specific capacity that suits their expertise.

They can pass such questions along, but warn that in most cases it is unlikely there will be a single clear answer on anything that is not already covered by the Doctrines of the Faith. Furthermore, any short answer runs the risk of creating misconceptions. As a case in point, the query of '''Suspiria i Riqueza''' about Sumaah attitudes to immortality mostly results in a suggestion that to date no Sumaah präster or magician has ever encountered a method of achieving that state that was not riddled with blasphemous and heretical considerations. There is a general feeling that the only way a human might "achieve immortality" would be to transcend the Labyrinth but theologians are fiercely divided on the matter of whether that is the case and whether "immortality" has any meaningful definition anyway.

Likewise, in answer to the Shaman of Wintermark, Oxtitocszin has no real detail to add to the story about their uncle and the condor - he only mentioned it as an example of the fact that people are prone to believe the oddest things and frankly is rather regretting having brought it up in the first place.
{{Asavean Links}}
{{Sumaah Links}}

Fight

2026-04-18T21:49:28Z

GuiltyConscience:

[[Category:Winds of Fortune]][[Category:382YE Spring]][[Category:Recent History]]
<ic>"Take her down! Break her legs! "

Bryn ignored the shouting, and concentrated on her opponent. She ducked under the oncoming Marcher's swing, and then rammed her shoulder into the young lads stomach sending him sprawling into the dirt.

The boy fell clutching his stomach, winded so bad he could hardly breathe. Could be a rib or two broken maybe. He was no threat now and she ignored the voices telling her to crush his skull with her flail.

"Get her! Get her!" the screaming was so loud she barely heard the voice warning her to raise her shield and look to her rear. She glanced back over her shoulder to see a giant of a man pounding towards her, more in pursuit behind him. They'd be on her in a moment.

"Run! Run!"

She broke into a run, feet pounding the dirt, heart booming, desperately trying to outpace them. "Run! Run!" the shouts urged her on. They were gaining on her by the moment, and the suggestion that she should split their head open with her axe wasn't helping. "Run! Run!" they shouted again. It was the only option left to her but she looked frantically for some opening as she tried to outpace her pursuers.

Then she saw it - a thin white circle drawn in lime and ash on the ground. She increased her speed, if she could just reach it...

...the weight of her pursuers fell on her like a falling tree, smashing her to the ground and pinning her there. Stars exploded in her head and for a second she thought she was falling into the abyss. She tried desperately to hold on, but a heavy leather boot crashed down on her forearm rendering the whole limb numb, forcing her to drop what she was carrying. For a moment she just lay there panting in the dirt... it was over... she'd given it everything but she'd failed. Her ancestor screamed at her to draw her scram and gut the Marcher standing over her before he could finish her off but she didn't have any weapons and her arm was good for nothing.

The Marcher reached out a hand to pull the orc up by her one good arm. "Nice one Bryn - you ruddy nearly made it! You alright?"

She couldn't tell if the pounding in her head was from the blow or just the shouts and cheers of the crowd as they urged on those still running. There was blood running down her skull when she'd split the skin on the rock her head had bounced off. Her dead arm hung by her side, throbbing painfully as the sensation came back. There was a bruise from old Roddy Gallow's boot already swelling beneath her tunic.

"Bloody brilliant." she grinned. They were still a goal up. Everything to play for...
</ic>

==Overview==
The situation in the [[Mournwold]] remains difficult - there is a large population of [[Jotun]] thralls occupying key regions in the territory, [[Mournwold#Green March|Green March]], [[Mournwold#Southmoor|Southmoor]], and [[Mournwold#Chalkdowns|Chalkdowns]]. Many of the Marcher inhabitants of the Mourn seem to regard the Jotun as neighbours - or even friends - after a fashion. There is clearly an increasing flow of trade going back and forth - which might technically have been illegal before the Senate [[Declare_Mournwold_thralls_foreigners|declared them to be foreigners]], but given the aid the Empire distributed to the thralls to help them survive the Winter, nobody was making an issue of it.

The Jotun claim ownership of some of the most prosperous farmland in the Mourn, an inconvenient fact that has [[House_of_earth#Plain_Truths|some very significant consequences ]]. Despite this, the Empire has recently elected to [[Declare_Mournwold_thralls_foreigners|recognize them as foreigners]] effectively making it illegal for anyone to attack them or for the Military Council to send a force to drive them from their land.

Finally, and perhaps most importantly, the Imperial Synod have authorised two priests, Sister Meredith of the Marchers and Bloodcrow Losak of the Imperial Orcs to travel to the Mournwold to spread the Virtues to the conquered Jotun thralls.
<div style="margin: auto; width: 955px;">
<div style="display: inline-block; width: 450px;"><quote by="Bethany, Winter 381YE, Marcher National Assembly, Upheld 72 - 10">The Marcher Assembly sends Sister Meredith with 50 doses of liao to the orcs of the Mournwold to bring them to the Way of Virtue. We encourage the Virtuous folks of the Mourn to support these preachers and ensure their voices are heard.</quote></div>

<div style="display: inline-block; width: 500px;"><quote by="Bloodcrow Losak, Winter 381YE, Imperial Orc National Assembly, Upheld 61 - 0">The Imperial Orc Assembly sends Bloodcrow Losak with 50 doses of liao to preach to the orcs of the Mournwold and bring them to the Way of Virtue. We encourage the Virtuous people of the Mourn, orc and human, to support these preachers and those of the Marcher Assembly.</quote></div>
</div>

==Response==
Working in tandem, the two priests have recruited dozens of like-minded individuals and equipped with a combination of liao, anointings and hallowed items they have spread out to proselytise the Jotun living in the Mourne. They find the people here surprisingly familiar - it is not hard to imagine that they have lived their entire lives next to the Marcher folk - they are much alike in mindset and lifestyle. They are a hard-working, industrious people, passionate about their livelihood and their lands. Some even enjoy playing foot the ball with their neighbours.

The most striking difference is that these people seem innately peaceful. They possess no weapons beyond tools of agriculture and appear to have forsworn violence in some way. Other than this more than a few priests report that it is easy to forget you are not talking to a Marcher when conversing with them. Buoyed up by this connection, the priests turn the conversation to matters of virtue and faith.

The response is surprisingly positive at first. While a number of Jotun thralls blame the Empire for the curses that killed so many, the memory of that deed has been tempered by the aid that helped them survive the winter. When the priests bring news that the Mournwold thralls have been recognised as foreigners, granting them many of the same legal protections that their Marcher neighbours enjoy that is particularly well received. It is clear that many here were expecting to be forced off their land and the news that that will not now take place brings a great sense of relief.

So many of the orcs are initially happy to spend what time they have spare listening to the words of those who have come to preach. From there though progress becomes more tricky. In recent years when missionaries took the virtues to the Lasambrians, the use of liao to create powerful auras attracted the attention of the southern orcs. But these people have lived alongside the people of the Mourn for many years and while liao was in very short supply, they understand a little of what is involved. Some of them have attended Marcher congregations from time-to-time for various reasons, and they have held conversations with the Marchers about their faith. As a result they are surprisingly well-informed - they don't know the virtues - but they know of them.
<div style="float:right;"><quote by="Marcher Proverb">War is a thrice-ploughed Field</quote></div>
Sadly that preparation doesn't make them any easier to convert. Over the next few weeks, everyone attempting to proselytise the Jotun thralls provides similar reports. At first the thralls seem to show an earnest and genuine interest in the virtues - they listen when the virtues are explained - they ask sensible and perceptive questions that show they clearly understand some of the essential ideas. But as priests try to explain more about the Way and the doctrines of the faithful, then almost inevitably they begin to lose their audience.

Sometimes this is expressed only by a sudden loss of engagement; a family might suddenly suggest that they have work to do and must be off - and no there is no good time to continue the conversation. Those are the best cases. Many times the thralls become visibly agitated by the words of the preachers; one priest reports a grown man reduced to tears by a sermon. Nobody was ever able to find out why; apparently he fled the area afterwards and was not seen again.
<div style="float:left;"><quote by="Marcher Proverb">Easy come, worth less </quote></div>
Sadly the most common response is that the thralls become angry with tempers running short. Violence is rare, these people seem deeply peaceful by nature, so there does not appear to be any danger. But priests report entire crowds turning hostile - people who were keen to hear what they had to say growing suddenly outraged and confrontational. It is difficult to find out why since the priests are invariably driven away by the shouting and physical aggression of the crowd. It really is quite perplexing.

By the season's end the report is mixed. The people here are genuinely interested in the virtues, it is clear that they could be converted to the Way. But something is holding them back - some aspect of the sermons delivered is causing a deep and profound agitation among these people. Rather than engaging with the virtues as first seems likely - they are passionately rejecting them. If this problem can be overcome then it is certain that these people will eagerly embrace the Way but it is absolutely clear that it will not be possible to convert these people unless this problem is resolved and thus far all attempts to discover what is going wrong have completely failed.

==Delegation==
All is not lost however - one of the de facto leaders of the thralls is a timber merchant called Sigdór who lives on the edge of the Greensward. Another is Hamma the Lame who owns the massive Eversweet Orchard farm. The thralls claim that their leaders are the Jotun jarls - but in practice it is clear that Sigdór, Hamma and a handful of the other prominent thralls have significant influence here in everyday matters. Sigdór has been away to the west, but having returned to the Mourne just recently he has indicated that he plans to travel with Hamma to Anvil to talk to the Empire there.

Word is sent ahead that Sigdór and Hamma are seeking an audience with Bloodcrow Losak and Sister Meredith in person - along with any other priests who wishes to talk to him. Neither has had a chance to hear any of the sermons but both are clearly keen to talk about matters of faith and hear what the Empire and its priests have to say.

Hamma has apparently been invited to meet with General Will Talbot, the Advisor for Orc Affairs, Bloodcrow Yargol, and the orc General of the Winter Sun, Bloodcrow Morghur, so they suggest that one or more of these people might also wish to be present. When advised that such prominent individuals will be occupied with matters of Imperial state they seem largely unconcerned, explaining that they are primarily coming to talk to the priests and suggest that the generals or the advisor could send a second to talk on their behalf.

It is now clear that if the Empire can take advantage of this opportunity to resolve the apparent problems. If they can convince Hamma, Sigdór, or both to adopt the faith then many of the other Mournwold thralls will convert - but if they cannot find a way to persuade them then no amount of mandates or liao is going to succeed.

Sigdór has sent word to ask if he and Hamma might meet with Losak and Sister Meredith and any others who are prepared to talk to them at 1pm on the final day; they have been advised to head directly to the Hub and wait there.
<quote by="Marcher Proverb">Only a civil tongue buys cheap apples. </quote>

A hero's welcome

2026-04-18T21:48:52Z

GuiltyConscience:

[[Category:Winds of Fortune]][[Category:382YE Winter]][[Category:Recent History]]
<ic>Marikand gripped the rail firmly as the small Freeborn vessel maneuverer towards the rapidly approaching quayside. He'd just about got used to the incessant rolling and dipping motion of the ship since they sailed away from the Broken Shore. He could keep his food down now at last and walking across the wooden boards no longer made him think he was going to be dumped into the vast blue ocean at any moment. None-the-less, the opportunity to get off this insane thing couldn't come soon enough. Ancestors alone knew why it didn't just sink. He asked his hosts that on the first night but they'd just laughed and told him it was Ambition and Pride that kept it afloat. Madness.

Carefully he raised his eyes again, fixing them on the seafront. It was filled with people, hundreds of them, maybe thousands of them, all dressed in robes and tagelmusts like the crew of the ship. Nervously he looked around him and not for the first time he wished that he had a weapon. The humans who'd slain the guards and shattered his chains said they were freeing everybody... but... what if that was just a lie? What if... what if they were just waiting until they could get them to this "Empire" and then they were going to enslave them all.

He'd eaten good food last night - fish! The sauce was very odd, but it had been the first time in years he'd eaten something that wasn't basically gruel. Marikand was not sure what he thought about freedom, but he was very sure what he thought about fish. He wanted more of that!

The captain went striding past him, her bright clothes fluttering in the wind. She was barking orders to her crew who were reefing sails and preparing ropes and gang planks. There was so much noise coming from the dock now that it was hard for the captain to be heard above the din. The sound alarmed Marikand, nothing good ever happened when people started shouting, but the despite her volume the captain seemed happy. Perhaps she was as glad as he was at the prospect of getting off the boat and onto proper land.

Closer and closer they moved towards the jetty. Marikand could pick out individual faces in the crowd, there were hundreds of them, packed like fish in a net. Some of them had banners of some kind that they were waving. There were weapons everywhere - it seemed like half these people were armed in some way. He scanned back and forth, desperately looking for an escape route, but there was nothing. They were moments now from reaching this new land and he still had not the slightest idea how he was going to escape.

The shouting and screaming was deafening as the boat was tied up. The gang plank was pushed over the side until it reach the jetty. He looked around for somewhere to run, but where? The boat was tiny, with nowhere to hide. If he jumped over the side, he'd drown for sure. The only way off the boat was down towards the waiting mob.

The captain came up behind him and began to push him towards the plank. "No time for loiterers - come on, come on! Clear the decks! We've got booty to unload!" In an idle thought he wondered if he was part of that booty. As he staggered down the plank towards the screaming humans, was he walking to his death? Did they... did they eat people? He'd heard someone claim that once... that the Empire were all savages and cannibals who eat orcs. He'd never believed it but as he was forced towards the screaming crowd the thought of it made his blood run cold.

As soon as he stepped off the plank, the crowd surged forwards and grabbed him. He was thrown unceremoniously into the air, like a side of mutton, and borne aloft on the shoulders of a half a dozen strapping humans. The noise was deafening now, louder than any noise Marikand had ever heard, hundreds, thousands of people shouting and cheering. For a moment he was convinced that this was it, this was his end, but as his head lolled back he could see that the same "welcome" was being extended to the captain and the other members of the crew. Surely they didn't mean to eat them too?...
</ic>

==Overview==
In the aftermath of the [[382YE_Winter_Solstice_winds_of_war#The_Turning_Tide|raid on the Grendel]], the victorious Imperial fleets have returned to a heroes welcome in the ports of the Empire. Crowds line the docks in Siroc, Necropolis, Sarvos and elsewhere to welcome the victors back. They return laden with treasures stolen from Dubhtraig, but also with nearly two thousand slaves who have been rescued from a life of misery and toil on the [[Bay_of_Catazar#The_Broken_Shore_and_Attar|Broken Shore]].

In light of the [[382YE_Summer_Solstice_Synod_judgements#Judgement_10|mandate spread by Eska Crowspeaker]] urging every Imperial citizen to reach out to help those who have been enslaved, the people have been given a warm welcome wherever they have made land. The question remains of what to do with them, but for now they are bedded down in makeshift tent villages, on the floors of churches, in empty warehouses - wherever there is space.

==Who Are They?==
It is difficult to be clear about exactly how many people have been freed, but there is close to two thousand in total - an astonishing figure. Nearly two hundred of the group are human. Only a handful are former Imperial citizens, but many more are the children of such. The others are from foreign lands, [[Principalities of Jarm|Jarm]], [[Axos]], [[Sumaah Republic|Sumaah]], [[Sarcophan Delves|Sarcophan]], and so on - most taken by Grendel pirates when their vessels were attacked but some sold to the Grendel by unscrupulous slave traders. All of them eager to return "home" even if it is a home that some of them have never seen. Inspired by the words of Eska Crowspeaker, they are given enough food, clothing and coin to prosper and seek a new life. That leaves the much bigger question of what to do with the nearly two thousand [[orc|orcs]] freed.

The group includes orcs drawn from every land. A handful are [[Jotun]] or [[Thule]], and there are even [[Druj]] amongst their number, as well as Lasambrians and even two orcs from Jarm. Most of these are easily dealt with, as they wish to return home at the first opportunity. There is some concerns about that, after all the Jotun and especially the Druj are sworn enemies of the Empire. Most people exult in what has been achieved, does it really matter if a handful of Druj return home? And who knows what good fortune may come of such a thing? Before anyone can give it serious consideration they are gone.

But the overwhelming majority are all inhabitants of the Broken Shore and have nowhere to go. Some were born slaves, others were sold at a young age, while others were enslaved for some crime or other, or simply for falling foul of a Salt Lord in some way. They have nothing to return to the Broken Shore for and no desire to go. Return would likely mean re-enslavement or death.

At the moment they are driven by two passions; the first is a burning hatred for the Grendel - the harder the toil they endured the brighter that hatred burns. The second is an overwhelming sense of gratitude towards the Empire - a mythical land to many of them, a place of monsters and strange magics that has transformed into a miracle. More than anything they want to stay and to make a new life here. But where? And how?

==Settlement==
The easiest way to settle these people would be with an appropriate judgement. The [[Synod]] could pass a mandate and send a priest to convince the slaves to seek a suitable home. If the Synod do pass such a judgement then it must make clear where they should go. These people have never been to the Empire, they don't have the faintest idea of where to travel if left to their own devices, so anyone trying to help them will have to make that decision for them and be explicit about that.

Having talked at length with the orcs, the civil service have three recommendations, there possible homes where the slaves could be settled without causing any difficulty.
===Imperial Orcs===
<quote by="Synod Mandate, Imperial Orc Assembly">Skarsind offers a welcome home for the slaves liberated from the Broken Shore. Just as we once fought for our freedom, so you will have a chance to fight against those who once enslaved you. Those who do not fight, will still have a place, working to support our legions. We send (named priest) with 50 liao to encourage the slaves to settle in Skarsind and let them know that those who choose to adopt our ways will be able to become Imperial Orcs in time.</quote>

The first and most obvious is [[Skarsind]] in the north. The orcs of the Broken Shore are not much like the Imperial Orcs - in fact the only discernible similarity is that they are orcs. But they are no ''more'' different than some of the Jarmish orcs who have settled in Skarsind - and it seems likely that many of them will embrace Imperial Orc culture, accept the [[egregores|egregore]] bond and become full citizens.

The only difficulty is that Skarsind is a long way away - it will be a difficult and dangerous journey for many who attempt, given how little food and resources they have. The [[Senate]] could address that problem, by instructing the civil service to provide food, clothing, and appropriate support and guidance to the former slaves as they make their way north at a cost to the Imperial treasury of 20 thrones. That would ensure that they arrived quickly, safely and well fed - and thus be ready to begin their new lives.

===Brass Coast===
<quote by="Synod Mandate, Freeborn Assembly">The Brass Coast was founded by a crusade against slavery. We will support those who we have rescued from chains and give them a chance to prosper in our lands. We send (named priest) with 50 liao to encourage the slaves to settle in {named Freeborn territory} and let them know that those who abide by our laws and respect our customes will always be treated honestly.</quote>

The orcs of the Broken Shore are not much like the Freeborn either, but again there are some similarities. The civil servants who spend time with them say there is a boldness to these people, a sense of daring. Much of that has been ruthlessly crushed by the heavy weight of their chains, but the light is still there. It is not surprise then that many of them have struck up friendships with the Freeborn [[corsair|corsairs]] who rescued them. One or two have already asked about signing up for a life with the [[fleet|fleets]] and a surprising number are accomplished sailors.

Of course such people couldn't become Freeborn - there are no known cases of the human egregores accepting orcs into their nation. But there are a great many foreigners living in the Brass Coast, their presence would be unusual but no more so than a [[Faraden]] trader or an Asavean priest. A third of the slaves are already at [[Madruga#Siroc|Siroc]] and the rest could be quickly transported there if that was what the Imperial Synod decided, without significant cost. Freeborn ships always demand payment but the skilled sailors among their number could work passage and in such a way help the others.

===The League===
<quote by="Synod Mandate, The League Assembly">Ambition is the lifeblood of the League. Near everyone who dreams of making something of their life, eventually finds their ways to one of the great cities of the Empire. We send (named priest) with 50 liao to encourage the slaves to settle in {named League city} and let them know of the many opportunities that await them there.</quote>

Some of the orcs of the Broken Shore are even less like the urbane people of [[the League]] cities. Their lives have been marked by long years of physical toil, working fields or minds. But a surprising number of the slaves taken in the raid were house slaves rescued from the many villas and palaces in [[Bay_of_Catazar#Dubhtraig|Dubhtraig]]. These people are literate, numerate and have a different view of the world to their peers. They are not just looking for a home - but for somewhere they can make a life - somewhere those with ambition can prosper. With the right encouragement they could lead their fellows to a new life in one of the League cities.

As in the Brass Coast, it seems impossible that the League egregore would ever accept them as citizens of the League, but the cities teem with life drawing people from every land. There are streets in [[Sarvos]] with more foreigners than natives of the League, and while orc faces are uncommon, they are not unknown. There are still some orcs who passed through the [[College of the Liberated]] living in Sarvos, despite some [[The_parents_of_security#The_Old_College_Try|lingering prejudice]]. Still, most of these people would quickly adapt to life in the League, and the College of the Liberated would be available to help those who struggled.

If the League opted to welcome them to Sarvos or [[Tassato]] there would be no costs involved, but if they wanted to encourage them to settle in [[Temeschwar]] or [[Holberg]], then the Imperial Senate might wish to consider an appropriate motion to disburse 15 thrones to support them as they travel across the Empire, to help ensure that they do not fall to bandits - or to banditry.

===General Assembly===
In addition to the appropriate national assembly for whatever nation they are being encouraged to settle, the [[Assembly#The General Assembly|General Assembly]] could also choose to pass one or more judgements to permit a mandate to settle the former slaves. In the case of any [[Mandate#Competing_Mandates|competing mandate]], the judgement with the highest margin wins as usual.
==The Way and the Virtues==
In addition - or instead - the General Assembly could also use an appropriate worded mandate to try to bring the Way and the Virtues to these people. Attempts to do that have not always produced results that have benefited the Empire - the situation with the Lasambrians did not develop as some people hoped - and attempts to bring the thralls of the Mournwold to the way have also stalled.

So any attempt to convert these people clearly comes with risks. Is there some way to avoid the problems that have sprung from previous attempts to proselytise the Way? Could they simply be left with whatever passes for faith amongst them as the Empire has occasionally done with other groups who have not readily adopted the Way, such as the [[Great Forest Orcs]]?

<quote by="Synod Mandate, The General Assembly">The Way binds us together, guiding all citizens on a virtuous path. We send {named priest} with 50 liao to spread the Way to those we have rescued from Dubhtraig to allow them to find a place for themselves in the Empire.</quote>

A mandate of this kind would ''not'' be in competition with a mandate designed to settle the slaves in Skarsind, the League or the Brass Coast.

==Consequences==
It is difficult for the civil service to fully predict the economic consequences of absorbing this number of people in a relatively short space of time. But when all is said and done, there are only two thousand of them, a large number, but small compared to the population of Siroc or Sarvos - or even Skarsind. It is possible that [[Unleashing_the_storm|there are more to come]], but regardless the civil service are confident that none of the options above would result in any significant problems.

The same is not true of the other seven nations. These people could be settled there with an appropriate mandate, but problems would flow from that. The nature and scale of those problems would depend on where they were settled and what support was offered to them to help them found a new life.

There would be some benefits of settling the people in Skarsind, the Brass Coast, or the League. An influx of people always means more taxes into the Imperial treasury - it will take a while before any of these people pay taxes in their own right but their presence will mean increased trade in the lands were they settle. More tangible benefits will likely depend on what the Empire does to welcome and support these people, just as it did when the [[Zemress islander|Zemress islanders]] settled in [[Segura]] or the [[Great Forest Orcs|orcs of the Great Forest]] were welcomed into [[Therunin]].
==Resolution==
Three [[mandate|mandates]] were discussed and upheld by the [[Synod]] during the Winter Solstice. The [[Assembly#The General Assembly|General assembly]] upheld a mandate from Skywise Tulva to [[382YE_Winter_Solstice_Synod_judgements#Judgement_34|invite any orc]] who will embrace the ways of the [[Imperial Orcs]] to join them in Skarsind, and a [[Mandate#Competing_Mandates|competing]] mandate from Arno von Leche urging them to [[382YE_Winter_Solstice_Synod_judgements#Judgement_47|make new homes]] in [[the League]]. The former mandate received the greater margin of success, however, meaning that it is the Skywise orc who will be able to enact their mandate and direct the freed slaves northward.

Meanwhile, Eska Crowspeaker brought a mandate to [[382YE_Winter_Solstice_Synod_judgements#Judgement_4|encourage the new citizens]] to embrace the Way; the General Assembly agreed and in the coming months she will be able to enact that mandate.

The day writes the words

2026-04-18T21:48:38Z

GuiltyConscience:

[[Category:Winds of Fortune]][[Category:384YE Summer]][[Category:Recent History]]
<ic>
"And you've checked these figures?" Balian glanced up from his chair to challenge Kay, locking eyes with his subordinate.

Kay nodded briefly, "Twice sir. I'm sure they're correct".

Seemingly unconvinced, Balian decided to pick it apart line by line. "The League 12.9%... why is that so high? Didn't their general gave orders to plunder?"

"Aye - but there was a score of military units supporting them." Kay responded

"Fine. Dawn 41.8% of the land taken so far is attributable to the Dawnish. That's fine..."

Kay winced slightly, knowing what was coming next.

Balian finally dropped all pretence of disinterest in the outcome and got to what was really bothering him "But look this can't be right. The Varushkans took 45.3% of the territory? They didn't have any more armies there than us, how did they manage that?"

"It's correct sir, it was the Golden Axe. A large army... with orders to take their land. Theirs was by far the biggest impact." Kay tried not to sound defensive. After all it was just maths, it wasn't as if any of this were something he was responsible for. But there was a reason he'd checked the figures twice with a sinking feeling. Like his superior, he'd originally assumed the Dawnish armies would be leading from the front at this point.

Balian frowned again, but he pushed the sheet with the figures on into the leather folder and close it. "Very well, those are the figures. We'll pass them on."
</ic>
<div style="float:left; width: 750px; clear: left;">{{CaptionedImage|file=The Forest Comes Alive.jpg|align=left|width=750|caption=The Barrens has always been a prize, hanging temptingly halfway between the Empire and the Mallum.}}</div>
{{audio|link=https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=8ikGl6UQ9Q0}}
==Overview==
As the Empire divides the Barrens, so the Barrens has increasingly begun to divide the Empire. When the Imperial Orcs staked their ambition to claim the Barrens, Dawn responded as only Dawn can, by challenging them to glorious contest. Let this greatest of all prizes, a land that Dawnish knights have fought to claim for decades, go to whichever nation could fairly be said to have conquered it.

Having thrown down the gauntlet, the Dawnish armies have moved quickly to seize the advantage, their armies leading the Empire's invasion from north and south cutting the territory in two. With the full backing of their Assembly, as well as the Highborn, they seem well situated to continue the advance this coming season.

But the General Assembly are not so easily impressed. It seems that the priests who care to express an opinion are not well pleased by either the contest or the Dawnish advance.
<div style="display: grid; grid-template-columns: 1fr 1fr;">
{{Judgement|Assembly=Imperial Orc|Raised By=Skywise Tulva|Judgement=We firmly reject the notion that the fate of the Barrens should be decided by a reckless challenge. We will not subvert the existing legal framework for the sake of vain glory. We prove our worth through service to this Empire, spending our blood and one life on protecting all nations and saving Imperial lives. We are Loyal to the core. While Ambition leads us to the Barrens, we will not abandon our allies.|Outcome=Upheld with a Greater Majority, 117-0|When=Spring Equinox 384YE}}
{{Judgement|Assembly=General|Raised By=Prince-Bishop Jonah Yakovitch von Holberg|Judgement=Falsehoods have been spread - the land that is liberated by an army does not become the property of that army's nation. The Barrens will be liberated and the Druj purged from the face of creation, but the nations who race across this territory in an attempt to lay claim to its identity forget the lessons of the past. Remember Skarsind. Remember Holberg. Rather than use them to keep score, let us rally the slaves and survivors of the Druj's campaign in the Barrens to our cause. Preach of the virtues and guide them on their path, and they will be inspired by the Empire.|Outcome=Upheld with a Greater Majority, 1889-218|When=Spring Equinox 384YE}}
</div>
==The Survivors of the Druj==
At the Spring Equinox, the General Assembly of the Imperial Synod passed a mandate with a greater majority decrying efforts to claim the Barrens as a prize and calling on the nations of Empire to rally the slaves and survivors of the Druj's campaign in the Barrens to the Empire's cause.

Legally speaking, Prince-Bishop Jonah Yakovitch von Holberg is perfectly correct. The decision of which nation a territory will be allocated to is a political decision. The idea that it should be given to whoever fought for it has never been the law. Despite this, many nations often feel they have a right to a territory. Wintermark likely does not expect the Imperial Senate to allocate Sermersuaq to the League or the Marches. They have long ties with the land, and thousands of their people living there even now. That doesn't give them any kind of legal right to the territory - not in Imperial law - but it does create a powerful moral imperative that is often difficult to resist.

Such moral imperatives can arise in different ways. The Prince-Bishop cites the example of Holberg - a city that is infamous to many in Dawn. They fought and bled to liberate the territory, driving the Druj back - only to see the League snatch the prize from them in the Senate. It's not clear if citing Holberg is meant as a rejoinder... or as a threat. What happened in Holberg could easily happen again. The Dawnish armies could bleed to conquer the Barrens... and then the Imperial Senate has the legal right to give that territory to whomever they please.

Fortunately, this growing conflict between the Synod assemblies has little impact, because the decision will ultimately be taken in the Imperial Senate. The Synod can move the hearts and minds of the people of the Empire, but the hearts and minds of senators are a different matter. The Dawnish have made their challenge clear, and they certainly seem intent on pursuing it this season, whether or not the Senate recognize those efforts is a decision for those who elect the Throne.

However, the General Assembly could influence the course of the campaign in the Barrens by passing the following mandate.

{{Mandate|mandate=The Barrens is a land to be liberated, not a prize to be claimed. We send {named priest} to urge the nations of the Empire to turn aside from this campaign of conquest. Let us rally the slaves and survivors of the Druj's campaign in the Barrens to our cause. We send (named priest) with 75 liao to discourage a campaign of brutal conquest.|assembly=General Assembly}}

If this mandate were enacted, it would raise doubt in the mind of every Imperial soldier sent to the Barrens with orders to conquer. Orders to defend captured regions, or to [[Army_qualities#Freedom_Fighters|rally slaves to revolt]] would not be affected, but any other offensive order other than ''break the chains'' would suffer a 20% penalty to territory captured until the start of the Summer Solstice 385YE. It would send a clear unambiguous signal to every nation that the Imperial Synod seek a different path in the Barrens. Not every nation would be affected of course, neither Urizeni nor Varushkan armies would suffer the penalty unless the mandate passed with a greater majority.

===The Survivors of the Empire===
Unfortunately, while there are survivors of the Druj's campaign in the Barrens, it is far from clear that they are in any mood to listen to the Empire. With the Empire now firmly in control of two regions near the centre of the territory there is an opportunity for civil servants to cautiously assess the mood of the inhabitants to see if there are any opportunities for the Empire to influence them with a [[mandate]]. Sadly the outcome is not positive.

The orcs in the Barrens have rebelled twice in living memory. The first time was shortly after the death of [[Empress Britta]], when the Black Wind Clan first tried to escape from under Druj rule. Their rebellion was ruthlessly suppressed by the much larger Druj forces and their leaders rounded up and tortured. At that point the [[Sentinel Gate]] provided the Empire with an opportunity for hundreds of Imperial heroes to attack the camp where the rebels were being held. The Druj were easily beaten, forced to flee, but sadly the rebels were not freed. Instead the Empire butchered the Black Wind captives along with everyone else in the camp. It was the greatest propaganda victory the Druj could have imagined and one they have not tired of telling to every subject in Druj lands whenever the opportunity arises.

Unfortunately, that was not the only time the Empire has seen fit to raise a sword against the orcs of the Barrens. When the Black Wind rose again, they were joined by the other clans, the Peytaht and the Rahvin as well as the human Montanians, and a sept of orcs called the Vendarri. The clans sent representatives to Anvil to negotiate for control of the Dawnish regions in the West and left the summit thinking they had a treaty. Tragically the treaty failed to pass the Imperial Senate, the regions were not ceded and when the rebel orcs tried to occupy them violence quickly followed.

In the resulting conflict, the armies of the Rahvin Clan were decimated. Caught between the Imperial forces attacking them from the West and Druj forces attacking them from the East, their armies had no possible hope of survival. They refused to consider surrender, fighting to the bitter end until eventually, the armies broke, ceasing to exist as the losses became too great to sustain. There are still thousands of Rahvin orcs living as Druj slaves in the Barrens, but they are leaderless and broken.

If anything, the fate of the Black Wind was even worse. To avoid their Clan being wiped out, the tribe capitulated to the Druj. Their leaders were brutally executed, for the Druj do not tolerate rebellion, but their sacrifice brought a reprieve for the soldiers in their army. Druj commanders were installed to replace the murdered leaders and the proud tribe were reduced to fighting and killing in service to the Druj. Grim though this ending may be, the rebel leaders of the Black Wind at the time considered it preferable to surrender to the Empire.

Only the Montanians and the [[Great Forest Orcs]] also known as the Peytaht managed to escape slaughter at the hands of the Empire and the Druj. These groups abandoned their cause and their comrades fled their homes and threw themselves on the mercy of the Empire. After a long negotiation, they were granted rights to live in Therunin and they have remained close allies of the Navarr since then. The Empire has slowly begun to gain the trust of this group, but they remain deeply distrustful, especially of Dawn, who they blame for the failure of the rebellion and the destruction of the Rahvin.

Having helped cause the deaths of not one but two entire generations of rebel leaders in the Barrens, those that survived are not receptive to the words of Imperial priests. They hate and fear the Druj, but not half as much as they hate and fear the Empire. The common view is that the Druj are a horror, but they are a known horror - and their rule is the only way to survive something even worse - death at the hands of the Empire.

As a result the orc inhabitants of the Barrens are about as hostile to the possibility of rising up against the Druj and in support of the Empire as it is possible to be. There are two key problems: widespread hostility to the Empire and the fact that every potential leader who might lead an uprising is dead, many of them slain by the Empire.

The assessment of the civil service is that there will be no possibility of effective resistance to the Druj rule for 10 years. It will take that long for new leaders to emerge and for the bitterness of memories of deaths at the hands of the Empire to fade. Only at that point would be effective uprising even be possible - only then would there be a chance to try and encourage them to take up arms against the Druj. Ten years is a long time... fortunately there are steps the Empire could take to try and rebuild trust and speed up that process.

===The Winter Sun===
The first army of the [[Imperial Orcs]], the [[Imperial_Orcs_military_concerns#The_Winter_Sun|Winter Sun]] are [[Army_qualities#Freedom_Fighters|freedom fighters]] who could come to the Barrens and mount a campaign to incite a rebellion. Each season the army spent campaigning in the Barrens with orders to break the chains of the inhabitants would reduce the time required to make an effective rebellion possible by one year, in addition to any other effects it might have.
{{Judgement|Assembly=Dawn|Raised By=Mael Donjeon of House Remys|Judgement=Dawn has wronged the Great Forest Orcs. We have hunted them like beasts through the trees. The Imperial Senate rejected the first hand they reached out to us, and we turned our armies upon them, massacring them in the Barrens... ...Let us show respect for the Great Forest Orcs, for their lives, their traditions, their way of being, in such ways as our skills and Virtue permit. We cannot redress the wrongs of centuries. We cannot undo what we have done. It is too late for that. But we can say "No more!" and start to rebuild the trust that we lost.|Outcome=Upheld 202-50|When=Spring Equinox 384YE}}
===Reconcile the Past===
Mael Donjeon of House Remys raised a lengthy judgement in the Dawn Assembly which was passed with a simple majority calling on Dawn to renounce the mistakes of the past and to work with the Great Forest Orcs to rebuild trust. Although it did not get a greater majority, the Great Forest Orcs are aware of the judgement and the reaction to it. As a result, here is an opportunity to blunt the impact of the Imperial attacks on the Barrens orcs [[Into_the_valley#As_the_Water.27s_Dripping_Down_.28Battle.29|if the Military Council chose to take it]]. If the Empire were successful and the Great Forest Orcs were able to conduct a ceremony of reconciliation (as detailed in the [[Into_the_valley#As_the_Water.27s_Dripping_Down_.28Battle.29|As the Water's Dripping Down]] battle opportunity) then in addition to the other effects it would reduce the time required for an effective rebellion to begin by two years.

===Disposition of the Spoils===
The one clan of Barrens orcs that are eager to fight the Druj are the Great Forest Orcs. There are very few of them left in the Barrens however, most fled to Therunin after the failure of the last rebellion. They have built good relations with the Empire, though there is still a great deal of mistrust. The Great Forest Orcs greatly desire to return to their homes in the Forest of Peytaht in the Barrens and Casinea, but they are fully aware that there is no prospect of that happening at the moment unless the Empire defeats the Druj and wrests control of the territory from them. Of course if that happens, then that still leaves the question of what might happen to the Forest of Peytaht and in particular to the valuable grove of weirwood trees that grow there. The Great Forest Orcs are no fools, they have seen first-hand how valuable such resources are to the Empire.

If the Imperial Senate passed a suitably worded motion indicating that the Heart of Peytaht and everything that grows there would be ceded to the Great Forest Orcs when the Empire takes the Barrens that would address the fears of the Orcs. They understand that the Empire cannot bind the hands of a future Senate - they understand that the motion won't have legal authority - but it will acknowledge a moral authority and that is enough for them. It would reduce the time required for an effective rebellion to begin by a year.
===The Price of Freedom===
There is one group of humans who could help raise a rebellion in the Barrens. The Montanians were crucial in uniting the disparate clans of orcs who dwell in the Barrens and inciting the second rebellion against the Druj. The Empire could reach out to them and ask for their aid to try again. Unfortunately, the Montanians are heretics - they're ardent advocates of the [[Malign_spiritual_presences#Anarchy|malign spiritual force of Anarchy]]. They have been utterly meticulous to avoid any hint of preaching their views inside the Empire's borders. They seem quite convinced that to do so would mean their deaths and quite possibly the deaths of their friends the Great Forest Orcs. But their care to follow the Empire's laws should not be taken as any indication that they have changed their mind.

If the Imperial Synod wanted to recruit the help of the Montanians they could do so - but it would require the Imperial Synod to directly address the role of Anarchy in the pantheon of human faith. The Imperial Synod could pass a judgement to make the following [[Change of doctrine]]:

<ic>The spiritual force of Freedom lends no aid through the passage of death to rebirth, but it does benefit humanity and should not be persecuted in any form.</ic>

Such a judgement would require a greater majority to pass. Anarchy or Freedom would not become part of the Way but it would be a clear indication to the magistrates that dedication to it should not be prosecuted, and that those who follow it should be allowed to proselytise their beliefs. If this judgement passed with a greater majority it would reduce the time required for an effective rebellion to begin by two years.
===The Golden Hare===
One eternal, more than any other, stands out as the most concerned with the plight of those who labour in servitude to others. [[Irra Harah]], the Prince with a Thousand Foes is an implacable enemy of the Druj, though the being is no particular ally of the Empire either. Despite that, the eternal has proved happy to work with Imperial citizens in the past when it comes to helping people escape slavery and tyranny. Empire might be able to contact the eternal and try to persuade them to help inspire a rebellion in the Barrens. It is impossible for the civil service to assess how effective such methods might be, but given that such matters are solidly within the purview of this eternal, they believe it must be within their power to reduce the time required for an effective rebellion to begin by one or two years if they wanted to.
<div style="display: grid; grid-template-columns: 1fr 1fr;">
{{Judgement|Assembly=Varushka|Raised By=Warden Doubravka|Judgement=The knights and armies of Dawn have stood with Varushka to crush the Druj and help bring the people of Ossium into the light of the Way. Varushka, repay their Loyalty and Courage. We should enter the competition for the Barrens and stand beside Dawn. Fight with them to reclaim their land.|Outcome=Upheld with a Greater Majority, 204-0|When=Spring Equinox 384YE}}
{{Judgement|Assembly=Dawn|Raised By= Killian Mortére|Judgement=Pride demands the sternest measures in battle and crusade. We should stand shoulder to shoulder with our heroic comrades of Highguard and declare death to the Druj and an ending of their empire. We send Killian Mortére with 15 doses of liao to encourage Dawnish military captains not to go raiding in Skallahn but instead to look east and the close and glorious conquest of the Barrens!|Outcome=Upheld with a Greater Majority (266 - 24) Liao Provided|When=Spring Equinox 384YE}}
</div>
==The Shortest Path==
The decision of the General Assembly to denounce the competition for the Barrens passed with a greater majority, but it was far from unanimous with over two hundred votes cast against it. The Varushkan Assembly in particular ignored the statement from the General Assembly and passed the judgement of Warden Doubravka urging Varushkans to enter the competition and stand besides Dawn with a greater majority.

{{Mandate|assembly=Varushka|mandate=Varushka should repay the Loyalty and Courage of Dawn for standing with us in Ossium. We send {named priest} with 25 doses of liao to urge every schlacta and wagon raider to enter the Barrens, stand beside Dawn and fight with them to reclaim their land. Death to the Druj - and to everyone who fights with them!}}

If this mandate is enacted, every Varushkan military unit would gain one additional rank when supporting Dawnish or Varushkan armies in the Barrens for the coming campaign season. Whether the mandate is passed or not, ''any'' military units that want to support the Dawnish claim to the Barrens can throw their support behind one of the Dawnish armies; the civil service includes military units regardless of any nation as part of the military strength of the army they are supporting.

The Dawnish Assembly passed a mandate raised by Killian Mortére urging Dawnish military units to turn aside from the raid on Skallahn and look east to the glorious conquest of the Barrens. The civil service suggested a mandate wording but Mael Donjeon, a Dawnish troubadour has provided verse in place of it to provide a more inspirational mandate:

{{Mandate|assembly=Dawn|mandate=With five-and-twenty liao we send {named priest}<br>
To summon Virtuous knights and yeofolk<br>
Defy the Druj with shining spear and sword!<br>
And free the captive Barrens from their yoke!<br>}}

If this mandate is enacted, every Dawnish military unit would gain one additional rank when supporting a Dawnish army in the Barrens for the coming campaign season.

Finally, the Highborn Assembly have previously endorsed a great contest for the Barrens and they are currently paying particular interest to the many judgements of the Dawnish Assembly.

{{Mandate|assembly=Highguard|mandate=It is the manifest destiny of the Empire to conquer the Barrens! We send {named priest} with 25 doses of liao to urge every Highborn citizen to embrace Virtue and help conquer the Barrens. Death to the Druj - and to everyone who fights with them!}}

If this mandate is enacted, every Highborn military unit would gain one additional rank when supporting Dawnish or Highborn armies when campaigning in the Barrens.
==Further Reading==
* [[The Barrens]]
* [[Conflict in the Barrens]]
* [[Great Forest Orcs]]

Distant deeps

2026-04-18T21:48:24Z

GuiltyConscience:

[[Category:Winds of Fortune]][[Category:381YE Spring]][[Category:Recent History]]
<ic>"I ''still'' don't see why we couldn't just deliver the goods to the temple?"

"We've been through this - three times. Would you like the same answer I gave you the last three times or I could make something up?" Jorge i Satane i Guerra loved his sister like his own child - she was family after all - but the virtues be damned she was beginning to try his patience.

"What I'd ''like'' is for your answer to cost us a little less money. The Asavean was perfectly happy for us to deliver to the temple - we could have left his goods there - collected our money and been half way to home. Instead we've paying a crown for a five ring room in this sorry excuse for a parador. How is that good business?"

"I don't trust the priests. I don't like dealing with them, they're too... friendly."

Maria gasped in mock horror - "Call the Synod! Call a magistrate!" She paused theatrically and pretended to ponder "Remind me again - being friendly - is that blasphemy... or heresy? I can ''never'' remember which one of those is which?"

"Say what you like Isobel - but I just don't like it. It's a temple... it's not a fit place for business."

"Oh you're ''so'' right! What was I thinking? We must not offend Wailo the Foam by profaning his temple with a wagon load of figs. How would we endure it if his magic cow curses us?" she waved her hands in mock fear, then put them her fingers to each temple as if they were Cambion horns "Look out... it's the Asaveans' magic cow.... Moooooo!".

"Stop mocking me Isobel - I'm not an idiot. I don't believe in any of their stupid superstitions. Blood and vice - sometimes I'm not sure ''they'' believe any of it. But they use that blasted temple for ''everything''... their priests lend money, witness contracts, provide escrow, host meetings... Don't you find it all just the least bit... odd?"

"Cheap. That's what I find it. Cheap."

Jorge i Satane i Guerra sighed - he loved his sister like his own child - but three more days of this was going to kill him.
</ic>

==Overview==
The saga of the [[Feroz#The_Temple_of_Balo_and_the_Black_Bull|Temple of Balo and the Black Bull]] grinds on. The temple itself is finally complete. A little under a fortnight before the Spring Equinox the temple opens its doors to the [[Asavean Archipelago|Asavean]] sailors and merchants who wait outside. Some of these visitors will travel on to [[Sarvos]], [[Tassato]], and [[Necropolis#Crown's Quay|Crown's Quay]], but many will conclude their business in Oran and return to Nemoria with holds full of freeborn fruit, cloth, wine, and stone.

The Plenum appears moderately pleased, and the story of the new temple circulates in the Asavean capital. Captains and trade-princes alike are reassured that the Empire is a welcoming destination, committed to good relations between itself and the archipelago. The Plenum has further recognised Franco i Erigo as the [[Imperial Delegate to the Temple in Feroz |''Delegato Imperiale presso i sacerdoti di Balo e del Toro Nero'']], giving them an opportunity to make lucrative deals with the idolatrous merchants visiting the temple.

Oria i Shartha i Riqueza, the [[senator]] for [[Feroz]] has further [[Construct_Temple_of_the_Way_in_Nemoria|sought the support]] of the [[Senate]] to begin work on a temple of the Way in distant Nemoria, to both offer spiritual support to Imperial citizens abroad and to bring the light of the seven virtues to those Asaveans who express an interest. The senator has already secured the white granite needed to construct the temple. along with funds to pay for ''emancipated'' Asavean labour. With the Temple in Feroz completed, the Plenum have allocated land in Nemoria, and given permission for the work to begin - the temple is expected to be completed shortly before the Summer Solstice - assuming nothing goes wrong.

In hopes, perhaps, of ensuring everything goes smoothly, the Synod has [[Mandate|mandated]] that Lucifaro Figlio del Mattino, a [[Madruga|Madrugan]] [[hakima]], encourage missionaries to travel to the Archipelago and spread knowledge of the Way to the people of Nemoria. Yet, at the same time, J'zarr i Shartha i Guerra and the [[the Brass Coast|Freeborn]] [[Assembly#The_National_Assemblies|national assembly]] continue to express severe concerns about the influence that the Temple and its resident priests may have over the people of Feroz.

<quote by="J'zarr i Shartha i Guerra">The Freeborn Assembly calls upon the people of Feroz to remember their Loyalty to the Way and support their fellow citizens in resisting the lure of false gods and idolatry that presents itself as an easy route to money. Prosperity is not just the accumulation of wealth. They call upon all Freeborn to have Pride in the Way and the traditions that have brought us to Virtue. </quote>

Finally, and peripherally, as of the Winter Solstice the [[Senate]] has secured the services of the Asavean architect - and priest of Baddu the Builder - [[Those_who_worship#Almodin_Okt.C3.ADstis.2C_Priest_of_the_Builder|Almodin Oktístis]]. He has been set to work designing and overseeing the building of a [[Construct_Jarmish_Docks|set of docks]] at [[Redoubt#Cargo|Cargo]] in [[Redoubt]], and appears to be enjoying the stipend the Senate has provided him. He remains a public symbol of the Empire's tacit tolerance of the Asavean faith - at least to a point.

==Significance==
The construction of the Temple has been plagued by opposition from the [[Synod]]. The [[Assembly#General_Assembly|General Assembly]] ''appears'' to consider it to be a minor issue, and seems committed to encouraging good relations with the Asaveans - but the Freeborn concerns cannot be ignored.
===The Synod===
====Isolating the Temple====
<quote by="Synod Mandate">The Imperial Synod sends X with 50 liao to encourage the people of Feroz to remain vigilant against the influence of the false Asavean religion. They must not forget that those who worship at this temple are idolators, and deserve neither sanctuary nor succour.</quote>
If the Synod wishes to endorse the message of the Freeborn Assembly, then the General Assembly or the Assembly of the Nine may issue a mandate using the above wording. A named priest and 50 doses of liao will ensure that the people of Feroz keep their distance from the Temple of Balo and the Black Bull. This will greatly reduce the chance that any Freeborn will visit the Temple, and will discourage ''any'' Imperial citizen from travelling to Oran to speak to the priests there.

The civil service calculate that doing so will result in the people of Oran, and of the [[territory]] as a whole, presenting an unfriendly welcome to Asavean visitors. The Asaveans mix trade and faith freely so there is no way to single our their religion for this treatment. The Freeborn have a reputation for hospitality - so there is no chance that the cold shoulder will go unnoticed - Asavean traders will understand that they are being snubbed and respond accordingly. The snub will permanently reduce the production of any trade that a Freeborn [[fleet]] captain engages in with [[Asavean_Archipelago_ports#Nemoria|Nemoria]] by a fifth. At the same time, it will temporarily reduce the income of every [[business]] in Feroz by a fifth until the start of the Summer Solstice.

This mandate will not completely reverse the relative good feeling in the Archipelago engendered by Lucifaro Figlio del Mattino, but it will reduce it somewhat. Any future Asavean [[opportunity]] to build something in the Empire will likely include a caveat that they cannot be constructed on the Brass Coast.

====Encouraging Tolerance====
<quote by="Synod Mandate">The Imperial Synod sends X with 25 liao to encourage the people of Feroz to embrace the opportunities presented by the Temple of Balo and the Black Bull. While those who worship there may be idolators, they are not Imperial citizens and their faith is not the concern of the Freeborn as long as they abide by our laws. Making a guest welcome in your home or place of business is not an offence against Prosperity.</quote>
The Freeborn Assembly, the Prosperity Assembly, the General Assembly, or the Assembly of the Nine may issue a mandate using the above wording. A named priest and 25 doses of liao will send the clear message to the people of Feroz to stop worrying about the Temple and take advantage of the opportunity presented by the influx of Asavean visitors. In the short term, this will see an increase in the number of Imperial citizens speaking with the priests of Asavea, but it will also provide a small boost to the income of Freeborn businesses in Feroz - an increase in production of around a fifth - until the start of the Winter Solstice.

This mandate will continue the work begun by Lucifaro Figlio del Mattino in improving Imperial/Asavean relations. It will also mean that there will be ''no further opportunities'' for the Synod to interfere with the operation of the Temple in Feroz unless there are significant changes in the relationship between the Plenum and the Imperial Senate, such as a [[Powers_of_the_Imperial_Senate#Declaration_of_War|Declaration of War]] against Asavea, or the [[Powers_of_the_Imperial_Senate#Abrogation|abrogation]] of the temple at Oran.

====Enlighten the Idolators====
<quote by ="Synod Mandate">The Imperial Synod sends X with 50 liao to encourage the Asavean sailors and merchants visiting the Temple of the Black Bull in Oran to learn of the true faith of The Way, and to enlighten these visitors to our shores in the ways of Prosperity. In this way we may turn them away from the worship of their idolatrous gods and bring them to Virtue.</quote>
Severin Teyhard von Holberg, Priest of Ambition has asked the civil service to calculate the effects of a mandate designed to enlighten the idolators by teaching them of the Way of
Virtue.

After some consideration, the civil service are unhappy to report that they cannot be certain what the outcome of such a mandate would be - the situation defies divination using the normal tools due to the complexity of the situation and the confounding factors. There are some broad possibilities they have identified which are outlined below.

It is certain that using 50 liao would result in some Asaveans gaining an interest in the Way of Virtue. The auras created using liao are potent and influential and they move people. Even if the effects only last a season, they can often be life-changing. So whatever happens, some Asaveans would adopt the Virtues.

It is certain that not all Asaveans would do so, no matter how much liao was used. While auras are potent, they are not mind-control and people do not easily give up the traditions in which they were raised even when presented with clear evidence that they are wrong. Therefore the empire would be in a situation where some Asaveans have shown an interest in the faith and some had rejected it.

The civil service have examined all possible auras and are unable to find any virtuous aura that is certain to persuade someone to abandon their cultural and religious traditions. Consequently they are confident that the Asaveans will not abandon their "''gods''" even if some of them do take an interest in virtue. Their gods appear to play a central role in their organization of their society - and their extended pantheon may well be [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Syncretism syncratic] in nature - which would mean the likely outcome is that those who do convert adopt the virtues alongside their existing gods, rather than replacing them.

The civil service wish to advise caution and point to very recent historical examples that show that attempting to convert foreigners can bear [[strange fruit]].

The other point of caution is around the current religious detente. The Asaveans are perfectly aware that it is illegal to preach their faith in the Empire - and thus far they have avoided any attempt to openly proselytise. If the Empire breaches that tacit agreement then the civil service can see two credible outcomes:

* The Asaveans are enraged by the asymmetry of being unable to preach, while being preached at in return and make formal complaints to the Empire about the matter.
* The Asaveans take the Empire preaching as an indication that it is now acceptable for them to preach their own faith in return - and react accordingly.

A third outcome, in which the Asaveans welcome the religious instruction but remain content not to preach their own faith was considered by the civil service but discarded as not remotely credible.

If the Asaveans do begin preaching from the temple - then the Synod will have to decide whether to denounce them for idolatry - if they do then the magistrates will arrest them and are likely to execute them. There are insufficient precedents for a diplomatic catastrophe of this scale to be certain how the Asavean government would respond - the best the civil service can say with certainty is that it will ''not'' go so far as to involve the use of military force by the Asaveans against the Empire on Imperial soil.

====Denounce the priests of Baddu the Builder====
<quote by="Synod Mandate">The Imperial Synod sends X with 25 liao to denounce the idolatrous, blasphemous practices of the priesthood of the false god Baddu the Builder. The Senate has shown themselves to be impious by retaining the services of Almodin Oktístis. He, and his fellow idolators, should return to Asavea immediately.</quote>
The Freeborn Assembly, the General Assembly, or the Assembly of the Nine may issue a mandate using the above wording. A named priest and 25 doses of liao will send a clear message to Almodin Oktístis that he and his fellow priests of Baddu are not welcome in the Empire. Further, it will encourage some Freeborn to make their displeasure public. The likely outcome is that Almodin Oktístis resigns his stipend from the Imperial Senate and quits the Empire permanently.

====Doing nothing====
If the Imperial Synod does nothing, the situation will remain roughly as it is now. Asavean worshippers of their false gods will visit the Temple of Balo and the Black Bull; local citizens will continue to cater to them; some Imperial citizens will seek out the priests at the temple to learn more about the Asavean religion.

The long march

2026-04-18T21:48:08Z

GuiltyConscience:

[[Category:Winds of Fortune]][[Category:383YE Spring]][[Category:Recent History]]
<ic>"Can't we just set off in a different direction in the morning? We could just tell them we've changed our mind. No - I don't mean that - I mean we could just change our minds. We could turn westward slightly and head for Void. We haven't been there for years."

Hywel smiled at his headstrong sister. She was always the same, always wanting to get there in a hurry. Sometimes he worried she might be a briar... she was always in such a rush.

"Well reach Opascari in good time - we're not changing course. We need time for the thaw to melt the mountain snows anyway - I want to try and press on this time, to go north. We need to walk the new trods to firmly establish them. We carry on as we are."

Megan wasn't remotely ready to give up the argument. "We'd have reached the border a week ago if we weren't slowed down by those two. If they can't keep up we should leave them behind."

Hywel looked at his sister disapprovingly. "Leave them behind? In Volodmartz? This isn't Reikos or Sarvos, it's not even Temeschwar. They don't have the faintest idea what they're doing, they wouldn't last a day on the trods of Varushka."

"So! That's not our concern! They're not Navarr. They've no business walking the trods. They should stick to their bathhouses. They're slowing us down."

Hywel tried to smile, but his sister's heartless words had wounded him. Time to nip this in the bud. He stood up and looked at the faces round the fire. "No... they're not Navarr... but they are walking the trods with us. That makes them my allies, as much as ''anyone'' here. Virtue knows we've few enough allies in these times. When are we going to learn that we can't do this alone? We either defeat the vallorn as part of the Empire - or we try it alone and fail. This striding walks at the pace of the slowest. That's my rule - same today as it was when we first set-out. Nobody has to walk the trods with me."

Megan opened her mouth to argue, but Hywel wasn't finished. "Enough Megan. When there's fighting to be done - we follow your lead. But I decide where the striding goes. That's the way of it. Besides... a few more weeks and we'll reach the border. If they think it's cold now, then I doubt they've any stomach for the long march into Sküld. Maybe they'll choose to turn back then..."
</ic>
==Overview==
The great Highborn pilgrimage has now begun, with growing numbers of grey pilgrims seen walking the trods that criss-cross the Empire. The simple act of walking the trods will help the [[Navarr]] in their great quest to defeat the [[vallorn]], though their numbers are still small compared to the number of stridings walking the Empire, this is the biggest increase in travellers in anyone's lifetime. The vates predict the effects of this action will take time to build, but if enough Highborn take up the pilgrimage then the impacts could be dramatic.

However, the Highborn are not content to simply walk the trods and the idea has quickly taken hold that the pilgrimage can serve another purpose. The goal is a second great flowering of [[the Way]], to bring more people to the true faith. At the Winter Solstice, the Highborn National Assembly endorsed a number of important mandates that will define the nature of the pilgrimage for years to come.

==The Mandates==
Three crucial mandates were passed, raised by Shadrach, Yarona of the Chantry, and Dinah of Jeremiah's Welcome respectively.
<div style="width: 500px; float: right; clear: right; margin-left:10px;"><quote by="Shadrach, Highborn National Assembly, Winter Solstice 382YE, Upheld (343 - 20)."> The purpose of our pilgrimage is to save souls, those who have fallen to the vallorn, but also those who are lost to malign forces and who bend the knee to eternals. We send Shadrach with 25 liao to urge the grey pilgrims to preach the rejection of False Virtues and idolatrous behaviour.</quote></div>
===Heresy and Idolatry===
Shadrach asked the grey pilgrims to urge Imperial citizens to turn their back on false virtues and the veneration of eternals. This message is eagerly embraced by the pilgrims. The Highborn have long known of the dangers that dealing with eternals and are well placed to warn people of the risks and to keep an eye for those who have fallen into the clutches of these sinister beings. As a result it will be more difficult for eternals to gain a foothold in the Empire.

The pilgrims will also warn of the dangers of false virtues, preaching to all to turn their back on Fear, Hate, Anarchy, Peace, and Vengeance. The most pernicious route for such false beliefs at the moment is the [[Faraden]] traders who travel the Empire who are known to espouse the virtue of Vengeance to those who talk to them. But there are countless other important risks, there are anarchists believed to be amongst the [[Great Forest Orcs]] travelling the trods; and folk who cling to Hatred in [[Tassato]] and Whittle. The grey pilgrims will warn people of the dangers of these false beliefs, making it more difficult for them to invade the Empire.

Perversely, although the grey pilgrims will categorically make it more difficult for heretical or idolatrous cults to be established and to spread, it may look like the opposite effect is happening. The civil service warn that the Empire has never had an organized body of people proactively searching for blasphemy - but with the grey pilgrims zealously pursuing this duty far more, such cults are likely to come to light in the coming years than have been discovered in the past.

<div style="width: 500px; float: right; clear: right; margin-left:10px;"><quote by="Dinah of Jeremiah's Welcome, Highborn National Assembly, Winter Solstice 382YE, Upheld with a Greater Majority (511 - 25).">Highguard founded The Way and first spread it to the peoples of the Empire's nations. They have now shown their Loyalty in kind for this great enlightenment Highguard gave to them, and it is time to spread The Way further afield through the people of foreign nations. We send Able of the Shattered Tower with 25 liao to urge the grey pilgrims to convert traveling foreigners to The Way, so that they may go back to their lands and pass on the truth.</quote></div>

===Convert the Heathens===
Able of the Shattered Tower has asked the grey pilgrims to bring the benefits of the Way to the people of foreign nations. Although the ideal of spreading the Way to the whole world appeals to many Highborn, there are significant practical problems involved. With one notable exception, the trods do not currently take the pilgrims outside the boundaries of the Empire. The opportunity for the pilgrims to spread the true faith are thus limited to their interactions with those foreigners they encounter in the Empire.

Of course that is still a significant number of people! There have been steadily increasing numbers of Faraden traders travelling the Empire in recent years. Although the Faraden claim to follow the Way they knowledge of the true virtues is irredeemably flawed. There are also Asavean and Jarmish merchants in every port on the Bay of Catazar, as well as occasional visitors from the Iron Confederacy, Axos, and the Commonwealth. These nations are hopelessly mired in false beliefs, their people are ripe for conversion to the true faith, and the grey pilgrims are looking forward to engaging with them.

For a long time there have been some concerns about the impact of foreign beliefs on the Empire, with worries about the Asavean temples, the trading halls built by the Faraden and so on. The focus has very much been on preventing these false beliefs leading people astray. The grey pilgrimage will give the Empire an opportunity to fight back - proactively engaging with visitors from foreign lands and attempting to convert them to the truth faith. This will bear fruit, but the civil service warn that in doing so, it may exacerbate tensions between the Empire and the nations affected, some of whom will oppose this active attempt to proselytise their people to give up their false beliefs.

<div style="width: 500px; float: right; clear: right; margin-left:10px;"><quote by="Yarona of the Chantry, Highborn National Assembly, Winter Solstice 382YE, Upheld (410 - 192)."> The purpose of our Pilgrimage is to save souls; certainly those who have fallen to the vallorn, but also those who are in danger of being lost to false beliefs. We the Highborn Assembly acknowledge that no citizen follows the Way perfectly. We all have room to grow, and faults to address. We send Lilith of the Chantry with 25 liao to urge the Grey Pilgrims to act as guides for all the human nations of this great Empire. As they walk the trods in the years to come, let there be no dark corner into which they cannot shine the light of Virtue.</quote></div>
===Room To Grow===
* '''As a result of the grey pilgrimage, every [[congregation]] in the Empire, except those run by Imperial Orcs, suffers a 1 rank penalty to production (that is, the loss of 1 liao and 2 votes).'''
Lilith of the Chantry has urged the grey pilgrims to remember that no citizen follows the Way perfectly, that anyone's faith can be corrupted by superstition and false beliefs and that the pilgrims must leave no stone unturned as they question the faith of those they encounter. This mandate is already have a striking impact, causing Imperial humanity to question their beliefs and to search for deeper answers. Lilith's careful wording has ensured that the impacts of this have been felt in every human nation in the Empire which has meant a small decline in attendance at established congregations as people question accepted wisdom and seek out new answers.

It is impossible to say how long these effects will last. On the face of it they will endure until the nations of the Empire take clear steps to abandon their heretical beliefs. Now that the grey pilgrims have embraced their mission with zeal, it will be no simple matter to convince them that a nation no longer has room to grow, that it no longer has faults to address. It is possible that the effects may continue as long as the pilgrimage does, potentially years to come.

The only way it could end is if the Highborn National Assembly passed a statement of principle with a greater majority clearly identifying genuine faults and the steps that had been taken to address them. Provided the pilgrims agreed with their assembly on the matter, then that might create an opportunity to exempt a nation from the Highborn's exhortation to perfect human understanding and embrace the Way.

==A Step Too Far==
As mentioned, there is one notable exception to the limits of the Imperial trods. The Navarr took advantage of the peace deal with the Thule to negotiate an extension of the trods into the territory of Sküld in the Thule lands of [[Otkodov]]. That means it would be possible for the grey pilgrims to cross the border and enter the land of the Dragons as part of their pilgrimage. While there they could attempt to bring the Thule people to the Way.

Not all the pilgrims are currently fully convinced of the wisdom of such a move. There are some among the Highborn who retain mixed feelings regarding the inclusion of orcs within the Empire and the Way. They may be the minority and certainly few people are keen to only denounce the Imperial Orcs in light of their recent efforts on behalf of the Empire. But it is much easier to denounce the Thule orcs who appear to venerate their undying dragon rulers as something akin to gods. Cowed and fearful of their sorcerous masters, some people have difficulty seeing what possible benefits could come from bringing the Way to such people.

Others argue that the Way can have a positive impact on any mortal being. The Lasambrians were brought to the Way - and that had a profound on them. Admittedly it made them flee the Empire to join the Jotun - so the effects weren't entirely positive - but it's almost impossible to argue philosophically that accepting the revelations of the Way didn't have a dramatic impact on them. Like the Thule, the Lasambrians were cowed and weak, arguably the biggest difference was only their lack of powerful rulers. By embracing the Way they became Proud, Courageous, and Ambitious - they remembered their history and they dreamed of what might be if they could reclaim everything they had lost.

Not everyone agrees that it would be the best possible outcome if the Thule underwent a similar transformation. As a result there is some indecision on how to proceed. A clear mandate from the Highborn National Assembly could settle the matter.

{{Mandate|mandate=The Way of Virtue is the right path for all mortal beings. Our true legacy to the world is the Way, not the Empire. We send {named priest} with 25 liao to urge the grey pilgrims to convert every mortal being they can to the truth faith regardless of the consequences.|assembly=Highborn National Assembly}}

Alternatively the Highborn could pass a more circumspect mandate (which is in competition with the previous mandate).

{{Mandate|mandate=The Way of Virtue is the faith of the Empire. The strength of our true faith is what makes the Empire powerful. We send {named priest} with 25 liao to urge the grey pilgrims to bring all humanity to the true faith but to leave the orcs to find their own way across the abyss.|assembly=Highborn National Assembly}}

The civil service advise that if the Highborn choose to deliberately proselytise their faith to the Thule then this could impact relations with the Thule, once they realise what is happening.

==Not Just Highguard==
The grey pilgrims have responded naturally to the recent judgements by the Highborn Assembly due to their shared national identity and understanding. Under the leadership of the Assembly, the pilgrimage has evolved into a means to help the Empire fight false beliefs and spread devotion to the Way.

Of course such goals go far beyond mere Highborn interests - the entire Imperial Synod has a vested interest in the activities of the grey pilgrims. Now that the people of Highguard have made their decision on the nature of the pilgrimage, there is an opportunity for either the General Assembly or the Assembly of Nine to add their own blessing to this mission.

{{Mandate|mandate=The grey pilgrimage will help spread the Way and weed out the corruption of false beliefs in the Empire. We send {named priest} with 25 liao to spread the news that the pilgrims enjoy the support and blessing of this assembly|assembly=General Assembly or Assembly of Nine.}}

The mandate would encourage Imperial citizens to accept the sermons of the grey pilgrims which would make their mission more effective. But it would also remind the pilgrims that they act with the blessing of the entire Imperial Synod - and that the guidance of the entire Synod was available to them when needed. Any assembly that chose to pass the mandate would be viewed positively by the pilgrims, making it possible for that assembly to issue [[statement of principle|statements of principle]] that had a significant impact on the actions of the pilgrims.

After careful consideration, the Tribune has announced that these two mandates are not in [[Mandate#Competing_Mandates|competition]] - both assemblies could choose to pass the mandate if they chose, both assemblies would benefit exactly as described if they chose to do so.

('''OOC Note:''' When we talk of an assembly being able to issue statements of principle that have an impact on the grey pilgrims, we explicitly mean the NPC pilgrims. Player characters can accept or reject the statements of the assemblies as they wish, as always.)
==Resolution==
During the Spring Equinox 383YE, the Assembly of the Nine passed a [[mandate]] indicating that they [[383YE_Spring_Equinox_Synod_judgements#Judgement_122|endorse the Grey Pilgrims]].

Talking to friends

2026-04-18T21:47:45Z

GuiltyConscience:

[[Category:Winds of Fortune]][[Category:387YE Summer]][[Category:Recent History]][[Category:Foreign Nations]]
<ic>There was no need to count; the outcome was obvious. Still, the scribes did their duty and recorded the numbers anyway. Normally, when a vote was carried so overwhelmingly there would have been cheering and celebration. Today, the floor of the Plenum chamber was almost eerily silent. A few murmurs and mutters, a heavy sigh. The footsteps of the Mater Coriolani as she strode out of the chamber, her face a mask of fury.

"This is humiliating." Titus turned away from the gallery, fists clenched.

"Yes." Said Lavinia.

"This cannot stand! If this was the old days-" His daughter cut him off. If she had done this in public it would have meant censure but he encouraged her to speak her mind when they were alone, valued her counsel and the directness the Spring realm gave her.

"It isn't the old days, though, father."

Titus growled, collapsing onto one of the couches. He hitched up his toga, put his head in his hands and stared at nothing in particular.

"You sound like an Ilotari," he grumbled. But his anger had subsided a little.

"Ha!" There was no mirth in Lavinia's laugh. "Not even the Ilotari are pleased that it has come to this. They're reformists, not idiots."

"These last few years..." Titus trailed off. "Who are we, Lavinia? What happened to the heirs of Asav. The Sumaah; the Commonwealth and the Empire; now the damn ''tomb robbers'' have banded together - a pack of vultures picking at our corpse. Our only real allies are a bunch of magicians who think rituals are the answer to every problem. We're reduced to lending warships to pirates. Even a nation of ''farmers'' fought off the pride of the Asavean navy! Farmers!"

"Times change." Lavinia sat next to him, put her hand on his shoulder. "We have to change with them."

"Once upon a time we'd have sent a flotilla to burn their damn cities to the ground. Drag a tenth of their people off in chains. Burn their temples if they didn't surrender, install a governor if we needed to keep the peace..." His tone was nostalgic. Lavinia did not think it wise to remind him that nothing on that scale had happened in a century or more. Titus tone grew bitter. "And now they are doing it to us! To us, Lavinia! Sending their ships and their soldiers to burn our cities, pushing their faith, killing the Tarquinius, trying to replace the Plenum with what... elected Senators? Präster? Ridiculous! Unacceptable!"

Lavinia waited for his anger to blow itself out. She loved her father very much but he lived in the past. If Asavea was to survive, they would need to look to the future.

"We tried the old way," she said quietly. "And it made everyone feel better for a while, but what did it actually achieve?"

"So what do you think, daughter? We should just... accept it? Accept that we are a laughing stock, an irrelevancy?"

His daughter smiled, a severe, cold smile, and patted Titus' hand.

"Oh, no father. No. But as grandmother said; when war fails, you may put your sword away, but you ''keep fighting''. There's some people I'd like you to meet, Pater Familia. I think you'll find their ideas ''very'' interesting."</ic>
<div style="float:left; width: 450px; clear: right;">{{CaptionedImage|file=Wheeling gulls.jpg|caption=Across the Sea of Salt, two nations caught in eternal rivalry by a net of history and faith.|align=right|width=450}}</div>
==Overview==
Each season the Civil Service prepares a summary of the Empire's relationship with foreign nations, based on communications received from their ambassador, along with any useful intelligence gathered from other sources. While the Senate and the other houses of Imperial power may respond to these offers, it is important to note that it is the appropriate [[ambassador]] that the foreign power will expect to hear from. Their communication with the foreign power is the primary element that will determine the tenor of any response.

==Asavea==
* '''The Asavean Archipelago is an empire scattered across a sprawling archipelago, far across the ocean to the west'''
* '''Traditional enemies of the Sumaah, they are at war with both them and the Empire'''
* '''The Empire is sending missionaries to the Archipelago and looking to overthrow the ruling Plenum'''
The Asavean Ambassador to the Empire is ''Lady Madrianna of the Blue Stones''. An important member of one of ruling families of Asavea, she advises the Plenum on diplomatic matters, especial relations with the Empire and their close neighbours. It is Lady Madrianna who has encouraged the Asaveans to make common cause with the Grendel and who is behind efforts to suborn the Faraden.
{{Nation|nation=[[Asavean Archipelago]]|status=Barbarian|port=[[Asavean_Archipelago_ports|Nemoria]] (closed)|ambassador=Vacant}}
===State of War===
* '''The Asavean Archipelago and the Empire are at war
* '''The Asaveans are supporting the Grendel, and attempting to convert the Faraden to their cause'''
* '''The ongoing attempt of missionaries to proselytise the Way continues to enrage the Asaveans'''
Imperial relations with the [[Asavean Archipelago]] could hardly be worse. The Asaveans declared war on the Empire some time ago - a response to the [[Mosaic|attack on Chalonsio]] by the combined forces of the [[Liberty Pact]]. Determined to exact revenge, they sent huge warships to Imperial waters, looking to sack an Imperial city in lex talionis for their own losses. Their [[Harvest of infamy|attack on Meade]] failed, but they were instrumental in helping the [[Grendel]] take [[Madruga#Siroc_(Ruined)|Siroc]] and then [[A beacon of smoke|burning that city to the ground]], to the dismay of their Grendel allies.

Much of their strategy in recent months has been focused on piracy - aiming to cripple Imperial trade on the high seas. These attempts have caused some trouble for the Imperial treasury, and created obstacles for the Empire's various trading partners. Now the Asaveans have been forced to abandon this strategy by the [[Can%27t_give_everything_away#An_Ultimatum|intervention]] of the [[Sarcophan Delves]], a humiliating climbdown for the notoriously proud Plenum. All this on top of the [[Two_suns_in_the_sunset#A_Bond_Between_Sailors|defeat of the Asavean navies]] at Zemeh, where the Empire came to the aid of their Sumaah allies... it has likely put the Plenum on the back foot.

For their part the Empire responded to the fury of the Asaveans by [[Irreconcilable_differences|sending missionaries to the islands]] with members of the [[Sevenfold Path]] looking for [[One of us|ways to make contact with magicians in the islands]] who might be interested in [[the Way]]. The [[Loyalty]] Assembly has tried to make contact with [[Two suns in the sunset|groups who are looking to overthrow the Plenum]], the ruling council of the Asavean Archipelago, and ideally begin a fiery revolt against the corrupt ruling classes.

Into this febrile mix have come the communications from '''Mauriac of Eyrie'''. In recent times the Asaveans have largely ignored efforts by the Empire to communicate through official channels - but something about the tone of the missive appears to have inspired a change of tune. It would be dangerous to overstate what this means - the Asavean Plenum is never going to make peace with an Empire that is hellbent on destroying their nation by inciting rebellion and religious revolt. For as long as the missionaries continue to travel to Asavea, they are certain to remain implacably hostile to the Empire.

The door is not exactly open to diplomacy, but it is at least off the latch... for now.

===An Olive Branch===
* '''The wise letter sent to Asavea has been well received by the Plenum'''
* '''The Asaveans are open to discussing terms to end the war, provided the Empire ceases sending missionaries to their shores'''
* '''If the Empire continue on their current course, the Asaveans will increase their military support for the Grendel'''
Lady Madrianna has sent communications to their Imperial counterpart to let them know that the Plenum is open to the possibility of a cessation of the current conflict - either temporary, or better still, permanent. As far as the Plenum are concerned the outrageous attack on Chalonsio has been answered by the [[A beacon of smoke|destruction of Siroc]]. The senseless destruction of profitable businesses and the losses incurred when the city was looted have been accounted for by the damage inflicted on Imperial shipping. [[Malign spiritual presences#Vengeance|Justice]] as the [[Faraden]] would put it - has been served. Both sides could find a way to end this pointless brutality ''before it escalates further...''

The Plenum have therefore decided to be magnanimous - and to offer the possibility of peaceful resolution to the current war. As a sign of their good intentions, says Lady Madrianna, the Plenum has voted to remove the bounties placed on vessels trading with the Empire, so that this will not be an impediment to any negotiation.

If the Empire wishes to pursue the avenue of peace, then as a first step, they must immediately cease all attempts to spread the Way to Asavea. There are no circumstances under which Asavea will negotiate with the Empire while they continue to threaten the authority of the Plenum in this way. Thus far the effects have been negligible, the Asavean Ambassador claims, but the heirs of Asav are not to be trifled with in this manner.

Were a peaceful resolution possible, the Asaveans would be prepared to consider withdrawing their military support for the [[Grendel]] and perhaps even to look at reopening their ports to Imperial shipping.

Lady Madrianna warns the Empire that the Plenum are prepared to continue their current war with the Empire for as long as necessary, should they reject this generous offer. Now that their privateers and fleet captains are no longer engaged against Imperial shipping they are in a position to consider increasing their support for the Grendel - and they will not hesitate to do so if the Empire does not change course.

Of course, the ''truth'' is that the Asaveans have stopped attacking Imperial ships because of threats from the Sarcophan Delves - the ''Pax Sarcophan''. Even so, this communication represents a change in tone by the Asaveans: something in the letter to Lady Madrianna has clearly struck a chord.

Whether that chord becomes part of a more harmonious melody remains to be seen. Mauriac's respectful letter has been well received by the Plenum and achieved as much as is possible with a letter. However unless the Empire changes their tune, the Asaveans are certain to redouble their efforts. Humiliated by the Sarcophan, they will want to demonstrate that they remain a great power to be taken seriously. If the Empire doesn't take this opportunity for peace, they can expect the Asaveans to increase their military support for the Grendel.

===The Factions Listen===
* '''The Empire knows of six factions willing to contribute to the overthrow of the Plenum'''
* '''The Regario Dossier assigned agents to investigate the Bells of Becephelas, the Lost Weepers, and the Mikanos'''
Last season, the Empire uncovered three more [[Asavean factions]] who would be willing to work with the Empire to spread the Way to Asavea and ultimately overthrow the Plenum. Three of these groups - the [[Asavean_factions#The_Bells_of_Becephelas|Bells of Becephelas]], the [[Asavean_factions#The_Cerularios|Cerularios]], and the [[Asavean_factions#The_Mikanos|Mikanos]] - are magicians that profess to be curious about the Way. All of them appear to be potential allies, but the Empire has been warned by the [[Whisper Gallery]] that one of them is lying - one of the three groups described below are double-agents who are actually loyal to the Plenum. The other three groups - the [[Asavean_factions#The_Children_of_Asav|Children of Asav]], the [[Asavean_factions#The_Lost_Weepers|Lost Weepers]], and the [[Asavean_factions#The_Satrapy_of_Ibaria|Satrapy of Ibaria]] - are those who could be persuaded to take up arms against the Plenum, and uncovered by the Loyalty Assembly.

The [[Regario Dossier]], '''Albrecht von Holberg''', took the [[Two_suns_in_the_sunset#The_Refined_Dossier|opportunity]] to redirect three agents to investigate and establish links with the Bells of Becephelas, the Lost Weepers, and the Mikanos. The work done by the agents of the Dossier and their handlers has borne early fruit; '''Albrecht von Holberg''' will receive names and locations for each of three groups suitable for use with [[Call Winged Messenger]] at the Summer Solstice. The information will spread after the summit, and anyone will be able to find out the names and locations. '''OOC Note:''' We will add the targets to the [[Asavean factions]] page.

==Sumaah==
* '''The Sumaah Republic is an empire devoted to an orthodox interpretation of the Way'''
* '''The Empire recently helped to fend off a major naval assault by the Asaveans seeking to burn a Sumaah city'''
The [[Sumaah Republic]] are simultaneously allies of, and rivals to, the Empire. Their shared practice of the Way both provide them with common ground, and divides them over questions of orthodoxy. As founding members of the [[Liberty Pact]], their ties to the Empire have been strengthened, and they have been closely involved in bringing ruin to those involved in the abhorrent practice of slavery. At the moment they are focused on their own war with the [[Asavean Archipelago]], but they remain committed to spreading the Way through the entire world.

The Sumaah ambassador to the Empire is ''Oxtitocszin'', who holds the rank of Censor of wood, metal and stone and is a member of the High House of Pride (the Sumaah equivalent of the Pride Assembly, but with significantly more responsibility and leeway to pursue foreign diplomacy). They advise not just the Sumaah ''präster'', but the House of the People (the Sumaah equivalent of the Imperial Senate). By all accounts they are an even-handed, level-headed individual, and a devout practitioner of the Way.
{{Nation|nation=[[Sumaah Republic]]|status=Foreigner|port=[[Sumaah_Republic_ports#Zemeh|Zemeh]]|ambassador=Accalon of [[Highguard]]}}
===Build Up Their Fellows===
* '''Relations with the Sumaah are currently stronger than ever'''
* '''The Empire now receives a dose of true liao each season from Sumaah in gratitude for aid against the Asavean armada'''
The Sumaah Republic are [[Guide_the_spirit#Virtuous_War|at war]] with Asavea and face the threat of invasion from their northern neighbours who once ruled much of Sumaah through the use of corrupt proxies. The war is unlikely to end decisively, the Asavean [[Army|armies]] are no match for the disciplined soldiers martialled by the House of [[Courage]], but the Asavean navies [[navy|navies]] badly outnumber the Sumaah.

The Asaveans attempted to overcome the Sumaash defences at sea, hoping to expose the coastline so that they could carry out a lightning raid against a Sumaash city. The Asavean Plenum sought retribution for Sumaah's role in the [[Mosaic|attack on Chalonsio]]. They intend to raze a Sumaash city as they did Siroc. Last season the Empire played a decisive role in disrupting the Asavean assault, sending hundreds of small [[fleet|fleets]] to help the Sumaash navy fight the Asaveans off. Scores of Asavean ships were sunk and the Imperial captains returned home triumphant.

The gratitude of the Sumaash is deep and heartfelt. In thanks for the Imperial aid, they have sent a dose of precious [[true liao]] to the Empire and indicated that they will now do so every season until the Plenum falls and the Way is spread to the Archipelago (something that would take many years if it were possible at all). Relations with the grateful Sumaash, which have been bumpy in the past, are now better than ever.

===The Ambassadors Letter===
* '''The Sumaash are non-plussed by the tone of the Ambassador's letter'''

The sharp tone of the Ambassador's most recent letter has surprised the Sumaash and left them uncertain of how best to respond. As the ambassador has spoken of a shared duty to the truth, they have tried to respond in kind.

They are pleased to hear that '''Eleri of Bronwen's Rest''' has had a vision that speaks to the Ascension of [[the Marked]] and that '''Coal Carefoot''' has had a vision that they once lived as Alina, royal guard of the Sumaash Crown. The Sumaash are always grateful to receive information of the [[Past life vision|past life visions]] that Imperial citizens have had, although they find the ''excellent'' [[Seer_of_the_Gateway#Publication_2|Echoes of the Labyrinth]] published by the [[Seer of the Gateway]] more than meets their needs in this matter. It is unfortunate that the Senate has decided to [[387YE_Spring_Equinox_Senate_sessions#Abrogate_Distribution_of_Echoes_of_the_Labyrinth|stop supporting the dissemination of these accounts]] around the world.

On the matter of the item provided by '''Ehud of Reumah's Redoubt''', they are grateful for an opportunity to examine the [[Magic_items#Schema|schema]] and will of course arrange for its return at the Autumn Equinox as requested. They have not mentioned recently, indeed they have sent few communications in recent months as they have been preoccupied by the threat of invasion from the Asaveans and the attendant risks.

===Anchoring the Way===
* '''The Sumaash are convinced that attempting to work together to anchor the Way is too risky'''
On the matter of anchoring the Way in Asavea, the Sumaash are adamant that it is best if the Empire and Sumaah each proceed with their own plans. The Empire shares the Way with Sumaah, they are siblings in faith. But like two siblings dwelling in the same house, brother and sister can still argue, and the conflict between them can be the most terrible of all. The Sumaash disagree with the Empire on numerous articles of faith - the Sumaash are orthodox and traditionalists where the Empire have pursued a revisionist approach to the faith.

It is the view of the Sumaash that they currently enjoy excellent relations with the Empire precisely because the two nations have agreed to pursue the Way separately. Now that neither side feels compelled to correct the other on matters of faith, they can concentrate on what they have in common. Working together to create the Liberty Pact, to break the slave trade, to defeat the Asaveans at sea, these are all worthy goals around which the two nations can unite.

But converting the Asaveans to the Way would require the Empire and Sumaah to work side by side for years. They would be like brother and sister forced to dwell together in their parents' home. How would they agree on which version of the Way should be spread? Should it be the Imperial Way or the Sumaash Way? What happens when, two years into this great project, the Empire and Sumaah discover some fundamental point of disagreement on which they cannot agree? Inevitably they will fall out about it, and when that happens then the entire scheme will likely collapse. There will be recriminations on both sides, and everyone the two sides have tried to support will probably end up dead. It is clear that the Sumaash take a pessimistic view of this suggestion, to put it lightly.

Bluntly, the view of the Sumaash is that to suggest this shows a lack of careful consideration. The Empire have focused on all the benefits the two nations might gain by working together and given no thought at all to the countless way this could go wrong. While that might suit the confident optimism of the Empire, the Sumaash take a much more dismal view of the prospects of cooperation on this. They are focusing on all the many ways they can see in which it could go wrong and the risks that would entail - to relations between the Empire and Sumaah and more importantly to the hopes of salvation for the Asavean people.

In their mind attempting to work together to convert the Asaveans - after both nations had agreed to work separately on this great goal - is a failure of [[Wisdom]]. The fact that they've levelled this pointed insult, they feel, illustrates their point perfectly. Merely discussing it is leading to friction...

They wish the Empire every success. They will genuinely be overjoyed in the Empire spreads the Imperial Way to Asavea. They won't support that effort because they are busy with their own efforts to take the Sumaash Way to Asavea. These efforts will continue until every Asavean is brought to the Way, regardless of what the Empire attempts or achieves in this matter.

===Abrasion Oil===
* '''The Sumaash do not have the same view of excommunication as the Empire'''
On the matter of Abrasian oil, there are polite eyebrows raised. The Sumaash have noted in the past that there are parts of the Empire that believe things that are blatantly [[Religious crime#Heresy|heretical]], like the idea that people reincarnate as trees, or fish, or that their spirits dwell in swamps. These ideas are patently absurd and deeply offensive to any devout follower of the Way - but in recent times the Sumaash have tried to avoid pointing out how heterodox these far-flung parts of the Empire are, because trying to reconcile their two faiths was leading to difficulties.

But now the Imperial ambassador wants to discuss the creation of Abrasian oil, a rare substance developed by the Präster who live in Nyaerdivik, which is a hard-to-reach settlement on the very edge of the Sumaah Republic? The request has surprised Oxtitocszin, not least because he has no idea how the Empire even ''found'' Nyaerdivik, a location the majority of people living in Sumaah could not point to on a map.

However, since the ambassador has insisted on answers, the Präster of Nyaerdivik are quite... unorthodox. They have something of an ''obsession'' with bread, which other Sumaah do find to be very odd. They don't worship bread, or anything blasphemous, but it plays a central role in their culture in a way that bemuses outsiders. However the House of the People have examined the beliefs of the Präster of Nyaerdivik on two separate occasions and found them to be entirely compatible with the Way. Odd certainly, but Oxtitocszin once had an uncle who believed that a condor that lived near his home was mourning for its lost mate. People believe odd things; not all of them are at odds with the Way.

On the matter of [[excommunication]] and the power of Abrasian Oil, the ambassador is surprised to hear their counterpart express such radical views with such certainty. There are Präster in Sumaah who believe that excommunication makes a soul unable to pass onwards but they are far from the majority. The only thing that is known for certain is that it renders the soul unable to use [[Religious skills|liao ceremonies]], and prevents dreaming, but nobody truly knows what happens to the soul of one who is excommunicated. Such things are ultimately a matter of philosophy and most importantly - faith. Does the [[The_Doctrines_of_the_Faith#The_Doctrine_of_the_Labyrinth|Doctrine of the Labyrinth]] not say that ''the Labyrinth of Ages is a place of pure spirit and beyond the true comprehension of any but a paragon''?

The accepted view is that excommunication can be a just punishment that is merited in the most serious of cases where nothing less will suffice. There is a popular belief that it ''might'' assist passage. [[The_Doctrines_of_the_Faith#The Doctrine of the Seven|The Doctrine of Seven]] states that "Other qualities may benefit humanity, but lend no aid through the passage of death to rebirth, and ''some may hinder it''." That last part is often taken to mean that unvirtuous acts hinder the soul's passage, indelibly marking the soul as unvirtuous, delaying rebirth. Excommunication of someone whose deeds are so terrible that they warrant this fate may disconnect the soul from the unvirtuous acts they have taken, allowing it to be reborn without the stain of an ill-spent past life dragging the soul down both in the Labyrinth and, potentially, in future lives.

Of course there are also some Präster that believe those who commit the most heinous acts need to spend time in the Labyrinth. Here the Präster tend to fall to arguments on the role of the Labyrinth and the spiritual value of punishment and its role in redemption and recidivism in a way that the Ambassador is not certain is a useful topic for diplomacy between two great nations, even if they do share the Way.

It ''may'' be true that excommunication severs a soul from the Labyrinth, though nobody can be sure. If that is the case, is it not appropriate that such people are excluded from the Labyrinth? Is that not a fitting end for those who have proven themselves to be entirely without Virtue? Virtue is contagious, but so is vice. Wicked deeds spread, so the worst criminals are a danger to the future generations, so arguably it is ''better'' to stop their reincarnation, to save future generations from the influence of such an unvirtuous soul.

The Ambassador notes that they have exchanged letters with the Empire on the matter of excommunication before. The truth is that nobody knows what the ultimate effects of excommunication are, just as nobody can be certain they know what the ultimate effects of [[testimony]] or [[dedication]] are. These are, ultimately, matters of faith. Nobody should trifle with the human soul, that much is clear, but in the Republic, excommunication is often a prelude to execution - an indication that your deeds are beyond the pale. It's not something the Republic takes lightly. Oxtitocszin is not sure there is anything further to be said on this subject.
{{Asavean Links}}
{{Sumaah Links}}

Years of an inch and a step

2026-04-18T21:47:25Z

GuiltyConscience:

[[Category:Winds of Fortune]][[Category:382YE Winter]][[Category:Recent History]]
<ic>
"Is your wife joining us for supper Master Robin?"

The tables were groaning with food, the centre of which was a great pie with a thick golden crust and steam rising from the gravy beneath. It would have looked delicious at any time, but neither Enoch nor his husband had eaten today. Their supplies had run out just before King's Stoke, but they both agreed it was better not to go into ''that'' town all things considered. Fortune had rewarded their virtue and this kind Marcher family had invited them in to share their repast. They had managed to enjoy a relaxing hot bath in a steel tub and now they were desperate to eat!

But it would be dreadfully impolite to start before their host joined them. The good lady had been here when they came in, but she'd left her husband preparing the meal while she went out some time ago. It was going dark outside and while Master Robin seem unconcerned, both of them were a little worried for her. Partly they were worried the pie might go cold - but still - what could a farmer be doing once night fell?

"Aye, she'll be back in just a moment, don't you worry. She knows exactly how long it takes me to get the taters just right!" Master Robin continued to add plates of food to the table, a big bowl full of vegetables roasted in honey. The smell of it was driving Enoch crazy.

"What is your wife doing? Perhaps we could lend her a hand?" They'd have to wash again, but it would be worth it if they got to eat this incredible meal a moment sooner!

Master Robin was returning to the oven. Surely there couldn't be more food. There were just four of them and the family's children, how much food could these Marchers possibly expect them to eat? He turned to face them with another bowl in his hands.

"No, no. No need for that! The reward for a good job is more work! She's just tending to grandfather. He's planted in the orchard at the end of the near field."

"Buried" Ira corrected the Yeoman instinctively.

Master Robert just shrugged. "Buried. Planted. Same thing." He smiled as he placed the last bowl on the table, it was filled with potatoes, roasted in spices and slathered in butter. Behind him the door opened and the Marcher's wife stepped in out of the cold.

Enoch moved his arm to place his hand on his husband's knee to give it a warning squeeze. Now was not the time.
</ic>

==Overview==
At the Summer Solstice, Kerem, Daughter of the Chantry, received [[Easy_come,_worth_less#The_Pilgrim.27s_Path|the support of the Highborn Assembly]] endorsing an extraordinary [[mandate]], designed to encourage the people of Highguard to take up a portion of the burden that the Navarr have shouldered for centuries. The civil service forecast that the effects of that mandate would be ruinous, both economically and militarily but the Highborn did it anyway. If the Empire is our destiny - what price is too high to secure it?
<div style="float: right; width: 500px; margin-left: 10px; clear: right"><quote by="Highborn National Assembly, Kerem, Daughter of the Chantry, Summer Solstice 382YE, Upheld 595 - 244">The monstrous infestation that is the vallorn is a danger beyond any other that now faces us. There is no sacrifice so great that we cannot meet it to defeat this terror. We send Lilith of the Chantry with 500 liao to urge every Highborn citizen to consider if they could assist in defeating this threat by undertaking an extended pilgrimage to walk the trods.</quote></div>
The first effects began to bite as the mandate spread and people prepared to upend their lives. Farms, businesses, mines and forests were sold as people readied themselves for the challenge ahead - years of commitment to a hard life of travel and pilgrimage around the Empire. The young and idealistic were the most affected, exactly the kind of people who might once have served the Empire by joining the Highborn army now prepared for a different service. The civil service predicted that the effects of the pilgrimage would be felt by everyone in Highguard, including those who remained behind, for at least a decade to come unless something could be done.

Fortunately something ''was'' done. Priests of every Imperial nation passed mandates urging their people to reach out and support the new pilgrims. From the Brass Coast to Wintermark, Varushka to Urizen, people of every land have been inspired by the sacrifice of the Highborn and have reached out to offer what aid they can. Such help is not without cost, every citizen of the Empire will now feel the burden of supporting the pilgrimage, (a penalty of 36 rings to every farm and business and one rank lost from each military unit and double that for Highguard), but because everyone is putting their shoulder to the wheel, the time taken for people to adjust to the changes are transformed. As a result the impact of the Highborn pilgrimage on the farms, businesses and military units of the Empire will last only a season.

<div style="float: right; width: 500px; margin-left: 10px; clear: right"><quote by="All National Assemblies, Autumn Equinox 382YE">The war against the vallorn demands all the support of all of us. We send Rane Sherarding, Corey Wayfarer, Medea Ruth, Astrid Fjellrevening, Lord Romande Remys, Immeldar i Ezmara i Erigo, Skywise Tulva, Father Drakov, and Hrodin with 50 liao each to urge every citizen to offer food, shelter, and protection to the pilgrims as they travel through our lands and beyond. We will shoulder this burden together.</quote></div>

Now that the logistics of supporting so many people on the move for the first time are starting to be dealt with, the attention of the Highborn has returned to the pilgrims themselves. As more and more of them take to the road, it raises the question of how they should comport themselves as they travel. The Highborn Assembly has spoken on that matter once more, reminding every child of Highguard that they didn't just found the Empire... they also founded the Way.

==Every Step is a Day==
<div style="float: right; width: 500px; margin-left: 10px; clear: right"><quote by="Highborn National Assembly, Able of the Shattered Tower, Autumn Equinox 382YE, Upheld 568 - 0">Highguard is the birthplace of the Way of Virtue. Our gift to all the nations of the Empire. Now the great pilgrimage has begun, the Highguard National Assembly calls upon all who take the Pilgrim's Oath to follow the example of the Winds of Virtue and spread the Way to all corners of the Empire once more. So they may seek out and challenge false belief, correct those who have strayed from Doctrine, and ensure that the soul of the Empire remains strong.</quote></div>

Able's words are well received by the Highborn and by the ''grey pilgrims'' as people are coming to refer to those Highborn who have taken up the challenge to walk the trods. People who are contemplating committing years of their lives to an endless march are enthused that as well as helping the Navarr to combat the vallorn they might also work to spread the Way. One of the things that inspired the original mandate that created the pilgrimage was the need to save the souls trapped by the vallorn, but why stop there? Every soul is in need of salvation - there is more than one way for a soul to be lost.

If the Highborn commit to this vision then it has the potential to achieve something positive, ''in addition'' to helping against the vallorn. A suitable mandate would shape the character of the pilgrimage, potentially turning it into a crusade against every force that threatens the souls of the Empire. Of course such an emphatic decision would not be without challenges, it is not easy to challenge people's deeply held beliefs and it is never popular. But it would permanently define the identity of the grey pilgrims for years to come as well as reinvigorating the [[Highguard_religious_beliefs#Wayfarers|Wayfarers]], committing both to tackling false beliefs and correcting those who have strayed from the Doctrine.

==Toward a Source==
The most expedient target for a mandate would be the multifarious foreigners who have been allowed to plant their false faith in Imperial soil in recent years. The idolatrous Asavean temples that increasingly dot the landscape are only the most obvious example. The travelling Faraden merchants, who are known blasphemers who venerate vengeance and claim it as an actual virtue, are ripe for confrontation. Suranni traders coming over the border or sailing the Bay of Catazar should be told in no uncertain terms that they are worshipping false gods and that only the virtues can save them.

<quote by="Synod Mandate, Highborn Assembly">The Highborn should not hesitate to confront the false religions of foreigners who visit our shores. Let us weed out these lies before they take root in our souls and castigate those who reject the Way or turn aside from it. We send {named priest} with 25 liao to urge the grey pilgrims to take this message to heart in all the years to come.</quote>

If this mandate is passed, then the grey pilgrims will remind everyone they meet on their travels that the Way is the one true religion of the Empire. They will present a unified face rejecting the overtures of Asavean priests at the Temple of the Black Bull and encouraging everyone to do likewise. They will disdain the Faraden traders who have come to the Empire in increasing numbers in recent years pointing out that these people do not acknowledge the seven virtues. They will be polite but forceful in their rejection of the false gods of the Suranni.

As a result, the people of the Empire will be reminded of the importance of the Way and will keep their distance from foreigners who practice or worse preach false religions. There won't be violence (although there could be if a more strongly worded mandate and more liao were used), but the Empire will become a less hospitable place for foreigners whose religious views differ from the Empire. This will make it significantly more difficult for these false religions to spread further in the Empire, but it will do at the cost of the prospects of foreign traders who travel to the Empire, harming their interests and damaging their view of the Empire accordingly.
===Those who Founded the Way===
Unusually, '''Chainbreaker Snark''' of the Imperial Orcs has submitted an [[Mandate#Alternative Mandates|alternative mandate]] for consideration of the Highborn assembly. As a member of another national assembly, Chainbreaker Snark cannot raise this mandate but there is nothing within the rules of the Synod to prevent their suggesting it.

In addition, a similar mandate has been submitted by '''Able of the Shattered Tower'''. In the opinion of the civil service the two mandates will have an equivalent effect if either one of them is passed.

<div style="float: left; width: 50%"><quote by="Synod Mandate, Highborn Assembly, proposed by Able of the Shattered Tower">The Highborn should embrace every opportunity to confront the false religions of foreigners who visit out shores, To show their Pride in the Way and their Ambition, to spread the revelation to every people in every Nation. Every soul saved is another step towards realising the dream of the First Empress, and achieving the Destiny of the Highborn. We send {named priest} with 25 liao to urge the Grey pilgrims to take this message to heart in all the years to come.</quote></div>

<div style="float: left; width: 50%"><quote by="Synod Mandate, Highborn Assembly, proposed by Chainbreaker Snark">Highguard were those who founded The Way and first spread it to the peoples of the Empire's nations. They have now shown their Loyalty in kind for this great enlightenment Highguard gave to them, and it is time to spread The Way further afield through the people of foreign nations. We send {named priest} with 25 liao to urge the grey pilgrims to convert travelling foreigners to The Way, so that they may go back to their lands and pass on the truth.</quote></div>

These two mandates compete with each other and both would compete with the one listed above encouraging citizens to reject foreigners. Instead of rejecting them, these mandates encourage citizens to proactively proselytise to them, to try and convince them of the error of their ways. Either would have a similar practical effect to the original mandate, they would make the Empire an inhospitable environment for those who do not adhere to the Imperial Way, with the same consequences that follow from that. But they would do so by enthusiastically challenging their religious views at every turn, with a view to trying to convert them.

==Every Line is a Place==
Although the pernicious influence of foreign religions is the most pressing concern of many, there are older worries. The great expansion of the Empire, brought millions to the Way, but in many places it failed to eradicate old superstitious practices, including numerous beliefs that border on the heretical. The further a nation was from Highguard, the more likely they are to preserve unorthodox beliefs. The pilgrimage creates a unique opportunity for the Highborn to correct that historic failure.

<quote by="Synod Mandate, Highborn Assembly">The purpose of our pilgrimage is to save souls; those who have fallen to the vallorn, but also those who are lost to false belief. We send {named priest} with 25 liao to urge the grey pilgrims to correct all those who have strayed from Doctrine in {named nations} as they walk the trods in the years to come</quote>

To be effective, the mandate will need to specifically state which nations practice false beliefs that need to be challenged. Any of the nations of the Empire could be named with the exception of Highguard itself, though some are clearly more orthodox in their beliefs than others. It does not matter how many nations are named, the cost in liao is the same.

If this mandate is passed, then the grey pilgrims will challenge Imperial citizens in the named nations and push them to question their unorthodox beliefs. Such work will be difficult, people do not like to have their views questioned in this way, but it will be effective. The role of the Highborn in spreading the Way through the Empire is deeply embedded in Imperial history so people are more inclined to listen to a Highborn preacher than they would any other citizen outside their own nation. This is especially true following the decision of the national assemblies to urge their citizens to reach out and support the Highborn on their pilgrimage.

The mandate will mean that people in the named nations will question their beliefs and, what is more, they will question the beliefs of those who preach to them, those who keep congregations. The effects will be noticeable, resulting in an ongoing one rank penalty to all congregations in the affected nations, until they take clear steps to abandon their heretical beliefs.

===This Great Empire===
'''Yarona of the Chantry''' has submitted this alternative mandate for judgement of the Highborn Assembly

<quote by="Synod Mandate, Highborn Assembly">The purpose of our Pilgrimage is to save souls; certainly those who have fallen to the vallorn, but also those who are in danger of being lost to false beliefs. We the Highborn Assembly acknowledge that no citizen follows the Way perfectly. We all have room to grow, and faults to address. We send {named priest} with 25 liao to urge the Grey Pilgrims to act as guides for all the human nations of this great Empire. As they walk the trods in the years to come, let there be no dark corner into which they cannot shine the light of Virtue.</quote>

This mandate is in competition with the one listed above. It would encourage the Grey Pilgrims to act as guides for all the human nations of the Empire, with the understanding that all of them had faults and were in danger of being lost to false beliefs. While it is not possible to explicitly instruct the pilgrims to target Highguard, it is possible to instruct them to target all the human nations for intervention and that would cover Highguard.

This mandate will mean that people in the named nations will question their beliefs and question the beliefs of those who preach to them, those who keep congregations. The effects will be noticeable, resulting in an ongoing penalty of one rank to all congregations in all nine human nations, until they take clear steps to abandon their heretical beliefs.

==Mute Mouth, Broken Tongue==
'''Cimeies of Felix's Watch''' has submitted an [[Mandate#Alternative Mandates|alternative mandate]]:

<quote by="Synod Mandate, Highborn Assembly">The purpose of our pilgrimage is to save souls, those who have fallen to the vallorn, but also those who are lost to malign forces and who bend the knee to eternals. We send {named priest} with 25 liao to urge the grey pilgrims to preach the rejection of False Virtues and idolatrous behaviour.</quote>

If this mandate is passed, then the grey pilgrims will remind everyone they meet on their travels to harden their hearts against False Virtues. They will present a unified face rejecting those who practice false virtues, specifically the Faraden and Axos (as well as causing issues for groups like the people of Whittle and the humans who live with the Great Forest Orcs). There won't be violence (although there could be if a more strongly worded mandate and more liao were used), but the Empire will become a less hospitable place for people who practice false virtues. This will make it significantly more difficult for these false religions to spread further in the Empire, but it will also make the Empire a much more unwelcoming place for the people of those faiths, harming their interests and damaging their view of the Empire accordingly.

In addition, this mandate will also encourage the pilgrims to seek out those "who bend the knee to eternals". This will make it easier for the Empire to identify such groups - and potentially take action. It will also have a significant effect on the character of the pilgrimage, further emphasizing the inquisitorial nature of the pilgrims and giving them an investigative remit to seek out and report on those who have succumbed to malign forces or are engaged in idolatrous behaviour.

==A March Over Months==
The first three mandates are '''not''' in competition with each other - they are distinct but complimentary - and the Highborn could choose to pass them in any combination. The second mandate is in competition with itself, however - if more than one version is raised naming different nations then the one with the highest margin will be the one upheld.

If the Highborn pass one or more of the mandates, then it will affirm the religious nature of the new pilgrimage, encouraging the grey pilgrims to face up to their religious duties as they walk the trods to weaken the vallorn.

If the Highborn do not pass either mandate, then the influence of the original statement of principle from Able of the Shattered Tower passed by the Assembly at the Autumn Equinox will wane. The chance to use the pilgrimage for missionary work would be lost for the time being and the focus of the journey would remain purely on fighting the vallorn, at least until an equivalent statement of principle with a different aim were passed.

==Blessings in Disguise==
Because at least eight nations chose to [[A_blessing_in_disguise#Mitigation|endorse the mandates]] in support of Highguard, each nation will incur a penalty of 36 rings to every [[farm]] and [[business]] and one rank lost from each [[military unit]] during the coming season. Highguard suffers no additional loss - each Highborn business and farm continues to lose 72 rings from their income, and each Highborn military unit continues to suffer a loss equivalent to two ranks of fighting strength.

By the start of the Spring Equinox however, all these penalties will have run their course.
==Resolution==
Three mandates related to the role of the Grey Pilgrims were raised, and supported by the Highborn Assembly. Shadrach raised the mandate to [[#Mute_Mouth.2C_Broken_Tongue|oppose false virtues and eternal worshippers]]; Yarona of the Chantry raised the mandate to [[#This_Great_Empire|encourage the Grey Pilgrims to act as guides for all the human nations of the Empire]], and Dinah of Jeremiah's Welcome raised the mandate to [[#Those_who_Founded_the_Way|encourage citizens to proactively proselytise to foreigners]]. All three passed - Dinah's with a greater majority - and as they are not in competition all three may be enacted in the coming months.

A strange land

2026-04-18T21:46:24Z

GuiltyConscience:

[[Category:Winds of Fortune]][[Category:383YE Spring]][[Category:Recent History]]
<ic>Three Hands stared intently at the human. It was one of the new ones - the ones with the eagle banners who had taken over from the sun worshippers. The followers of the sun were far away to the east - killing Druj. He doubted they would come back. People who went east never came back.

"Four" he said and then repeated it again "Four". He jabbed an open hand forward, four fingers upright but the thumb curved in, to emphasize he definitely wanted four.

On the table in front of him were two large clay pots half filled with water and lobsters. Their writhed over each other their pincers snapping menacingly at each other. It had taken him the best part of half a moon to gather them all. Days and days of long hours spent checking his traps.

"Four" he said again. "Or I go elsewhere".

The human just yawned, as if the whole thing was a waste of his time. "There is nowhere else, orc. You take three or you'll get nothing."

Three Hands could sense the human's contempt for him. He wanted to spit in the creature's face but he choked the emotion down. Thoughts like that could get you killed faster than blinking. Raise a hand against the masters... you lose the arm. That was the rule. The masters might change... but the rules never did.

"Fine!" He spat the word out, trying to choke down his anger. "Three - but I pick them."

The human nodded and gestured to another human who came to take the pots away. He reached to his belt and draw out a rough piece of leather cloth bound with thonging. He unrolled it and spread it across the table.

Three Hands stared down at the treasure laid out before him. They glistened in the midday sun, scattering rays of light in all directions. Each the length of a finger, but tapered to a point sharper than a bone needle. He stared at them intently, trying to decide which three to choose.

Carefully, almost reverently, he reached out a finger to touch one. He kept his eyes on the human, alert for any sign of treachery, but the man just yawned again and made an effort to looked bored. Cautiously, keeping his elation hidden, he slid the deadly metal arrow head over to his side of the table.

"One."
</ic>
==Overview==
The Imperial Senate has assigned the territory of [[Ossium]], the first new territory to be conquered by the Empire in living memory to the nation of [[Varushka]]. Already the Varushkan egregore has begun to travel this new land, looking for people who are ready to become Varushkan citizens. Their work is hampered, as much by the lack of any usable map of the territory as by the fact that the territory is still contested by the Druj. None-the-less they have made steady progress most notably in the town of [[Chilled_to_the_bone#The_Ketsov|Ketsov]] whose inhabitants may well once have been Varushkan in the dim and distant past.

Elsewhere progress is... slower. There is little idea yet as to what is to become of the Sand Fishers. For now they continue to fish the banks of the Semmerlak as they have done for generations, trading food for supplies with the Imperial forces stationed here. Another complicating factor is the [[382YE_Winter_Solstice_Synod_judgements#Judgement_46|statement of principle from the Dawnish National Assembly]] urging troubadours to travel to Ossium and bring tales of [[glory]] to the people who dwell there. Varushka is not a nation normally known for its appreciation of glory, but on this occasion the Varushkan Assembly has [[382YE_Winter_Solstice_Synod_judgements#Judgement_68|issued their own statement]] in support of the Dawnish efforts.

As a result of these actions a number of significant opportunities present themselves.

==The Ketsov==
Of all the inhabitants of the Ossium, the Ketsov are the most eager to embrace the Varushkan egregore. The inhabitants of the town and the surrounding settlements clearly have Varushkan heritage and many seem eager to adopt Varushkan ways. Symbols of the Bone Scorpion, that once adorned the town have been carefully and meticulously erased. In their place people are now putting new banners and paintings, most are variants of the stylised double-headed eagle clutching axes that is a traditional symbol of Varushka.

The people of Ketsov have two pressing concerns. The first is that the Druj will surely attempt to return one day. The Empire has them on the backfoot at the moment, in full retreat in fact. But given a year or two the Druj are likely to rebuild their armies and attempt to retake Ossium. If they are successful, then everyone who has embraced and supported the Empire... well the lucky ones will receive enslavement or a quick death. The unlucky ones will doubtless be used as an example to everyone not to support the Empire.

Their second concern is for the economic well-being of the people of Ossium. Formerly their town produced significant numbers of artisan weapons, all of which were purchased by the Druj, providing valuable essential employment to the people who lived here. With the Druj gone, a number of Ketsov artisans are concerned at how they will manage to prosper without the goods traded with their former rulers.

Fortunately, the Ketsov are full of ambitious ideas on how to tackle these problems.

===White Walls===
* '''The town of Ketsov could be fortified using 150 wains of white granite and 300 crowns'''
* '''It would take eighteen months to complete, from then on it would function as a level two fortification'''
Their first idea is that the Empire could fortify the town of Ketsov. It would take 150 wains of white granite and 300 crowns, and need eighteen months to complete, but it would be possible to raise a great curtain wall around the entire town. A few buildings would need to be demolished, to ensure an efficient use of resources, but the results would be impressive, allowing the town to act as a powerful defensive fortification, providing essential support to any attempt to defend the territory against attack by the Druj (or the Thule should the Empire's allies turn on them at some point in the future).

===Sharp Swords===
* '''A barracks could be built to protect the town of Ketsov that would permanently boost the military nature of the territory.'''
In tandem with the idea of creating walls, the inhabitants of Ketsov suggest that the town is the natural place to build a set of substantial barracks. These would allow the town to recruit and train guards to protect the town and the outlying settlements. At present Ossium simply does not have enough people ready to be recruited into the Imperial armies, but building the barracks would help to change that. It would provide a place where soldiers could be billeted while they were trained and equipped.

At present the Varushkan nation is not able to support a fourth army. Assigning Ossium to Varushka has improved the situation, but not by enough to allow them to raise another army. The civil service estimate that if 30 wains of weirwood, 30 wains of mithril and 120 crowns were spent building a barracks then this would be a significant benefit. In technical terms the barracks would be a [[folly]], its primary benefit would be to help protect and secure the town of Ketsov, but it would be also provide a permanent boost to the military nature of the territory, bringing it closer to being able to support a fourth army.

<table style="width:250px; float: right; margin-left: 10px; clear:right;"><tr><th style="background-color: LightBlue;">Money Spent</th><th style="background-color: LightBlue;">Production</th></tr>
<tr><td>180 rings</td><td>1 [[Triumphant Blade]]</td></tr>
<tr><td>400 rings</td><td>2 Triumphant Blades</td></tr>
<tr><td>640 rings</td><td>3 Triumphant Blades</td></tr>
</table>

<table style="width:250px; float: right; margin-left: 10px; clear:right;"><tr><th style="background-color: LightBlue;">Money Spent</th><th style="background-color: LightBlue;">Production</th></tr>
<tr><td>200 rings</td><td>1 [[Knightly Redoubt]]</td></tr>
<tr><td>450 rings</td><td>2 Knightly Redoubts</td></tr>
<tr><td>700 rings</td><td>3 Knightly Redoubts</td></tr>
</table>

===Deep Pockets===
* '''A Trading Exchange could be built at Ketsov that would allow for the purchase of magic weapons.'''
* '''The [[Thule]] [[orc|orcs]] have also offered to build the exchange if the Empire is not interested.'''
The Ketsov are keen to procure new trading partners to buy their weapons and armour now that the Druj are not around. After discussion with the civil service they propose the commission of the Ketsov Trading Exchange in the town. The plan would require 8 wains of white granite, 8 wains of weirwood, and 32 crowns to create a suitable hall capable of supporting Varushkan merchants visiting the town. Inhabitants of the town could bring their wares to sell to the visiting merchants ensuring these valuable goods go to the Empire and ensuring the Prosperity of the town.

If the commission were complete, then someone could be appointed as the Burgher of Ketsov. This Imperial title would be responsible for ensuring the Prosperity of the town by overseeing the trade. It would be their responsibility to resolve disputes between merchants and ensure that contracts were paid in full. The position would function as a [[ministry]] with valuable opportunities to purchase some of the items produced by the skilled inhabitants of the town. The Exchange could be commissioned using a [[Senate motion]] or a [[Bearer_of_an_Imperial_Wayleave|wayleave]].

The Ketsov are concerned for the prosperity of the town if the Trading Exchange is not constructed, whoever there is an alternative that would ensure the flow of money to the settlement continues if that is the case. The Thule have offered to build the Exchange if the Empire does not wish to. They are keen to purchase fine weapons and armour from Ketsov - and would be happy to pay for the commission if it were allowed. Since this is Imperial land, it would need a Senate motion to permit the construction to take place, but would not need any resources or a commission slot, since the Thule would provide all the materials and labour. Obviously in that case, the Thule would appoint one of their own to oversee the exchange - but the steady flow of Thule merchants coming to Ketsov would ensure the town remained viable.

==The Sand Fishers==
* '''If the Sand Fishers were moved from the banks of the Semmerlak and a barracks is built at Ketsov then Ossium could support a fourth army'''
It is not possible for the Sand Fishers to join Varushka even if they wanted to, so the question arises of what is to be done with them. Obviously they could just be left to their own devices - the Senate has declared them foreigners so they have a right to remain in Ossium if they choose. However the Ketsov are quick to point out that the other crucial factor that is currently preventing Ossium from supporting a fourth Varushkan army is the lack of productive land to support Varushkan settlers.

The lands are not fertile - but the Semmerlak teems with life. If the Sand Fishers moved on, then Varushkan settlers could start to create settlements along the coast of the Semmerlak that could produce food in abundance by fishing. Within a few years, there could be more than enough loyal Varushkan people living in Ossium for a fourth army to be an option.

The civil service confirm that Varushkans would settle the coast in numbers if that were possible. If the barracks proposed by the Ketsov were also constructed then within one year of completion, Ossium would be able to support a fourth Varushkan army. Those civil servants looking into the matter report that although the Sand Fishers have lived here for generations, they feel no deep spiritual attachment to the land, in fact they appear to feel no deep spiritual attachment to anything for whatever reason. Cheerfully that means they might well be encouraged to travel elsewhere, freeing up the important coastal region of the territory for settlement. Provided somewhere could be found for them to go.

===Dank Forests===
* '''The Sand Fishers could prosper if the region of [[Holberg#Misericorde|Misericorde]] were [[Powers_of_the_Imperial_Senate#Concedence|conceded]] to them.'''
After a lot of consideration, one option that is proposed is Misericorde in Holberg. The Sand Fishers are not particularly keen to move anywhere, but if the land were ceded to them, that would be very appealing. A chance to put more distance between themselves and the Druj and also enjoy some of the protection provided by the vast fortress built to protect the city and the surrounding lands.

The idea of ceding Misericorde seems questionable on first consideration, but there are a number of advantages, not just for Ossium. There are very few legitimate Imperial citizens living in Misericorde, the forests have long been the haunts of bandits and brigands. The place has a natural draw for criminals fleeing Holberg, it naturally attracts the worst kind of people. The Sand Fishers are not about to start hunting fugitives down, but once they had established themselves along the coast they could be an invaluable aid to any magistrates pursuing law-breakers hiding here.

More importantly, the Sand Fishers would be able to thrive in the marshy land along the Semmerlak and the river that flows out of it, something no citizen of the League has ever managed. Once they established themselves, they would be able to fish the Semmerlak as they do now, as well as hunt and gather from the forests. That would bring significant benefits to the city of Holberg, as merchants could trade salted fish, hides, timber, and other valuable goods produced by the Sand Fishers for metal tools and similar. It would be highly profitable, spawning new businesses quickly and increasing taxation for the territory by 8 thrones by the end of the year.

Obviously the down side would be that a region of Holberg was no longer under Imperial control - it would no longer be part of the League.

===Broken Spirits===
* '''The Sand Fishers could conceivably be persuaded to move to Skarsind but it is unlikely to be easy.'''
In theory it might be possible to persuade the Sand Fishers to move to Skarsind. These people have literally nothing in common with the Imperial Orcs on any level. The martial spirit that characterises the Imperial Orc nation, the defining history of a fight against oppression and slavery, these things are completely non-existent among the Sand Fishers. The nation could contribute nothing to the martial strength of the Imperial Orcs, they fear battle and prefer to hide from enemies where they can. They would not contribute to the taxation of the territory - they are fishers and marsh-gatherers - they would be completely lost in the harsh mountain terrain of Skarsind.

But... they would be living alongside the Imperial Orcs. Provided their craven and servile demeanour did not cause them to be ostracised by the inhabitants of Skarsind then it's possible that might be inspired by the example set by the Imperial Orcs. There might be some way to lift them from their impoverished state, particularly once they were free from the Druj miasma.

The Sand Fishers would only ''want'' to go if some part of Skarsind were given to them as their own land, but there are no regions in the territory where that approach would be beneficial. Ceding any region would mean major disruption for the Imperial Orcs living there, and since the Sand Fishers would barely survive in such a hostile environment there would be no resulting gains in trade. It must be pointed out that there is also a clear military risk, if the region were adjacent to Crows Ridge, since it would no longer be covered by the pacts signed with the Thule.

===Cold Words===
* '''The Thule are prepared to offer the Sand Fishers and other native orcs sanctuary in [[Otkodov]].'''
There is another option that could be considered, though it comes from a strange and dubious source. The Thule make a formal approach to the [[Ambassador to Otkodov|ambassador's]] office to inform the Empire that they would be happy to send representatives of the Thule Dragons to speak to the Sand Fishers and the other subject orcs that live in Ossium. They would be happy to move these orcs to Sküld, where a home could be found for them on the banks of the Luhguren. They could make new lives for themselves there, as part of the Thule nation.

The Thule stress that nobody would be forced to leave - their intention would be to send warlocks to speak to the orcs and make the offer directly to them. They would point out that the territory has been granted to the Varushkans, a people with limited tolerance for orcs as a people, and that there would be no future for them in Ossium, but the Dragons would welcome them in the far north, and they would be given the means to establish new homes far from the Druj menace.

The Thule could legally make the offer now - they have the right to travel the Empire as foreigners, so little could be done to stop them if they chose to approach the Sand Fishers and the other orcs. However they have made clear that they will not approach the nation unless given clear permission to do so either by the Imperial Senate, or with direct personal authorisation from the [[Ambassador to Otkodov]].

==The Crawling Depths==
* '''The Crawling Depths is mithril Bourse resource that produces 14 wains of mithril a season'''
* '''The Empire can use a Senate motion to commission the mines to be upgraded; this would cost 300 thrones and take two seasons'''
* '''Once upgraded output would double to 28 wains of mithril a season'''
The Crawling Depths has been allocated as an Imperial Bourse resource and successfully auctioned. The mining families from Varushka have begun to work the mines, producing limited supplies of mithril, but they remain restricted by the exceptionally poor conditions. Work is underway to improve them, but without proper financing it is slow and steady. At present rate of progress it will take decades before the mines are up to Imperial standards.

The process could be cut short at any point. A [[Senate motion]] could upgrade the mines but it would cost 300 thrones and take two seasons. The mines could still be worked during that time - and once the commission was complete the output would double.

<div style="float:right; width: 450px; clear: right;"><quote by="Ser Ancel Watcher, Dawn National Assembly, Winter Solstice 382YE, Upheld 126-0 (Greater Majority)">We are the glorious heart of the Empire and the fire of our virtue is warmth to our friends and ruin to our enemies. We urge troubadours to venture forth to Ossium to bring tales of virtue and glory to burn away the lingering dread imposed by the verminous Druj. "Troubadours to Ossium go / Let tales of virtue and glory grow / And in the light of Dawn they'll know / The Way now through this land shall flow.</quote></div>

<div style="float:right; width: 450px; clear: right;"><quote by="Amris Johan Merikovich, Varushka National Assembly, Winter Solstice 382YE, Upheld 106-0 (Greater Majority)">Ossium was conquered by the Empire. Although Varushka has been granted the role of managing the land we welcome the troubadours of Dawn led by Ancel Watcher in their glorious mission to cleanse the land of false virtue.</quote></div>

==The Troubadour==
* '''Statements of principle in the Dawnish and Varushkan national assemblies lead to opportunities for mandates.'''
At the last summit, the Dawnish National Assembly agreed a [[statement of principle]] with a greater majority after it was submitted by Ser Ancel Watcher. The statement called on all troubadours to travel to Ossium ''"to bring tales of virtue and glory to burn away the lingering dread imposed by the verminous Druj."'' To ensure that there was no possible room for misunderstanding, the Varushkan Assembly wisely passed a reciprocal judgement explicitly welcoming the troubadours to the new territory.

The civil service look into the potential ramifications of the two statements with a degree of concern. Ossium is a delicate state, with the Varushkan egregore working to find any who might be ready to become citizens of their nation. Having a proud Dawnish priest extolling Dawnish customs and traditions risks complicating that considerably. What happens if Ancel's words catch fire across the territory and the Ketsov and everyone else who dwells there are inspired to the pursuit of glory? That might suit Ser Ancel and the other troubadours, but it doesn't seem likely that it will help people adjust to their new life as Varushkans.

Fortunately these fears ultimately prove groundless. The risk is very real - this could easily have been a disaster. What prevents that is the fact that neither of the two key groups of citizens the Empire knows about - the Sand Fishers and the Ketsov - seem very interested in glory. It's possible that a few people will be inspired by Ser Ancel, but these people are so far removed from notions of glory that it would take more than a single mandate to convince many people to abandon their interest in Varushkan ways and take up the life of a questing knight.

There are however a number of opportunities that Ser Ancel's statement provides that could benefit the Empire.

===Hidden Peril===
* '''A mandate could be used to encourage Dawnish knights to root out the pillars that anchor the [[Druj miasma]].'''
Ser Ancel has made clear his wish to remove the lingering dread inflicted by the Druj on Ossium. This dread is not a metaphor, it is a palpable miasma that suffocates every living that dwells here. A crushing blanket of fear and misery that tries to choke the spirit.

Those who served in the Reikos campaign remember this cruel miasma well - it issues forth from pillars erected by the Druj. They can be [[Chimes_of_Annulment|destroyed using magic]] or other means - but only if they can be located. The Druj hide the pillars well, placing them in obscure locations and protecting them with soldiers and worse. If the pillars can be found and destroyed - then the miasma will slowly lift. The taint of the Druj will slowly be removed from the land.

{{Mandate|mandate=The taint of the Druj spills forth from the pillars they have constructed with their foul magic, choking the thirst for glory with fear and dread. We send {named priest} with 25 doses of liao to urge troubadours and questing knights to seek out the source of this vile corruption|assembly=Dawnish National Assembly}}

Finding a miasma pillar will not be easy, but if Ser Ancel or another troubadour was given permission to spread a mandate filled with tales of the glory to be had by finding and destroying a pillar across Dawn then knights would flock here looking for the pillars. It is unlikely they would be able to destroy a pillar - they are not easy to damage - but they would certainly be able to provide information on the pillar's location to the priest who inspired them.

<div style="float: right; width: 500px; margin-left: 10px;"><box>'''OOC Note'''<br>There is no need to email in with an alternative mandate to spread the Way in Ossium. The examples given are only examples - any mandate that is in a form which clearly identifies a specific virtue and one of the accepted bullet points for guidance for that virtue is valid and will be accepted by the Tribune. There is no way for the civil service to tell citizens in advance what the effect of any given mandate will be.</box></div>
===Paramount Virtue===
* '''A carefully composed mandate could begin to bring the people of Ossium to the Way.'''
* '''The civil service suggest that a mandate explaining the key tenet of a single virtue may be the best way to introduce the people of Ossium to the faith.'''
The other goal stated by Ser Ancel was to bring the people of Ossium to the Way. There is no particular evidence of the false virtue that Amvis Menkovich described, unless he is referring to the miasma. But both statements seem to support the idea of encouraging the inhabitants of Ossium to embrace the true faith.

As with many matters of faith, it is difficult for the civil service to assess what the impact of such an undertaking would be. However they are able to determine that any attempt to proselytise the virtues would be significantly more effective if the priest chose a single clear virtue to preach. Of course these people will need educating in all the virtues, they need to be brought to the Imperial faith. But they have no knowledge of the Virtues or the Way and no reason to embrace it. What is needed is a clear mandate giving a priest the ability to use liao to demonstrate a virtue to the people of Ossium.

Somewhat unusually, in the estimation of the civil service, this is a situation where differently worded mandates could all be equally successful. The wording could be crucial - absolutely crucial - this will be these people's first introduction to the Way. What is said to them now is likely to have a lasting impression that permanently influences their thinking. What that effect will be will depend on the virtue chosen by the priest and on the guidance.

By example, the Civil Service, provide two different potential mandates:

{{Mandate|mandate=No Imperial citizen should allow anything to stand in the way of their ambitions. We send {named priest} with 75 liao to preach the guidance that "Consequences are the price of Ambition; no price is too high to realise your dreams." to the people of Ossium|assembly=Ambition Virtue Assembly}}
{{Mandate|mandate=The Imperial Constitution guarantees the prosperity of every citizen of the Empire. We send {named priest} with 75 liao to preach the guidance that the people of Ossim should "despise the thieving bandit, the lazy wastrel, the grasping miser, and those who take without giving."|assembly=Prosperity Virtue Assembly}}

To be most effective the mandate will need to identify a single virtue that is being preached, as well as one of the accepted pieces of guidance, alongside an introduction that explains the relevance or application of that preaching to these people.

Of course that does leave the issue of which virtue to choose. That decision might well be difficult - but is obviously a matter for the [[Synod]] not the civil service. The [[Tribune_of_the_Synod|tribune]] clarifies that if two or more assemblies both attempt to submit mandates to proselytise their virtue to Ossium in the coming season then they will be regarded as [[Mandate#Competing_Mandates|competing mandates]].

To be effective, these mandates could need to be raised in either an appropriate Virtue assembly, or in the General assembly.

Any mandates to address this issue would '''not''' compete with a mandate encouraging Dawnish knights and troubadours to seek out the miasma pillars.
==Resolution==
The Pride virtue assembly [[383YE_Spring_Equinox_Synod_judgements#Judgement_102|passed a mandate]] to preach in Ossium.

The Imperial Senate [[Cede region of Misericorde to Sand Fishers|ceded]] the region of [[Holberg#Misericorde|Misericorde]] to the Sand Fishers.

As of Winter 383YE, the other opportunities regarding Ossium are no longer available.

Grendel religion

2026-04-18T21:46:04Z

GuiltyConscience:

==Overview==
The Grendel are almost unique amongst the barbarian orcs in that they have incorporated a belief in the power of the virtues alongside their veneration of their ancestors. The ancestors are still important to them, like any orc they can hear their ancestors during battle, tense negotiations and other dramatic moments. But crucially the Grendel have long since abandoned the idea that they need an ancestor to help them cross the Howling Abyss. Rather, they believe that this feat requires strength of character, indomitable will and the pursuit of personal excellence. Their beliefs have many similarities with [[the Way|the Way]], but also a bastardized version of the Urizen concept of [[arete]].

==Origins==
The Grendel have always been comfortable with religion, preferring to acknowledge local beliefs rather than proselytise their own. Grendel traders in Sumaah will talk about virtues, then make donations to the Black Bull when visiting Asavea. The Grendel view is that such things might exist, they might be able to offer help to the Grendel, and thus it can do no harm to placate them. Their approach is akin to [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Pascal%27s_Wager Pascal's Wager], with most Grendel prepared to cheerfully accept any belief or creed they think may help them. Many Grendel adopt a "lucky rabbit's foot" approach to belief: if they performed a libation to the Black Bull that morning and concluded a profitable trade deal that evening, then they are likely to adopt the Black Bull into their personal pantheon of beliefs that can help them succeed in the future.

Four hundred years ago, the Grendel culture was much more traditional, with a strong emphasis on ancestor veneration and worship. Eking out an existence as pirates, they were a significant nuisance to Imperial fleets at that time so a group of Urizen teachers took it upon themselves to visit the Grendel. They believed that if they civilised the Grendel, taught them Urizen ideals and values, then the Grendel would become an ally of civilised people, rather than an enemy. The Grendel were receptive to the words of the Urizen but sadly the outcome was not as desired. Grendel culture did indeed become much more advanced, but regrettably they grew more dangerous than ever for the nascent Empire.

==Power==
At the heart of the Grendel beliefs is the assumption that only the most powerful of them will be able to cross the Howling Abyss when they die. Rather than looking to the ancestors for aid, as they once did, instead the Grendel are driven to accumulate as much power as possible. Physical strength is one component of this, but only one - for the Grendel, influence, authority, charisma, and confidence are more important than personal might. Wealth is a critical component, partly as a demonstration of power, but mostly for the power it brings. Grendel mystics and philosophers call this quality ''puissance'' but most Grendel simply refer to it as power.

Foreign gods, such as those of the Iron Confederacy or Asavea are often seen as something like an eternal, a creature of another world that may or may not be able to offer the individual aid in their quest for power. Few Grendel would genuinely abase themselves before such a creature; to a Grendel, the single most important creature in the universe is themselves. But if words of obeisance to a statue provide good fortune, then most Grendel are happy to take any advantage they can get.

The virtues are important to the Grendel, because they believe that the proper application of the correct virtue at the correct moment will help them gain power. The role of ancestors is more nuanced; the Grendel welcome the words of their ancestors at critical moments, believing that it offers practical advice on how they might succeed, but most believe that real power comes from within, that an individual can only truly succeed on their own motivation and inspiration. Since the ancestors offer aid to all the Grendel, any rational being can see that the only way for an individual to gain power over those around them is to transcend that advice and go beyond it.

==Virtues==
The Grendel have no time for orthodoxy: each Grendel is seeking a route through life that will bring them the most power. Most only have an interest in the beliefs of others insofar as those beliefs might provide them with more power. As such, individual Grendel adopt whatever virtues, gods, and ancestors they find bring them the most success. However, the most common virtues followed by the Grendel are Ambition, Audacity, Cunning, Fidelity, Prosperity, Retribution, and Vigilance. The Grendel struggle to understand the Imperial virtue of Pride; ideas like inspiring others are anathema to them.

===Ambition===
*''Power cannot be granted''
Ambition is one of the most common virtues on the coasts of the Broken Shore, especially amongst young Grendel who have little to lose. Ironically, its importance is much diminished for those at the top of Grendel society who, desperate to hang on to the power they have accumulated, are more concerned with Fidelity and Vigilance. Sadly the Grendel lack any of the wide appreciation that the Empire has for the many forms that ambition may take. Only the drive for power is important to the Grendel, those who earnestly seek other paths are seen as deficient and spiritually weak.

===Audacity===
*''Power is a crown, learn to put it on''
Audacity is vital to the Grendel. Their understanding of this virtue is similar to the Imperial notion of Courage but is far removed from bravery in battle. Indeed, the Grendel tend to view bravery as an aberration; every Grendel must be ready to fight when needed but those who take unwise risks are fools who put their fate in the hands of chance. This virtue is about personal self-belief, about [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Chutzpah chutzpah], which the Grendel view as entirely positive.

===Cunning===
*''Insight is the greatest weapon''
The Grendel value information nearly as much as they do wealth. They are always desperate to be better informed than those they deal with, seeking to know everything they can about them. The Grendel pay well for good information. But cunning encompasses more than just knowledge; it is also about ingenuity, as well as the ability to read others. Facts are important to every negotiation and stratagem: if you know how much wealth a merchant has then you have a better idea what they can afford to pay. If you know how many armies the Empire is facing, then you know what they can spare to send against the Grendel. But much more important is understanding, being able to read your enemies, to predict them, to instinctively know when they are bluffing and when they are telling the truth.

Neither facts nor understanding are useful without the ingenuity to use them in creative and imaginative ways. The Grendel pride themselves on outwitting their enemies.

===Fidelity===
*''You cannot drive an ox with a broken back''
Each Grendel is primarily concerned with their own wealth and power, but all but the stupidest Grendel understands that power is not achieved by working alone but by working together. The virtue of Fidelity emphasizes the importance of showing loyalty to those around you - in proportion to the benefits that that brings you. Fidelity also includes ideas of honesty - the importance of negotiating in good faith so that others will know the benefits that cooperating with you brings.

A key part of Fidelity is the way the Grendel treat those over whom they have power. Allies and most especially subordinates who are gouged or taken for everything they have, will turn against you. You can trade with a merchant many times; you can murder them only once. Those who keep faith and pay heed to the well-being of their underlings will ensure their continued loyalty.

===Prosperity===
*''Wealth is Power''
Salt Lords and other powerful Grendel live lives of wealth and opulence not far short of those enjoyed by the richest merchant princes of the League. The Grendel don't just see wealth as the natural reward for hard work and ambition; they understand that wealth is a means to power, that it is the most effective tool with which to influence others. The Grendel understand the Freeborn ideal that everything is for sale at a price, and are comfortable with offering money for distasteful actions.

The Grendel notion of Fidelity means that they believe that the powerful should share a portion of their wealth with associates and underlings to ensure their continued loyalty, but the idea of generosity for its own sake is an anathema to them. The more help you give people, the less they are motivated to work for what they have. Starvation is nature's way of teaching you to learn to look after yourself.

Crucially, the wisest Grendel understand that power begets power, that people are drawn to serve those they see as successful. Public displays of wealth are the best way to demonstrate your power and thus increase it.

===Retribution===
*''Vengeance for what you have lost, retribution for what you will gain''
The Grendel embrace [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Eye_for_an_eye ''lex talionis''], the view that retribution is central to a just society. A nation whose people do not fear retribution is one where they do not fear to steal or murder each other. On a personal level they know that you cannot be powerful without being prepared to exact revenge on those who cross you - be they subordinates, competitors, or enemies. Retribution is costly and dangerous but those who are not prepared to pay the price will find power stripped from them. They believe that the threat of retribution is harmonious, that it keeps both parties honest. The Grendel are deeply comfortable with negotiating from an opening position that begins with an explicit threat of violence or retribution.

Central to the notion of Retribution is the belief that the Grendel should negotiate in good faith. Nobody fears ''retribution'' from an individual who is insane enough to follow through on their threats just because they can.

===Vigilance===
*''Traitors wear broad smiles''
The Grendel preach that complacency is a weakness, a trap that can bring even the most powerful low. Those with power must be eternally watchful lest they be betrayed by the people they deal with. But Vigilance is more than just paranoia: individuals must be alert for every opportunity, and the powerful are those who seize every chance that is offered to them. The Grendel strive to be guarded against treachery while remaining open to any decision that might profit them.

==Ancestors==
The emphasis on personal character has not completely supplanted the veneration of the Grendel ancestors. The Grendel forebears who have successfully crossed the Howling Abyss are still seen as valuable allies, a source of wisdom and good advice that can help an individual learn to better themselves. Many Grendel also harbour an unspoken fear that offending an ancestor might somehow lead to that being working against them, through bad advice or support for their rivals. Like other tribes, the Grendel have many personal and clan ancestors, but the three listed below are common to anyone born into the Grendel.

===Rucraic - The Storm Lord===
Rucraic is an ancient Grendel ancestor who led the orc tribes living on the coast of the Broken Shore in rebellion against those who ruled over them. He is legendary as a reaver and a pirate, considered the epitome of Grendel daring. Modern Grendel consider Rucraic to exemplify the virtues of Audacity, Cunning, and Prosperity, a bold individual who outwitted his enemies at every turn to gain wealth and riches.

===Dubhtraig - The Salt Lord===
The second oldest of the three most common Grendel ancestors is Dubhtraig the Builder. It is sometimes claimed that he built Dubhtraig, but most Grendel scholars accept that there was a port where Dubhtraig is now long before the Grendel came. Rather, they believe that their ancestor conquered Dubhtraig, and then built a great nation around the port. He is admired as an utterly ruthless figure: one legend claims that when the original inhabitants of the port swore undying vengeance, Dubhtraig had every single one of them bound in chains and thrown into the harbour to drown. He exemplifies Ambition, Prosperity, and Retribution.

===Sheanduir - The Wind Lord===
Sheanduir is the youngest of the main Grendel ancestors. A cunning weather witch, she rose to power serving a succession of rulers of Dubhtraig until her power eclipsed that of the Salt Lords. She was widely known for her powers of prophecy, giving predictions and foretellings to the powerful. Modern Grendel understand that these prophetic visions were simply part of the witch's strategy for gaining power, playing on the fears of others to manipulate them. She was pivotal in uniting the rival Salt Lords against the threat of the Imperial navies, although one legend claims she also manipulated the Empire into sending the navies precisely so that she could seize power in Grendel lands by stopping them.

Sheanduir's rule forced the Grendel to adopt their modern approach to trade, as she demonstrated how Grendel divinations could be used to find more valuable opportunities than mere piracy. She is seen as exemplifying Cunning, Fidelity, and Prosperity.

==Questioners==
Questioners play an important role in Grendel society. Serving as confessors, advisers and counsellors, they are closest thing the Grendel have to priests. Their role is to listen to the problems of those they counsel and offer advice that helps them to make decisions and to act. The purpose of this advice is to enable the recipient to make the right choices that will allow them to grow in power. All questioners maintain a mystical air, and combine a mix of folk wisdom with advice on the virtues, and how to placate the ancestors, and other beings.

Good questioners provide practical advice, but the richest and most powerful retain their own network of spies and informants so that their advice can appear miraculously sagacious in hindsight. In addition, many specialize in interrogation and torture techniques.

{{Grendel Links}}

Mandate

2026-04-18T21:45:29Z

GuiltyConscience:

{{Synod Judgement Summary|Any Assembly|Lesser Majority}}
{{CaptionedImage|file=Severin von Holberg.jpg|caption=The Mandate of the Imperial Synod can have far-reaching implications<br>for the Empire.|align=left|width=350}}
==Overview==
[[Liao]] is a powerful substance - the auras it creates last a full season or more and they can motivate citizens to great acts of virtue. Without clear direction, such actions are often personal and individual - they are significant to the individual that receives the aura - but the effects may not be visible on the grand scale. But when combined with a direct mandate from the [[Synod]], citizens tend to act in a concerted and determined way that can produce significant change. The [[Senate]] may decide [[Imperial law]] and allocate the [[Imperial treasury|treasury]], but it is the Synod that leads the soul of the Empire.

Due to the potential impact, the right to use large quantities of liao, as part of a campaign, crusade, or simply to proselytise, is carefully controlled by the Synod. A priest may only act with the backing of the Synod once they have receive a formal mandate to do so and only using the wording provided for them by the civil service.

Each season, the civil service carefully analyse ongoing events in the Empire to identify situations where it would be possible for the Synod to influence the Empire. Where there is an [[opportunity]] for the Synod to influence events by issuing a mandate, this will be identified and reported. The briefing prepared by the civil service will prepare the necessary wording that the mandate would require and using divination to calculate the amount of liao needed to achieve the outcome.

==Judgement==
A judgement to issue a mandate must be raised and passed by the relevant [[assembly]] outlined in the civil service briefing. In many cases this will include the General Assembly but not always. In some instances citizens are more likely to be motivated to act by a mandate issued by their national assembly or even by a virtue assembly. If the judgement is not passed by one of the assemblies listed for that opportunity it will fail.

The judgement must identify a single named priest who will be issued with the mandate. They will be expected to take the lead role in spreading words of the edict or decision of the Synod - using their skills to motivate citizens and apply auras to judicious individuals who are most likely to support the cause. If no priest is named in the judgement then the mandate will apply to the priest who raises the judgement.

The judgement must state how much liao is permitted to be used. The civil service will identify how much liao is needed to achieve an outcome. In some cases using different amounts of liao will produce different results; consequently a mandate must specify the quantity of liao the priest is authorised to use.

Other than this, the judgement must use the wording prepared by the civil service. It is not possible to submit a judgement of mandate without using the specific wording prepared by the civil service. Before each summit, the civil service assess any developing situation and identifies what possible judgements could address it. They use various divination rituals to help them assess what the impact of a mandate would be. This information is then presented to all Synod members attending Anvil, so that they can make an informed judgement on the matter.
<div style="width: 500px; float:right;"><box>There is a small window of opportunity for players who wish the Synod to consider a different option for a mandate to the ones presented. The deadline for submitting alternate mandates tends to be Monday evening so we have a chance to discuss them and update the relevant winds before we move to site. If a player emails [mailto:plot@profounddecisions.co.uk plot@profounddecisions.co.uk] with wording they would like to use then we will assess that. If the new wording will produce a substantially different outcome to those presented on the wiki, then we may edit the plot opportunity on the wiki to include the new possibility. If we do this the new option will state the name of the priest who has requested the additional opportunity - at that point the request is considered to be an in-character request from the character - not the player. The deadline for any changes of this kind is the Friday before the event begins. We will not have the time needed to assess any alternative judgements after this date.</box></div>

==Alternative Mandates==
When the civil service releases details of a mandate, it is common for members of the Synod to approach the civil service to ask them to consider the impact of a different mandate to address the same opportunity. If the civil service are able to confirm that the wording of the new mandate will produce a substantially different outcome to those already presented, then they will attempt to communicate that information, along with the name of the priest who requested it, to every citizen travelling to Anvil provided that there is sufficient time to do so.

Only a recognised [[Member_of_the_Synod|member of the Imperial Synod]] may request a mandate in this way. The civil service will discuss different possibilities with a priest to try to help them identify what the possible effects might be, but each citizen may only request that a single mandate be formally published in this way. A good rule of thumb is to aim for your alternate mandate to be no more than 40 words long.

==Outcome==
If the judgement passes then the priest who has been identified in the judgement has the mandate of the Synod. They may then choose to enact that mandate or to ignore it. They may not enact a different mandate - they cannot use more liao than is stipulated in the mandate nor may they use a different message to the one passed by the Synod. Their options are to do nothing - or to enact the mandate given to them by the Synod.

If the judgement fails, then no priest is authorised to act. The effects of this are identical to the situation in which no attempt was made to pass a mandate.
<div style="float:right;"><quote by="Marcher Proverb">Every field looks green from a distance, even a cemetery.</quote></div>

==Implementing a Mandate==
Any player whose character is providing liao for a mandate, must put the cards representing the liao that they are committing [[Downtime#Hand-in_Baggies|in the bag that they hand in at the end of the event]]. The liao needs to be in the inventory of the priest named in the mandate. If the mandate the Synod has passed meets all the conditions identified in the plot opportunity then we will remove the liao from the named priest's inventory before downtime opens. If the correct amount of liao is not present in the character's inventory before downtime opens, the mandate will not be enacted. Please do not include a note when you hand in your liao as it is impossible to process these notes at the point where your bag is processed.

A character may be named in multiple mandates - but they can only implement a single mandate in a downtime. Any mandate which is not implemented in the season following the judgement of the Synod automatically lapses.

==Competing Mandates==
If a single [[opportunity]] offers the potential for two or more competing mandates - either because there were two or more possible outcomes identified or because a member of the Synod submits an alternative mandate for consideration - then the Synod may only choose one of the options to endorse. In any situation where two or more different mandates relate to the same opportunity, whichever judgement passed with the greatest margin is considered to be successful and all other competing mandates fail. If two mandates tie for the greatest margin, ''then all mandates fail''; the Synod is considered to have been unable to choose which mandate should be authorised.

==Limited Opportunity==
In most cases, mandates are only available at the summit where they are provided. While it might be possible to get similar mandates at a future summit, that would be dependent on the use of an appropriate [[statement of principle]] with a greater majority. There is no guarantee that the same mandates would be relevant at a future summit.

==OOC Design==
A judgement to grant a mandate is designed to create a system for the Synod to collectively provide leadership to the citizens of the Empire on moral problems and dilemmas facing it. While other judgements allow the Synod to influence the significant citizens of the Empire attending the summits at Anvil (the player-characters), a statement of principle and a mandate give the Synod levers with which to influence the setting outside Anvil. The two judgements are complimentary - a [[statement of principle]] gives the Synod a means to create potential opportunities - a mandate gives them a way to act on that opportunity.

It is not possible to issue a mandate other than in response to a plot opportunity, and then only using the wording provided in the options presented in the plot opportunity on the wiki. We are determined to avoid any situation in which Profound Decisions have to ''judge'' after the fact whether the wording is sufficient to meet the requirements.

There is a small window of opportunity ''up to a week before the event starts'' for players who wish the Synod to consider a different option for a mandate to the ones presented. If a player [mailto:plot@profounddecisions.co.uk emails us] with wording they would like to use then we will assess that. If the new wording will produce a substantially different outcome to those presented on the wiki, then we may edit the plot opportunity on the wiki to include the new possibility. If we do this the new option will state the name of the priest who has requested the additional opportunity - at that point the request is considered to be an in-character request from the character - not the player. The deadline for any changes of this kind is the Friday before the event begins. We will not devote time to assessing alternative judgements after this date.

It is important to note however that in most cases the response to any variant wording is likely to be "that will not work" or "that will have the same effect as X". Achieving a different outcome to a plot opportunity is only possible if you pass a judgement that expresses a genuinely different sentiment. Merely watering down the suggested wording will achieve nothing. Players who understand the underlying criteria on which plot opportunities are based have a better chance of success if they use that understanding when requesting a different approach.

There are two core design themes that are pertinent to the plot. The first is the idea of no hidden numbers. As far as possible in Empire, we try to ensure that players know what will happen if they take an action. There is a massive amount of uncertainty in Empire - you don't know how your political rivals will act - you don't know how the Conclave, Synod or Senate will vote, and nobody knows what will happen on a battlefield once 400 PCs and 400 NPCs are fighting. But what we try to make sure is not in doubt is what game effect will ensue if you pass a judgement, motion or declaration.

Empire is intended to be a game in which players can make decisions that are momentous and significant - decisions that are meaningful. To be meaningful - a judgement needs to be an ''informed'' decision. This precept is the one of the most crucial elements of the game design. Opportunities, particularly Synod plot opportunities are specifically designed to present the player base with difficult political and moral decisions. They are meant to be contentious - they are intended to have the potential for conflict. This is why the wording is crucial. The liao is important - but it is not sufficient to pile up enough liao to get the game effect - you have to get the Synod to agree to the ''wording'' of your mandate to get a game effect.

Watering down the sentiments identified in the plot opportunity is the single most certain way to ensure a mandate will fail. If the General Assembly has an opportunity to achieve a game benefit for Wintermark by issuing a mandate calling for the Varushkan territory of Miekarova to be ceded to the Thule - it is likely that that will be a controversial decision. In that situation you can't get the benefits outlined in the plot opportunity by passing a mandate calling for the Varushkans to consider whether they would like to give Miekarova to the Thule. If you can't achieve the political support needed to pass a mandate with a contentious political message - then you can't get the benefits.

You may be able to achieve a different outcome with a different wording. If in response to the above plot opportunity - you come up with your own idea and get the General Assembly issues a mandate calling for Skarsind to be ceded to the Thule... that is likely to be equally contentious. It is not certain to produce an equal game effect between events - but it has a good chance of achieving something different. But to do this, you will need to get us to approve the new idea before the event - so that we have time to assess it and add it to the wiki so that every player is aware of the option ''and what it will do.''

In all cases you must use the wording provided on the plot opportunity. If we update the plot opportunity to include another option, then the wording of the new option will be specified on the wiki. If you request a different judgement by email to us - then you can only access the benefits of that judgement by using the new wording provided on the wiki.

{{Synod Further Reading}}

Writ of consecration

2026-04-18T21:38:30Z

GuiltyConscience: /* Judgement */

{{Disambiguation|This page concerns the legal power of the [[Synod]]. The [[religious skills|religious skill]] of consecration is found [[consecration|here]].}}
{{Synod Judgement Summary|Virtue Assembly, General Assembly|Greater Majority}}
{{CaptionedImage|file=Consecration.jpg|caption=Creating a true consecration can be an incredibly important moment in someone's life.|title=The writ of consecration is an explicit endorsement by the Synod.|align=left|width=400}}
==Overview==
A [[consecration]] performed with [[Liao#True Liao|true liao]] creates a [[Aura#Durable_Auras|durable aura]], an [[inspirational location]] that can have profound effects, both spiritual and political. For this reason, Imperial law limits when true liao can be lawfully used to perform a consecration to a [[Paragons and exemplars|paragon, exemplar]] or "other inspirational figure". The correct use of a [[Judgement]] issuing a writ of consecration can specify who the consecration should commemorate and where it should take place. Any consecration to an inspirational figure which does not conform with the terms of a writ issued by the [[Synod]] constitutes a grave breach of Imperial law.

The writ was created by the Imperial Senate during the [[385YE_Autumn_Equinox_Senate_sessions#Create_Writ_of_Consecration|Autumn Equinox 385YE]]. Their decision was informed by concerns about the potential to abuse [[true liao]] - specifically the risk of the resting place of controversial [[Sulemaine]] being transformed into an inspirational tomb [[The_deepest_cut#Interred_With_Their_Bones|consecrated to Hate]]. The writ ensures that a consecration with true liao cannot be performed without explicit endorsement from the Imperial Synod.
__NOTOC__
==Judgement==
* '''A writ of consecration must be raised by a virtue assembly'''
* '''If it is upheld with a greater majority then it will create an opportunity for one or more mandates'''
* '''Only a single writ of consecration from each virtue assembly each season will create an opportunity'''
*'''The opportunity will present one or more competing mandates, one of which can be passed in the general assembly to authorise the use of true liao'''

A writ of consecration must be raised and upheld by the relevant [[Assembly#The_Virtue_Assemblies|virtue assembly]] with a [[Judgement#Greater_Majority|greater majority]]. If a citizen intends to use true liao to consecrate a location to [[Wisdom]], then they must raise the judgement in the Assembly of Wisdom. To be legally binding, the judgement must clearly identify both the [[Inspirational location]] they plan to consecrate and the virtue of the consecration. A maximum of one writ of consecration can be enacted by each virtue assembly each summit.

If a valid writ of consecration is upheld by the greater majority of a virtue assembly then it will create an [[opportunity]]. Over the following season, the civil service will collate and present information on what effects might come from consecrating the named location using a [[mandate]] in time for the Synod to make a final deliberation on the matter at the following summit. Where more than one option for a viable site is identified by the civll service, then these options will be presented in the wind of fortune. If more than one achieves a greater majority in a given virtue assembly, only the one with the greatest margin will lead to an opportunity.

The opportunity will present one or more mandates that any priest can raise at the coming summit to consecrate the location with true liao. All mandates resulting from a writ of consecration are considered to be [[Mandate#Competing_Mandates|competing]] with each other. Any mandate that consecrates a location in either [[Urizen]] or [[Varushka]] requires a greater majority in order to have an effect due to the mandates enacted by the [[384YE_Spring_Equinox_Synod_judgements#Judgement_93|Varushkan]] and [[382YE_Summer_Solstice_Synod_judgements#Judgement_31|Urizen]] National Assemblies.
<div style="float:right;"><quote by="Marcher Proverb">A crypt is just a barn 'til it's full.</quote></div>

==Outcome==
* '''If the mandate is successful, then the named priest can use a dose of true liao to create an inspirational location'''
If the mandate is successful then the consecration has the explicit authorisation of the Imperial Synod and will be enacted [[Mandate#Implementing_a_Mandate|as normal]] (provided the named priest provides the dose of true liao required). The writ does not create any legal obligations - but it does grant the named priest the legal entitlement to use true liao to consecrate the specified location to the named figure with the appropriate virtue. Any deviation from these terms would provide grounds for an investigation by the magistrates.
<quote by="Senate Motion Autumn Equinox 385YE, Proposed: Sermersuaq, Seconded: Miaren">To create a Judgement of Writ of Consecration, by which the Imperial Synod may authorise the use of Imperial (true) liao to consecrate an inspirational memorial or tomb to a Paragon, exemplar, or other inspirational figure. A Writ of Consecration shall require approval by a greater majority of the relevant Virtue assembly, whereupon the Tribune of the Synod will raise the same judgement for approval by the lesser majority of the General Assembly. The use of Imperial liao to consecrate a tomb or other memorial to an individual, conducted without this approval, will constitute a grave breach of Imperial law.</quote>
{{Synod Further Reading}}
[[Category:Writ of Consecration]]

Necropolis

2026-04-18T21:28:38Z

GuiltyConscience: Undo revision 137239 by GuiltyConscience (talk)

{{CaptionedImage|file=RegionsofNecropolis.png|title=If Bastion is the heart of the nation, then Necropolis is where its spirit lies|caption=Regions of Necropolis|align=left|width=500}}
==Overview==
Necropolis is a land of sorrow, first and foremost. Poets wax lyrical about the sad grandeur of the landscape, but even the least sensitive sometimes have to suppress a cold realisation of their own mortality. Yet the sorrow of Necropolis is tempered with the knowledge that ''all'' things pass - that sorrows teach valuable lessons, and that loss is part of life. Even the most bustling chapterhouse in Necropolis will contain some ''memento mori'', some little touch that is ignored consciously but that subconsciously reminds them every day that people die.

The first Highborn settled along the coast of the Bay of Catazar here, and some of the oldest post-Terunael human-built structures are found here. In some ways, it is the foundation upon which Highguard - and to a degree the Empire - was built.

When the Highborn arrived, the entire area that is now Highguard was controlled by [[orc|orcs]]. As they established themselves, the newly arrived humans drove the orcs north and east - eventually eliminating the majority of the orc nations and forcing the rest to flee toward [[Reikos]] and [[the Mallum]]. Fragmentary records of the time talk about the conflict this created with the [[Navarr]] and the [[Urizen]] as the spreading Highborn kingdom drove angry orcs to attack [[Therunin]] and [[Redoubt]]. The early diplomatic incidents this created soured relations with the two "native" human cultures for several decades.

This first territory the Highborn conquered they called ''Pharos'', and built a great city here to serve as their capital. The city of Pharos was burnt to the ground during the time of turmoil, the civil war between the patricians and the chapters. Yet Pharos was not the only victim of the war - a number of towns and early chapters were destroyed by one side or the other. Many were never rebuilt, serving as permanent memorials to, and warnings against, the most tragic period in the history of Highguard. Following the war, many citizens chose to establish chapters in [[Casinea]] and [[Bastion]], beginning new lives and putting the memories of a vicious internal conflict behind them. As a result, Necropolis had the lowest population of all the Highborn territories - at least until the invasion of [[Reikos]] by the Druj.

==Recent History==
The most significant event in the last hundred years was most likely the problems with [[Grendel]] raids in the early 300s. These were dealt with decisively during the reign of [[Empress Deanne]] - parts of [[#Sanctuary Sand|Sanctuary Sand]] and [[#Longbeach|Longbeach]] are still marked by [[orc]] attempts to secure the territory. These attacks petered out over the course of her reign, and had largely ended by the time [[Emperor Ahraz]] took the throne.

Recent years have seen increasing Grendel action, and the threat to [[#Longbeach|Longbeach]] and [[#Sanctuary Sand|Sanctuary Sand]] is all too real. The Empire has taken pains to try and ensure there is an [[Army|army]] garrisoned along the southern coast as much as possible - the Grendel would no doubt relish the opportunity to pillage the tombs of the Thrones and heroes of the Empire. Fortunately, they cannot directly assault the Necropolis itself - the cliffs protect the city from marine assaults.

In Summer 384YE a network of roads, tentatively dubbed "the Virtuous Roads" were [[Construct_White_Roads|commissioned]] by the Imperial Senate. Now the White Roads serve to link Necropolis with both [[Bastion]] and [[Reikos]]. They also provided a major boon to the [[farm|farms]] and [[business|businesses]] of the territory. In the Winter of 386YE, however, the Imperial Senate determined to [[386YE_Winter_Solstice_Senate_sessions#Levy_Tolls_on_White_Roads|levy tolls]] on traffic using the road, meaning they no longer increase the income of individual citizens but provide a significant boost to the Imperial Treasury, in part to pay for the war against the [[vallorn]].

== Major Features ==
=== The Necropolis ===
At the mouth of the river Couros lies Bastion’s shadowed twin, a mausoleum in black marble. The Black City is a mirror of the White City to the north, but where Bastion is full of life and a symbol of the pride and future of the Highborn, Necropolis is a silent, sombre memorial to the past. Built in the ruins of Pharos after its destruction during the civil war, the tombs have spread to encompass almost all the old ruins. Scattered throughout the ruins are mausoleums built to house the Highborn dead. To many Highborn it is as if the city itself has been entombed, its memory preserved in the house of the dead.

The Necropolis holds the bodies of the Empire’s heroes, along with the Imperial Histories, guarded eternally by the [[Highguard_religious_beliefs#Stewards_of_the_dead|stewards of the dead]]. The legendary mausoleum has become the final resting place of almost every Emperor and Empress. In death, all Highborn desire to be lain to rest here, amongst the heroes of the past, where the stewards watch eternally over their silent graves. It is a tremendous honour for heroes of other Imperial Nations to be offered a final resting place alongside them. Those who would be heroes know that granite – and the words placed upon it – will endure long after their flesh has faded.

Preserved and maintained by several chapters with strong connections to the stewards, the permanent population of Necropolis is tiny compared to the area it covers. Some of these chapters are dedicated to preserving a single tomb, or the tombs of all the dead from a specific era or nation. Even for Highborn chapters, these chapters have a reputation for being dour, grim and restrained. "Only the dead live in Necropolis" is a common, if somewhat disrespectful, saying about the Black City.

There are a great many point of interest in Necropolis but the majority are tombs or memorials to the dead. One of the best known memorials, outside the tombs of the emperors and empresses, are '''the Silent Obelisks''', scattered here and there throughout the city. Each is roughly the same - an obelisk of black granite surrounded by a small memorial garden - and each bears the names of every known Imperial soldier who has laid down their life in a significant conflict against the enemies of the Empire. In each case, a small shrine is maintained by a dedicated steward of the dead that serves in the role of a museum - decorated with plaques and friezes that chronicle the conflict, and containing carefully chosen relics of the past war. The obelisks sometimes attract criticism, especially from the Urizen, as they record history with a [[Highguard_history#Archivists|distinctly Highborn flavour]] that favours inspiring lessons over strict adherence to facts. Not every conflict the Empire has ever fought is recorded here - which has in the past been a source of additional criticism. A small number of the obelisks have suffered damage over the centuries, but only one has ever been damaged through malice. In 228YE a cabal of heretics led by an alleged [[Vardas#MikkaMikkal|false exemplar]] marred one of the oldest obelisks - the obelisk memorialising those slain in the war against [[Alderei the Fair]]. While the obelisk was partially restored, roughly a third of the names were lost beyond recovery.

While it is a respected repository of historical knowledge, Necropolis survived the rampage of [[Emperor Nicovar]] largely unscathed. While he was merciless in regard to the libraries and centres of learning elsewhere in the Empire, he spared the memorial shrines of Necropolis. That is not to say that he did not come here; his forces destroyed the '''Hall of Chronicles''', a library dedicated primarily to the biographies of the dead. A surprising number of the actual documents survived this attempted purge however. In addition to those texts smuggled out when it was clear that an attack was imminent, magical means were used to preserve a number of the most valuable books. Even while the building was being burnt a dedicated coven of [[magister|magisters]] evoked powerful Winter magic to place protective enchantments against fire on many of the texts. While the magicians themselves perished in the blaze, the books survived unscathed. Unfortunately, their magic had not gone unnoticed. After the destruction, Nicovar's forces searched the rubble for three days and found many of the undamaged texts and tore them apart. Still, not everyone was as committed to the destruction of the library as the mad Emperor - and as a result, fragments and individual pages - as well as entire books - occasionally turn up in the possession of descendants of these soldiers.

Perhaps unsurprisingly, the Necropolis is one of the most haunted locations in the Empire. The stewards maintain careful vigilance for hauntings, and for the rare occasions where an unliving creature emerges from one of the tombs. The traditional approach is to make cautious contact and discover the purpose of the haunting. Ghosts invariably are brought back by some unfinished business, or terrible wrong that needs righting, and the stewards are experts at working out how to do this. Violence and [[Religious skills#Exorcism|exorcism]] are seen as a last resort: better to help a poor soul into the Labyrinth than to risk destroying it.

===The Litharge===
This single-storey building sprawls across a cemetery in the north of the Necropolis, and is the premier Imperial college specifically devoted to the study of death. Priests come here to study the funeral rites not only of the Empire, but of the entire world. Obviously, they have large stores of lore related to Imperial funeral ceremonies, but they also have extensive information about the rites of [[Faraden]], the [[Iron Confederacy]], [[Asavean Archipelago]], [[Sarcophan Delves]], [[Sumaah Republic]], and [[Principalities of Jarm]]. They are known to have a great deal of interest in the death ceremonies of the [[Axos|Axou]] but to date have only managed to secure sketchy information - and a great deal of fanciful hearsay. Several covens of magisters proficient in the magic of Winter study here, and often support the priests in their work.

It is customary to speak only in whispers in Litharge, out of respect for the dead, and even lectures are given quietly. The priests who study here maintain several shrines of [[Pride]], [[Ambition]], and [[Vigilance]], but the college is hardly a place of pilgrimage.

===First Sentinel===
[[#Highrod|Highrod]] contains one of the oldest human-built structures in Highguard - and perhaps the Empire. The ''first'' First Sentinel was a fortification built in the first days after the Highborn arrived on these shores. Constructed to help secure the northern borders of the first Highborn kingdom against the orc barbarians in [[Bastion]]. Later, when the Highborn began to expand, it was from the First Sentinel that the armies went forth. While the structure looks tiny compared to modern fortifications, the ruins still show all the expertise of the Highborn siege engineers, using the same effective techniques that they have honed over centuries and still employ today.

The castle endured until the civil war, during which it was severely damaged during a bitter conflict between an occupying force loyal to the patricians, and three chapters of grim-faced cataphracts. The castle was re-purposed as a military academy, training generations of Highborn commanders. In 77YE, the structure was gutted by a fire that raged out of control for three days; historians are divided as to the cause. Most claim that the fire started when a candle was knocked over in one of the cellars, but a few point to fragmentary accounts about the fire that suggest the involvement of supernatural forces - perhaps even an eternal such as [[The_Thrice-cursed_Court#Surut|Surut]]. After its destruction, the ruins were troubled by the ghosts of the dead soldiers, and a team of exorcists worked year-round to lay them each to rest while also trying to piece together the story of the fire. In the end, the shell of the structure was partially reconstructed, but repurposed again as a place of pilgrimage and shrine dedicated to the [[Ambition]], [[Pride]], and [[Courage]] of not only those Highborn who died in the fire, but those who defended their people or marched to war to build a better future.

Some Highborn point to First Sentinel as a metaphor for Highguard; while they can adapt to the times, their core identity endures, and remains unchanged. A popular heresy, however, suggests that First Sentinel is not simply a metaphor for the state of Highguard but in some ways a spiritual or magical "barometer" of its fortunes. They point to so-called significant events such as the multiple expansions during the initial conquest of what is today Highguard; or certain incidents during the civil war. They claim that its destruction by fire and return as a spiritual place of pilgrimage reflected the Highguard finding their new identity within the Empire. These ''Seers of the First Sentinel'' claim to be able to predict future events by studying the structure and the lands around it; when they are caught in the vicinity of First Sentinel, they are invariably moved on and in some cases have faced charges of heresy and blasphemy.

=== The Shrine of Britta ===
A recent construction in [[#the Necropolis|the Necropolis]], this beautiful white granite shrine honours the [[Empress Britta]]. An eternal flame burns in a paved courtyard in front of the memorial, which serves as a place of pilgrimage for those wishing to pay their respects or meditate on the lessons of Britta's reign and death. While the body of the Empress was interred in the swamps of [[Kallavesa]], her accoutrements were placed in the shrine. With the removal of these relics, and their internment in the marshes along with her body, interest in the shrine declined. The [[Guardian of Britta's Shrine]] watches over the memorial, but since the removal of the relics the title has become purely ceremonial.

=== The Sumaah Embassy ===
During the Spring Equinox 379YE, the [[Senate]] [[commission|commissioned]] an [[embassy]] to the [[Sumaah Republic]] to be built in the city of [[#The Necropolis|Necropolis]]. Work began shortly after the Summer Solstice 379YE, and was finally completed shortly before the Spring Equinox 380YE. The white granite compound is built after the Sumaah style - a central five-tiered ziggurat surrounded by several single-story buildings nestled in extensive gardens.

===Reumah's Rest===
Built in [[#Coursmouth|Coursmouth]] as part of the project to [[fortification|fortify]] the entire southern coast, Reumah's Rest is a proudly impervious, gleaming white fortress accented with red and black marble reflecting the colours of the [[Highguard groups#Reumah.27s_Redoubt|namesake chapter]]. As with many of the fortifications completed with the [[Sing_your_name#Securing_the_borders|aid of devotees of Vigilance]], there is a beautiful chapel in the lower levels of the fortress dedicated to the inspiration of [[the Sentinel]]. Reumah's Rest was [[Fortify_Coursmouth|approved by the Senate]] in Autumn 382YE, and completed in a mere nine months thanks to the use of powerful [[Autumn magic]] that greatly speeded the construction.

==Regions==
===Coursmouth===
'''Qualities:''' City, Haunted<br>
The river Couros empties out into the Bay of Catazar here, but for the most part the coast is inhospitable. The [[#The Necropolis|Necropolis]] is built atop the cliffs around the mouth of the river, in the ruins of the first Highborn city. One of the most well know [[inspirational location|inspirational tombs]], that of [[Atuman]] the Navigator, stands a little apart from the rest of the city of the dead high atop the cliffs here. Outside the so-called Black City, most of this region is open parkland with a few scattered [[farm|farms]] generally overseen by chapters based in the city itself. The presence of the Necropolis means that there are believed to be more ghosts here than anywhere else in the Empire with the possible exception of [[Kallavesa#The Sovevann|the Sovevann]] in [[Kallavesa]]. Occasionally the [[Highguard_religious_beliefs#Stewards_of_the_dead|Stewards of the Dead]] are called upon to deal with a particularly disruptive or frightening haunting - or to deal with a creature of the realms that has issued from one of the several Winter [[regio]] found in this region.

The gleaming [[fortification|fortress]] of [[#Reumah's Rest|Reumah's Rest]] guards the approach to the Necropolis, defending both against the threat of seaborne assault from [[#Sanctuary Sands|Sanctuary Sands]] and against (admittedly unlikely) overland attacks from [[Reikos]] or [[Morrow]].

===Fishguard===
The open plains of Fishguard are criss-crossed with roads and scattered liberally with chapterhouses. Trade caravans constantly move across Fishguard. The roads here connect merchants from [[the Brass Coast]] and [[Sarvos]], as well as numerous [[the Marches|Marcher]] grain wagons to customers in [[Bastion]], [[Urizen]], and [[Therunin]]. Many chapters maintain hostelries, and there are several very old Navarri [[wayhouse|wayhouses]] established here during early contact with the Highborn newcomers. Perhaps the best known is '''Myfanwy's Rest'''; legend claims that when the First Empress was on her way to [[Casinea#Anvil|Anvil]], she and her companions paused here for two days to prepare themselves for the final leg of their journey. The wayhouse was built in 1YE by members of Myfanwy's striding - partially to commemorate the story, but primarily because its position at the point where the three major roads diverge both makes it a healthy business and gives the Navarr access to a great many people potentially in need of their aid. Not far from Myfanwy's Rest stands the [[Abbess_of_Reconciliation#Abbey_of_Reconciliation|Abbey of Reconciliation]], which works to support refugees and help them join the Empire and embrace the Way.

===Hedrossan===
The river Couros is navigable for much of its length, allowing riverboats to travel up past [[Bastion]] and [[Redoubt]] to [[Reikos#Haros Water|Haros]] in [[Reikos]], as well as to reach parts of [[Morrow]]. Chapters are built at regular intervals along the banks of the river, and Hedrossan is one of the most populous regions of Necropolis as a consequence. The trading port of '''Hedra''' is a fair distance inland, but is the favoured destination of ships from the [[The League|League]] and the [[The Brass Coast|Brass Coast]]. Vessels from as far afield as the [[The Marches|Marches]] and even [[Wintermark]] prefer to bypass the archaic docks at Crown's Quay and do their trading here. A great deal of grain and other foodstuffs are sold to merchants destined for the peaks of [[Urizen]], despite (or perhaps causing) a great deal of economic rivalry with the port of [[Redoubt#Cargo|Cargo]] in [[Redoubt]].

Hedra is also the site of the [[Ambassador to the Commonwealth#The Diplomatenschloss|diplomatenschloss]], a fortified embassy built to [[Commonwealth]] designs. The garrison of Commonwealth soldiers stand ready to defend not only the embassy, but Necropolis itself should their allies be attacked. There has however been some concern that the proximity of the [[Principalities of Jarm|Jarmish]] embassy across the river in [[Redoubt#Cargo|Cargo]] might lead to problems, as ships belonging to both rival nations are sailing up and down the Couros river.

===Highrod===
'''Qualities:''' Forest, Haunted<br>
Highrod is rolling, gently-forested plain known for bounteous [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Lemon lemon] crops. According to Highborn historians, the common refreshing drink of lemonade was invented here in the early days after the Highborn arrived. This claim has been contested, but the fact remains that the best lemons in the Empire come from Highrod, generated perhaps by the unusually hot summers and cold winters that the local chapterhouses endure with pride. It is also known for containing one of the oldest human-built structures in Highguard - and perhaps the Empire - the remains of the '''[[#First Sentinel|First Sentinel]]''', a fortification built in the first days after the Highborn arrived on these shores.

The chapters here are almost exclusively built around the margins of the forest rather than at its heart. At the time of the civil war, the woodlands here had been extensively harvested by the Highborn. After Pharos burned, however, the woodlands were allowed to grow wild again, to cover over several especially bitter battlefields. According to local legend, the woods are haunted by the unquiet spirits of the Patrician's soldiers who died here in great numbers during the civil war. Occasionally, travellers encounter ivy-choked ruins in Highrod, the shattered remnants of Patrician palaces and villas, several of which have their own unpleasant spectres associated with them that prove particularly resistant to [[exorcism]]. Consequently, Highrod remains the least populous region in Necropolis.

===Longbeach===
'''Qualities:''' Coastal<br>
With one of the most literal names of all the regions of Highguard, Longbeach is home to several fishing villages and most of the chapters here make their living from the sea. It is perhaps best known for the port-town of '''Crown's Quay'''. Once a small fishing village called Westport, Crown’s Quay became notable as the preferred port for those wishing to travel to Anvil, and its docks were rebuilt by the [[Military Council|military council]] in the early days of Empire. Legend also says that it was the place the Three Sisters, the founders of the Brass Coast, took ship. Despite its age and fame, it has never been especially prosperous as a trade port - although several attempts have been made to built lighthouses and to upgrade the quayside they have rarely amounted to significant change. One point of interest at Crown's Quay is the unassuming building that serves as the offices for overseeing the [[Imperial Orcs|Imperial orc]] national [[Bourse|Bourse Seat]] known as the [[Steel Fist]]. Every season, a fast ship belonging to the rulers of the [[Sarcophan Delves]] arrives at the Quayside to deliver a parcel of [[ilium]] as part of the trade deal negotiated by [[Empress Britta]]. Crown's Quay is also the site of the [[Kruidenkenner_Trademaster#The_Kruidenkenner_Magazijn|Kruidenkenner ''magazjin'']], a warehouse used by the Sarcophan herbalist and apothecary guild of the same name to trade [[Cerulean Mazzarine|cerulean mazzarine]] with the Empire.

===Sanctuary Sand===
'''Qualities:''' Coastal<br>
This is where the Highborn ships first made landfall. The only major settlement in the region, the town of '''Sanctuary''', is said to have been built on the very spot where [[Atun]]'s ship first came to rest in the new world. Since the establishment of Necropolis, this is where funeral boats land their cargo of the dead. From all over the Empire, great heroes take their final journey to Sanctuary and then are carried along the steep cliffside trail to their final resting place.
{{CaptionedImage|file=SenatorNecropolis.jpg|caption='''Kish of the Flame Beneath the Earth''', Senator for Necropolis|align=left|width=400}}
{{Senate Elections|Senator_for_Necropolis|Territory=Necropolis|Season=Winter}}

==OOC Notes==
* The Highborn, and thus the Empire, control all the regions of Necropolis, making it a firmly Imperial territory.
* [[#Reumah's Rest|Reumah's Rest]] in [[#Coursmouth|Coursmouth]] is a rank two [[fortification]]
* The ''[[Ambassador_to_the_Commonwealth#The_Diplomatenschloss|diplomatenschloss]]'' is a rank one [[fortification]] as well as an [[embassy]]. The [[Fortification#Bastion|bastion]] stands in [[#Hedrossan|Hedrossan]], and the [[Fortification#Garrison|garrison]] is made up of [[Commonwealth]] soldiers. There is no additional upkeep to the Empire to maintain these troops.
[[Commonwealth]]
[[Category:Highguard]]
[[Category:Gazetteer]]
[[Category:Imperial Territory]]

Necropolis

2026-04-18T21:28:20Z

GuiltyConscience: Undo revision 137240 by GuiltyConscience (talk)

{{CaptionedImage|file=RegionsofNecropolis.png|title=If Bastion is the heart of the nation, then Necropolis is where its spirit lies|caption=Regions of Necropolis|align=left|width=500}}
==Overview==
Necropolis is a land of sorrow, first and foremost. Poets wax lyrical about the sad grandeur of the landscape, but even the least sensitive sometimes have to suppress a cold realisation of their own mortality. Yet the sorrow of Necropolis is tempered with the knowledge that ''all'' things pass - that sorrows teach valuable lessons, and that loss is part of life. Even the most bustling chapterhouse in Necropolis will contain some ''memento mori'', some little touch that is ignored consciously but that subconsciously reminds them every day that people die.

The first Highborn settled along the coast of the Bay of Catazar here, and some of the oldest post-Terunael human-built structures are found here. In some ways, it is the foundation upon which Highguard - and to a degree the Empire - was built.

When the Highborn arrived, the entire area that is now Highguard was controlled by [[orc|orcs]]. As they established themselves, the newly arrived humans drove the orcs north and east - eventually eliminating the majority of the orc nations and forcing the rest to flee toward [[Reikos]] and [[the Mallum]]. Fragmentary records of the time talk about the conflict this created with the [[Navarr]] and the [[Urizen]] as the spreading Highborn kingdom drove angry orcs to attack [[Therunin]] and [[Redoubt]]. The early diplomatic incidents this created soured relations with the two "native" human cultures for several decades.

This first territory the Highborn conquered they called ''Pharos'', and built a great city here to serve as their capital. The city of Pharos was burnt to the ground during the time of turmoil, the civil war between the patricians and the chapters. Yet Pharos was not the only victim of the war - a number of towns and early chapters were destroyed by one side or the other. Many were never rebuilt, serving as permanent memorials to, and warnings against, the most tragic period in the history of Highguard. Following the war, many citizens chose to establish chapters in [[Casinea]] and [[Bastion]], beginning new lives and putting the memories of a vicious internal conflict behind them. As a result, Necropolis had the lowest population of all the Highborn territories - at least until the invasion of [[Reikos]] by the Druj.

==Recent History==
The most significant event in the last hundred years was most likely the problems with [[Grendel]] raids in the early 300s. These were dealt with decisively during the reign of [[Empress Deanne]] - parts of [[#Sanctuary Sand|Sanctuary Sand]] and [[#Longbeach|Longbeach]] are still marked by [[orc]] attempts to secure the territory. These attacks petered out over the course of her reign, and had largely ended by the time [[Emperor Ahraz]] took the throne.

Recent years have seen increasing Grendel action, and the threat to [[#Longbeach|Longbeach]] and [[#Sanctuary Sand|Sanctuary Sand]] is all too real. The Empire has taken pains to try and ensure there is an [[Army|army]] garrisoned along the southern coast as much as possible - the Grendel would no doubt relish the opportunity to pillage the tombs of the Thrones and heroes of the Empire. Fortunately, they cannot directly assault the Necropolis itself - the cliffs protect the city from marine assaults.

In Summer 384YE a network of roads, tentatively dubbed "the Virtuous Roads" were [[Construct_White_Roads|commissioned]] by the Imperial Senate. Now the White Roads serve to link Necropolis with both [[Bastion]] and [[Reikos]]. They also provided a major boon to the [[farm|farms]] and [[business|businesses]] of the territory. In the Winter of 386YE, however, the Imperial Senate determined to [[386YE_Winter_Solstice_Senate_sessions#Levy_Tolls_on_White_Roads|levy tolls]] on traffic using the road, meaning they no longer increase the income of individual citizens but provide a significant boost to the Imperial Treasury, in part to pay for the war against the [[vallorn]].

== Major Features ==
=== The Necropolis ===
At the mouth of the river Couros lies Bastion’s shadowed twin, a mausoleum in black marble. The Black City is a mirror of the White City to the north, but where Bastion is full of life and a symbol of the pride and future of the Highborn, Necropolis is a silent, sombre memorial to the past. Built in the ruins of Pharos after its destruction during the civil war, the tombs have spread to encompass almost all the old ruins. Scattered throughout the ruins are mausoleums built to house the Highborn dead. To many Highborn it is as if the city itself has been entombed, its memory preserved in the house of the dead.

The Necropolis holds the bodies of the Empire’s heroes, along with the Imperial Histories, guarded eternally by the [[Highguard_religious_beliefs#Stewards_of_the_dead|stewards of the dead]]. The legendary mausoleum has become the final resting place of almost every Emperor and Empress. In death, all Highborn desire to be lain to rest here, amongst the heroes of the past, where the stewards watch eternally over their silent graves. It is a tremendous honour for heroes of other Imperial Nations to be offered a final resting place alongside them. Those who would be heroes know that granite – and the words placed upon it – will endure long after their flesh has faded.

Preserved and maintained by several chapters with strong connections to the stewards, the permanent population of Necropolis is tiny compared to the area it covers. Some of these chapters are dedicated to preserving a single tomb, or the tombs of all the dead from a specific era or nation. Even for Highborn chapters, these chapters have a reputation for being dour, grim and restrained. "Only the dead live in Necropolis" is a common, if somewhat disrespectful, saying about the Black City.

There are a great many point of interest in Necropolis but the majority are tombs or memorials to the dead. One of the best known memorials, outside the tombs of the emperors and empresses, are '''the Silent Obelisks''', scattered here and there throughout the city. Each is roughly the same - an obelisk of black granite surrounded by a small memorial garden - and each bears the names of every known Imperial soldier who has laid down their life in a significant conflict against the enemies of the Empire. In each case, a small shrine is maintained by a dedicated steward of the dead that serves in the role of a museum - decorated with plaques and friezes that chronicle the conflict, and containing carefully chosen relics of the past war. The obelisks sometimes attract criticism, especially from the Urizen, as they record history with a [[Highguard_history#Archivists|distinctly Highborn flavour]] that favours inspiring lessons over strict adherence to facts. Not every conflict the Empire has ever fought is recorded here - which has in the past been a source of additional criticism. A small number of the obelisks have suffered damage over the centuries, but only one has ever been damaged through malice. In 228YE a cabal of heretics led by an alleged [[Vardas#MikkaMikkal|false exemplar]] marred one of the oldest obelisks - the obelisk memorialising those slain in the war against [[Alderei the Fair]]. While the obelisk was partially restored, roughly a third of the names were lost beyond recovery.

While it is a respected repository of historical knowledge, Necropolis survived the rampage of [[Emperor Nicovar]] largely unscathed. While he was merciless in regard to the libraries and centres of learning elsewhere in the Empire, he spared the memorial shrines of Necropolis. That is not to say that he did not come here; his forces destroyed the '''Hall of Chronicles''', a library dedicated primarily to the biographies of the dead. A surprising number of the actual documents survived this attempted purge however. In addition to those texts smuggled out when it was clear that an attack was imminent, magical means were used to preserve a number of the most valuable books. Even while the building was being burnt a dedicated coven of [[magister|magisters]] evoked powerful Winter magic to place protective enchantments against fire on many of the texts. While the magicians themselves perished in the blaze, the books survived unscathed. Unfortunately, their magic had not gone unnoticed. After the destruction, Nicovar's forces searched the rubble for three days and found many of the undamaged texts and tore them apart. Still, not everyone was as committed to the destruction of the library as the mad Emperor - and as a result, fragments and individual pages - as well as entire books - occasionally turn up in the possession of descendants of these soldiers.

Perhaps unsurprisingly, the Necropolis is one of the most haunted locations in the Empire. The stewards maintain careful vigilance for hauntings, and for the rare occasions where an unliving creature emerges from one of the tombs. The traditional approach is to make cautious contact and discover the purpose of the haunting. Ghosts invariably are brought back by some unfinished business, or terrible wrong that needs righting, and the stewards are experts at working out how to do this. Violence and [[Religious skills#Exorcism|exorcism]] are seen as a last resort: better to help a poor soul into the Labyrinth than to risk destroying it.

===The Litharge===
This single-storey building sprawls across a cemetery in the north of the Necropolis, and is the premier Imperial college specifically devoted to the study of death. Priests come here to study the funeral rites not only of the Empire, but of the entire world. Obviously, they have large stores of lore related to Imperial funeral ceremonies, but they also have extensive information about the rites of [[Faraden]], the [[Iron Confederacy]], [[Asavean Archipelago]], [[Sarcophan Delves]], [[Sumaah Republic]], and [[Principalities of Jarm]]. They are known to have a great deal of interest in the death ceremonies of the [[Axos|Axou]] but to date have only managed to secure sketchy information - and a great deal of fanciful hearsay. Several covens of magisters proficient in the magic of Winter study here, and often support the priests in their work.

It is customary to speak only in whispers in Litharge, out of respect for the dead, and even lectures are given quietly. The priests who study here maintain several shrines of [[Pride]], [[Ambition]], and [[Vigilance]], but the college is hardly a place of pilgrimage.

===First Sentinel===
[[#Highrod|Highrod]] contains one of the oldest human-built structures in Highguard - and perhaps the Empire. The ''first'' First Sentinel was a fortification built in the first days after the Highborn arrived on these shores. Constructed to help secure the northern borders of the first Highborn kingdom against the orc barbarians in [[Bastion]]. Later, when the Highborn began to expand, it was from the First Sentinel that the armies went forth. While the structure looks tiny compared to modern fortifications, the ruins still show all the expertise of the Highborn siege engineers, using the same effective techniques that they have honed over centuries and still employ today.

The castle endured until the civil war, during which it was severely damaged during a bitter conflict between an occupying force loyal to the patricians, and three chapters of grim-faced cataphracts. The castle was re-purposed as a military academy, training generations of Highborn commanders. In 77YE, the structure was gutted by a fire that raged out of control for three days; historians are divided as to the cause. Most claim that the fire started when a candle was knocked over in one of the cellars, but a few point to fragmentary accounts about the fire that suggest the involvement of supernatural forces - perhaps even an eternal such as [[The_Thrice-cursed_Court#Surut|Surut]]. After its destruction, the ruins were troubled by the ghosts of the dead soldiers, and a team of exorcists worked year-round to lay them each to rest while also trying to piece together the story of the fire. In the end, the shell of the structure was partially reconstructed, but repurposed again as a place of pilgrimage and shrine dedicated to the [[Ambition]], [[Pride]], and [[Courage]] of not only those Highborn who died in the fire, but those who defended their people or marched to war to build a better future.

Some Highborn point to First Sentinel as a metaphor for Highguard; while they can adapt to the times, their core identity endures, and remains unchanged. A popular heresy, however, suggests that First Sentinel is not simply a metaphor for the state of Highguard but in some ways a spiritual or magical "barometer" of its fortunes. They point to so-called significant events such as the multiple expansions during the initial conquest of what is today Highguard; or certain incidents during the civil war. They claim that its destruction by fire and return as a spiritual place of pilgrimage reflected the Highguard finding their new identity within the Empire. These ''Seers of the First Sentinel'' claim to be able to predict future events by studying the structure and the lands around it; when they are caught in the vicinity of First Sentinel, they are invariably moved on and in some cases have faced charges of heresy and blasphemy.

=== The Shrine of Britta ===
A recent construction in [[#the Necropolis|the Necropolis]], this beautiful white granite shrine honours the [[Empress Britta]]. An eternal flame burns in a paved courtyard in front of the memorial, which serves as a place of pilgrimage for those wishing to pay their respects or meditate on the lessons of Britta's reign and death. While the body of the Empress was interred in the swamps of [[Kallavesa]], her accoutrements were placed in the shrine. With the removal of these relics, and their internment in the marshes along with her body, interest in the shrine declined. The [[Guardian of Britta's Shrine]] watches over the memorial, but since the removal of the relics the title has become purely ceremonial.

=== The Sumaah Embassy ===
During the Spring Equinox 379YE, the [[Senate]] [[commission|commissioned]] an [[embassy]] to the [[Sumaah Republic]] to be built in the city of [[#The Necropolis|Necropolis]]. Work began shortly after the Summer Solstice 379YE, and was finally completed shortly before the Spring Equinox 380YE. The white granite compound is built after the Sumaah style - a central five-tiered ziggurat surrounded by several single-story buildings nestled in extensive gardens.

===Reumah's Rest===
Built in [[#Coursmouth|Coursmouth]] as part of the project to [[fortification|fortify]] the entire southern coast, Reumah's Rest is a proudly impervious, gleaming white fortress accented with red and black marble reflecting the colours of the [[Highguard groups#Reumah.27s_Redoubt|namesake chapter]]. As with many of the fortifications completed with the [[Sing_your_name#Securing_the_borders|aid of devotees of Vigilance]], there is a beautiful chapel in the lower levels of the fortress dedicated to the inspiration of [[the Sentinel]]. Reumah's Rest was [[Fortify_Coursmouth|approved by the Senate]] in Autumn 382YE, and completed in a mere nine months thanks to the use of powerful [[Autumn magic]] that greatly speeded the construction.

==Regions==
===Coursmouth===
'''Qualities:''' City, Haunted<br>
The river Couros empties out into the Bay of Catazar here, but for the most part the coast is inhospitable. The [[#The Necropolis|Necropolis]] is built atop the cliffs around the mouth of the river, in the ruins of the first Highborn city. One of the most well know [[inspirational location|inspirational tombs]], that of [[Atuman]] the Navigator, stands a little apart from the rest of the city of the dead high atop the cliffs here. Outside the so-called Black City, most of this region is open parkland with a few scattered [[farm|farms]] generally overseen by chapters based in the city itself. The presence of the Necropolis means that there are believed to be more ghosts here than anywhere else in the Empire with the possible exception of [[Kallavesa#The Sovevann|the Sovevann]] in [[Kallavesa]]. Occasionally the [[Highguard_religious_beliefs#Stewards_of_the_dead|Stewards of the Dead]] are called upon to deal with a particularly disruptive or frightening haunting - or to deal with a creature of the realms that has issued from one of the several Winter [[regio]] found in this region.

The gleaming [[fortification|fortress]] of [[#Reumah's Rest|Reumah's Rest]] guards the approach to the Necropolis, defending both against the threat of seaborne assault from [[#Sanctuary Sands|Sanctuary Sands]] and against (admittedly unlikely) overland attacks from [[Reikos]] or [[Morrow]].

===Fishguard===
The open plains of Fishguard are criss-crossed with roads and scattered liberally with chapterhouses. Trade caravans constantly move across Fishguard. The roads here connect merchants from [[the Brass Coast]] and [[Sarvos]], as well as numerous [[the Marches|Marcher]] grain wagons to customers in [[Bastion]], [[Urizen]], and [[Therunin]]. Many chapters maintain hostelries, and there are several very old Navarri [[wayhouse|wayhouses]] established here during early contact with the Highborn newcomers. Perhaps the best known is '''Myfanwy's Rest'''; legend claims that when the First Empress was on her way to [[Casinea#Anvil|Anvil]], she and her companions paused here for two days to prepare themselves for the final leg of their journey. The wayhouse was built in 1YE by members of Myfanwy's striding - partially to commemorate the story, but primarily because its position at the point where the three major roads diverge both makes it a healthy business and gives the Navarr access to a great many people potentially in need of their aid. Not far from Myfanwy's Rest stands the [[Abbess_of_Reconciliation#Abbey_of_Reconciliation|Abbey of Reconciliation]], which works to support refugees and help them join the Empire and embrace the Way.

===Hedrossan===
The river Couros is navigable for much of its length, allowing riverboats to travel up past [[Bastion]] and [[Redoubt]] to [[Reikos#Haros Water|Haros]] in [[Reikos]], as well as to reach parts of [[Morrow]]. Chapters are built at regular intervals along the banks of the river, and Hedrossan is one of the most populous regions of Necropolis as a consequence. The trading port of '''Hedra''' is a fair distance inland, but is the favoured destination of ships from the [[The League|League]] and the [[The Brass Coast|Brass Coast]]. Vessels from as far afield as the [[The Marches|Marches]] and even [[Wintermark]] prefer to bypass the archaic docks at Crown's Quay and do their trading here. A great deal of grain and other foodstuffs are sold to merchants destined for the peaks of [[Urizen]], despite (or perhaps causing) a great deal of economic rivalry with the port of [[Redoubt#Cargo|Cargo]] in [[Redoubt]].

Hedra is also the site of the [[Ambassador to the Commonwealth#The Diplomatenschloss|diplomatenschloss]], a fortified embassy built to [[Commonwealth]] designs. The garrison of Commonwealth soldiers stand ready to defend not only the embassy, but Necropolis itself should their allies be attacked. There has however been some concern that the proximity of the [[Principalities of Jarm|Jarmish]] embassy across the river in [[Redoubt#Cargo|Cargo]] might lead to problems, as ships belonging to both rival nations are sailing up and down the Couros river.

===Highrod===
'''Qualities:''' Forest, Haunted<br>
Highrod is rolling, gently-forested plain known for bounteous [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Lemon lemon] crops. According to Highborn historians, the common refreshing drink of lemonade was invented here in the early days after the Highborn arrived. This claim has been contested, but the fact remains that the best lemons in the Empire come from Highrod, generated perhaps by the unusually hot summers and cold winters that the local chapterhouses endure with pride. It is also known for containing one of the oldest human-built structures in Highguard - and perhaps the Empire - the remains of the '''[[#First Sentinel|First Sentinel]]''', a fortification built in the first days after the Highborn arrived on these shores.

The chapters here are almost exclusively built around the margins of the forest rather than at its heart. At the time of the civil war, the woodlands here had been extensively harvested by the Highborn. After Pharos burned, however, the woodlands were allowed to grow wild again, to cover over several especially bitter battlefields. According to local legend, the woods are haunted by the unquiet spirits of the Patrician's soldiers who died here in great numbers during the civil war. Occasionally, travellers encounter ivy-choked ruins in Highrod, the shattered remnants of Patrician palaces and villas, several of which have their own unpleasant spectres associated with them that prove particularly resistant to [[exorcism]]. Consequently, Highrod remains the least populous region in Necropolis.

===Longbeach===
'''Qualities:''' Coastal<br>
With one of the most literal names of all the regions of Highguard, Longbeach is home to several fishing villages and most of the chapters here make their living from the sea. It is perhaps best known for the port-town of '''Crown's Quay'''. Once a small fishing village called Westport, Crown’s Quay became notable as the preferred port for those wishing to travel to Anvil, and its docks were rebuilt by the [[Military Council|military council]] in the early days of Empire. Legend also says that it was the place the Three Sisters, the founders of the Brass Coast, took ship. Despite its age and fame, it has never been especially prosperous as a trade port - although several attempts have been made to built lighthouses and to upgrade the quayside they have rarely amounted to significant change. One point of interest at Crown's Quay is the unassuming building that serves as the offices for overseeing the [[Imperial Orcs|Imperial orc]] national [[Bourse|Bourse Seat]] known as the [[Steel Fist]]. Every season, a fast ship belonging to the rulers of the [[Sarcophan Delves]] arrives at the Quayside to deliver a parcel of [[ilium]] as part of the trade deal negotiated by [[Empress Britta]]. Crown's Quay is also the site of the [[Kruidenkenner_Trademaster#The_Kruidenkenner_Magazijn|Kruidenkenner ''magazjin'']], a warehouse used by the Sarcophan herbalist and apothecary guild of the same name to trade [[Cerulean Mazzarine|cerulean mazzarine]] with the Empire.

===Sanctuary Sands===
'''Qualities:''' Coastal<br>
This is where the Highborn ships first made landfall. The only major settlement in the region, the town of '''Sanctuary''', is said to have been built on the very spot where [[Atun]]'s ship first came to rest in the new world. Since the establishment of Necropolis, this is where funeral boats land their cargo of the dead. From all over the Empire, great heroes take their final journey to Sanctuary and then are carried along the steep cliffside trail to their final resting place.
{{CaptionedImage|file=SenatorNecropolis.jpg|caption='''Kish of the Flame Beneath the Earth''', Senator for Necropolis|align=left|width=400}}
{{Senate Elections|Senator_for_Necropolis|Territory=Necropolis|Season=Winter}}

==OOC Notes==
* The Highborn, and thus the Empire, control all the regions of Necropolis, making it a firmly Imperial territory.
* [[#Reumah's Rest|Reumah's Rest]] in [[#Coursmouth|Coursmouth]] is a rank two [[fortification]]
* The ''[[Ambassador_to_the_Commonwealth#The_Diplomatenschloss|diplomatenschloss]]'' is a rank one [[fortification]] as well as an [[embassy]]. The [[Fortification#Bastion|bastion]] stands in [[#Hedrossan|Hedrossan]], and the [[Fortification#Garrison|garrison]] is made up of [[Commonwealth]] soldiers. There is no additional upkeep to the Empire to maintain these troops.
[[Commonwealth]]
[[Category:Highguard]]
[[Category:Gazetteer]]
[[Category:Imperial Territory]]

Necropolis

2026-04-18T21:27:13Z

GuiltyConscience:

{{CaptionedImage|file=RegionsofNecropolis.png|title=If Bastion is the heart of the nation, then Necropolis is where its spirit lies|caption=Regions of Necropolis|align=left|width=500}}
==Overview==
Necropolis is a land of sorrow, first and foremost. Poets wax lyrical about the sad grandeur of the landscape, but even the least sensitive sometimes have to suppress a cold realisation of their own mortality. Yet the sorrow of Necropolis is tempered with the knowledge that ''all'' things pass - that sorrows teach valuable lessons, and that loss is part of life. Even the most bustling chapterhouse in Necropolis will contain some ''memento mori'', some little touch that is ignored consciously but that subconsciously reminds them every day that people die.

The first Highborn settled along the coast of the Bay of Catazar here, and some of the oldest post-Terunael human-built structures are found here. In some ways, it is the foundation upon which Highguard - and to a degree the Empire - was built.

When the Highborn arrived, the entire area that is now Highguard was controlled by [[orc|orcs]]. As they established themselves, the newly arrived humans drove the orcs north and east - eventually eliminating the majority of the orc nations and forcing the rest to flee toward [[Reikos]] and [[the Mallum]]. Fragmentary records of the time talk about the conflict this created with the [[Navarr]] and the [[Urizen]] as the spreading Highborn kingdom drove angry orcs to attack [[Therunin]] and [[Redoubt]]. The early diplomatic incidents this created soured relations with the two "native" human cultures for several decades.

This first territory the Highborn conquered they called ''Pharos'', and built a great city here to serve as their capital. The city of Pharos was burnt to the ground during the time of turmoil, the civil war between the patricians and the chapters. Yet Pharos was not the only victim of the war - a number of towns and early chapters were destroyed by one side or the other. Many were never rebuilt, serving as permanent memorials to, and warnings against, the most tragic period in the history of Highguard. Following the war, many citizens chose to establish chapters in [[Casinea]] and [[Bastion]], beginning new lives and putting the memories of a vicious internal conflict behind them. As a result, Necropolis had the lowest population of all the Highborn territories - at least until the invasion of [[Reikos]] by the Druj.

==Recent History==
The most significant event in the last hundred years was most likely the problems with [[Grendel]] raids in the early 300s. These were dealt with decisively during the reign of [[Empress Deanne]] - parts of [[#Sanctuary Sands|Sanctuary Sands]] and [[#Longbeach|Longbeach]] are still marked by [[orc]] attempts to secure the territory. These attacks petered out over the course of her reign, and had largely ended by the time [[Emperor Ahraz]] took the throne.

Recent years have seen increasing Grendel action, and the threat to [[#Longbeach|Longbeach]] and [[#Sanctuary Sands|Sanctuary Sands]] is all too real. The Empire has taken pains to try and ensure there is an [[Army|army]] garrisoned along the southern coast as much as possible - the Grendel would no doubt relish the opportunity to pillage the tombs of the Thrones and heroes of the Empire. Fortunately, they cannot directly assault the Necropolis itself - the cliffs protect the city from marine assaults.

In Summer 384YE a network of roads, tentatively dubbed "the Virtuous Roads" were [[Construct_White_Roads|commissioned]] by the Imperial Senate. Now the White Roads serve to link Necropolis with both [[Bastion]] and [[Reikos]]. They also provided a major boon to the [[farm|farms]] and [[business|businesses]] of the territory. In the Winter of 386YE, however, the Imperial Senate determined to [[386YE_Winter_Solstice_Senate_sessions#Levy_Tolls_on_White_Roads|levy tolls]] on traffic using the road, meaning they no longer increase the income of individual citizens but provide a significant boost to the Imperial Treasury, in part to pay for the war against the [[vallorn]].

== Major Features ==
=== The Necropolis ===
At the mouth of the river Couros lies Bastion’s shadowed twin, a mausoleum in black marble. The Black City is a mirror of the White City to the north, but where Bastion is full of life and a symbol of the pride and future of the Highborn, Necropolis is a silent, sombre memorial to the past. Built in the ruins of Pharos after its destruction during the civil war, the tombs have spread to encompass almost all the old ruins. Scattered throughout the ruins are mausoleums built to house the Highborn dead. To many Highborn it is as if the city itself has been entombed, its memory preserved in the house of the dead.

The Necropolis holds the bodies of the Empire’s heroes, along with the Imperial Histories, guarded eternally by the [[Highguard_religious_beliefs#Stewards_of_the_dead|stewards of the dead]]. The legendary mausoleum has become the final resting place of almost every Emperor and Empress. In death, all Highborn desire to be lain to rest here, amongst the heroes of the past, where the stewards watch eternally over their silent graves. It is a tremendous honour for heroes of other Imperial Nations to be offered a final resting place alongside them. Those who would be heroes know that granite – and the words placed upon it – will endure long after their flesh has faded.

Preserved and maintained by several chapters with strong connections to the stewards, the permanent population of Necropolis is tiny compared to the area it covers. Some of these chapters are dedicated to preserving a single tomb, or the tombs of all the dead from a specific era or nation. Even for Highborn chapters, these chapters have a reputation for being dour, grim and restrained. "Only the dead live in Necropolis" is a common, if somewhat disrespectful, saying about the Black City.

There are a great many point of interest in Necropolis but the majority are tombs or memorials to the dead. One of the best known memorials, outside the tombs of the emperors and empresses, are '''the Silent Obelisks''', scattered here and there throughout the city. Each is roughly the same - an obelisk of black granite surrounded by a small memorial garden - and each bears the names of every known Imperial soldier who has laid down their life in a significant conflict against the enemies of the Empire. In each case, a small shrine is maintained by a dedicated steward of the dead that serves in the role of a museum - decorated with plaques and friezes that chronicle the conflict, and containing carefully chosen relics of the past war. The obelisks sometimes attract criticism, especially from the Urizen, as they record history with a [[Highguard_history#Archivists|distinctly Highborn flavour]] that favours inspiring lessons over strict adherence to facts. Not every conflict the Empire has ever fought is recorded here - which has in the past been a source of additional criticism. A small number of the obelisks have suffered damage over the centuries, but only one has ever been damaged through malice. In 228YE a cabal of heretics led by an alleged [[Vardas#MikkaMikkal|false exemplar]] marred one of the oldest obelisks - the obelisk memorialising those slain in the war against [[Alderei the Fair]]. While the obelisk was partially restored, roughly a third of the names were lost beyond recovery.

While it is a respected repository of historical knowledge, Necropolis survived the rampage of [[Emperor Nicovar]] largely unscathed. While he was merciless in regard to the libraries and centres of learning elsewhere in the Empire, he spared the memorial shrines of Necropolis. That is not to say that he did not come here; his forces destroyed the '''Hall of Chronicles''', a library dedicated primarily to the biographies of the dead. A surprising number of the actual documents survived this attempted purge however. In addition to those texts smuggled out when it was clear that an attack was imminent, magical means were used to preserve a number of the most valuable books. Even while the building was being burnt a dedicated coven of [[magister|magisters]] evoked powerful Winter magic to place protective enchantments against fire on many of the texts. While the magicians themselves perished in the blaze, the books survived unscathed. Unfortunately, their magic had not gone unnoticed. After the destruction, Nicovar's forces searched the rubble for three days and found many of the undamaged texts and tore them apart. Still, not everyone was as committed to the destruction of the library as the mad Emperor - and as a result, fragments and individual pages - as well as entire books - occasionally turn up in the possession of descendants of these soldiers.

Perhaps unsurprisingly, the Necropolis is one of the most haunted locations in the Empire. The stewards maintain careful vigilance for hauntings, and for the rare occasions where an unliving creature emerges from one of the tombs. The traditional approach is to make cautious contact and discover the purpose of the haunting. Ghosts invariably are brought back by some unfinished business, or terrible wrong that needs righting, and the stewards are experts at working out how to do this. Violence and [[Religious skills#Exorcism|exorcism]] are seen as a last resort: better to help a poor soul into the Labyrinth than to risk destroying it.

===The Litharge===
This single-storey building sprawls across a cemetery in the north of the Necropolis, and is the premier Imperial college specifically devoted to the study of death. Priests come here to study the funeral rites not only of the Empire, but of the entire world. Obviously, they have large stores of lore related to Imperial funeral ceremonies, but they also have extensive information about the rites of [[Faraden]], the [[Iron Confederacy]], [[Asavean Archipelago]], [[Sarcophan Delves]], [[Sumaah Republic]], and [[Principalities of Jarm]]. They are known to have a great deal of interest in the death ceremonies of the [[Axos|Axou]] but to date have only managed to secure sketchy information - and a great deal of fanciful hearsay. Several covens of magisters proficient in the magic of Winter study here, and often support the priests in their work.

It is customary to speak only in whispers in Litharge, out of respect for the dead, and even lectures are given quietly. The priests who study here maintain several shrines of [[Pride]], [[Ambition]], and [[Vigilance]], but the college is hardly a place of pilgrimage.

===First Sentinel===
[[#Highrod|Highrod]] contains one of the oldest human-built structures in Highguard - and perhaps the Empire. The ''first'' First Sentinel was a fortification built in the first days after the Highborn arrived on these shores. Constructed to help secure the northern borders of the first Highborn kingdom against the orc barbarians in [[Bastion]]. Later, when the Highborn began to expand, it was from the First Sentinel that the armies went forth. While the structure looks tiny compared to modern fortifications, the ruins still show all the expertise of the Highborn siege engineers, using the same effective techniques that they have honed over centuries and still employ today.

The castle endured until the civil war, during which it was severely damaged during a bitter conflict between an occupying force loyal to the patricians, and three chapters of grim-faced cataphracts. The castle was re-purposed as a military academy, training generations of Highborn commanders. In 77YE, the structure was gutted by a fire that raged out of control for three days; historians are divided as to the cause. Most claim that the fire started when a candle was knocked over in one of the cellars, but a few point to fragmentary accounts about the fire that suggest the involvement of supernatural forces - perhaps even an eternal such as [[The_Thrice-cursed_Court#Surut|Surut]]. After its destruction, the ruins were troubled by the ghosts of the dead soldiers, and a team of exorcists worked year-round to lay them each to rest while also trying to piece together the story of the fire. In the end, the shell of the structure was partially reconstructed, but repurposed again as a place of pilgrimage and shrine dedicated to the [[Ambition]], [[Pride]], and [[Courage]] of not only those Highborn who died in the fire, but those who defended their people or marched to war to build a better future.

Some Highborn point to First Sentinel as a metaphor for Highguard; while they can adapt to the times, their core identity endures, and remains unchanged. A popular heresy, however, suggests that First Sentinel is not simply a metaphor for the state of Highguard but in some ways a spiritual or magical "barometer" of its fortunes. They point to so-called significant events such as the multiple expansions during the initial conquest of what is today Highguard; or certain incidents during the civil war. They claim that its destruction by fire and return as a spiritual place of pilgrimage reflected the Highguard finding their new identity within the Empire. These ''Seers of the First Sentinel'' claim to be able to predict future events by studying the structure and the lands around it; when they are caught in the vicinity of First Sentinel, they are invariably moved on and in some cases have faced charges of heresy and blasphemy.

=== The Shrine of Britta ===
A recent construction in [[#the Necropolis|the Necropolis]], this beautiful white granite shrine honours the [[Empress Britta]]. An eternal flame burns in a paved courtyard in front of the memorial, which serves as a place of pilgrimage for those wishing to pay their respects or meditate on the lessons of Britta's reign and death. While the body of the Empress was interred in the swamps of [[Kallavesa]], her accoutrements were placed in the shrine. With the removal of these relics, and their internment in the marshes along with her body, interest in the shrine declined. The [[Guardian of Britta's Shrine]] watches over the memorial, but since the removal of the relics the title has become purely ceremonial.

=== The Sumaah Embassy ===
During the Spring Equinox 379YE, the [[Senate]] [[commission|commissioned]] an [[embassy]] to the [[Sumaah Republic]] to be built in the city of [[#The Necropolis|Necropolis]]. Work began shortly after the Summer Solstice 379YE, and was finally completed shortly before the Spring Equinox 380YE. The white granite compound is built after the Sumaah style - a central five-tiered ziggurat surrounded by several single-story buildings nestled in extensive gardens.

===Reumah's Rest===
Built in [[#Coursmouth|Coursmouth]] as part of the project to [[fortification|fortify]] the entire southern coast, Reumah's Rest is a proudly impervious, gleaming white fortress accented with red and black marble reflecting the colours of the [[Highguard groups#Reumah.27s_Redoubt|namesake chapter]]. As with many of the fortifications completed with the [[Sing_your_name#Securing_the_borders|aid of devotees of Vigilance]], there is a beautiful chapel in the lower levels of the fortress dedicated to the inspiration of [[the Sentinel]]. Reumah's Rest was [[Fortify_Coursmouth|approved by the Senate]] in Autumn 382YE, and completed in a mere nine months thanks to the use of powerful [[Autumn magic]] that greatly speeded the construction.

==Regions==
===Coursmouth===
'''Qualities:''' City, Haunted<br>
The river Couros empties out into the Bay of Catazar here, but for the most part the coast is inhospitable. The [[#The Necropolis|Necropolis]] is built atop the cliffs around the mouth of the river, in the ruins of the first Highborn city. One of the most well know [[inspirational location|inspirational tombs]], that of [[Atuman]] the Navigator, stands a little apart from the rest of the city of the dead high atop the cliffs here. Outside the so-called Black City, most of this region is open parkland with a few scattered [[farm|farms]] generally overseen by chapters based in the city itself. The presence of the Necropolis means that there are believed to be more ghosts here than anywhere else in the Empire with the possible exception of [[Kallavesa#The Sovevann|the Sovevann]] in [[Kallavesa]]. Occasionally the [[Highguard_religious_beliefs#Stewards_of_the_dead|Stewards of the Dead]] are called upon to deal with a particularly disruptive or frightening haunting - or to deal with a creature of the realms that has issued from one of the several Winter [[regio]] found in this region.

The gleaming [[fortification|fortress]] of [[#Reumah's Rest|Reumah's Rest]] guards the approach to the Necropolis, defending both against the threat of seaborne assault from [[#Sanctuary Sands|Sanctuary Sands]] and against (admittedly unlikely) overland attacks from [[Reikos]] or [[Morrow]].

===Fishguard===
The open plains of Fishguard are criss-crossed with roads and scattered liberally with chapterhouses. Trade caravans constantly move across Fishguard. The roads here connect merchants from [[the Brass Coast]] and [[Sarvos]], as well as numerous [[the Marches|Marcher]] grain wagons to customers in [[Bastion]], [[Urizen]], and [[Therunin]]. Many chapters maintain hostelries, and there are several very old Navarri [[wayhouse|wayhouses]] established here during early contact with the Highborn newcomers. Perhaps the best known is '''Myfanwy's Rest'''; legend claims that when the First Empress was on her way to [[Casinea#Anvil|Anvil]], she and her companions paused here for two days to prepare themselves for the final leg of their journey. The wayhouse was built in 1YE by members of Myfanwy's striding - partially to commemorate the story, but primarily because its position at the point where the three major roads diverge both makes it a healthy business and gives the Navarr access to a great many people potentially in need of their aid. Not far from Myfanwy's Rest stands the [[Abbess_of_Reconciliation#Abbey_of_Reconciliation|Abbey of Reconciliation]], which works to support refugees and help them join the Empire and embrace the Way.

===Hedrossan===
The river Couros is navigable for much of its length, allowing riverboats to travel up past [[Bastion]] and [[Redoubt]] to [[Reikos#Haros Water|Haros]] in [[Reikos]], as well as to reach parts of [[Morrow]]. Chapters are built at regular intervals along the banks of the river, and Hedrossan is one of the most populous regions of Necropolis as a consequence. The trading port of '''Hedra''' is a fair distance inland, but is the favoured destination of ships from the [[The League|League]] and the [[The Brass Coast|Brass Coast]]. Vessels from as far afield as the [[The Marches|Marches]] and even [[Wintermark]] prefer to bypass the archaic docks at Crown's Quay and do their trading here. A great deal of grain and other foodstuffs are sold to merchants destined for the peaks of [[Urizen]], despite (or perhaps causing) a great deal of economic rivalry with the port of [[Redoubt#Cargo|Cargo]] in [[Redoubt]].

Hedra is also the site of the [[Ambassador to the Commonwealth#The Diplomatenschloss|diplomatenschloss]], a fortified embassy built to [[Commonwealth]] designs. The garrison of Commonwealth soldiers stand ready to defend not only the embassy, but Necropolis itself should their allies be attacked. There has however been some concern that the proximity of the [[Principalities of Jarm|Jarmish]] embassy across the river in [[Redoubt#Cargo|Cargo]] might lead to problems, as ships belonging to both rival nations are sailing up and down the Couros river.

===Highrod===
'''Qualities:''' Forest, Haunted<br>
Highrod is rolling, gently-forested plain known for bounteous [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Lemon lemon] crops. According to Highborn historians, the common refreshing drink of lemonade was invented here in the early days after the Highborn arrived. This claim has been contested, but the fact remains that the best lemons in the Empire come from Highrod, generated perhaps by the unusually hot summers and cold winters that the local chapterhouses endure with pride. It is also known for containing one of the oldest human-built structures in Highguard - and perhaps the Empire - the remains of the '''[[#First Sentinel|First Sentinel]]''', a fortification built in the first days after the Highborn arrived on these shores.

The chapters here are almost exclusively built around the margins of the forest rather than at its heart. At the time of the civil war, the woodlands here had been extensively harvested by the Highborn. After Pharos burned, however, the woodlands were allowed to grow wild again, to cover over several especially bitter battlefields. According to local legend, the woods are haunted by the unquiet spirits of the Patrician's soldiers who died here in great numbers during the civil war. Occasionally, travellers encounter ivy-choked ruins in Highrod, the shattered remnants of Patrician palaces and villas, several of which have their own unpleasant spectres associated with them that prove particularly resistant to [[exorcism]]. Consequently, Highrod remains the least populous region in Necropolis.

===Longbeach===
'''Qualities:''' Coastal<br>
With one of the most literal names of all the regions of Highguard, Longbeach is home to several fishing villages and most of the chapters here make their living from the sea. It is perhaps best known for the port-town of '''Crown's Quay'''. Once a small fishing village called Westport, Crown’s Quay became notable as the preferred port for those wishing to travel to Anvil, and its docks were rebuilt by the [[Military Council|military council]] in the early days of Empire. Legend also says that it was the place the Three Sisters, the founders of the Brass Coast, took ship. Despite its age and fame, it has never been especially prosperous as a trade port - although several attempts have been made to built lighthouses and to upgrade the quayside they have rarely amounted to significant change. One point of interest at Crown's Quay is the unassuming building that serves as the offices for overseeing the [[Imperial Orcs|Imperial orc]] national [[Bourse|Bourse Seat]] known as the [[Steel Fist]]. Every season, a fast ship belonging to the rulers of the [[Sarcophan Delves]] arrives at the Quayside to deliver a parcel of [[ilium]] as part of the trade deal negotiated by [[Empress Britta]]. Crown's Quay is also the site of the [[Kruidenkenner_Trademaster#The_Kruidenkenner_Magazijn|Kruidenkenner ''magazjin'']], a warehouse used by the Sarcophan herbalist and apothecary guild of the same name to trade [[Cerulean Mazzarine|cerulean mazzarine]] with the Empire.

===Sanctuary Sands===
'''Qualities:''' Coastal<br>
This is where the Highborn ships first made landfall. The only major settlement in the region, the town of '''Sanctuary''', is said to have been built on the very spot where [[Atun]]'s ship first came to rest in the new world. Since the establishment of Necropolis, this is where funeral boats land their cargo of the dead. From all over the Empire, great heroes take their final journey to Sanctuary and then are carried along the steep cliffside trail to their final resting place.
{{CaptionedImage|file=SenatorNecropolis.jpg|caption='''Kish of the Flame Beneath the Earth''', Senator for Necropolis|align=left|width=400}}
{{Senate Elections|Senator_for_Necropolis|Territory=Necropolis|Season=Winter}}

==OOC Notes==
* The Highborn, and thus the Empire, control all the regions of Necropolis, making it a firmly Imperial territory.
* [[#Reumah's Rest|Reumah's Rest]] in [[#Coursmouth|Coursmouth]] is a rank two [[fortification]]
* The ''[[Ambassador_to_the_Commonwealth#The_Diplomatenschloss|diplomatenschloss]]'' is a rank one [[fortification]] as well as an [[embassy]]. The [[Fortification#Bastion|bastion]] stands in [[#Hedrossan|Hedrossan]], and the [[Fortification#Garrison|garrison]] is made up of [[Commonwealth]] soldiers. There is no additional upkeep to the Empire to maintain these troops.
[[Commonwealth]]
[[Category:Highguard]]
[[Category:Gazetteer]]
[[Category:Imperial Territory]]

Necropolis

2026-04-18T21:26:43Z

GuiltyConscience: /* Sanctuary Sand */

{{CaptionedImage|file=RegionsofNecropolis.png|title=If Bastion is the heart of the nation, then Necropolis is where its spirit lies|caption=Regions of Necropolis|align=left|width=500}}
==Overview==
Necropolis is a land of sorrow, first and foremost. Poets wax lyrical about the sad grandeur of the landscape, but even the least sensitive sometimes have to suppress a cold realisation of their own mortality. Yet the sorrow of Necropolis is tempered with the knowledge that ''all'' things pass - that sorrows teach valuable lessons, and that loss is part of life. Even the most bustling chapterhouse in Necropolis will contain some ''memento mori'', some little touch that is ignored consciously but that subconsciously reminds them every day that people die.

The first Highborn settled along the coast of the Bay of Catazar here, and some of the oldest post-Terunael human-built structures are found here. In some ways, it is the foundation upon which Highguard - and to a degree the Empire - was built.

When the Highborn arrived, the entire area that is now Highguard was controlled by [[orc|orcs]]. As they established themselves, the newly arrived humans drove the orcs north and east - eventually eliminating the majority of the orc nations and forcing the rest to flee toward [[Reikos]] and [[the Mallum]]. Fragmentary records of the time talk about the conflict this created with the [[Navarr]] and the [[Urizen]] as the spreading Highborn kingdom drove angry orcs to attack [[Therunin]] and [[Redoubt]]. The early diplomatic incidents this created soured relations with the two "native" human cultures for several decades.

This first territory the Highborn conquered they called ''Pharos'', and built a great city here to serve as their capital. The city of Pharos was burnt to the ground during the time of turmoil, the civil war between the patricians and the chapters. Yet Pharos was not the only victim of the war - a number of towns and early chapters were destroyed by one side or the other. Many were never rebuilt, serving as permanent memorials to, and warnings against, the most tragic period in the history of Highguard. Following the war, many citizens chose to establish chapters in [[Casinea]] and [[Bastion]], beginning new lives and putting the memories of a vicious internal conflict behind them. As a result, Necropolis had the lowest population of all the Highborn territories - at least until the invasion of [[Reikos]] by the Druj.

==Recent History==
The most significant event in the last hundred years was most likely the problems with [[Grendel]] raids in the early 300s. These were dealt with decisively during the reign of [[Empress Deanne]] - parts of [[#Sanctuary Sand|Sanctuary Sand]] and [[#Longbeach|Longbeach]] are still marked by [[orc]] attempts to secure the territory. These attacks petered out over the course of her reign, and had largely ended by the time [[Emperor Ahraz]] took the throne.

Recent years have seen increasing Grendel action, and the threat to [[#Longbeach|Longbeach]] and [[#Sanctuary Sand|Sanctuary Sand]] is all too real. The Empire has taken pains to try and ensure there is an [[Army|army]] garrisoned along the southern coast as much as possible - the Grendel would no doubt relish the opportunity to pillage the tombs of the Thrones and heroes of the Empire. Fortunately, they cannot directly assault the Necropolis itself - the cliffs protect the city from marine assaults.

In Summer 384YE a network of roads, tentatively dubbed "the Virtuous Roads" were [[Construct_White_Roads|commissioned]] by the Imperial Senate. Now the White Roads serve to link Necropolis with both [[Bastion]] and [[Reikos]]. They also provided a major boon to the [[farm|farms]] and [[business|businesses]] of the territory. In the Winter of 386YE, however, the Imperial Senate determined to [[386YE_Winter_Solstice_Senate_sessions#Levy_Tolls_on_White_Roads|levy tolls]] on traffic using the road, meaning they no longer increase the income of individual citizens but provide a significant boost to the Imperial Treasury, in part to pay for the war against the [[vallorn]].

== Major Features ==
=== The Necropolis ===
At the mouth of the river Couros lies Bastion’s shadowed twin, a mausoleum in black marble. The Black City is a mirror of the White City to the north, but where Bastion is full of life and a symbol of the pride and future of the Highborn, Necropolis is a silent, sombre memorial to the past. Built in the ruins of Pharos after its destruction during the civil war, the tombs have spread to encompass almost all the old ruins. Scattered throughout the ruins are mausoleums built to house the Highborn dead. To many Highborn it is as if the city itself has been entombed, its memory preserved in the house of the dead.

The Necropolis holds the bodies of the Empire’s heroes, along with the Imperial Histories, guarded eternally by the [[Highguard_religious_beliefs#Stewards_of_the_dead|stewards of the dead]]. The legendary mausoleum has become the final resting place of almost every Emperor and Empress. In death, all Highborn desire to be lain to rest here, amongst the heroes of the past, where the stewards watch eternally over their silent graves. It is a tremendous honour for heroes of other Imperial Nations to be offered a final resting place alongside them. Those who would be heroes know that granite – and the words placed upon it – will endure long after their flesh has faded.

Preserved and maintained by several chapters with strong connections to the stewards, the permanent population of Necropolis is tiny compared to the area it covers. Some of these chapters are dedicated to preserving a single tomb, or the tombs of all the dead from a specific era or nation. Even for Highborn chapters, these chapters have a reputation for being dour, grim and restrained. "Only the dead live in Necropolis" is a common, if somewhat disrespectful, saying about the Black City.

There are a great many point of interest in Necropolis but the majority are tombs or memorials to the dead. One of the best known memorials, outside the tombs of the emperors and empresses, are '''the Silent Obelisks''', scattered here and there throughout the city. Each is roughly the same - an obelisk of black granite surrounded by a small memorial garden - and each bears the names of every known Imperial soldier who has laid down their life in a significant conflict against the enemies of the Empire. In each case, a small shrine is maintained by a dedicated steward of the dead that serves in the role of a museum - decorated with plaques and friezes that chronicle the conflict, and containing carefully chosen relics of the past war. The obelisks sometimes attract criticism, especially from the Urizen, as they record history with a [[Highguard_history#Archivists|distinctly Highborn flavour]] that favours inspiring lessons over strict adherence to facts. Not every conflict the Empire has ever fought is recorded here - which has in the past been a source of additional criticism. A small number of the obelisks have suffered damage over the centuries, but only one has ever been damaged through malice. In 228YE a cabal of heretics led by an alleged [[Vardas#MikkaMikkal|false exemplar]] marred one of the oldest obelisks - the obelisk memorialising those slain in the war against [[Alderei the Fair]]. While the obelisk was partially restored, roughly a third of the names were lost beyond recovery.

While it is a respected repository of historical knowledge, Necropolis survived the rampage of [[Emperor Nicovar]] largely unscathed. While he was merciless in regard to the libraries and centres of learning elsewhere in the Empire, he spared the memorial shrines of Necropolis. That is not to say that he did not come here; his forces destroyed the '''Hall of Chronicles''', a library dedicated primarily to the biographies of the dead. A surprising number of the actual documents survived this attempted purge however. In addition to those texts smuggled out when it was clear that an attack was imminent, magical means were used to preserve a number of the most valuable books. Even while the building was being burnt a dedicated coven of [[magister|magisters]] evoked powerful Winter magic to place protective enchantments against fire on many of the texts. While the magicians themselves perished in the blaze, the books survived unscathed. Unfortunately, their magic had not gone unnoticed. After the destruction, Nicovar's forces searched the rubble for three days and found many of the undamaged texts and tore them apart. Still, not everyone was as committed to the destruction of the library as the mad Emperor - and as a result, fragments and individual pages - as well as entire books - occasionally turn up in the possession of descendants of these soldiers.

Perhaps unsurprisingly, the Necropolis is one of the most haunted locations in the Empire. The stewards maintain careful vigilance for hauntings, and for the rare occasions where an unliving creature emerges from one of the tombs. The traditional approach is to make cautious contact and discover the purpose of the haunting. Ghosts invariably are brought back by some unfinished business, or terrible wrong that needs righting, and the stewards are experts at working out how to do this. Violence and [[Religious skills#Exorcism|exorcism]] are seen as a last resort: better to help a poor soul into the Labyrinth than to risk destroying it.

===The Litharge===
This single-storey building sprawls across a cemetery in the north of the Necropolis, and is the premier Imperial college specifically devoted to the study of death. Priests come here to study the funeral rites not only of the Empire, but of the entire world. Obviously, they have large stores of lore related to Imperial funeral ceremonies, but they also have extensive information about the rites of [[Faraden]], the [[Iron Confederacy]], [[Asavean Archipelago]], [[Sarcophan Delves]], [[Sumaah Republic]], and [[Principalities of Jarm]]. They are known to have a great deal of interest in the death ceremonies of the [[Axos|Axou]] but to date have only managed to secure sketchy information - and a great deal of fanciful hearsay. Several covens of magisters proficient in the magic of Winter study here, and often support the priests in their work.

It is customary to speak only in whispers in Litharge, out of respect for the dead, and even lectures are given quietly. The priests who study here maintain several shrines of [[Pride]], [[Ambition]], and [[Vigilance]], but the college is hardly a place of pilgrimage.

===First Sentinel===
[[#Highrod|Highrod]] contains one of the oldest human-built structures in Highguard - and perhaps the Empire. The ''first'' First Sentinel was a fortification built in the first days after the Highborn arrived on these shores. Constructed to help secure the northern borders of the first Highborn kingdom against the orc barbarians in [[Bastion]]. Later, when the Highborn began to expand, it was from the First Sentinel that the armies went forth. While the structure looks tiny compared to modern fortifications, the ruins still show all the expertise of the Highborn siege engineers, using the same effective techniques that they have honed over centuries and still employ today.

The castle endured until the civil war, during which it was severely damaged during a bitter conflict between an occupying force loyal to the patricians, and three chapters of grim-faced cataphracts. The castle was re-purposed as a military academy, training generations of Highborn commanders. In 77YE, the structure was gutted by a fire that raged out of control for three days; historians are divided as to the cause. Most claim that the fire started when a candle was knocked over in one of the cellars, but a few point to fragmentary accounts about the fire that suggest the involvement of supernatural forces - perhaps even an eternal such as [[The_Thrice-cursed_Court#Surut|Surut]]. After its destruction, the ruins were troubled by the ghosts of the dead soldiers, and a team of exorcists worked year-round to lay them each to rest while also trying to piece together the story of the fire. In the end, the shell of the structure was partially reconstructed, but repurposed again as a place of pilgrimage and shrine dedicated to the [[Ambition]], [[Pride]], and [[Courage]] of not only those Highborn who died in the fire, but those who defended their people or marched to war to build a better future.

Some Highborn point to First Sentinel as a metaphor for Highguard; while they can adapt to the times, their core identity endures, and remains unchanged. A popular heresy, however, suggests that First Sentinel is not simply a metaphor for the state of Highguard but in some ways a spiritual or magical "barometer" of its fortunes. They point to so-called significant events such as the multiple expansions during the initial conquest of what is today Highguard; or certain incidents during the civil war. They claim that its destruction by fire and return as a spiritual place of pilgrimage reflected the Highguard finding their new identity within the Empire. These ''Seers of the First Sentinel'' claim to be able to predict future events by studying the structure and the lands around it; when they are caught in the vicinity of First Sentinel, they are invariably moved on and in some cases have faced charges of heresy and blasphemy.

=== The Shrine of Britta ===
A recent construction in [[#the Necropolis|the Necropolis]], this beautiful white granite shrine honours the [[Empress Britta]]. An eternal flame burns in a paved courtyard in front of the memorial, which serves as a place of pilgrimage for those wishing to pay their respects or meditate on the lessons of Britta's reign and death. While the body of the Empress was interred in the swamps of [[Kallavesa]], her accoutrements were placed in the shrine. With the removal of these relics, and their internment in the marshes along with her body, interest in the shrine declined. The [[Guardian of Britta's Shrine]] watches over the memorial, but since the removal of the relics the title has become purely ceremonial.

=== The Sumaah Embassy ===
During the Spring Equinox 379YE, the [[Senate]] [[commission|commissioned]] an [[embassy]] to the [[Sumaah Republic]] to be built in the city of [[#The Necropolis|Necropolis]]. Work began shortly after the Summer Solstice 379YE, and was finally completed shortly before the Spring Equinox 380YE. The white granite compound is built after the Sumaah style - a central five-tiered ziggurat surrounded by several single-story buildings nestled in extensive gardens.

===Reumah's Rest===
Built in [[#Coursmouth|Coursmouth]] as part of the project to [[fortification|fortify]] the entire southern coast, Reumah's Rest is a proudly impervious, gleaming white fortress accented with red and black marble reflecting the colours of the [[Highguard groups#Reumah.27s_Redoubt|namesake chapter]]. As with many of the fortifications completed with the [[Sing_your_name#Securing_the_borders|aid of devotees of Vigilance]], there is a beautiful chapel in the lower levels of the fortress dedicated to the inspiration of [[the Sentinel]]. Reumah's Rest was [[Fortify_Coursmouth|approved by the Senate]] in Autumn 382YE, and completed in a mere nine months thanks to the use of powerful [[Autumn magic]] that greatly speeded the construction.

==Regions==
===Coursmouth===
'''Qualities:''' City, Haunted<br>
The river Couros empties out into the Bay of Catazar here, but for the most part the coast is inhospitable. The [[#The Necropolis|Necropolis]] is built atop the cliffs around the mouth of the river, in the ruins of the first Highborn city. One of the most well know [[inspirational location|inspirational tombs]], that of [[Atuman]] the Navigator, stands a little apart from the rest of the city of the dead high atop the cliffs here. Outside the so-called Black City, most of this region is open parkland with a few scattered [[farm|farms]] generally overseen by chapters based in the city itself. The presence of the Necropolis means that there are believed to be more ghosts here than anywhere else in the Empire with the possible exception of [[Kallavesa#The Sovevann|the Sovevann]] in [[Kallavesa]]. Occasionally the [[Highguard_religious_beliefs#Stewards_of_the_dead|Stewards of the Dead]] are called upon to deal with a particularly disruptive or frightening haunting - or to deal with a creature of the realms that has issued from one of the several Winter [[regio]] found in this region.

The gleaming [[fortification|fortress]] of [[#Reumah's Rest|Reumah's Rest]] guards the approach to the Necropolis, defending both against the threat of seaborne assault from [[#Sanctuary Sands|Sanctuary Sands]] and against (admittedly unlikely) overland attacks from [[Reikos]] or [[Morrow]].

===Fishguard===
The open plains of Fishguard are criss-crossed with roads and scattered liberally with chapterhouses. Trade caravans constantly move across Fishguard. The roads here connect merchants from [[the Brass Coast]] and [[Sarvos]], as well as numerous [[the Marches|Marcher]] grain wagons to customers in [[Bastion]], [[Urizen]], and [[Therunin]]. Many chapters maintain hostelries, and there are several very old Navarri [[wayhouse|wayhouses]] established here during early contact with the Highborn newcomers. Perhaps the best known is '''Myfanwy's Rest'''; legend claims that when the First Empress was on her way to [[Casinea#Anvil|Anvil]], she and her companions paused here for two days to prepare themselves for the final leg of their journey. The wayhouse was built in 1YE by members of Myfanwy's striding - partially to commemorate the story, but primarily because its position at the point where the three major roads diverge both makes it a healthy business and gives the Navarr access to a great many people potentially in need of their aid. Not far from Myfanwy's Rest stands the [[Abbess_of_Reconciliation#Abbey_of_Reconciliation|Abbey of Reconciliation]], which works to support refugees and help them join the Empire and embrace the Way.

===Hedrossan===
The river Couros is navigable for much of its length, allowing riverboats to travel up past [[Bastion]] and [[Redoubt]] to [[Reikos#Haros Water|Haros]] in [[Reikos]], as well as to reach parts of [[Morrow]]. Chapters are built at regular intervals along the banks of the river, and Hedrossan is one of the most populous regions of Necropolis as a consequence. The trading port of '''Hedra''' is a fair distance inland, but is the favoured destination of ships from the [[The League|League]] and the [[The Brass Coast|Brass Coast]]. Vessels from as far afield as the [[The Marches|Marches]] and even [[Wintermark]] prefer to bypass the archaic docks at Crown's Quay and do their trading here. A great deal of grain and other foodstuffs are sold to merchants destined for the peaks of [[Urizen]], despite (or perhaps causing) a great deal of economic rivalry with the port of [[Redoubt#Cargo|Cargo]] in [[Redoubt]].

Hedra is also the site of the [[Ambassador to the Commonwealth#The Diplomatenschloss|diplomatenschloss]], a fortified embassy built to [[Commonwealth]] designs. The garrison of Commonwealth soldiers stand ready to defend not only the embassy, but Necropolis itself should their allies be attacked. There has however been some concern that the proximity of the [[Principalities of Jarm|Jarmish]] embassy across the river in [[Redoubt#Cargo|Cargo]] might lead to problems, as ships belonging to both rival nations are sailing up and down the Couros river.

===Highrod===
'''Qualities:''' Forest, Haunted<br>
Highrod is rolling, gently-forested plain known for bounteous [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Lemon lemon] crops. According to Highborn historians, the common refreshing drink of lemonade was invented here in the early days after the Highborn arrived. This claim has been contested, but the fact remains that the best lemons in the Empire come from Highrod, generated perhaps by the unusually hot summers and cold winters that the local chapterhouses endure with pride. It is also known for containing one of the oldest human-built structures in Highguard - and perhaps the Empire - the remains of the '''[[#First Sentinel|First Sentinel]]''', a fortification built in the first days after the Highborn arrived on these shores.

The chapters here are almost exclusively built around the margins of the forest rather than at its heart. At the time of the civil war, the woodlands here had been extensively harvested by the Highborn. After Pharos burned, however, the woodlands were allowed to grow wild again, to cover over several especially bitter battlefields. According to local legend, the woods are haunted by the unquiet spirits of the Patrician's soldiers who died here in great numbers during the civil war. Occasionally, travellers encounter ivy-choked ruins in Highrod, the shattered remnants of Patrician palaces and villas, several of which have their own unpleasant spectres associated with them that prove particularly resistant to [[exorcism]]. Consequently, Highrod remains the least populous region in Necropolis.

===Longbeach===
'''Qualities:''' Coastal<br>
With one of the most literal names of all the regions of Highguard, Longbeach is home to several fishing villages and most of the chapters here make their living from the sea. It is perhaps best known for the port-town of '''Crown's Quay'''. Once a small fishing village called Westport, Crown’s Quay became notable as the preferred port for those wishing to travel to Anvil, and its docks were rebuilt by the [[Military Council|military council]] in the early days of Empire. Legend also says that it was the place the Three Sisters, the founders of the Brass Coast, took ship. Despite its age and fame, it has never been especially prosperous as a trade port - although several attempts have been made to built lighthouses and to upgrade the quayside they have rarely amounted to significant change. One point of interest at Crown's Quay is the unassuming building that serves as the offices for overseeing the [[Imperial Orcs|Imperial orc]] national [[Bourse|Bourse Seat]] known as the [[Steel Fist]]. Every season, a fast ship belonging to the rulers of the [[Sarcophan Delves]] arrives at the Quayside to deliver a parcel of [[ilium]] as part of the trade deal negotiated by [[Empress Britta]]. Crown's Quay is also the site of the [[Kruidenkenner_Trademaster#The_Kruidenkenner_Magazijn|Kruidenkenner ''magazjin'']], a warehouse used by the Sarcophan herbalist and apothecary guild of the same name to trade [[Cerulean Mazzarine|cerulean mazzarine]] with the Empire.

===Sanctuary Sands===
'''Qualities:''' Coastal<br>
This is where the Highborn ships first made landfall. The only major settlement in the region, the town of '''Sanctuary''', is said to have been built on the very spot where [[Atun]]'s ship first came to rest in the new world. Since the establishment of Necropolis, this is where funeral boats land their cargo of the dead. From all over the Empire, great heroes take their final journey to Sanctuary and then are carried along the steep cliffside trail to their final resting place.
{{CaptionedImage|file=SenatorNecropolis.jpg|caption='''Kish of the Flame Beneath the Earth''', Senator for Necropolis|align=left|width=400}}
{{Senate Elections|Senator_for_Necropolis|Territory=Necropolis|Season=Winter}}

==OOC Notes==
* The Highborn, and thus the Empire, control all the regions of Necropolis, making it a firmly Imperial territory.
* [[#Reumah's Rest|Reumah's Rest]] in [[#Coursmouth|Coursmouth]] is a rank two [[fortification]]
* The ''[[Ambassador_to_the_Commonwealth#The_Diplomatenschloss|diplomatenschloss]]'' is a rank one [[fortification]] as well as an [[embassy]]. The [[Fortification#Bastion|bastion]] stands in [[#Hedrossan|Hedrossan]], and the [[Fortification#Garrison|garrison]] is made up of [[Commonwealth]] soldiers. There is no additional upkeep to the Empire to maintain these troops.
[[Commonwealth]]
[[Category:Highguard]]
[[Category:Gazetteer]]
[[Category:Imperial Territory]]

In harmony and unison

2026-04-18T21:24:38Z

GuiltyConscience:

[[Category:Winds of Fortune]][[Category:387YE Winter]][[Category:Recent History]]
<ic>"And this, children, is the ''exact site'' the paragon Atun landed with the first Highborn all those years ago. From here the First Empress would go on to found the Empire at Anvil in Casinea and introduce all the other peoples of the continent to the seven Virtues of the Way. Now, who thinks they can name all seven Virtues for me?"

"Uhm, Steward Shem?"

"Yes, Master Japheth?"

"Did, um. Was Mrs Ah-toon very afraid of the water?" Japheth had been standing notably further away from the shore-line than the rest of the children, some of whom had already been dipping in their toes during lunch-break.

"She may well have been, Japeth, but remember that Virtue can give us the strength to face our fears! Now, about-. Yes, Japheth?"

"Even with all the bad eternals in the sea like Sha-ka and Kobe...Kobe, um, Salty-Lungs?"

"Yes Japeth, but the Empire and the Imperial Conclave will protect you from all the bad eternals, there's no need to worry."

"Does, does that mean Mr Syrup is a good Eternal?"

One of the two greatsword wielding warriors stood a little behind the group smiled and spoke up. "Oh yes Japeth, ''Prince'' Surut is a <u>very</u> good eternal. So good that your Senator and the Conclave expressly arranged for us to come and make sure you were all safe from all the bad ones." Steward Nimrod was not best pleased and re-asserted himself.

"Thank you, Warden. This is ''NOT'' magic class with Magister Shem, Japheth, this is our class field trip to Sanctuary Sands. I think it's just about time we packed up for the day anyway. Your homework is to draw a picture of Paragon Atun, including at least one of the tenets and symbols of Wisdom. Run along everyone!"

The rusted warden inclined their head to Steward Shem and continued their dutiful watch over the children and the coastline.</ic>
<div style="float: left; width: 250px; clear: right;">{{CaptionedImage|file=OrderSevenfoldPath.jpg|caption=Let all power be guided by virtue.|width=300px}}</div>
==Overview==
<div style="float: right; max-width: 400px; margin-left: 10px;">
<quote by="Grandmaster Elagabala, on behalf of the Sevenfold Path">
The Conclave asks for plans for a Grand Lodge of the Sevenfold Path in Sanctuary, Sanctuary Sands, Necropolis. It would stand in remembrance of the magician-paragon Atun and their Virtue in voyaging to the continent, and looking to the horizon as a promise that this Empire will bring the light of Virtue to everyone, everywhere.
</quote></div>
The ongoing project to create a grand lodge for each of the [[Conclave order|Conclave orders]] proceeds apace. The recently completed grand lodge of the [[Golden Pyramid]] in [[Mareave]] was briefly in danger from the orcs of the [[Grendel|Broken Shore]], but, thankfully, the intervention of the Military Council has secured it. At least for now.

There can only be two ongoing projects at any one time, and with the completion of the first grand lodge, the [[Conclave]] declared that the [[Sevenfold Path]] would be next in line while the recently [[The shape of things to come|upgraded plans]] for the [[Silver Chalice]] are yet to be commissioned by the [[Senate]]. For the next set of plans to be prepared by Conclave, either the Silver Chalice or the Sevenfold Path must commission and finish building their grand lodges. Of course, the potential for an [[appraisal]] is still available.

==Homecoming==
The people of Sanctuary Sands are ''delighted'' to hear that the Grandmaster of the Sevenfold Path decided that the site of the landing (or at least, a little inland) would be the order's chosen place for their grand lodge. Virtuous magicians from across the Empire heard the call of '''Elagabala''' and began scouting out the prime location, with the best view, to prepare the designs. So what if it's directly on the coast? So what if it's an obvious target for the Grendel? So what if the heralds of [[Siakha]] find priests delicious aperitifs? This place is to be a beacon for the light of virtue! The gleaming fortress of [[Necropolis#Reumah's_Rest|Reumah's Rest]] stands overlooking the cliffs in Coursmouth! Besides, the Military Council have protected the grand lodge in [[Mareave#Clisearn|Clisearn]], they will surely manage any lesser concerns of the material world.
__TOC__
==Dreams come true==
There are seven true virtues, and not one of them is Subtlety. Plans for an enormous [[weirwood]] vessel come together, one large enough to host a full cadre of order magicians along with not one but two small shrines to the Virtues. The vessel will sit in the water next to a small but [[Edifice#Grandeur|impressive basilica]] dedicated to [[the Way]]. A pier extends out a little further into the Catazar for pensive walks along the shoreline while meditating on the paragon-magician Atun. Two masts of [[mithril]] are to protrude from the structure, displaying sails showing the emblem of the order, ever lit by lightstones strategically placed along both the masts.

Unsurprisingly, the presence of the grand lodge would provide a big benefit for the people of [[Necropolis]]. Such a powerful reminder of the crucial role of the Highborn in bringing Wisdom and the Way to the world would benefit every [[congregation]] in the territory. More it would remind the Highborn of their naval history, that their people were once masters of the oceans. That would spark renewed interest in Highborn naval endeavours, permanently raising the capability of the nation to support one additional navy.

As with the first two lodges, the Grandmaster would gain better rates for their ministry (unless, of course, the Senate were to abrogate it as discussed in the '''[[The circle game]]''' wind of fortune) and the Conclave would see a healthy increase in the mana crystals available in the [[font]].
<div style="width: 400px; float: right; clear: right; margin-left:10px;">
<table class="mw-collapsible mw-collapsed"><tr><td style="background-color: LightBlue;">'''Grand Lodge of the Sevenfold Path'''</tr>
<tr><td>'''Commission Type:''' Great Work (Grand Lodge)</td></tr>
<tr><td>'''Location:''' Sanctuary Sands, Necropolis</td></tr>
<tr><td>'''Cost:''' 20 white granite, 15 mithril, 65 weirwood and 300 crowns</td></tr>
<tr><td>'''Upkeep:''' 5 thrones</td></tr>
<tr><td>'''Effects:'''
* Adds 15 mana crystals to the Conclave font each season
* Incorporates a [[Edifice#Grandeur|grand basilica]] dedicated to the Way
* Reduces the cost of mana purchases by the Grandmaster
* Raises the level of investment of congregations in the territory by one
* Allows Highguard to raise and support one additional navy over the current limits
* Provides a dose of true liao to the order's vaults at the Summer and Winter solstice
* Provides every member of the order with a single dose of liao for a year
* Adds the Voice of the Paragons to Imperial lore for as long as [[Net of Gossamer Chains]] is interdicted
* Can request a single relic linked to an important historical figure for the Winter Solstice after the grand lodge is complete
</td></tr>
</table></div>
What excites everyone the most, however, is what a confluence of the Empire's most advanced minds of the intersection of magic and virtue might achieve. By using a combination of the divinatory magics of the [[Day]] and [[Night]] realms and the experienced hands of those who spend a lifetime handling the [[liao|purple substance]], the able to examine imperial [[liao]] production to find doses with the potential spark to be developed into [[true liao]] that might otherwise be discarded. As a result, a single dose of true liao would be handed over to the Grandmaster at Summer and Winter Solstice, to use as she and her successors see fit. There would also be a little extra normal liao for everyone in the order for a year following the completion of the grand lodge.

==Props==
* '''Voice of the Paragons is a ritual foci that helps magicians cast Mantle of the Golden Orator, Silver Tongue of Virtue and A Light That Moves'''
* '''The Paragon's Voice Chapter will add the focus to Imperial lore for as long as Net of Gossamer Chains is interdicted'''

Some enterprising benefactors from the ''Paragon's Voice Chapter'' are keen to encourage and reward this endeavour and have come to the magicians of the Sevenfold Path with an offer for when the lodge is completed. They specialise in unique [[:category:foci|foci]] that aid in the casting of rituals that enhance ones ability to [[Congregation#Downtime_Options|preach]], specifically [[Mantle of the Golden Orator]], [[Silver Tongue of Virtue]] and, [[A Light That Moves]], though they've not had the opportunity to test that one yet.

They'd be willing to allow Imperial artisans to visit their chapter house to learn how to create this item in exchange for one concession. They are strongly of the belief that while the practice and mastery of mortal magic can be be pursued and celebrated as part of one's path to transcending the labyrinth, no [[eternal]] has any place in the consecrated halls of a [[congregation]]. They will teach any Imperial artisan who wishes to learn how to make the foci for as along as [[Net of Gossamer Chains]] is [[Interdiction|interdicted]] by the Conclave. Provided [[Callidus]] cannot seek to corrupt and manipulate the teachings of the [[Synod]], the foci will effectively be in Imperial lore - it just couldn't be disseminated to anyone.

==Duets==
* '''The Black Tablet will seek out a single relic connected to a chosen historical figure suitable for casting Whispers through the Black Gate'''
The ''Paragon's Voice'' are not the only ones to have an offer for the grandmaster for choosing to build her grand lodge in the Necropolis. The ''Black Tablet'' have for some years now supported the work of the [[Imperial Necromancer]], and see their work as validation that magic that is often treated with suspicion and trepidation (that of the winter realm) can still be used for virtuous ends. Once the lodge has been built, if the Grandmaster is willing and able to pass a [[declaration]] of [[concord]] in support of the practice of necromancy, they will aim to provide some help to the magicians at Anvil.

In return for this support, they will look to the Conclave for direction towards a single past historical figure of great virtue for whom they may have some remnants in the Necropolis. They will see if they can find and prepare a relevant relic for someone who was in some way cotemporaneous, connected with or may have insight into that figure (if not the figure themselves) that is a valid target for [[Whispers through the Black Gate]] and provide it to the Grandmaster of the Sevenfold Path at the start of the next Winter Solstice following the completion of the grand lodge. If multiple declarations are passed, they will default to the first one raised by the Sevenfold Path.
<div style="float:right; width: 400px; clear: left;">{{CaptionedImage|file=Atun.jpg|caption=Atun; paragon of [[Wisdom]] and magician, who led her people to safety when it seemed there was no sanctuary to be found.|align=right|width=400}}</div>
==Makeover==
* '''The impressive basilica could be consecrated with true liao, either as a basilica or as an inspirational memorial to Atun'''

The designs for the grand lodge include an impressive basilica. In theory, the plans could be expanded even further, but another 25 white granite would be needed to expand the central house of worship into a bona fide cathedral ('''OOC Note:''' Any Senate motion or announcement must be explicit if they plan to do this). Even a basilica would be impressive however, especially if it were consecrated with true liao. If that happened, there would be the potential for the Senate to create a new Imperial title to lead the worship in the basilica and minister to the needs of the magicians of the order. Such a position could be on a par with the archbishop of Capodomus Cathedral, though the Order would have to choose the virtue carefully... such a decision would naturally impact the whole Order.

The alternative might be to create an [[Inspirational_location#Memorials|inspirational memorial]] to Atun. The Paragon of Wisdom led her people to safety at Sanctuary Sand, she didn't remain here with them. According to the legends she never left her ship. On the fourth day she set sail again, allegedly alone, although most people believe that part is probably an ahistorical story. The new basilica could be consecrated to create a memorial to Atun's legendary status as a [[Paragons and exemplars|paragon]] of [[Wisdom]].

There is no requirement to use a precious dose of true liao in this manner - it is simply that the potential exists to do so, once the grand lodge is complete. The inhereny grandeur of the structure would make a suitable housing for ether plan.
<div style="float:right; width: 400px; clear: left;">{{CaptionedImage|file=Elagabala Preaching.jpg|caption='''Elagabala ''', Grandmaster of the Sevenfold Path|align=right|width=500}}</div>
==Movin' out==
* '''The shipwrights propose to name the vessel Elagabala's Vision'''
* '''It could set sail and travel anywhere on the Bay of Catazar in a single season'''
* '''It would be vulnerable to attack while at sea'''
* '''The vessel would move the level of investment in congregations to the territory the season after it arrived'''

The design for the grand lodge is built around the idea of massive sea-going vessel, in a style the architects imagine captures the historical tradition of Highborn seafaring. Its much bigger than a normal Imperial [[fleet]], closer in size to one of the Asavean warships currently threatening the Empire's coasts. The original idea was that the grand lodge would be built in the ''shape'' of a ship, but as soon as someone suggests that the rejoinder from one of the Order's Freeborn magicians is "Or... we could include an actual enormous ship!"

The designers propose to call the vessel Elagabala's Vision. In fairness, it's not an uncommon strategy for architects and shipwrights who are eager to find a powerful patron who will authorise their work being built. The truth is that the vessel they have sketched would be ungainly and clumsy. It would be utter folly to risk it on an actual voyage in open waters far away from land, but it could waddle around the Bay of Catazar, clinging to the coastline, if it needed to. It would be vulnerable if the Grendel attacked (although the Grendel are often loathe to destroy valuable things), it certainly wouldn't be a lot of use in battle. That said, it could accompany a Highborn navy if one were ever launched, providing spiritual succor to the sailors and soldiers fighting for the Empire. And if Sanctuary Sands were ever seriously threatened, the vessel could put to sea to save the lives of order magicians and local inhabitants if needed.

Once complete the grandmaster of the Sevenfold Path could give orders for Elagabala's Vision to sail to any territory on the Bay of Catazar currently under Imperial control. It would take a season to get there - it couldn't do anything in the season it was sailing and it will always be vulnerable to Grendel navies while at sea. But once it made landfall, it would allow the order to project their power and influence in whatever territory they had sailed to. There are few practical benefits to this arrangement - the only one the prognosticators can find is that it would move the benefits the grand lodge provides to congregations to the new territory in the season after it arrived. But half the grand lodge would definitely be mobile and who knows when that might come in useful?

==Further Reading==
* [[Sevenfold Path]]
* [[Lit_up#Grand_Lodges|Lit up]] - 386YE Winter wind of fortune introducing the concept of grand lodges

In harmony and unison

2026-04-18T21:23:08Z

GuiltyConscience:

[[Category:Winds of Fortune]][[Category:387YE Winter]][[Category:Recent History]]
<ic>"And this, children, is the ''exact site'' the paragon Atun landed with the first Highborn all those years ago. From here the First Empress would go on to found the Empire at Anvil in Casinea and introduce all the other peoples of the continent to the seven Virtues of the Way. Now, who thinks they can name all seven Virtues for me?"

"Uhm, Steward Shem?"

"Yes, Master Japheth?"

"Did, um. Was Mrs Ah-toon very afraid of the water?" Japheth had been standing notably further away from the shore-line than the rest of the children, some of whom had already been dipping in their toes during lunch-break.

"She may well have been, Japeth, but remember that Virtue can give us the strength to face our fears! Now, about-. Yes, Japheth?"

"Even with all the bad eternals in the sea like Sha-ka and Kobe...Kobe, um, Salty-Lungs?"

"Yes Japeth, but the Empire and the Imperial Conclave will protect you from all the bad eternals, there's no need to worry."

"Does, does that mean Mr Syrup is a good Eternal?"

One of the two greatsword wielding warriors stood a little behind the group smiled and spoke up. "Oh yes Japeth, ''Prince'' Surut is a <u>very</u> good eternal. So good that your Senator and the Conclave expressly arranged for us to come and make sure you were all safe from all the bad ones. Steward Nimrod was not best pleased and re-asserted himself.

"Thank you, Warden. This is ''NOT'' magic class with Magister Shem, Japheth, this is our class field trip to Sanctuary Sands. I think it's just about time we packed up for the day anyway. Your homework is to draw a picture of Paragon Atun, including at least one of the tenets and symbols of Wisdom. Run along everyone!"

The rusted warden inclined their head to Steward Shem and continued their dutiful watch over the children and the coastline.</ic>
<div style="float: left; width: 250px; clear: right;">{{CaptionedImage|file=OrderSevenfoldPath.jpg|caption=Let all power be guided by virtue.|width=300px}}</div>
==Overview==
<div style="float: right; max-width: 400px; margin-left: 10px;">
<quote by="Grandmaster Elagabala, on behalf of the Sevenfold Path">
The Conclave asks for plans for a Grand Lodge of the Sevenfold Path in Sanctuary, Sanctuary Sands, Necropolis. It would stand in remembrance of the magician-paragon Atun and their Virtue in voyaging to the continent, and looking to the horizon as a promise that this Empire will bring the light of Virtue to everyone, everywhere.
</quote></div>
The ongoing project to create a grand lodge for each of the [[Conclave order|Conclave orders]] proceeds apace. The recently completed grand lodge of the [[Golden Pyramid]] in [[Mareave]] was briefly in danger from the orcs of the [[Grendel|Broken Shore]], but, thankfully, the intervention of the Military Council has secured it. At least for now.

There can only be two ongoing projects at any one time, and with the completion of the first grand lodge, the [[Conclave]] declared that the [[Sevenfold Path]] would be next in line while the recently [[The shape of things to come|upgraded plans]] for the [[Silver Chalice]] are yet to be commissioned by the [[Senate]]. For the next set of plans to be prepared by Conclave, either the Silver Chalice or the Sevenfold Path must commission and finish building their grand lodges. Of course, the potential for an [[appraisal]] is still available.

==Homecoming==
The people of Sanctuary Sands are ''delighted'' to hear that the Grandmaster of the Sevenfold Path decided that the site of the landing (or at least, a little inland) would be the order's chosen place for their grand lodge. Virtuous magicians from across the Empire heard the call of '''Elagabala''' and began scouting out the prime location, with the best view, to prepare the designs. So what if it's directly on the coast? So what if it's an obvious target for the Grendel? So what if the heralds of [[Siakha]] find priests delicious aperitifs? This place is to be a beacon for the light of virtue! The gleaming fortress of [[Necropolis#Reumah's_Rest|Reumah's Rest]] stands overlooking the cliffs in Coursmouth! Besides, the Military Council have protected the grand lodge in [[Mareave#Clisearn|Clisearn]], they will surely manage any lesser concerns of the material world.
__TOC__
==Dreams come true==
There are seven true virtues, and not one of them is Subtlety. Plans for an enormous [[weirwood]] vessel come together, one large enough to host a full cadre of order magicians along with not one but two small shrines to the Virtues. The vessel will sit in the water next to a small but [[Edifice#Grandeur|impressive basilica]] dedicated to [[the Way]]. A pier extends out a little further into the Catazar for pensive walks along the shoreline while meditating on the paragon-magician Atun. Two masts of [[mithril]] are to protrude from the structure, displaying sails showing the emblem of the order, ever lit by lightstones strategically placed along both the masts.

Unsurprisingly, the presence of the grand lodge would provide a big benefit for the people of [[Necropolis]]. Such a powerful reminder of the crucial role of the Highborn in bringing Wisdom and the Way to the world would benefit every [[congregation]] in the territory. More it would remind the Highborn of their naval history, that their people were once masters of the oceans. That would spark renewed interest in Highborn naval endeavours, permanently raising the capability of the nation to support one additional navy.

As with the first two lodges, the Grandmaster would gain better rates for their ministry (unless, of course, the Senate were to abrogate it as discussed in the '''[[The circle game]]''' wind of fortune) and the Conclave would see a healthy increase in the mana crystals available in the [[font]].
<div style="width: 400px; float: right; clear: right; margin-left:10px;">
<table class="mw-collapsible mw-collapsed"><tr><td style="background-color: LightBlue;">'''Grand Lodge of the Sevenfold Path'''</tr>
<tr><td>'''Commission Type:''' Great Work (Grand Lodge)</td></tr>
<tr><td>'''Location:''' Sanctuary Sands, Necropolis</td></tr>
<tr><td>'''Cost:''' 20 white granite, 15 mithril, 65 weirwood and 300 crowns</td></tr>
<tr><td>'''Upkeep:''' 5 thrones</td></tr>
<tr><td>'''Effects:'''
* Adds 15 mana crystals to the Conclave font each season
* Incorporates a [[Edifice#Grandeur|grand basilica]] dedicated to the Way
* Reduces the cost of mana purchases by the Grandmaster
* Raises the level of investment of congregations in the territory by one
* Allows Highguard to raise and support one additional navy over the current limits
* Provides a dose of true liao to the order's vaults at the Summer and Winter solstice
* Provides every member of the order with a single dose of liao for a year
* Adds the Voice of the Paragons to Imperial lore for as long as [[Net of Gossamer Chains]] is interdicted
* Can request a single relic linked to an important historical figure for the Winter Solstice after the grand lodge is complete
</td></tr>
</table></div>
What excites everyone the most, however, is what a confluence of the Empire's most advanced minds of the intersection of magic and virtue might achieve. By using a combination of the divinatory magics of the [[Day]] and [[Night]] realms and the experienced hands of those who spend a lifetime handling the [[liao|purple substance]], the able to examine imperial [[liao]] production to find doses with the potential spark to be developed into [[true liao]] that might otherwise be discarded. As a result, a single dose of true liao would be handed over to the Grandmaster at Summer and Winter Solstice, to use as she and her successors see fit. There would also be a little extra normal liao for everyone in the order for a year following the completion of the grand lodge.

==Props==
* '''Voice of the Paragons is a ritual foci that helps magicians cast Mantle of the Golden Orator, Silver Tongue of Virtue and A Light That Moves'''
* '''The Paragon's Voice Chapter will add the focus to Imperial lore for as long as Net of Gossamer Chains is interdicted'''

Some enterprising benefactors from the ''Paragon's Voice Chapter'' are keen to encourage and reward this endeavour and have come to the magicians of the Sevenfold Path with an offer for when the lodge is completed. They specialise in unique [[:category:foci|foci]] that aid in the casting of rituals that enhance ones ability to [[Congregation#Downtime_Options|preach]], specifically [[Mantle of the Golden Orator]], [[Silver Tongue of Virtue]] and, [[A Light That Moves]], though they've not had the opportunity to test that one yet.

They'd be willing to allow Imperial artisans to visit their chapter house to learn how to create this item in exchange for one concession. They are strongly of the belief that while the practice and mastery of mortal magic can be be pursued and celebrated as part of one's path to transcending the labyrinth, no [[eternal]] has any place in the consecrated halls of a [[congregation]]. They will teach any Imperial artisan who wishes to learn how to make the foci for as along as [[Net of Gossamer Chains]] is [[Interdiction|interdicted]] by the Conclave. Provided [[Callidus]] cannot seek to corrupt and manipulate the teachings of the [[Synod]], the foci will effectively be in Imperial lore - it just couldn't be disseminated to anyone.

==Duets==
* '''The Black Tablet will seek out a single relic connected to a chosen historical figure suitable for casting Whispers through the Black Gate'''
The ''Paragon's Voice'' are not the only ones to have an offer for the grandmaster for choosing to build her grand lodge in the Necropolis. The ''Black Tablet'' have for some years now supported the work of the [[Imperial Necromancer]], and see their work as validation that magic that is often treated with suspicion and trepidation (that of the winter realm) can still be used for virtuous ends. Once the lodge has been built, if the Grandmaster is willing and able to pass a [[declaration]] of [[concord]] in support of the practice of necromancy, they will aim to provide some help to the magicians at Anvil.

In return for this support, they will look to the Conclave for direction towards a single past historical figure of great virtue for whom they may have some remnants in the Necropolis. They will see if they can find and prepare a relevant relic for someone who was in some way cotemporaneous, connected with or may have insight into that figure (if not the figure themselves) that is a valid target for [[Whispers through the Black Gate]] and provide it to the Grandmaster of the Sevenfold Path at the start of the next Winter Solstice following the completion of the grand lodge. If multiple declarations are passed, they will default to the first one raised by the Sevenfold Path.
<div style="float:right; width: 400px; clear: left;">{{CaptionedImage|file=Atun.jpg|caption=Atun; paragon of [[Wisdom]] and magician, who led her people to safety when it seemed there was no sanctuary to be found.|align=right|width=400}}</div>
==Makeover==
* '''The impressive basilica could be consecrated with true liao, either as a basilica or as an inspirational memorial to Atun'''

The designs for the grand lodge include an impressive basilica. In theory, the plans could be expanded even further, but another 25 white granite would be needed to expand the central house of worship into a bona fide cathedral ('''OOC Note:''' Any Senate motion or announcement must be explicit if they plan to do this). Even a basilica would be impressive however, especially if it were consecrated with true liao. If that happened, there would be the potential for the Senate to create a new Imperial title to lead the worship in the basilica and minister to the needs of the magicians of the order. Such a position could be on a par with the archbishop of Capodomus Cathedral, though the Order would have to choose the virtue carefully... such a decision would naturally impact the whole Order.

The alternative might be to create an [[Inspirational_location#Memorials|inspirational memorial]] to Atun. The Paragon of Wisdom led her people to safety at Sanctuary Sand, she didn't remain here with them. According to the legends she never left her ship. On the fourth day she set sail again, allegedly alone, although most people believe that part is probably an ahistorical story. The new basilica could be consecrated to create a memorial to Atun's legendary status as a [[Paragons and exemplars|paragon]] of [[Wisdom]].

There is no requirement to use a precious dose of true liao in this manner - it is simply that the potential exists to do so, once the grand lodge is complete. The inhereny grandeur of the structure would make a suitable housing for ether plan.
<div style="float:right; width: 400px; clear: left;">{{CaptionedImage|file=Elagabala Preaching.jpg|caption='''Elagabala ''', Grandmaster of the Sevenfold Path|align=right|width=500}}</div>
==Movin' out==
* '''The shipwrights propose to name the vessel Elagabala's Vision'''
* '''It could set sail and travel anywhere on the Bay of Catazar in a single season'''
* '''It would be vulnerable to attack while at sea'''
* '''The vessel would move the level of investment in congregations to the territory the season after it arrived'''

The design for the grand lodge is built around the idea of massive sea-going vessel, in a style the architects imagine captures the historical tradition of Highborn seafaring. Its much bigger than a normal Imperial [[fleet]], closer in size to one of the Asavean warships currently threatening the Empire's coasts. The original idea was that the grand lodge would be built in the ''shape'' of a ship, but as soon as someone suggests that the rejoinder from one of the Order's Freeborn magicians is "Or... we could include an actual enormous ship!"

The designers propose to call the vessel Elagabala's Vision. In fairness, it's not an uncommon strategy for architects and shipwrights who are eager to find a powerful patron who will authorise their work being built. The truth is that the vessel they have sketched would be ungainly and clumsy. It would be utter folly to risk it on an actual voyage in open waters far away from land, but it could waddle around the Bay of Catazar, clinging to the coastline, if it needed to. It would be vulnerable if the Grendel attacked (although the Grendel are often loathe to destroy valuable things), it certainly wouldn't be a lot of use in battle. That said, it could accompany a Highborn navy if one were ever launched, providing spiritual succor to the sailors and soldiers fighting for the Empire. And if Sanctuary Sands were ever seriously threatened, the vessel could put to sea to save the lives of order magicians and local inhabitants if needed.

Once complete the grandmaster of the Sevenfold Path could give orders for Elagabala's Vision to sail to any territory on the Bay of Catazar currently under Imperial control. It would take a season to get there - it couldn't do anything in the season it was sailing and it will always be vulnerable to Grendel navies while at sea. But once it made landfall, it would allow the order to project their power and influence in whatever territory they had sailed to. There are few practical benefits to this arrangement - the only one the prognosticators can find is that it would move the benefits the grand lodge provides to congregations to the new territory in the season after it arrived. But half the grand lodge would definitely be mobile and who knows when that might come in useful?

==Further Reading==
* [[Sevenfold Path]]
* [[Lit_up#Grand_Lodges|Lit up]] - 386YE Winter wind of fortune introducing the concept of grand lodges

In harmony and unison

2026-04-18T21:22:44Z

GuiltyConscience:

[[Category:Winds of Fortune]][[Category:387YE Winter]][[Category:Recent History]]
<ic>"And this, children, is the ''exact site'' the paragon Atun landed with the fist Highborn all those years ago. From here the First Empress would go on to found the Empire at Anvil in Casinea and introduce all the other peoples of the continent to the seven Virtues of the Way. Now, who thinks they can name all seven Virtues for me?"

"Uhm, Steward Shem?"

"Yes, Master Japheth?"

"Did, um. Was Mrs Ah-toon very afraid of the water?" Japheth had been standing notably further away from the shore-line than the rest of the children, some of whom had already been dipping in their toes during lunch-break.

"She may well have been, Japeth, but remember that Virtue can give us the strength to face our fears! Now, about-. Yes, Japheth?"

"Even with all the bad eternals in the sea like Sha-ka and Kobe...Kobe, um, Salty-Lungs?"

"Yes Japeth, but the Empire and the Imperial Conclave will protect you from all the bad eternals, there's no need to worry."

"Does, does that mean Mr Syrup is a good Eternal?"

One of the two greatsword wielding warriors stood a little behind the group smiled and spoke up. "Oh yes Japeth, ''Prince'' Surut is a <u>very</u> good eternal. So good that your Senator and the Conclave expressly arranged for us to come and make sure you were all safe from all the bad ones. Steward Nimrod was not best pleased and re-asserted himself.

"Thank you, Warden. This is ''NOT'' magic class with Magister Shem, Japheth, this is our class field trip to Sanctuary Sands. I think it's just about time we packed up for the day anyway. Your homework is to draw a picture of Paragon Atun, including at least one of the tenets and symbols of Wisdom. Run along everyone!"

The rusted warden inclined their head to Steward Shem and continued their dutiful watch over the children and the coastline.</ic>
<div style="float: left; width: 250px; clear: right;">{{CaptionedImage|file=OrderSevenfoldPath.jpg|caption=Let all power be guided by virtue.|width=300px}}</div>
==Overview==
<div style="float: right; max-width: 400px; margin-left: 10px;">
<quote by="Grandmaster Elagabala, on behalf of the Sevenfold Path">
The Conclave asks for plans for a Grand Lodge of the Sevenfold Path in Sanctuary, Sanctuary Sands, Necropolis. It would stand in remembrance of the magician-paragon Atun and their Virtue in voyaging to the continent, and looking to the horizon as a promise that this Empire will bring the light of Virtue to everyone, everywhere.
</quote></div>
The ongoing project to create a grand lodge for each of the [[Conclave order|Conclave orders]] proceeds apace. The recently completed grand lodge of the [[Golden Pyramid]] in [[Mareave]] was briefly in danger from the orcs of the [[Grendel|Broken Shore]], but, thankfully, the intervention of the Military Council has secured it. At least for now.

There can only be two ongoing projects at any one time, and with the completion of the first grand lodge, the [[Conclave]] declared that the [[Sevenfold Path]] would be next in line while the recently [[The shape of things to come|upgraded plans]] for the [[Silver Chalice]] are yet to be commissioned by the [[Senate]]. For the next set of plans to be prepared by Conclave, either the Silver Chalice or the Sevenfold Path must commission and finish building their grand lodges. Of course, the potential for an [[appraisal]] is still available.

==Homecoming==
The people of Sanctuary Sands are ''delighted'' to hear that the Grandmaster of the Sevenfold Path decided that the site of the landing (or at least, a little inland) would be the order's chosen place for their grand lodge. Virtuous magicians from across the Empire heard the call of '''Elagabala''' and began scouting out the prime location, with the best view, to prepare the designs. So what if it's directly on the coast? So what if it's an obvious target for the Grendel? So what if the heralds of [[Siakha]] find priests delicious aperitifs? This place is to be a beacon for the light of virtue! The gleaming fortress of [[Necropolis#Reumah's_Rest|Reumah's Rest]] stands overlooking the cliffs in Coursmouth! Besides, the Military Council have protected the grand lodge in [[Mareave#Clisearn|Clisearn]], they will surely manage any lesser concerns of the material world.
__TOC__
==Dreams come true==
There are seven true virtues, and not one of them is Subtlety. Plans for an enormous [[weirwood]] vessel come together, one large enough to host a full cadre of order magicians along with not one but two small shrines to the Virtues. The vessel will sit in the water next to a small but [[Edifice#Grandeur|impressive basilica]] dedicated to [[the Way]]. A pier extends out a little further into the Catazar for pensive walks along the shoreline while meditating on the paragon-magician Atun. Two masts of [[mithril]] are to protrude from the structure, displaying sails showing the emblem of the order, ever lit by lightstones strategically placed along both the masts.

Unsurprisingly, the presence of the grand lodge would provide a big benefit for the people of [[Necropolis]]. Such a powerful reminder of the crucial role of the Highborn in bringing Wisdom and the Way to the world would benefit every [[congregation]] in the territory. More it would remind the Highborn of their naval history, that their people were once masters of the oceans. That would spark renewed interest in Highborn naval endeavours, permanently raising the capability of the nation to support one additional navy.

As with the first two lodges, the Grandmaster would gain better rates for their ministry (unless, of course, the Senate were to abrogate it as discussed in the '''[[The circle game]]''' wind of fortune) and the Conclave would see a healthy increase in the mana crystals available in the [[font]].
<div style="width: 400px; float: right; clear: right; margin-left:10px;">
<table class="mw-collapsible mw-collapsed"><tr><td style="background-color: LightBlue;">'''Grand Lodge of the Sevenfold Path'''</tr>
<tr><td>'''Commission Type:''' Great Work (Grand Lodge)</td></tr>
<tr><td>'''Location:''' Sanctuary Sands, Necropolis</td></tr>
<tr><td>'''Cost:''' 20 white granite, 15 mithril, 65 weirwood and 300 crowns</td></tr>
<tr><td>'''Upkeep:''' 5 thrones</td></tr>
<tr><td>'''Effects:'''
* Adds 15 mana crystals to the Conclave font each season
* Incorporates a [[Edifice#Grandeur|grand basilica]] dedicated to the Way
* Reduces the cost of mana purchases by the Grandmaster
* Raises the level of investment of congregations in the territory by one
* Allows Highguard to raise and support one additional navy over the current limits
* Provides a dose of true liao to the order's vaults at the Summer and Winter solstice
* Provides every member of the order with a single dose of liao for a year
* Adds the Voice of the Paragons to Imperial lore for as long as [[Net of Gossamer Chains]] is interdicted
* Can request a single relic linked to an important historical figure for the Winter Solstice after the grand lodge is complete
</td></tr>
</table></div>
What excites everyone the most, however, is what a confluence of the Empire's most advanced minds of the intersection of magic and virtue might achieve. By using a combination of the divinatory magics of the [[Day]] and [[Night]] realms and the experienced hands of those who spend a lifetime handling the [[liao|purple substance]], the able to examine imperial [[liao]] production to find doses with the potential spark to be developed into [[true liao]] that might otherwise be discarded. As a result, a single dose of true liao would be handed over to the Grandmaster at Summer and Winter Solstice, to use as she and her successors see fit. There would also be a little extra normal liao for everyone in the order for a year following the completion of the grand lodge.

==Props==
* '''Voice of the Paragons is a ritual foci that helps magicians cast Mantle of the Golden Orator, Silver Tongue of Virtue and A Light That Moves'''
* '''The Paragon's Voice Chapter will add the focus to Imperial lore for as long as Net of Gossamer Chains is interdicted'''

Some enterprising benefactors from the ''Paragon's Voice Chapter'' are keen to encourage and reward this endeavour and have come to the magicians of the Sevenfold Path with an offer for when the lodge is completed. They specialise in unique [[:category:foci|foci]] that aid in the casting of rituals that enhance ones ability to [[Congregation#Downtime_Options|preach]], specifically [[Mantle of the Golden Orator]], [[Silver Tongue of Virtue]] and, [[A Light That Moves]], though they've not had the opportunity to test that one yet.

They'd be willing to allow Imperial artisans to visit their chapter house to learn how to create this item in exchange for one concession. They are strongly of the belief that while the practice and mastery of mortal magic can be be pursued and celebrated as part of one's path to transcending the labyrinth, no [[eternal]] has any place in the consecrated halls of a [[congregation]]. They will teach any Imperial artisan who wishes to learn how to make the foci for as along as [[Net of Gossamer Chains]] is [[Interdiction|interdicted]] by the Conclave. Provided [[Callidus]] cannot seek to corrupt and manipulate the teachings of the [[Synod]], the foci will effectively be in Imperial lore - it just couldn't be disseminated to anyone.

==Duets==
* '''The Black Tablet will seek out a single relic connected to a chosen historical figure suitable for casting Whispers through the Black Gate'''
The ''Paragon's Voice'' are not the only ones to have an offer for the grandmaster for choosing to build her grand lodge in the Necropolis. The ''Black Tablet'' have for some years now supported the work of the [[Imperial Necromancer]], and see their work as validation that magic that is often treated with suspicion and trepidation (that of the winter realm) can still be used for virtuous ends. Once the lodge has been built, if the Grandmaster is willing and able to pass a [[declaration]] of [[concord]] in support of the practice of necromancy, they will aim to provide some help to the magicians at Anvil.

In return for this support, they will look to the Conclave for direction towards a single past historical figure of great virtue for whom they may have some remnants in the Necropolis. They will see if they can find and prepare a relevant relic for someone who was in some way cotemporaneous, connected with or may have insight into that figure (if not the figure themselves) that is a valid target for [[Whispers through the Black Gate]] and provide it to the Grandmaster of the Sevenfold Path at the start of the next Winter Solstice following the completion of the grand lodge. If multiple declarations are passed, they will default to the first one raised by the Sevenfold Path.
<div style="float:right; width: 400px; clear: left;">{{CaptionedImage|file=Atun.jpg|caption=Atun; paragon of [[Wisdom]] and magician, who led her people to safety when it seemed there was no sanctuary to be found.|align=right|width=400}}</div>
==Makeover==
* '''The impressive basilica could be consecrated with true liao, either as a basilica or as an inspirational memorial to Atun'''

The designs for the grand lodge include an impressive basilica. In theory, the plans could be expanded even further, but another 25 white granite would be needed to expand the central house of worship into a bona fide cathedral ('''OOC Note:''' Any Senate motion or announcement must be explicit if they plan to do this). Even a basilica would be impressive however, especially if it were consecrated with true liao. If that happened, there would be the potential for the Senate to create a new Imperial title to lead the worship in the basilica and minister to the needs of the magicians of the order. Such a position could be on a par with the archbishop of Capodomus Cathedral, though the Order would have to choose the virtue carefully... such a decision would naturally impact the whole Order.

The alternative might be to create an [[Inspirational_location#Memorials|inspirational memorial]] to Atun. The Paragon of Wisdom led her people to safety at Sanctuary Sand, she didn't remain here with them. According to the legends she never left her ship. On the fourth day she set sail again, allegedly alone, although most people believe that part is probably an ahistorical story. The new basilica could be consecrated to create a memorial to Atun's legendary status as a [[Paragons and exemplars|paragon]] of [[Wisdom]].

There is no requirement to use a precious dose of true liao in this manner - it is simply that the potential exists to do so, once the grand lodge is complete. The inhereny grandeur of the structure would make a suitable housing for ether plan.
<div style="float:right; width: 400px; clear: left;">{{CaptionedImage|file=Elagabala Preaching.jpg|caption='''Elagabala ''', Grandmaster of the Sevenfold Path|align=right|width=500}}</div>
==Movin' out==
* '''The shipwrights propose to name the vessel Elagabala's Vision'''
* '''It could set sail and travel anywhere on the Bay of Catazar in a single season'''
* '''It would be vulnerable to attack while at sea'''
* '''The vessel would move the level of investment in congregations to the territory the season after it arrived'''

The design for the grand lodge is built around the idea of massive sea-going vessel, in a style the architects imagine captures the historical tradition of Highborn seafaring. Its much bigger than a normal Imperial [[fleet]], closer in size to one of the Asavean warships currently threatening the Empire's coasts. The original idea was that the grand lodge would be built in the ''shape'' of a ship, but as soon as someone suggests that the rejoinder from one of the Order's Freeborn magicians is "Or... we could include an actual enormous ship!"

The designers propose to call the vessel Elagabala's Vision. In fairness, it's not an uncommon strategy for architects and shipwrights who are eager to find a powerful patron who will authorise their work being built. The truth is that the vessel they have sketched would be ungainly and clumsy. It would be utter folly to risk it on an actual voyage in open waters far away from land, but it could waddle around the Bay of Catazar, clinging to the coastline, if it needed to. It would be vulnerable if the Grendel attacked (although the Grendel are often loathe to destroy valuable things), it certainly wouldn't be a lot of use in battle. That said, it could accompany a Highborn navy if one were ever launched, providing spiritual succor to the sailors and soldiers fighting for the Empire. And if Sanctuary Sands were ever seriously threatened, the vessel could put to sea to save the lives of order magicians and local inhabitants if needed.

Once complete the grandmaster of the Sevenfold Path could give orders for Elagabala's Vision to sail to any territory on the Bay of Catazar currently under Imperial control. It would take a season to get there - it couldn't do anything in the season it was sailing and it will always be vulnerable to Grendel navies while at sea. But once it made landfall, it would allow the order to project their power and influence in whatever territory they had sailed to. There are few practical benefits to this arrangement - the only one the prognosticators can find is that it would move the benefits the grand lodge provides to congregations to the new territory in the season after it arrived. But half the grand lodge would definitely be mobile and who knows when that might come in useful?

==Further Reading==
* [[Sevenfold Path]]
* [[Lit_up#Grand_Lodges|Lit up]] - 386YE Winter wind of fortune introducing the concept of grand lodges

In harmony and unison

2026-04-18T21:20:34Z

GuiltyConscience: /* Movin' out */

[[Category:Winds of Fortune]][[Category:387YE Winter]][[Category:Recent History]]
<ic>"And this, children, is the ''exact site'' the paragon Atun landed with the fist Highborn all those years ago. From here the First Empress would go on to found the Empire at Anvil in Casinea and introduce all the other peoples of the continent to the seven Virtues of the Way. Now, who thinks they can name all seven Virtues for me?"

"Uhm, Steward Shem?"

"Yes, Master Japheth?"

"Did, um. Was Mrs Ah-toon very afraid of the water?" Japheth had been standing notably further away from the shore-line than the rest of the children, some of whom had already been dipping in their toes during lunch-break.

"She may well have been, Japeth, but remember that Virtue can give us the strength to face our fears! Now, about-. Yes, Japheth?"

"Even with all the bad eternals in the sea like Sha-ka and Kobe...Kobe, um, Salty-Lungs?"

"Yes Japeth, but the Empire and the Imperial Conclave will protect you from all the bad eternals, there's no need to worry."

"Does, does that mean Mr Syrup is a good Eternal?"

One of the two greatsword wielding warriors stood a little behind the group smiled and spoke up. "Oh yes Japeth, ''Prince'' Surut is a <u>very</u> good eternal. So good that your Senator and the Conclave expressly arranged for us to come and make sure you were all safe from all the bad ones. Steward Nimrod was not best pleased and re-asserted himself.

"Thank you, Warden. This is ''NOT'' magic class with Magister Shem, Japheth, this is our class field trip to Sanctuary Sands. I think it's just about time we packed up for the day anyway. Your homework is to draw a picture of Paragon Atun, including at least one of the tenets and symbols of Wisdom. Run along everyone!"

The rusted warden inclined their head to Steward Shem and continued their dutiful watch over the children and the coastline.</ic>
<div style="float: left; width: 250px; clear: right;">{{CaptionedImage|file=OrderSevenfoldPath.jpg|caption=Let all power be guided by virtue.|width=300px}}</div>
==Overview==
<div style="float: right; max-width: 400px; margin-left: 10px;">
<quote by="Grandmaster Elagabala, on behalf of the Sevenfold Path">
The Conclave asks for plans for a Grand Lodge of the Sevenfold Path in Sanctuary, Sanctuary Sands, Necropolis. It would stand in remembrance of the magician-paragon Atun and their Virtue in voyaging to the continent, and looking to the horizon as a promise that this Empire will bring the light of Virtue to everyone, everywhere.
</quote></div>
The ongoing project to create a grand lodge for each of the [[Conclave order|Conclave orders]] proceeds apace. The recently completed grand lodge of the [[Golden Pyramid]] in [[Mareave]] was briefly in danger from the orcs of the [[Grendel|Broken Shore]], but, thankfully, the intervention of the Military Council has secured it. At least for now.

There can only be two ongoing projects at any one time, and with the completion of the first grand lodge, the [[Conclave]] declared that the [[Sevenfold Path]] would be next in line while the recently [[The shape of things to come|upgraded plans]] for the [[Silver Chalice]] are yet to be commissioned by the [[Senate]]. For the next set of plans to be prepared by Conclave, either the Silver Chalice or the Sevenfold Path must commission and finish building their grand lodges. Of course, the potential for an [[appraisal]] is still available.

==Homecoming==
The people of Sanctuary Sands are ''delighted'' to hear that the Grandmaster of the Sevenfold Path decided that the site of the landing (or at least, a little inland) would be the order's chosen place for their grand lodge. Virtuous magicians from across the Empire heard the call of '''Elagabala''' and began scouting out the prime location, with the best view, to prepare the designs. So what if it's directly on the coast? So what if it's an obvious target for the Grendel? So what if the heralds of [[Siakha]] find priests delicious aperitifs? This place is to be a beacon for the light of virtue! The gleaming fortress of [[Necropolis#Reumah's_Rest|Reumah's Rest]] stands overlooking the cliffs in Coursmouth! Besides, the Military Council have protected the grand lodge in [[Mareave#Clisearn|Clisearn]], they will surely manage any lesser concerns of the material world.
__TOC__
==Dreams come true==
There are seven true virtues, and not one of them is Subtlety. Plans for an enormous [[weirwood]] vessel come together, one large enough to host a full cadre of order magicians along with not one but two small shrines to the Virtues. The vessel will sit in the water next to a small but [[Edifice#Grandeur|impressive basilica]] dedicated to [[the Way]]. A pier extends out a little further into the Catazar for pensive walks along the shoreline while meditating on the paragon-magician Atun. Two masts of [[mithril]] are to protrude from the structure, displaying sails showing the emblem of the order, ever lit by lightstones strategically placed along both the masts.

Unsurprisingly, the presence of the grand lodge would provide a big benefit for the people of [[Necropolis]]. Such a powerful reminder of the crucial role of the Highborn in bringing Wisdom and the Way to the world would benefit every [[congregation]] in the territory. More it would remind the Highborn of their naval history, that their people were once masters of the oceans. That would spark renewed interest in Highborn naval endeavours, permanently raising the capability of the nation to support one additional navy.

As with the first two lodges, the Grandmaster would gain better rates for their ministry (unless, of course, the Senate were to abrogate it as discussed in the '''[[The circle game]]''' wind of fortune) and the Conclave would see a healthy increase in the mana crystals available in the [[font]].
<div style="width: 400px; float: right; clear: right; margin-left:10px;">
<table class="mw-collapsible mw-collapsed"><tr><td style="background-color: LightBlue;">'''Grand Lodge of the Sevenfold Path'''</tr>
<tr><td>'''Commission Type:''' Great Work (Grand Lodge)</td></tr>
<tr><td>'''Location:''' Sanctuary Sands, Necropolis</td></tr>
<tr><td>'''Cost:''' 20 white granite, 15 mithril, 65 weirwood and 300 crowns</td></tr>
<tr><td>'''Upkeep:''' 5 thrones</td></tr>
<tr><td>'''Effects:'''
* Adds 15 mana crystals to the Conclave font each season
* Incorporates a [[Edifice#Grandeur|grand basilica]] dedicated to the Way
* Reduces the cost of mana purchases by the Grandmaster
* Raises the level of investment of congregations in the territory by one
* Allows Highguard to raise and support one additional navy over the current limits
* Provides a dose of true liao to the order's vaults at the Summer and Winter solstice
* Provides every member of the order with a single dose of liao for a year
* Adds the Voice of the Paragons to Imperial lore for as long as [[Net of Gossamer Chains]] is interdicted
* Can request a single relic linked to an important historical relic for the Winter Solstice after the grand lodge is complete
</td></tr>
</table></div>
What excites everyone the most, however, is what a confluence of the Empire's most advanced minds of the intersection of magic and virtue might achieve. By using a combination of the divinatory magics of the [[Day]] and [[Night]] realms and the experienced hands of those who spend a lifetime handling the [[liao|purple substance]], the able to examine imperial [[liao]] production to find doses with the potential spark to be developed into [[true liao]] that might otherwise be discarded. As a result, a single dose of true liao would be handed over to the Grandmaster at Summer and Winter Solstice, to use as she and her successors see fit. There would also be a little extra normal liao for everyone in the order for a year following the completion of the grand lodge.

==Props==
* '''Voice of the Paragons is a ritual foci that helps magicians cast Mantle of the Golden Orator, Silver Tongue of Virtue and A Light That Moves'''
* '''The Paragon's Voice Chapter will add the focus to Imperial lore for as long as Net of Gossamer Chains is interdicted'''

Some enterprising benefactors from the ''Paragon's Voice Chapter'' are keen to encourage and reward this endeavour and have come to the magicians of the Sevenfold Path with an offer for when the lodge is completed. They specialise in unique [[:category:foci|foci]] that aid in the casting of rituals that enhance ones ability to [[Congregation#Downtime_Options|preach]], specifically [[Mantle of the Golden Orator]], [[Silver Tongue of Virtue]] and, [[A Light That Moves]], though they've not had the opportunity to test that one yet.

They'd be willing to allow Imperial artisans to visit their chapter house to learn how to create this item in exchange for one concession. They are strongly of the belief that while the practice and mastery of mortal magic can be be pursued and celebrated as part of one's path to transcending the labyrinth, no [[eternal]] has any place in the consecrated halls of a [[congregation]]. They will teach any Imperial artisan who wishes to learn how to make the foci for as along as [[Net of Gossamer Chains]] is [[Interdiction|interdicted]] by the Conclave. Provided [[Callidus]] cannot seek to corrupt and manipulate the teachings of the [[Synod]], the foci will effectively be in Imperial lore - it just couldn't be disseminated to anyone.

==Duets==
* '''The Black Tablet will seek out a single relic connected to a chosen historical figure suitable for casting Whispers through the Black Gate'''
The ''Paragon's Voice'' are not the only ones to have an offer for the grandmaster for choosing to build her grand lodge in the Necropolis. The ''Black Tablet'' have for some years now supported the work of the [[Imperial Necromancer]], and see their work as validation that magic that is often treated with suspicion and trepidation (that of the winter realm) can still be used for virtuous ends. Once the lodge has been built, if the Grandmaster is willing and able to pass a [[declaration]] of [[concord]] in support of the practice of necromancy, they will aim to provide some help to the magicians at Anvil.

In return for this support, they will look to the Conclave for direction towards a single past historical figure of great virtue for whom they may have some remnants in the Necropolis. They will see if they can find and prepare a relevant relic for someone who was in some way cotemporaneous, connected with or may have insight into that figure (if not the figure themselves) that is a valid target for [[Whispers through the Black Gate]] and provide it to the Grandmaster of the Sevenfold Path at the start of the next Winter Solstice following the completion of the grand lodge. If multiple declarations are passed, they will default to the first one raised by the Sevenfold Path.
<div style="float:right; width: 400px; clear: left;">{{CaptionedImage|file=Atun.jpg|caption=Atun; paragon of [[Wisdom]] and magician, who led her people to safety when it seemed there was no sanctuary to be found.|align=right|width=400}}</div>
==Makeover==
* '''The impressive basilica could be consecreated with true liao, either as a basilica or as a inspirational memorial to Atun'''

The designs for the grand lodge include an impressive basilica. In theory, the plans could be expanded even further, but another 25 white granite would be needed to expand the central house of worship into a bona fidae cathedral ('''OOC Note:''' Any Senate motion or announcement must be explicit if they plan to do this). Even a basilica would be impressive however, especially if it were consecrated with true liao. If that happened, there would be the potential for the Senate to create a new Imperial title to lead the worship in the basilica and minister to the needs of the magicians of the order. Such a position could be on a par with the archbishop of Capodomus Cathedral, though the Order would have to choose the virtue carefully... such a decision would naturally impact the whole Order.

The alternative might be to create an [[Inspirational_location#Memorials|inspirational memorial]] to Atun. The Paragon of Wisdom led her people to safety at Sanctuary Sand, she didn't remain here with them. According to the legends she never left her ship. On the fourth day she set sail again, allegedly alone, although most people believe that part is probably an ahistorical story. The new basilica could be consecrated to create a memorial to Atun's legendary status as a [[Paragons and exemplars|paragon]] of [[Wisdom]].

There is no requirement to use a precious dose of true liao in this manner - it is simply that the potential exists to do so, once the grand lodge is complete. The inhereny grandeur of the structure would make a suitable housing for ether plan.
<div style="float:right; width: 500px; clear: left;">{{CaptionedImage|file=Elagabala Preaching.jpg|caption='''Elagabala ''', Grandmaster of the Sevenfold Path|align=right|width=500}}</div>
==Movin' out==
* '''The shipwrights propose to name the vessel Elagabala's Vision'''
* '''It could set sail and travel anywhere on the Bay of Catazar in a single season'''
* '''It would be vulnerable to attack while at sea'''
* '''The vessel would move the level of investment in congregations to the territory the season after it arrived'''

The design for the grand lodge is built around the idea of massive sea-going vessel, in a style the architects imagine captures the historical tradition of Highborn seafaring. Its much bigger than a normal Imperial [[fleet]], closer in size to one of the Asavean warships currently threatening the Empire's coasts. The original idea was that the grand lodge would be built in the ''shape'' of a ship, but as soon as someone suggests that the rejoinder from one of the Order's Freeborn magicians is "Or... we could include an actual enormous ship!"

The designers propose to call the vessel Elagabala's Vision. In fairness, it's not an uncommon strategy for architects and shipwrights who are eager to find a powerful patron who will authorise their work being built. The truth is that the vessel they have sketched would be ungainly and clumsy. It would be utter folly to risk it on an actual voyage in open waters far away from land, but it could waddle around the Bay of Catazar, clinging to the coastline, if it needed to. It would be vulnerable if the Grendel attacked (although the Grendel are often loathe to destroy valuable things), it certainly wouldn't be a lot of use in battle. That said, it could accompany a Highborn navy if one were ever launched, providing spiritual succor to the sailors and soldiers fighting for the Empire. And if Sanctuary Sands were ever seriously threatened, the vessel could put to sea to save the lives of order magicians and local inhabitants if needed.

Once complete the grandmaster of the Sevenfold Path could give orders for Elagabala's Vision to sail to any territory on the Bay of Catazar currently under Imperial control. It would take a season to get there - it couldn't do anything in the season it was sailing and it will always be vulnerable to Grendel navies while at sea. But once it made landfall, it would allow the order to project their power and influence in whatever territory they had sailed to. There are few practical benefits to this arrangement - the only one the prognosticators can find is that it would move the benefits the grand lodge provides to congregations to the new territory in the season after it arrived. But half the grand lodge would definitely be mobile and who knows when that might come in useful?

==Further Reading==
* [[Sevenfold Path]]
* [[Lit_up#Grand_Lodges|Lit up]] - 386YE Winter wind of fortune introducing the concept of grand lodges

Every day of your life

2026-04-18T12:24:57Z

GuiltyConscience: /* Rookery Without Crows */

[[Category:Winds of Fortune]][[Category:387YE Winter]][[Category:Recent History]]
<ic>Bonesung Reller swayed back and forth in time to the music that was ringing in his ears. His fellow mystagogues blew on their wind instruments, the disconsolate sound blowing around the mystagogue like wind in a tunnel. The mood in the room was tense, the onlookers anxious, excited but nervous, straining to hear through the thickening of fear.

The bitter taste of aniseed filled his mouth like bile. He could hear the voices getting louder and louder, but the din in his head was too much. Blood makes noise his teacher had warned him the first time he ever tasted Hope. This was what she had meant... his heart racing, his blood pounding, shouting through the roar.

For a moment he thought he heard a new voice. Discordant, disjointed, rising and falling. He reached for it, but his blood denied the memory of the acts.

Crestfallen he new he had failed. The moment was gone. He'd have to try again after the silence returned. All that was left was a bitter taste in his mouth.
</ic>
<div style="float:left; width: 300px; clear: right;">{{CaptionedImage|file=ImperialOrc.jpg|align=right|width=350|caption=All orcs hear voices, and the Unshackled believe they are those of their ancestors, reaching out across the Howling Abyss to guide those who have come after.}}</div>
==Overview==
The [[Imperial Orcs]] Assembly, in the words of '''Bloodcrow Knott''', have stated that their [[The_highest_calling#The_Highest_Calling|highest calling]] is the creation of an "Assembly of the Ancestors" to receive the same status as any other [[assembly]] of the [[Synod|Imperial Synod]]. The judgement was controversial - attractracting almost as much opposition as support. What it did get was the attention of every orc in the Assembly and so it passed narrowly - but with a greater majority. It was supported by a [[387YE_Autumn_Equinox_Synod_judgements#Judgement_168|similar statement of principle in the General Assembly]] however, raised by '''Matteus with the Woodwych Harts''', suggesting that such an assembly could explore the role of the Virtues in how orcs become ancestors.

One of the reasons the judgement may have proved controversial is the legal challenges it poses. It calls on the [[Civil Service|civil service]] to provide the same recognition and support for the Assembly of Ancestors as any other Assembly. But no assembly of the Synod has any particular ability to influence the civil service - they are there to support the Synod in the legal execution of its powers, they're not there to change the legal framework. To do so, in response to a request from the Synod would be profoundly unconstitutional and very dangerous.

The judgement cannot affect the civil service, but it has affected many Imperial Orcs, reminding them of the importance that many place on their ancestors and encouraged them all to look for ways to build on lost traditions and revitalise the links to those who have shown they have the strength to return over the Howling Abyss. With the help of the [[Illarawm]] in particular, Imperial Orcs are looking for new opportunities to embrace their ancestors.
{{Judgement|Size=small|Judgement=As the Empire grows and more orc septs are freed, we must face a hard truth. Despite Doctrine affirming the importance of the Ancestors’ guidance in the orc soul’s journey, Synod holds no place for them. If we are truly an Empire of Liberation, an Empire that breaks chains and gives voice to the once-subjugated, we must create a new Assembly. An Assembly of Ancestors. A place where every orc within the Empire and those still hesitant to join it, can know their Ancestors’ voices will be heard. An Assembly to share guidance through those voices, led by our own spiritual leaders - those who hear the Ancestors most clearly. The Unshackled call for the creation of the Assembly of Ancestors, with the same recognition and support from the Civil Service as any Synod Assembly - this is the highest calling of our Assembly.|Raised By=Bloodcrow Knott|Assembly=Imperial Orc Assembly|Outcome={{GM}} 60-46|When=Autumn Equinox 387YE}}
==Constitution==
* '''The current legal framework offers no basis to support such an assembly'''
* '''It is not clear who would join the assembly other than Imperial orcs'''

The civil service passed a copy of Bloodcrow Knott's message to the Constitutional Court to see if there were any recommendations that they could offer. Unfortunately, they have been unable to provide much in the way of encouragement. The [[Imperial Constitution|Constitution]] defines the broad structure of the Synod - its interpretation has always confirmed the requirement for the [[Assembly#The Virtue Assemblies|virtue assemblies]] and the [[Assembly#The National Assemblies|national assemblies]], as well as the [[Assembly#General Assembly|General Assembly]] and [[Assembly#Assembly of the Nine|Assembly of Nine]]. When the Imperial Orc Assembly was [[Establish_Imperial_Orc_Assembly|established]] in Winter 377YE, some scholars opined that the motion may not have been necessary - that the Assembly should have come into existence the moment the Imperial Orcs became the tenth nation of the Empire.

The Constitution does not leave room, however, for the creation of any further assemblies outside of this structure. Despite the calls for an Assembly of the Ancestors to be made, there is no way to create such an Assembly within the framework of the Synod. The [[Tribune of the Synod|Tribune]] and magistrates have also opined that is profoundly unclear what legal remit and powers such an Assembly would or could have - how its membership would be defined, which judgements it would have access to, and what moral authority it would wield.
<div style="float: right; max-width: 50%; width=300px; margin-left: 10px; clear: right;"><quote by="Imperial Constitution"> The Synod will establish assemblies that each may know their virtue and select the most virtuous amongst them to lead. Voting in the Synod will be performed by such assemblies as are rightfully able to weigh the virtue of an action or individual, in accord with their nationality and authority.</quote></div>
Even if that were not so, there would be considerable problems trying to establish an Assembly of the Ancestors in the Synod. There are orcs in [[the Marches]], but none of them attend [[Anvil]], and so they are not active in the Synod. There are a small number of Apulian orcs in [[the League]], but only a tiny number of them attend Anvil. Most orcs in the League have eagerly embraced the Virtues rather than focus on their [[Grendel]] ancestors. It's worth noting that a companion judgement in the League Assembly supporting this goal, [[387YE_Autumn_Equinox_Synod_judgements#Judgement_179|submitted by Chessia Gordost Von Temeschwar]] ''was'' upheld, but not with a greater majority. As a result, any Assembly would consist almost entirely of Imperial Orcs. At which point the obvious constitutional question it begs is how this new assembly would be any different to the existing Imperial Orc Assembly.

Ultimately, any change would be a matter for the [[Senate]] - there is no possibility that the civil service could simply institute such a thing - it could only be as a result of a [[Senate motion]]. The Court advise that such a motion would require a [[Senate_motion#Constitutional_Vote|constitutional vote]] to pass and [[The Throne#Ratification|ratification]] by [[the Throne]]. It would need close [[scrutiny]] by the Court, and they are clear that they see few ways it might pass. Whether a motion passes or not ''always'' depends on the exact wording, but in this case, the prospects are dim.

Given the problems raised by the Court, most Imperial Orcs have focussed their efforts on searching out opportunities for what they might achieve instead.
{{CaptionedImage|file=Illarawm.png|align=right|width=200}}
==The Writing on the Wall==
* '''The Illarawm propose the creation of the Annals of the Ancestors'''
* '''The sept will carve the name, deeds and words of the ancestors onto the walls of their ossuary'''
* '''The Imperial Orc Assembly can use a statement of principle to select a single ancestor to be honoured each season'''
Two and a half years ago, the Empire completed the construction of the [[Construct_Ossuary_Temple|Grand Ossuary]] in [[Skarsind]]. This massive [[edifice]] gave the [[Illarawm]] a home, a place to store their sacred bones as well as a stake in the nation. The gift, asking nothing in return, was enough to persuade the Illarawm to embrace their new home and join the Imperial Orcs.

Now it seems they stand ready to return the favour - they have proposed that the Ossuary could be used to create annals of the ancestors. The plan is simple, building on similar approaches that other assemblies have already adopted. The [[Wintermark]] Assembly maintains the [[Heroism#Chronicle_of_Heroism|Chronicle of Heroism]], the [[Prosperity]] Assembly compiles the [[Roll of Benefactors]]. Surely the Imperial Orc Assembly could be called on to do likewise?

[[Imperial_Orcs_culture_and_customs#Writing|Writing]] holds a special importance for many members of the Imperial Orcs. The idea that someone's words could inspire or advise orcs generations down the line is incredibly compelling - particularly for the [[Sunstorm]], who for many decades were unable to create such records. One way to find a place for the ancestors would be to take steps to record their insight - to document their advice for any orc of the future who needs it. Such an act would be the ultimate expression of the power of the written word. If the Imperial Orcs can immortalise the words of an ancestor, they could serve to create a bridge between them and those who come after, allowing their words to echo through the ages.

But where to store such important writing? A thing of invaluable worth, it would need to be protected against damage or theft. Rather than raise a new library, the Illarawm present a solution that meets with the approval of many. Rather than use paper or vellum, they would inscribe the words in stone, creating a record that would last centuries. Rather than raise a building and line it with tablets of stone, arrayed on shelves, they propose to use an existing structure and etch the message on the bones of the building itself.

Once each season, the Imperial Orc Assembly could use a [[statement of principle]] to name an important ancestor, describe their ancestor and provide a record of the most important words the Ancestor has spoken since passing over the Howling Abyss. If the statement achieves a greater majority (if there are multiple statements raised in the same season, only the one with the greatest margin will be successful), then the Illarawm will carve the ancestors words into the stone walls of the Ossuary. Illarawm mystagogues will ensure knowledge of the ancestor is spread far and wide, and help others to hear their voice.
{{CaptionedImage|file=Yerende.png|align=right|width=200}}
==Rookery Without Crows==
* '''The Legion's Rookery could be amended to produce one or two less liao, and instead provide doses of Hearkeners Hope'''
* '''Imperial Orc congregations could be amended to produce one less liao, and instead provide a dose of Hearkeners Hope'''
* '''Hearkeners Hope allows an orc to hear their ancestors' voices more clearly for a short time'''
* '''The egregore has six doses of Hearkeners Hope for their fellow orcs to examine'''
* '''The Imperial Orc Assembly can accept the offer with an appropriately worded statement of principle that passes with a greater majority'''
With the attention drawn to the discontinuity between orc religious beliefs and the framework of the Synod, members of the [[Yerende]] have pointed out the problem with [[liao]]. The civil service distributes liao to [[Member of the Synod|Members of the Synod]] to enable them to tend to their [[congregation|congregations]]. Since orcs can make no use of liao, many preachers see it as little more than a trade good, useful for exchanging for coin or political favour, but of no great significance to the congregations of Imperial Orcs who seek spiritual counsel.

''Black Tillers'', a band of Yerende living in [[Skarsind#Gildenheim|Gildenheim]], point in particular to the [[Skarsind#Legion's Rookery|Legion's Rookery]]. The Imperial Orcs revere the [[worth]] of this building, it having stood for over two centuries, and its true consecration to [[Ambition]] inspires many within the Unshackled to strive even harder to build their nation up to ever greater heights. Yet as a [[great work]], its sole benefit is to provide the congregations of [[Skarsind]] with yet more liao that they can make little use of.

The skilled herb-tenders of Black Tillers have a proposal to fix that. If backed by the Imperial Orc Assembly, they will trade away some of this additional liao - there is plenty of demand, particularly in [[Axos]] - and use the proceeds to prepare small quantities of a powerful narcotic they call ''Hearkeners Hope''. There are no valuable [[herbs]] in the concoction - rather it is a preparation created using various rare plants, not unlike those found and employed by the [[mystic|mystics]] of [[Kallavesa#Regions|Kallavesa]]. The Tillers will not disclose the secret of its production, but they are prepared to use the bounty produced by the Legion's Rookery to share the results with their fellow Imperial Orcs, and theoretically any Navarr who make use of the [[Navarr wayhouse|wayhouse]] in [[Skarsind#Skogei_Glens|Skogei Glens]].

Hearkeners Hope is a reddish-brown syrup with a taste of aniseed that is noticeable by anyone who so much as smells it. An orc who ingests it feels a powerful sense of communion with their ancestors, which can last as much as an hour. Though it is not fully effective for everyone, many orcs claim it allows them to hear the voices of their ancestors more clearly for a time, and some [[shamans]] report that the voices of ancestors can separate, making it easier to distinguish one from another. It can be uncomfortable to use; however, some orcs claim that making their ancestors louder is not always a pleasant experience. ('''OOC Note:''' Please be aware that Hearkeners Hope is not liao that can be used by orcs, it is a consumable that has a roleplaying effect. As we've said previously, there is no way for orcs to use [[religious skills]]).

If given leave to produce Hearkeners Hope, the Black Tillers will commit to sharing a single dose of it with each Imperial Orc who tends to a congregation in Skarsind. In practice, this will alter the Legion's Rookery great work such that each congregation receives one fewer dose of liao, but instead a dose of Hearkeners Hope each season. If the Imperial Orcs wish to adopt the proposal, they will need the Assembly to submit a simple [[statement of principle]] thanking the Tillers for their work and instructing them to trade for one dose each of Hearkeners Hope.

Alternatively, the Assembly could commit to this and use their statement to ask the Black Tillers to trade ''all'' the liao from the Rookery. If that happened, the Rookery would produce no liao but would instead provide two doses of Hearkeners Hope to every congregation in Skarsind. If pushed, the Yerende could go further - the Assembly could use their statement to ask them to trade ''as much liao as possible''. If that happened, the Rookery would produce two doses of Hearkeners Hope instead of liao, and every Imperial Orc congregation would produce one less liao than normal and receive one dose of Hearkeners Hope instead.

The Black Tillers have provided half a dozen doses of the rare substance to the Imperial Orc egregore to help the Assembly decide if the offer is worthwhile. If the judgement passes with a greater majority, they will begin distributing the strange narcotic immediately; otherwise, they will look to other endeavours.

Hearkeners Hope is mildly poisonous for humans, any who consume it risk fever and a powerful feeling of dread.
{{CaptionedImage|file=Assembly ImperialOrc.png|align=right|width=200}}

==Spanning the Abyss==
* '''For the next year, the Imperial Orc Assembly can use a mandate to urge their shamans and mystagogues'''
* '''Each season, they can choose a single non-Imperial orc sept to learn more about their ancestors'''
Bloodcrow Knott's statement talked of hard truths - one such truth is that the Imperial Orcs still know comparatively little of the beliefs of those orc septs who are outside the Empire. Years of fighting with the barbarians have taught the Empire much about how to fight the [[Druj]], the Grendel, the [[Jotun]], and the [[Thule]], but it has yielded precious few secrets about their ancestors. The Empire knows the name of some of them, but often little more than that. The same can be said for other septs - the [[Great Forest Orcs]], the Marcher orcs, the [[Culling_the_threat#The_Dreamers_of_the_Dark_Forest|Dreamers of the Dark Forest]], and the distant orcs of the [[Commonwealth]]. Who were they? What tales are told of their deeds? What lessons did they leave for future generations? And perhaps most importantly, what words do they impart to those who came after? If the Imperial Orcs know more about the beliefs of other septs, what might they learn?

Given that the Imperial Orcs have declared the ancestors to be the Assembly's highest calling, many shamans and mystagogues are ready to do their bit to help. It might be dangerous, especially in Druj lands, but the assembly could ask them to travel beyond the Empire's borders to meet with another sept and find out more about their beliefs. A season's work would be enough to learn more about any one sept's ancestors, their names, their stories, their words.

For the next three seasons, the Imperial Orc Assembly can use a mandate to ask the mystagogues and shamans to learn more about the ancestors of a single non-Imperial orc sept.

{{Mandate|mandate=A nation is much more than lines on a map. We send (named priest) with 15 crowns to lead a delegation of mystics and shamans to discover more of the ancestors of the (named sept).|assembly=Imperial Orc Assembly}}

If this mandate is enacted, the named priest will lead a group of willing orcs in search of information and lore about the ancestors of the named orc sept. It must be a non-Imperial sept, but it could be any sept the Empire has encountered, anywhere in the world.

==Further Reading==
* [[Imperial Orcs religious beliefs]]
* [[The_highest_calling#The_Highest_Calling|The Highest Calling]] - 387YE Autumn wind of fortune introducing the highest calling

Invited with asperity

2026-04-16T15:45:24Z

GuiltyConscience: /* Caridis, Sławomir, and the Face-peelers */

[[Category:Winds of Fortune]][[Category:387YE Winter]][[Category:Recent History]][[Category:Foreign Nations]][[Category:Thule]]
<ic>
"Why, Mistress Tasya, the Castellan of Krevsatyzmei is always pleased to receive you and any tidings you bring from The King Beneath the Hill. Even when, uh, so unexpectedly."

The on-duty guard, Pallad, looked up to her colleague Mor in the nest for some confidence, but received nothing but a deeply concerned glance. She-Of-The-Black-Cloak is not someone you want to walk up to you at the best of times, let alone in the middle of a harsh Karskian blizzard in the small hours of the night where it is all too easy to interpret every sound as a monster sneaking up on you. They were south of the mountains, making it much more likely that something awful was prowling nearby.

"Given the hill you stand on and who you bought it from, Pallad-daughter-of-Rith, you and your Castellan should always be prepared to engage in the tradition of hospitality. Please tell Mors-son-of-Ganax to kindly remove his hand from his crossbow lest I be made to feel ... unwelcome"

''Shit, how does she know our names?'' thought Pallad, trying not to let her fear show.

"Of course, ahem, honoured guest. May I offer you a pour of wine from my own flask, and perhaps some of this Holtfordian fruit?" The guard noted that while most of this small delegation were human, inasmuch as she could make out any details beneath their cowls and fur-lined cloak, one of them at least was a fellow orc. But not a Child of the Dragons, she through.

"That will do nicely," Tasya let a smile escape her thick hood as she slowly and clearly partook of the wine and dates, unbothered both to stand before a fully garrisoned outpost of the Thule and by the biting cold the guards were so heavily wrapped up against.

Mors regained his composure first and shouted down from the tower; "And what business does Irontooth bring to a Tower of the Dragons?" This was a Thule outpost. There was surely no doubt that the Dragons were more powerful than any Sovereign. Probably older too. There was certainly no need to be scared of a messenger! Even if she already somehow knew yours and your parents names? Right?

"Business?" Tasya crowed. "What business can there be between the Wolf and the Raven? Between the Warrior and the Grave? I am here to speak the words of the Charnel Lord, and I will do so, to your Castellan, without further delay."

Best not push it. This was clearly the Castellan's problem and the warlock would not appreciate the intervention of mere gate guards.

"Of course, Mistress Tasya, enter and be welcome in our hall in the names of the Five. I shall go waken the Castellan."

The gates swung open, and the delegation of the Broken Barrow swiftly disappeared inside.</ic>
<div style="float:left; width: 300px; clear: right;">{{CaptionedImage|file=IconThule.jpg|align=left|caption=For all that they take a long view of events, when the Thule Dragons choose to act their nation can move with dangerous intensity.|width=300}}</div>
==Overview==
The [[orc|orcs]] of [[Otkodov]] - the [[Thule]] - live to the north of the Empire. They share a long mountainous border with [[Wintermark]], with the [[Imperial Orcs|Unshackled]], and particularly with [[Varushka]]. Their magocratic nation is ruled by the five [[Thule_lore#Dragons|Dragons]] - allegedly immortal sorcerers of immense power who the folk of their nation treat as living ancestors or perhaps even gods. For much of Imperial history, they were at war with the Empire. In recent years a series of treaties have secured peace - mostly by [[Powers_of_the_Imperial_Senate#Concedence|ceding]] parts of the northern Imperial nations.

It is not a universally ''popular'' peace. There are grumbles from Wintermark that the Empire keeps surrendering to the orcs of the north, although they are subdued and rarely enter the public discourse. The Imperial Orcs of [[Skarsind]] keep the Thule at arms' length where possible. It is the nation of [[Varushka]] that has been most critical of the peace treaties - and it cannot be argued that they have been called on to sacrifice more of its northern lands to the Thule than any other nation. The priests of Varushka expressed a commitment to never hand over Varushkan soil to the orcs again - with [[387YE_Autumn_Equinox_Synod_judgements#Judgement_57|judgement 57]] in their own assembly, and [[387YE_Autumn_Equinox_Synod_judgements#Judgement_67|Judgement 67]] in the General. Neither achieved a [[greater majority]] however - hardly surprising for the General but perhaps unexpected in the Varushkan assembly. It seems that '''Lenochka Zabotovna Vypalse''' and '''Father Drakov''' may not speak with a single voice on this matter.

For now, though, peace endures. The [[Ratify_Thule_Treaty_Spring_387YE|treaty has been ratified]]; it is law. Two nations - [[the Marches]] and [[Navarr]] - are sending great amounts of food north to help feed the people of Otkodov and support their armies. It is illegal to preach the Way of Virtue in Otkodov to their citizens. For their part the Thule agree to share the [[white granite]] of the [[Night Quarry]]; pay for the food delivered to them; ensure Imperial access to the
[[Guardian_of_the_Maze_of_Zoria#The_Maze_of_Zoria|Maze of Zoria]], in return for the right to send warlocks to study at the [[Master_of_Ice_and_Darkness#The_Icy_Crag_of_the_Eternal_Sun|Icy Crag of the Eternal Sun]]. And, of course, to maintain their current policies for the reasonable treatment of Imperial citizens choosing to remain and live in ceded lands. All that remains is for the pageantry and theatre of a formal signing.

==State Visit==
* '''Rak Who-Speaks-For-The-Dragons-Undivided will attend the Senate Chambers at 18:00 on Saturday to celebrate the recent signing of the [[Ratify Thule Treaty Spring 387YE | five-year peace treaty]].'''
* '''Rak intends to retire soon, and he will be accompanied by a coterie of potential successors. This may present an opportunity to shape the tenor of Imperial/Thule relations for the next few years.'''
* '''The party will discuss the future of cooperation between the two great powers, the fate of the Druj, the vallorn, and other matters of import.'''

Last season, a delegation from Otkodov was waylaid and unable to make it to Anvil as planned to formally sign the treaty. They are now on their way to complete the intended state visit. Whilst a formal signing of the treaty is not legally required (indeed Rak is satisfied that everything is in order, and the flow of merchants across the border in both directions is testament to the fact that the treaty is holding) the Thule do consider the symbolism inherent in ink and parchment to be valuable.

More pressingly, there is much to discuss as regards making the most use of the period of peace. Cooperation between nations of such might and prowess could yield great benefits, so long as fair terms can be agreed. There is the matter of the vallorn to discuss, the fate of the Druj and their territories, and the ever-present Jotun in the west. There might also be opportunities for trade, for magical cooperation or simply for friendship between peers. It would not do to pass up this opportunity for the great and good of the Empire to liaise with the representatives of Otkodov. No actual agreements will be worked on at this meeting, such things are a matter for Winged Messengers or small private meetings, but the seed of discussion bears the fruit of cooperation.

Rak Who-Speaks-For-The-Dragons-Undivided has served as the Dragon's emissary to the Empire for several years now, and has decided that the time is coming to step aside. Not immediately, perhaps, but soon. To that end, he is bringing with him a selection of potential successors; apprentices and mentees who have worked with him on Imperial Diplomacy and may be poised to take up the challenge. Ultimately, the Dragons will make the final call as to who replaces Rak, but it would be foolish to assume that they will not be paying ''very'' close attention to proceedings to assess the candidates. Imperial Citizens who wish to shape the future of Thule foreign policy may benefit from attending the event.

They have informed the civil service that the Thule delegates will be:
* Rak Who-Speaks-For-The-Dragons-Undivided (he/him) - Ambassador to The Empire
* Runa, of the ''Circle of Thrice-Turned Stones'' (he/him) - An accomplished Night and Autumn warlock with an interest in trade.
* Hekla, of the ''Unbroken Chain of Gilded Fire'' (he/him) - A prodigious Summer warlock specialising in military matters.
* Galk, of the ''Sunken Orb of Brilliant Sapphire'' (he/they) - A studious Winter, Spring and Day warlock at the forefront of theoretical magic.
* Orn The Scribe (he/they) - a servant bonded to the offices of the Speaker for the Dragons Undivided.

The party will arrive in Anvil at 18:00 on Saturday and proceed to the Senate building. They have asked that any interested citizen be allowed to attend, but leave the facilitation of the event itself in the capable hands of the [[Ambassador to Otkodov]], '''Kindra Surefoot'''. They expect to be in the Senate for at most an hour, but if there are still worthwhile discussions ongoing by that point, they may adjourn to the Imperial Offices for a short additional time.

==A Cultural Exchange (Redux)==
* '''Imperial storytellers are invited to meet with skuldyr in Otkodov to exchange and discuss cultural tales on the themes of Heroism and Duty.'''
* '''The [[High Bard of the Empire]] is tasked with arranging the conjunction to Leopard-Tooth Pass on Friday at 23:15.'''
* '''The warlock Hoosfa Mek offers to continue exchanging written records of folk tales in the Tome of Shared Lore.'''

[[About today#A Cultural Exchange |Last Winter]], ''skuldyr'' from Otkodov attended the Wintermark camp in Anvil to exchange stories with the scops. The event appears to have been judged a success by the warlocks, as an invitation has been sent to the Empire, via the civil service. A conjunction of the Sentinel Gate has been identified that would allow up to 12 people to take the Thule up on this invitation by travelling to Leopard-Tooth Pass in Kógur, Skuld at 23:15.

Eirikur the skuld asks for the storytellers of the empire to bring no more than five tales, which should be focused on the themes of Heroism and Duty. Last year, Eirikur spoke with many scops in Wintermark, but also spoke to some Navarri. Since then, he has been learning more about the narrative traditions of The Empire's northern peoples. For this exchange, he would like the visiting party to be composed of Wintermark Scops, Varushkan Storytellers, and Navarri bards.

The Civil Service have assigned responsibility for this conjunction to the [[High Bard of the Empire]], '''Mikael Reskovich'''. They would also like to remind any potential attendees that it is [[Ratify Thule Treaty Spring 387YE| currently illegal]] to preach [[The Way]] in Otkodov. It is not clear how strict the Thule will be on this, but guests of the Dragons might do well to avoid overtly religious messages in their stories.

At the last meeting with the skuldyr, the warlock Hoosfa Mek gave a gift to the [[Ambassador to Otkodov|Ambassador]], a book of Thule tales. They will be present at this meeting as well and have expressed that, if the Ambassador wishes, they would be happy to take custody of the book once again and have more stories added to it. They would be especially keen for this if their Imperial counterparts have been able to record some of their own tales in the tome.
==A Northern Passage==
* '''The Thule have responded negatively to a proposal to map the northern parts of the Sea of Snow and the coast of Otkodov
Ambassador Surefoot has carefully raised the matter of securing a sea-route to Otkodov through the north-eastern [[Sea of Snow]]. As they point out, there was a fleet mapping expedition of the frigid sea [[Never_be_found_at_home#Senate_Motion|a few years ago]]. While it uncovered [[Midnight_rain#Mapping_the_Sea_of_Snow|a great deal of information]] it did not manage to follow in the [[Never be found at home#Passage to Ultima Thule|wake of the ''Sea Hawk'']] and discover if there ''is'' a navigable passage to the coast of [[Otkodov#Nithoggir|Nithoggir]]. There is an invitiation for cooperation between the Empire and Otkodov, with an eye toward developing a sea trade route.

Rak Who-Speaks-For-The-Dragons-Undivided explains that the Dragons recently permitted an attempt to find a trade route between western Otkodov and Wintermark, overland through the wastes of Tsirku, and it was an unmitigated disaster that cost many lives. They do not see that any attempt to open a sea route would be any more successful - there are beasts in the ice-strewn waters off the coast of Otkodov that are truly terrible even for the Sea of Snow. Weighing the risk and the reward, they see little advantage to allowing the Empire to create - and ultimately control - a maritime route to their shores. They would rather leave that door unopened at least for the time being. Rak goes further - not only will the Dragons not authorise cooperation in this endeavour they will not permit a trading post on their coast. Trade with Otkodov will continue overland, as it has done for the last decade or so.

Reading between the lines, it is very clear that no matter what Rhak says, fundamentally the Dragons do not want the Empire to have a way to bring fleets to their coast. Relations may have thawed in the last decade, but not so much that the Dragons will tolerate Imperial ships sailing through open waters to the lands of the Thule.
<div style="float:right; width: 400px; clear: left;">{{CaptionedImage|file=Forest of Ulnak regions.png|caption=The Forest of Ulnak is mapped, but large parts of the territory remain a mystery.|align=right|width=400}}</div>
==Hinodir, Tathenon, and the Eastern Woods==
* '''Reports from Varushka speak of Thule armies on the move'''
* '''An agent of the Charnel Lord is speaking to the Thule in Krevsatymei'''
* '''The Thule are preparing an invasion of the Forest of Ulnak and invite Imperial warbands to accompany them'''
* '''They also welcome Imperial armies provided the generals are prepared to follow the lead of Tathenon the Gyre'''
Following the Autumn Equinox, Thule hunters swept into the [[Forest of Ulnak]], using the [[spy network]] there at the invitation of the [[Imperial Spymaster]]. One of the Dragons, ''Hinodir of the Bright Orb'', [[Bedight_in_veils#Forest_of_Ulnak|negotiated access]] allowing the orcs of Otkodov to take advantage of existing framework laid down by the Empire. There are Imperial scouts using the spy network as well, but the Thule make no effort to cooperate with them. These hunters are fairly different to the warriors more often encountered by the Empire - bow and spear warriors with thick hide armour and dark blue hoods, accompanied by battle warlocks and pratitioners of [[Night magic]]. The warbands are all shrouded by an [[enchantment]] that makes them hard to spot against natural landscapes and guides them through the wild woods of the territory. Their work completed, they return to Otkodov shortly before the Winter Solstice.

Even as the hunters alre sent out, the Thule are on the move. Eyewitnesses observe significant Thule military forces entering [[Ossium]] - moving into the [[Ossium#Bonewood|Bonewood]] and [[Ossium#Webwood|Webwood]]. Both woodlands have apparently been woven with Spring magic; at first there is a concern this is an attempt to unleash the [[Thunderous Tread of the Trees]]. Rather than becoming mobile however it seems the forest is possessed of a magical awareness that causes the trees to attack intruders and trespassers in a manner more similar to [[Forge the Wooden Fastness]]. There's talk of other movements as well - ''Tasya of the Black Feathers'', the mouth-piece of the [[Varushkan_Monster#Sovereigns|sovereign]] known as the [[Charnel Lord]] - has been spotted visiting ''Krevsatyzmei'', the Thule fortification in Karsk. At various points in the past the Charnel Lord has allied with the Thule, betraying them with equal ease when the tides of battle shifted. It seems another cycle of diplomacy may be beginning.

Ambassador Kindra has raised the possibility of a joint effort to attack the Forest of Ulnak, but Rak Who-Speaks-For-The-Dragons-Undivided politely requests that the ambassador keep the military strategists at arms length during the coming delegation. At the same time however, he issues an invitation from ''Tathenon the Gyre, Who Wields the Might of the Sky''. Any Imperial [[military unit|warband]] that wishes is welcome to join the Thule in their assault against the Druj of Ulnak. Those who wish to do so may fight alongside the ''Earthquake Drummers'', who lead the assault against the vermin of [[the Mallum]]. Any captain who brings their warband will be granted a gift of crystal mana. A standard military unit will be rewarded with 7 crystal mana, with an [[Military unit#Upgrades|upgraded]] or [[enchantment|enchanted]] military unit receiving proportionally more.

Furthermore any Imperial army that wishes to join the assault is welcome to do so ''provided'' the [[general]] acknowledges the sovereignty and strategy of Tathenon the Gyre. They will fight alongside the orcs of Otkodov, just as the orcs of Otkodov fought alongside the Empire to liberate Sermersuaq. Rak is aware that the level of secrecy requested may disincline the Military Council to support the attack but the Dragons have weighed that risk as being acceptable to ensure the Druj do not become aware of their strategy. Regardless, while the Empire fight to conquer [[Sarangrave]], and fight along the border with the [[Salt Flats of Sanath]], they help Otkodov achieve its goal even if no armies provide any aid in Ulnak.

The civil service believe there is no legal issue with Imperial military units supporting the Thule - they are foreigners and have in the past been military allies, and the Druj are definitely barbarians. They caution that sending armies into the Forest of Ulnak this season ''without'' agreeing to accept the strategy of Tathenon the Gyre will mean that the Empire's troops will act as a separate force. It's doubtful the Thule will fight the Empire directly, but depending on where a general launches their attack the possibility of Imperial and Otkodov forces clashing over the eastern Forest of Ulnak cannot be discounted - it is not feasible to predict exactly what might happen here. One thing they are certain of; even if a general does wish to support the Otkodov armies they will still be free to issue orders as to the conduct and [[army orders|tactics]] their army will employ. The only thing that will be determined by Otkodov is the order in which the regions of Ulnak are assailed.
==Caridis, Sławomir, and the Face-peelers==
* '''The Thule are prepared to have the Claws of the Dragon work with Varushkan warriors to root out the face-peelers
* '''This creates a raiding venture for Varushkan military units
* '''The consequence is disruption to draughir citizens of Karsk and Ossium
Another matter of a military flavour concerns the "face-peeling shapeshifters" known to exist in and around the Webwood, among other locales. Rak Who-Speaks-For-The-Dragons-Undivided stresses again that the Thule do not consider them to be a particular concern but they are also not by any stretch allies of Otkodov. Cleaning out a den of rabid wolves is usually a good idea; while they may favour attacking humans they might easily shift their depredations to orcs. With that in mind, Rak conveys an invitation from the Dragon known as ''Caridis the Binder of Runes and Oaths'' inviting '''Sławomir Rabovich Bolotstrazh''' to gather some bands of Varushkan warriors, [[Varushka_military_concerns#Wagon_Raiders_and_Sell_Swords|sell swords]], [[warden|wardens]] and the like to work with the ''Claws of the Dragon'' to exterminate the "trudnik" in Ossium and [[Karsk]]. The Claws of the Dragon are a small fellowship of warlocks that serve the Dragons by rooting out magical threats to Otkodov - they have recently been involved with the folk of Wintermark in dealing with both cults of [[Agramant|Blood-on-the-Snow]] and the monoliths of the Falconer. Caridis the Binder has instructed them to work with Sławomir to deal with the "face stealers" and so they have focused their efforts into eastern Varushka even as the armies of Otkodov begin to move.

Following the Winter Solstice, [[Varushka|Varushkan]] [[military unit|military units]] will have the opportunity to undertake a [[military unit#Raiding|raiding]] [[venture]] called ''Root out the Face-peelers''. This will involve working with the Thule in Karsk and Ossium to track down nests of "trudnik" and, where they are found, employ axe and flame to destroy them. The Claws of the Dragon are a fairly small organisation, but they are supported here by a cadre of warriors and hunters. Regardless, the full success of this venture will depend on Varushkan involvement.

A standard military unit that undertakes this venture will receive six measures of [[Materials#Natural_Materials|forest materials]], and a phial of ''Corrupt Blood''. This latter is a vile [[potion]] brewed by the trudnik that infuses the drinker with preternatural strength and endurance. A military unit that has been upgraded or enchanted will receive proportionately more. Unfortunately, this raid comes with a cost. One of the problems is that the glamour the trudnik use makes it easy for them to masquerade as Varushkans with the [[draughir]] [[lineage]]. A thorough attack on the trudnik will cause trouble for the draughir of Karsk and Ossium; following the Winter Solstice they will receive a -1 penalty to the production of their resource unless it is a [[military unit]] taking the ''Root out the Face-peelers'' action. Even if few military units get involved, the inevitable suspicion and doubt that is seeded will be enough to unsettle the affairs of draughir in Karsk and Ossium.

If at least 7,500 strength of military units participate in the raid, the trudnik will be driven out of their lairs in Karsk and Ossium. The Empire will be able to expand their knowledge of these creatures, and finally get some reliable evidence of what they are and what they are doing. There may be some mopping up to do - at least one of the trudnik lairs in Ossium is apparently very old and extends into the earth - and if there is a dark spirit involved with the face-peelers it may fall to the Empire to deal with it. The matter of "spoils" however has already been set by Caridis - the Empire will claim whatever trudnik "loot" lies in Imperial Varushka, while the Thule will take custody of anything seized from the trudnik that lies in Thule lands. This would include Slomavetka, allegedly a lair of the trudnik set in a rich forest and with deep caverns carved into the hill beneath it, which lies just across the border in the Webwood.

Everything seems quite straightforward, at least in theory, but Rak is clear that if any problems do develop, it will fall to Sławomir Rabovich Bolotstrazh, with the guidance of the Ambassador to Otkodov, to negotiate with the Claws of the Dragon on behalf of Caridis the Binder.

==Icy Crags and Distant Peaks==
{{WingedMessenger|address=Missives can be sent to ''Thania of the Blackstaff, Icy Crag of the Eternal Sun, Miekarova, Varushka'', who is the spokesperson for the Thule orcs living in and around the Icy Crag. She is interested only in matters related to the college and the warlocks attending; anything else should go through the Ambassador from Otkodov.}}
* '''Thule warlocks have taken up residence in Miekarova, around the Icy Crag of the Eternal Sun
* '''Their spokesperson is Thania of the Blackstaff, an aged Thule warlock
* '''Thania is interested in acquiring certain ritual texts codified at the college and prepared to offer mithril for them
The contingent of warlocks have taken up residence at the Icy Crag of the Eternal Sun, studying with the Imperial scholars. Their presence makes some magicians uneasy; many of these orcs are veterans of the various wars with the Empire. Others bring an unnervingly intense reverence for the Dragons. For the most part though they are distant, reserved, and primarily interested in researching and discussing magical concepts alongside their peers. Their "leader" is a warlock named ''Thania of the Blackstaff'', an aged orc who has made a study of all six realms of magic. She speaks on behalf of the Thule orcs on matters related to the Icy Crag, but indicates that any more political matters need to go via the Ambassador to the Empire.

A couple have attempted to introduce the Imperial students and professors to a ball-game from Otkodov that uses staves and [[Spellcasting#Offensive_Spells|offensive magic]] to keep control of a [[tempest jade]] sphere. The "excitement" of the contest comes from the fact the "ball" is enchanted to explode violently if it is struck too many times over a short period. It is very much an acquired taste but those who have participated say it is great for "getting the blood pumping" if nothing else.

The presence of the Thule reduces the costs to upkeep the Icy Crag by five Thrones each season, but they receive a copy of any [[Formulaic_ritual#Ritual_Texts|ritual text]] codified there. They've also apparently had a thorough read through the stacks, looking with interest for details of magic previously worked on here. Having learned of the existence of [[Aid Once More]], [[Bitter Mantle of the Leaden Crown]], ''Heaven's Spear Sunders the Mountain'', ''The Never-ending Lullaby'', and ''Sermersuaq Fools the Orca with a Rasp of Her Knuckles'', they are interested to find out more if the opportunity presents itself and eager to acquire ritual texts if the Empire will allow it.

For each of these rituals the Conclave is prepared to [[dissemination|disseminate]] to Thania of the Blackstaff, she will provide 6 wains of mithril to the individual who raises the [[declaration]] after it passes, or should they specify in their declaration, to the Concalve (to later be distributed with a declaration of [[endowment]]). Alternatively she can provide 35 [[vis#golden apple|golden apples]] (again, to the person who raised the declaration or the Conclave for endowment). As long as the desired payment is clear, Thania isn't concerned what form is requested as she apparently has been assigned significant resources by the Dragons.

One problem the civil service point out is that three of the rituals - ''Heaven's Spear Sunders the Mountain'', ''The Never-ending Lullaby'', and ''Sermersuaq Fools the Orca with a Rasp of Her Knuckles'' - are not actually part of [[Formulaic_ritual#Imperial_Lore_and_the_Ritual_List|Imperial lore]] and thus ''can't'' be disseminated by the Conclave. There's nothing to stop whoever has those ritual texts entering into negotiations with Thania directly for purchase of the ritual texts but it is not a simple matter to create a new copy of a text.
==Fraynir and the Black Waste==
* '''The Thule have made preparations to defend Sküld from an active vallorn
* '''Fraynir, one of the five Dragons, wishes to acquire the ''Dreadful Ending'' ritual
* '''They are offering a ritual that already seems to exist in Imperial lore under a different name'''

Ambassador Kindra has provided some guidane regarding the concerns of '''Dylan Thornweaver''' and the [[vallorn]]. It is now common knowledge that there is a vallorn in [[Otkodov#Sküld|Sküld]] - occupying the ruins of the ancient city of Emrys. Ambassador Rak offers reassurance that the Dragons' opinion on the matter has not shifted from [[A_thousand_years_of_longing#Our_Friends_in_the_North|where it was]] when the [[Great Library of Hacynian]] completed their research. Research he is keen to remind the Empire that the [[A_thousand_years_of_longing#Our_Friends_in_the_North|Thule supported]]. Otkodov remains enthusiastic about the reunification - the "ascension" - of the vallorn. They remain ready to deal with the vallorn of Sküld - but would appreciate a season of advance warning before the Empire completes the [[trods]] network and begins the transformation. They remain confident that their armies and their magic will be more than a match for it given its size and sluggishness. They've sacrificed a thousand years of prosperity in Sküld to keep it weak, after all. With the vallorn gone they would no longer need to keep Sküld under a [[Wither the Seed|shroud of Winter magic]] and could restore it to full fertility. There is also speculation that the Thule are eager to finally get at the treasures of Emrys which legends suggest was perhaps the most magically advanced city of the Terunael Empire; the warlocks refuse to be drawn.

There is some concrete news on the matter of the vallorn, however, that may be of interest to the Empire. Rak Who-Speaks-For-The-Dragons-Undivided mentions that a project is underway to prepare for the vallorn's rise - it is just common sense. Rather than rely on a grand [[fortification|citadel]], The-One-Who-Waits (likely the Dragon ''Fraynir'', an acknowledged master of [[curse|curses]] and shrouding magic) has decreed the creation of several rings of [[white granite]] stones around the outskirts of the vallorn of Emrys. When they are completed, they will be warded with [[Winter magic]] and [[ilium|star metal]] to create fortified camps that will catastrophically weaken any vallornspawn that ventures within. Given the nature of all such wards, the stones themselves will be unassailable by the creatures of the vallorn and as such offer a reliable defence against the vallorn's expansion. To magicians versed in such things it seems to be a version of [[Wardens of the Black Waste]].

The reason Rak has raised this point, it quickly turns out, is that Fraynir has instructed him to offer a text containing the ritual - ''Walls of Starless Night'' - in return for a copy of a specific ritual created at the Icy Crags. Fraynir wished the Imperial Conclave to [[Dissemination|disseminate]] the ritual [[Dreadful Ending]]. This ritual destroys [[miasma pillars]] - nothing to do with the vallorn.

Fraynir is apparently unaware that ''Wardens of the Black Waste'' is a part of Imperial lore. This is understandable given the ritual was codified at the [[Dean_of_the_Lyceum#The_Lyceum|Lyceum]] by then-[[Dean of the Lyceum|Dean]] '''Simargl the Empty One'''. It's possible that the Conclave may wish to go ahead with the trade. If they do, whoever raises the Dissemination will need to pay the traditional ten Thrones, and will receive in return the ritual text of ''Walls of Starless Night''. It's very unlikely that Walls of Starless Night will be an improvement over ''Wardens of the Black Waste'', however. With that in mind, the Ambassador could facilitate negotiation on behalf of the Conclave, and perhaps the [[Vallornguard]], given it is clear that Fraynir is keen to get their hands on this very niche ritual.

==Orobus and the Bonewood==
* '''The Dragon Orobus is keen to acquire living weirwood trees'''
* '''She specifically wants living trees from the Heartwood of the Great Vale and/or the Golden Trees of Seren'''
* '''She will pay 12 rings of ilium for the ability to collect some trees and transplant them to the Bonewood
* '''Agreeing to this arrangement will reduce the production of the weirwood forest by 1 wain each season, permanently'''
Fraynir is not the only Dragon interested in Emrys, and in preparing Sküld. Orobus the Chained, said to be the Dragon most adept at negotiation and binding magic, and wielding influence over the [[Realms|eternal realms]] has also placed a proposal before the Ambassador. Orobus wishes to purchase several living [[weirwood]] trees; specifically from either the [[Heartwood of the Great Vale]] in [[Hercynia]] or the [[Golden Trees of Seren]] in [[Miaren]]. The details appear to be straightforward enough. She plans to transplant the trees into the [[Ossium#Bonewood|Silent Pines]] in [[Ossium]]; she is looking for trees that "remember" the vallorn, who will be able to "share" their experiences with the trees of the Bonewood.

This sounds fairly esoteric; there's no indication about what this will do if anything but Orobus is still keen. If the current holder of the Heartwood or the Golden Trees is interested, they can instruct the Ambassador to relay their agreement. Orobus will provide warlocks versed in [[Spring magic|Spring]] and Winter magic to ensure the trees arrive and that their transplantation is successful. It's estimated that the removal of the trees will reduce the weirwood production of the forest permanently by 1 wain each season. In return Orobus will provide 12 rings of [[ilium]] to the holder of the seat as payment for the trees.

The civil service have been unable to get a clear idea of exactly what Orobus is aiming for here. It's not possible to move weirwood production around, for example. The idea of trees "remembering" the vallorn appears to be a mystical or metaphysical idea rather than one rooted in magical theory. There are suggestions however that this is part of a deal that Orobus has brokered with an eternal designed to provide some sort of protection to the Bonewood against the vallorn. It might be possible to discover more through negotiation or diplomacy, but the Dragon is playing her cards quite close to her chest.

Both the Heartwood of the Great Vale and Golden Trees of Seren are due to be appointed at the Winter Solstice summit, via the [[Auction of the Seats]]. The decision about whether to take Orobus up on her deal will need to be made by whoever has control of the seat after the auction as the weirwood forests are their responsibility.

==Further Reading==
* [[Thule]]
* [[Thule lore]]

Invited with asperity

2026-04-16T15:44:25Z

GuiltyConscience: /* Caridis, Sławomir, and the Face-peelers */

[[Category:Winds of Fortune]][[Category:387YE Winter]][[Category:Recent History]][[Category:Foreign Nations]][[Category:Thule]]
<ic>
"Why, Mistress Tasya, the Castellan of Krevsatyzmei is always pleased to receive you and any tidings you bring from The King Beneath the Hill. Even when, uh, so unexpectedly."

The on-duty guard, Pallad, looked up to her colleague Mor in the nest for some confidence, but received nothing but a deeply concerned glance. She-Of-The-Black-Cloak is not someone you want to walk up to you at the best of times, let alone in the middle of a harsh Karskian blizzard in the small hours of the night where it is all too easy to interpret every sound as a monster sneaking up on you. They were south of the mountains, making it much more likely that something awful was prowling nearby.

"Given the hill you stand on and who you bought it from, Pallad-daughter-of-Rith, you and your Castellan should always be prepared to engage in the tradition of hospitality. Please tell Mors-son-of-Ganax to kindly remove his hand from his crossbow lest I be made to feel ... unwelcome"

''Shit, how does she know our names?'' thought Pallad, trying not to let her fear show.

"Of course, ahem, honoured guest. May I offer you a pour of wine from my own flask, and perhaps some of this Holtfordian fruit?" The guard noted that while most of this small delegation were human, inasmuch as she could make out any details beneath their cowls and fur-lined cloak, one of them at least was a fellow orc. But not a Child of the Dragons, she through.

"That will do nicely," Tasya let a smile escape her thick hood as she slowly and clearly partook of the wine and dates, unbothered both to stand before a fully garrisoned outpost of the Thule and by the biting cold the guards were so heavily wrapped up against.

Mors regained his composure first and shouted down from the tower; "And what business does Irontooth bring to a Tower of the Dragons?" This was a Thule outpost. There was surely no doubt that the Dragons were more powerful than any Sovereign. Probably older too. There was certainly no need to be scared of a messenger! Even if she already somehow knew yours and your parents names? Right?

"Business?" Tasya crowed. "What business can there be between the Wolf and the Raven? Between the Warrior and the Grave? I am here to speak the words of the Charnel Lord, and I will do so, to your Castellan, without further delay."

Best not push it. This was clearly the Castellan's problem and the warlock would not appreciate the intervention of mere gate guards.

"Of course, Mistress Tasya, enter and be welcome in our hall in the names of the Five. I shall go waken the Castellan."

The gates swung open, and the delegation of the Broken Barrow swiftly disappeared inside.</ic>
<div style="float:left; width: 300px; clear: right;">{{CaptionedImage|file=IconThule.jpg|align=left|caption=For all that they take a long view of events, when the Thule Dragons choose to act their nation can move with dangerous intensity.|width=300}}</div>
==Overview==
The [[orc|orcs]] of [[Otkodov]] - the [[Thule]] - live to the north of the Empire. They share a long mountainous border with [[Wintermark]], with the [[Imperial Orcs|Unshackled]], and particularly with [[Varushka]]. Their magocratic nation is ruled by the five [[Thule_lore#Dragons|Dragons]] - allegedly immortal sorcerers of immense power who the folk of their nation treat as living ancestors or perhaps even gods. For much of Imperial history, they were at war with the Empire. In recent years a series of treaties have secured peace - mostly by [[Powers_of_the_Imperial_Senate#Concedence|ceding]] parts of the northern Imperial nations.

It is not a universally ''popular'' peace. There are grumbles from Wintermark that the Empire keeps surrendering to the orcs of the north, although they are subdued and rarely enter the public discourse. The Imperial Orcs of [[Skarsind]] keep the Thule at arms' length where possible. It is the nation of [[Varushka]] that has been most critical of the peace treaties - and it cannot be argued that they have been called on to sacrifice more of its northern lands to the Thule than any other nation. The priests of Varushka expressed a commitment to never hand over Varushkan soil to the orcs again - with [[387YE_Autumn_Equinox_Synod_judgements#Judgement_57|judgement 57]] in their own assembly, and [[387YE_Autumn_Equinox_Synod_judgements#Judgement_67|Judgement 67]] in the General. Neither achieved a [[greater majority]] however - hardly surprising for the General but perhaps unexpected in the Varushkan assembly. It seems that '''Lenochka Zabotovna Vypalse''' and '''Father Drakov''' may not speak with a single voice on this matter.

For now, though, peace endures. The [[Ratify_Thule_Treaty_Spring_387YE|treaty has been ratified]]; it is law. Two nations - [[the Marches]] and [[Navarr]] - are sending great amounts of food north to help feed the people of Otkodov and support their armies. It is illegal to preach the Way of Virtue in Otkodov to their citizens. For their part the Thule agree to share the [[white granite]] of the [[Night Quarry]]; pay for the food delivered to them; ensure Imperial access to the
[[Guardian_of_the_Maze_of_Zoria#The_Maze_of_Zoria|Maze of Zoria]], in return for the right to send warlocks to study at the [[Master_of_Ice_and_Darkness#The_Icy_Crag_of_the_Eternal_Sun|Icy Crag of the Eternal Sun]]. And, of course, to maintain their current policies for the reasonable treatment of Imperial citizens choosing to remain and live in ceded lands. All that remains is for the pageantry and theatre of a formal signing.

==State Visit==
* '''Rak Who-Speaks-For-The-Dragons-Undivided will attend the Senate Chambers at 18:00 on Saturday to celebrate the recent signing of the [[Ratify Thule Treaty Spring 387YE | five-year peace treaty]].'''
* '''Rak intends to retire soon, and he will be accompanied by a coterie of potential successors. This may present an opportunity to shape the tenor of Imperial/Thule relations for the next few years.'''
* '''The party will discuss the future of cooperation between the two great powers, the fate of the Druj, the vallorn, and other matters of import.'''

Last season, a delegation from Otkodov was waylaid and unable to make it to Anvil as planned to formally sign the treaty. They are now on their way to complete the intended state visit. Whilst a formal signing of the treaty is not legally required (indeed Rak is satisfied that everything is in order, and the flow of merchants across the border in both directions is testament to the fact that the treaty is holding) the Thule do consider the symbolism inherent in ink and parchment to be valuable.

More pressingly, there is much to discuss as regards making the most use of the period of peace. Cooperation between nations of such might and prowess could yield great benefits, so long as fair terms can be agreed. There is the matter of the vallorn to discuss, the fate of the Druj and their territories, and the ever-present Jotun in the west. There might also be opportunities for trade, for magical cooperation or simply for friendship between peers. It would not do to pass up this opportunity for the great and good of the Empire to liaise with the representatives of Otkodov. No actual agreements will be worked on at this meeting, such things are a matter for Winged Messengers or small private meetings, but the seed of discussion bears the fruit of cooperation.

Rak Who-Speaks-For-The-Dragons-Undivided has served as the Dragon's emissary to the Empire for several years now, and has decided that the time is coming to step aside. Not immediately, perhaps, but soon. To that end, he is bringing with him a selection of potential successors; apprentices and mentees who have worked with him on Imperial Diplomacy and may be poised to take up the challenge. Ultimately, the Dragons will make the final call as to who replaces Rak, but it would be foolish to assume that they will not be paying ''very'' close attention to proceedings to assess the candidates. Imperial Citizens who wish to shape the future of Thule foreign policy may benefit from attending the event.

They have informed the civil service that the Thule delegates will be:
* Rak Who-Speaks-For-The-Dragons-Undivided (he/him) - Ambassador to The Empire
* Runa, of the ''Circle of Thrice-Turned Stones'' (he/him) - An accomplished Night and Autumn warlock with an interest in trade.
* Hekla, of the ''Unbroken Chain of Gilded Fire'' (he/him) - A prodigious Summer warlock specialising in military matters.
* Galk, of the ''Sunken Orb of Brilliant Sapphire'' (he/they) - A studious Winter, Spring and Day warlock at the forefront of theoretical magic.
* Orn The Scribe (he/they) - a servant bonded to the offices of the Speaker for the Dragons Undivided.

The party will arrive in Anvil at 18:00 on Saturday and proceed to the Senate building. They have asked that any interested citizen be allowed to attend, but leave the facilitation of the event itself in the capable hands of the [[Ambassador to Otkodov]], '''Kindra Surefoot'''. They expect to be in the Senate for at most an hour, but if there are still worthwhile discussions ongoing by that point, they may adjourn to the Imperial Offices for a short additional time.

==A Cultural Exchange (Redux)==
* '''Imperial storytellers are invited to meet with skuldyr in Otkodov to exchange and discuss cultural tales on the themes of Heroism and Duty.'''
* '''The [[High Bard of the Empire]] is tasked with arranging the conjunction to Leopard-Tooth Pass on Friday at 23:15.'''
* '''The warlock Hoosfa Mek offers to continue exchanging written records of folk tales in the Tome of Shared Lore.'''

[[About today#A Cultural Exchange |Last Winter]], ''skuldyr'' from Otkodov attended the Wintermark camp in Anvil to exchange stories with the scops. The event appears to have been judged a success by the warlocks, as an invitation has been sent to the Empire, via the civil service. A conjunction of the Sentinel Gate has been identified that would allow up to 12 people to take the Thule up on this invitation by travelling to Leopard-Tooth Pass in Kógur, Skuld at 23:15.

Eirikur the skuld asks for the storytellers of the empire to bring no more than five tales, which should be focused on the themes of Heroism and Duty. Last year, Eirikur spoke with many scops in Wintermark, but also spoke to some Navarri. Since then, he has been learning more about the narrative traditions of The Empire's northern peoples. For this exchange, he would like the visiting party to be composed of Wintermark Scops, Varushkan Storytellers, and Navarri bards.

The Civil Service have assigned responsibility for this conjunction to the [[High Bard of the Empire]], '''Mikael Reskovich'''. They would also like to remind any potential attendees that it is [[Ratify Thule Treaty Spring 387YE| currently illegal]] to preach [[The Way]] in Otkodov. It is not clear how strict the Thule will be on this, but guests of the Dragons might do well to avoid overtly religious messages in their stories.

At the last meeting with the skuldyr, the warlock Hoosfa Mek gave a gift to the [[Ambassador to Otkodov|Ambassador]], a book of Thule tales. They will be present at this meeting as well and have expressed that, if the Ambassador wishes, they would be happy to take custody of the book once again and have more stories added to it. They would be especially keen for this if their Imperial counterparts have been able to record some of their own tales in the tome.
==A Northern Passage==
* '''The Thule have responded negatively to a proposal to map the northern parts of the Sea of Snow and the coast of Otkodov
Ambassador Surefoot has carefully raised the matter of securing a sea-route to Otkodov through the north-eastern [[Sea of Snow]]. As they point out, there was a fleet mapping expedition of the frigid sea [[Never_be_found_at_home#Senate_Motion|a few years ago]]. While it uncovered [[Midnight_rain#Mapping_the_Sea_of_Snow|a great deal of information]] it did not manage to follow in the [[Never be found at home#Passage to Ultima Thule|wake of the ''Sea Hawk'']] and discover if there ''is'' a navigable passage to the coast of [[Otkodov#Nithoggir|Nithoggir]]. There is an invitiation for cooperation between the Empire and Otkodov, with an eye toward developing a sea trade route.

Rak Who-Speaks-For-The-Dragons-Undivided explains that the Dragons recently permitted an attempt to find a trade route between western Otkodov and Wintermark, overland through the wastes of Tsirku, and it was an unmitigated disaster that cost many lives. They do not see that any attempt to open a sea route would be any more successful - there are beasts in the ice-strewn waters off the coast of Otkodov that are truly terrible even for the Sea of Snow. Weighing the risk and the reward, they see little advantage to allowing the Empire to create - and ultimately control - a maritime route to their shores. They would rather leave that door unopened at least for the time being. Rak goes further - not only will the Dragons not authorise cooperation in this endeavour they will not permit a trading post on their coast. Trade with Otkodov will continue overland, as it has done for the last decade or so.

Reading between the lines, it is very clear that no matter what Rhak says, fundamentally the Dragons do not want the Empire to have a way to bring fleets to their coast. Relations may have thawed in the last decade, but not so much that the Dragons will tolerate Imperial ships sailing through open waters to the lands of the Thule.
<div style="float:right; width: 400px; clear: left;">{{CaptionedImage|file=Forest of Ulnak regions.png|caption=The Forest of Ulnak is mapped, but large parts of the territory remain a mystery.|align=right|width=400}}</div>
==Hinodir, Tathenon, and the Eastern Woods==
* '''Reports from Varushka speak of Thule armies on the move'''
* '''An agent of the Charnel Lord is speaking to the Thule in Krevsatymei'''
* '''The Thule are preparing an invasion of the Forest of Ulnak and invite Imperial warbands to accompany them'''
* '''They also welcome Imperial armies provided the generals are prepared to follow the lead of Tathenon the Gyre'''
Following the Autumn Equinox, Thule hunters swept into the [[Forest of Ulnak]], using the [[spy network]] there at the invitation of the [[Imperial Spymaster]]. One of the Dragons, ''Hinodir of the Bright Orb'', [[Bedight_in_veils#Forest_of_Ulnak|negotiated access]] allowing the orcs of Otkodov to take advantage of existing framework laid down by the Empire. There are Imperial scouts using the spy network as well, but the Thule make no effort to cooperate with them. These hunters are fairly different to the warriors more often encountered by the Empire - bow and spear warriors with thick hide armour and dark blue hoods, accompanied by battle warlocks and pratitioners of [[Night magic]]. The warbands are all shrouded by an [[enchantment]] that makes them hard to spot against natural landscapes and guides them through the wild woods of the territory. Their work completed, they return to Otkodov shortly before the Winter Solstice.

Even as the hunters alre sent out, the Thule are on the move. Eyewitnesses observe significant Thule military forces entering [[Ossium]] - moving into the [[Ossium#Bonewood|Bonewood]] and [[Ossium#Webwood|Webwood]]. Both woodlands have apparently been woven with Spring magic; at first there is a concern this is an attempt to unleash the [[Thunderous Tread of the Trees]]. Rather than becoming mobile however it seems the forest is possessed of a magical awareness that causes the trees to attack intruders and trespassers in a manner more similar to [[Forge the Wooden Fastness]]. There's talk of other movements as well - ''Tasya of the Black Feathers'', the mouth-piece of the [[Varushkan_Monster#Sovereigns|sovereign]] known as the [[Charnel Lord]] - has been spotted visiting ''Krevsatyzmei'', the Thule fortification in Karsk. At various points in the past the Charnel Lord has allied with the Thule, betraying them with equal ease when the tides of battle shifted. It seems another cycle of diplomacy may be beginning.

Ambassador Kindra has raised the possibility of a joint effort to attack the Forest of Ulnak, but Rak Who-Speaks-For-The-Dragons-Undivided politely requests that the ambassador keep the military strategists at arms length during the coming delegation. At the same time however, he issues an invitation from ''Tathenon the Gyre, Who Wields the Might of the Sky''. Any Imperial [[military unit|warband]] that wishes is welcome to join the Thule in their assault against the Druj of Ulnak. Those who wish to do so may fight alongside the ''Earthquake Drummers'', who lead the assault against the vermin of [[the Mallum]]. Any captain who brings their warband will be granted a gift of crystal mana. A standard military unit will be rewarded with 7 crystal mana, with an [[Military unit#Upgrades|upgraded]] or [[enchantment|enchanted]] military unit receiving proportionally more.

Furthermore any Imperial army that wishes to join the assault is welcome to do so ''provided'' the [[general]] acknowledges the sovereignty and strategy of Tathenon the Gyre. They will fight alongside the orcs of Otkodov, just as the orcs of Otkodov fought alongside the Empire to liberate Sermersuaq. Rak is aware that the level of secrecy requested may disincline the Military Council to support the attack but the Dragons have weighed that risk as being acceptable to ensure the Druj do not become aware of their strategy. Regardless, while the Empire fight to conquer [[Sarangrave]], and fight along the border with the [[Salt Flats of Sanath]], they help Otkodov achieve its goal even if no armies provide any aid in Ulnak.

The civil service believe there is no legal issue with Imperial military units supporting the Thule - they are foreigners and have in the past been military allies, and the Druj are definitely barbarians. They caution that sending armies into the Forest of Ulnak this season ''without'' agreeing to accept the strategy of Tathenon the Gyre will mean that the Empire's troops will act as a separate force. It's doubtful the Thule will fight the Empire directly, but depending on where a general launches their attack the possibility of Imperial and Otkodov forces clashing over the eastern Forest of Ulnak cannot be discounted - it is not feasible to predict exactly what might happen here. One thing they are certain of; even if a general does wish to support the Otkodov armies they will still be free to issue orders as to the conduct and [[army orders|tactics]] their army will employ. The only thing that will be determined by Otkodov is the order in which the regions of Ulnak are assailed.
==Caridis, Sławomir, and the Face-peelers==
* '''The Thule are prepared to have the Claws of the Dragon work with Varushkan warriors to root out the face-peelers
* '''This creates a raiding venture for Varushkan military units
* '''The consequence is disruption to draughir citizens of Karsk and Ossium
Another matter of a military flavour concerns the "face-peeling shapeshifters" known to exist in and around the Webwood, among other locales. Rak Who-Speaks-For-The-Dragons-Undivided stresses again that the Thule do not consider them to be a particular concern but they are also not by any stretch allies of Otkodov. Cleaning out a den of rabid wolves is usually a good idea; while they may favour attacking humans they might easily shift their depredations to orcs. With that in mind, Rak conveys an invitation from the Dragon known as ''Caridis the Binder of Runes and Oaths'' inviting '''Sławomir Rabovich Bolotstrazh''' to gather some bands of Varushkan warriors, [[sell swords]], [[warden|wardens]] and the like to work with the ''Claws of the Dragon'' to exterminate the "trudnik" in Ossium and [[Karsk]]. The Claws of the Dragon are a small fellowship of warlocks that serve the Dragons by rooting out magical threats to Otkodov - they have recently been involved with the folk of Wintermark in dealing with both cults of [[Agramant|Blood-on-the-Snow]] and the monoliths of the Falconer. Caridis the Binder has instructed them to work with Sławomir to deal with the "face stealers" and so they have focused their efforts into eastern Varushka even as the armies of Otkodov begin to move.

Following the Winter Solstice, [[Varushka|Varushkan]] [[military unit|military units]] will have the opportunity to undertake a [[military unit#Raiding|raiding]] [[venture]] called ''Root out the Face-peelers''. This will involve working with the Thule in Karsk and Ossium to track down nests of "trudnik" and, where they are found, employ axe and flame to destroy them. The Claws of the Dragon are a fairly small organisation, but they are supported here by a cadre of warriors and hunters. Regardless, the full success of this venture will depend on Varushkan involvement.

A standard military unit that undertakes this venture will receive six measures of [[Materials#Natural_Materials|forest materials]], and a phial of ''Corrupt Blood''. This latter is a vile [[potion]] brewed by the trudnik that infuses the drinker with preternatural strength and endurance. A military unit that has been upgraded or enchanted will receive proportionately more. Unfortunately, this raid comes with a cost. One of the problems is that the glamour the trudnik use makes it easy for them to masquerade as Varushkans with the [[draughir]] [[lineage]]. A thorough attack on the trudnik will cause trouble for the draughir of Karsk and Ossium; following the Winter Solstice they will receive a -1 penalty to the production of their resource unless it is a [[military unit]] taking the ''Root out the Face-peelers'' action. Even if few military units get involved, the inevitable suspicion and doubt that is seeded will be enough to unsettle the affairs of draughir in Karsk and Ossium.

If at least 7,500 strength of military units participate in the raid, the trudnik will be driven out of their lairs in Karsk and Ossium. The Empire will be able to expand their knowledge of these creatures, and finally get some reliable evidence of what they are and what they are doing. There may be some mopping up to do - at least one of the trudnik lairs in Ossium is apparently very old and extends into the earth - and if there is a dark spirit involved with the face-peelers it may fall to the Empire to deal with it. The matter of "spoils" however has already been set by Caridis - the Empire will claim whatever trudnik "loot" lies in Imperial Varushka, while the Thule will take custody of anything seized from the trudnik that lies in Thule lands. This would include Slomavetka, allegedly a lair of the trudnik set in a rich forest and with deep caverns carved into the hill beneath it, which lies just across the border in the Webwood.

Everything seems quite straightforward, at least in theory, but Rak is clear that if any problems do develop, it will fall to Sławomir Rabovich Bolotstrazh, with the guidance of the Ambassador to Otkodov, to negotiate with the Claws of the Dragon on behalf of Caridis the Binder.

==Icy Crags and Distant Peaks==
{{WingedMessenger|address=Missives can be sent to ''Thania of the Blackstaff, Icy Crag of the Eternal Sun, Miekarova, Varushka'', who is the spokesperson for the Thule orcs living in and around the Icy Crag. She is interested only in matters related to the college and the warlocks attending; anything else should go through the Ambassador from Otkodov.}}
* '''Thule warlocks have taken up residence in Miekarova, around the Icy Crag of the Eternal Sun
* '''Their spokesperson is Thania of the Blackstaff, an aged Thule warlock
* '''Thania is interested in acquiring certain ritual texts codified at the college and prepared to offer mithril for them
The contingent of warlocks have taken up residence at the Icy Crag of the Eternal Sun, studying with the Imperial scholars. Their presence makes some magicians uneasy; many of these orcs are veterans of the various wars with the Empire. Others bring an unnervingly intense reverence for the Dragons. For the most part though they are distant, reserved, and primarily interested in researching and discussing magical concepts alongside their peers. Their "leader" is a warlock named ''Thania of the Blackstaff'', an aged orc who has made a study of all six realms of magic. She speaks on behalf of the Thule orcs on matters related to the Icy Crag, but indicates that any more political matters need to go via the Ambassador to the Empire.

A couple have attempted to introduce the Imperial students and professors to a ball-game from Otkodov that uses staves and [[Spellcasting#Offensive_Spells|offensive magic]] to keep control of a [[tempest jade]] sphere. The "excitement" of the contest comes from the fact the "ball" is enchanted to explode violently if it is struck too many times over a short period. It is very much an acquired taste but those who have participated say it is great for "getting the blood pumping" if nothing else.

The presence of the Thule reduces the costs to upkeep the Icy Crag by five Thrones each season, but they receive a copy of any [[Formulaic_ritual#Ritual_Texts|ritual text]] codified there. They've also apparently had a thorough read through the stacks, looking with interest for details of magic previously worked on here. Having learned of the existence of [[Aid Once More]], [[Bitter Mantle of the Leaden Crown]], ''Heaven's Spear Sunders the Mountain'', ''The Never-ending Lullaby'', and ''Sermersuaq Fools the Orca with a Rasp of Her Knuckles'', they are interested to find out more if the opportunity presents itself and eager to acquire ritual texts if the Empire will allow it.

For each of these rituals the Conclave is prepared to [[dissemination|disseminate]] to Thania of the Blackstaff, she will provide 6 wains of mithril to the individual who raises the [[declaration]] after it passes, or should they specify in their declaration, to the Concalve (to later be distributed with a declaration of [[endowment]]). Alternatively she can provide 35 [[vis#golden apple|golden apples]] (again, to the person who raised the declaration or the Conclave for endowment). As long as the desired payment is clear, Thania isn't concerned what form is requested as she apparently has been assigned significant resources by the Dragons.

One problem the civil service point out is that three of the rituals - ''Heaven's Spear Sunders the Mountain'', ''The Never-ending Lullaby'', and ''Sermersuaq Fools the Orca with a Rasp of Her Knuckles'' - are not actually part of [[Formulaic_ritual#Imperial_Lore_and_the_Ritual_List|Imperial lore]] and thus ''can't'' be disseminated by the Conclave. There's nothing to stop whoever has those ritual texts entering into negotiations with Thania directly for purchase of the ritual texts but it is not a simple matter to create a new copy of a text.
==Fraynir and the Black Waste==
* '''The Thule have made preparations to defend Sküld from an active vallorn
* '''Fraynir, one of the five Dragons, wishes to acquire the ''Dreadful Ending'' ritual
* '''They are offering a ritual that already seems to exist in Imperial lore under a different name'''

Ambassador Kindra has provided some guidane regarding the concerns of '''Dylan Thornweaver''' and the [[vallorn]]. It is now common knowledge that there is a vallorn in [[Otkodov#Sküld|Sküld]] - occupying the ruins of the ancient city of Emrys. Ambassador Rak offers reassurance that the Dragons' opinion on the matter has not shifted from [[A_thousand_years_of_longing#Our_Friends_in_the_North|where it was]] when the [[Great Library of Hacynian]] completed their research. Research he is keen to remind the Empire that the [[A_thousand_years_of_longing#Our_Friends_in_the_North|Thule supported]]. Otkodov remains enthusiastic about the reunification - the "ascension" - of the vallorn. They remain ready to deal with the vallorn of Sküld - but would appreciate a season of advance warning before the Empire completes the [[trods]] network and begins the transformation. They remain confident that their armies and their magic will be more than a match for it given its size and sluggishness. They've sacrificed a thousand years of prosperity in Sküld to keep it weak, after all. With the vallorn gone they would no longer need to keep Sküld under a [[Wither the Seed|shroud of Winter magic]] and could restore it to full fertility. There is also speculation that the Thule are eager to finally get at the treasures of Emrys which legends suggest was perhaps the most magically advanced city of the Terunael Empire; the warlocks refuse to be drawn.

There is some concrete news on the matter of the vallorn, however, that may be of interest to the Empire. Rak Who-Speaks-For-The-Dragons-Undivided mentions that a project is underway to prepare for the vallorn's rise - it is just common sense. Rather than rely on a grand [[fortification|citadel]], The-One-Who-Waits (likely the Dragon ''Fraynir'', an acknowledged master of [[curse|curses]] and shrouding magic) has decreed the creation of several rings of [[white granite]] stones around the outskirts of the vallorn of Emrys. When they are completed, they will be warded with [[Winter magic]] and [[ilium|star metal]] to create fortified camps that will catastrophically weaken any vallornspawn that ventures within. Given the nature of all such wards, the stones themselves will be unassailable by the creatures of the vallorn and as such offer a reliable defence against the vallorn's expansion. To magicians versed in such things it seems to be a version of [[Wardens of the Black Waste]].

The reason Rak has raised this point, it quickly turns out, is that Fraynir has instructed him to offer a text containing the ritual - ''Walls of Starless Night'' - in return for a copy of a specific ritual created at the Icy Crags. Fraynir wished the Imperial Conclave to [[Dissemination|disseminate]] the ritual [[Dreadful Ending]]. This ritual destroys [[miasma pillars]] - nothing to do with the vallorn.

Fraynir is apparently unaware that ''Wardens of the Black Waste'' is a part of Imperial lore. This is understandable given the ritual was codified at the [[Dean_of_the_Lyceum#The_Lyceum|Lyceum]] by then-[[Dean of the Lyceum|Dean]] '''Simargl the Empty One'''. It's possible that the Conclave may wish to go ahead with the trade. If they do, whoever raises the Dissemination will need to pay the traditional ten Thrones, and will receive in return the ritual text of ''Walls of Starless Night''. It's very unlikely that Walls of Starless Night will be an improvement over ''Wardens of the Black Waste'', however. With that in mind, the Ambassador could facilitate negotiation on behalf of the Conclave, and perhaps the [[Vallornguard]], given it is clear that Fraynir is keen to get their hands on this very niche ritual.

==Orobus and the Bonewood==
* '''The Dragon Orobus is keen to acquire living weirwood trees'''
* '''She specifically wants living trees from the Heartwood of the Great Vale and/or the Golden Trees of Seren'''
* '''She will pay 12 rings of ilium for the ability to collect some trees and transplant them to the Bonewood
* '''Agreeing to this arrangement will reduce the production of the weirwood forest by 1 wain each season, permanently'''
Fraynir is not the only Dragon interested in Emrys, and in preparing Sküld. Orobus the Chained, said to be the Dragon most adept at negotiation and binding magic, and wielding influence over the [[Realms|eternal realms]] has also placed a proposal before the Ambassador. Orobus wishes to purchase several living [[weirwood]] trees; specifically from either the [[Heartwood of the Great Vale]] in [[Hercynia]] or the [[Golden Trees of Seren]] in [[Miaren]]. The details appear to be straightforward enough. She plans to transplant the trees into the [[Ossium#Bonewood|Silent Pines]] in [[Ossium]]; she is looking for trees that "remember" the vallorn, who will be able to "share" their experiences with the trees of the Bonewood.

This sounds fairly esoteric; there's no indication about what this will do if anything but Orobus is still keen. If the current holder of the Heartwood or the Golden Trees is interested, they can instruct the Ambassador to relay their agreement. Orobus will provide warlocks versed in [[Spring magic|Spring]] and Winter magic to ensure the trees arrive and that their transplantation is successful. It's estimated that the removal of the trees will reduce the weirwood production of the forest permanently by 1 wain each season. In return Orobus will provide 12 rings of [[ilium]] to the holder of the seat as payment for the trees.

The civil service have been unable to get a clear idea of exactly what Orobus is aiming for here. It's not possible to move weirwood production around, for example. The idea of trees "remembering" the vallorn appears to be a mystical or metaphysical idea rather than one rooted in magical theory. There are suggestions however that this is part of a deal that Orobus has brokered with an eternal designed to provide some sort of protection to the Bonewood against the vallorn. It might be possible to discover more through negotiation or diplomacy, but the Dragon is playing her cards quite close to her chest.

Both the Heartwood of the Great Vale and Golden Trees of Seren are due to be appointed at the Winter Solstice summit, via the [[Auction of the Seats]]. The decision about whether to take Orobus up on her deal will need to be made by whoever has control of the seat after the auction as the weirwood forests are their responsibility.

==Further Reading==
* [[Thule]]
* [[Thule lore]]

Invited with asperity

2026-04-16T15:39:30Z

GuiltyConscience: /* Orobus and the Bonewood */

[[Category:Winds of Fortune]][[Category:387YE Winter]][[Category:Recent History]][[Category:Foreign Nations]][[Category:Thule]]
<ic>
"Why, Mistress Tasya, the Castellan of Krevsatyzmei is always pleased to receive you and any tidings you bring from The King Beneath the Hill. Even when, uh, so unexpectedly."

The on-duty guard, Pallad, looked up to her colleague Mor in the nest for some confidence, but received nothing but a deeply concerned glance. She-Of-The-Black-Cloak is not someone you want to walk up to you at the best of times, let alone in the middle of a harsh Karskian blizzard in the small hours of the night where it is all too easy to interpret every sound as a monster sneaking up on you. They were south of the mountains, making it much more likely that something awful was prowling nearby.

"Given the hill you stand on and who you bought it from, Pallad-daughter-of-Rith, you and your Castellan should always be prepared to engage in the tradition of hospitality. Please tell Mors-son-of-Ganax to kindly remove his hand from his crossbow lest I be made to feel ... unwelcome"

''Shit, how does she know our names?'' thought Pallad, trying not to let her fear show.

"Of course, ahem, honoured guest. May I offer you a pour of wine from my own flask, and perhaps some of this Holtfordian fruit?" The guard noted that while most of this small delegation were human, inasmuch as she could make out any details beneath their cowls and fur-lined cloak, one of them at least was a fellow orc. But not a Child of the Dragons, she through.

"That will do nicely," Tasya let a smile escape her thick hood as she slowly and clearly partook of the wine and dates, unbothered both to stand before a fully garrisoned outpost of the Thule and by the biting cold the guards were so heavily wrapped up against.

Mors regained his composure first and shouted down from the tower; "And what business does Irontooth bring to a Tower of the Dragons?" This was a Thule outpost. There was surely no doubt that the Dragons were more powerful than any Sovereign. Probably older too. There was certainly no need to be scared of a messenger! Even if she already somehow knew yours and your parents names? Right?

"Business?" Tasya crowed. "What business can there be between the Wolf and the Raven? Between the Warrior and the Grave? I am here to speak the words of the Charnel Lord, and I will do so, to your Castellan, without further delay."

Best not push it. This was clearly the Castellan's problem and the warlock would not appreciate the intervention of mere gate guards.

"Of course, Mistress Tasya, enter and be welcome in our hall in the names of the Five. I shall go waken the Castellan."

The gates swung open, and the delegation of the Broken Barrow swiftly disappeared inside.</ic>
<div style="float:left; width: 300px; clear: right;">{{CaptionedImage|file=IconThule.jpg|align=left|caption=For all that they take a long view of events, when the Thule Dragons choose to act their nation can move with dangerous intensity.|width=300}}</div>
==Overview==
The [[orc|orcs]] of [[Otkodov]] - the [[Thule]] - live to the north of the Empire. They share a long mountainous border with [[Wintermark]], with the [[Imperial Orcs|Unshackled]], and particularly with [[Varushka]]. Their magocratic nation is ruled by the five [[Thule_lore#Dragons|Dragons]] - allegedly immortal sorcerers of immense power who the folk of their nation treat as living ancestors or perhaps even gods. For much of Imperial history, they were at war with the Empire. In recent years a series of treaties have secured peace - mostly by [[Powers_of_the_Imperial_Senate#Concedence|ceding]] parts of the northern Imperial nations.

It is not a universally ''popular'' peace. There are grumbles from Wintermark that the Empire keeps surrendering to the orcs of the north, although they are subdued and rarely enter the public discourse. The Imperial Orcs of [[Skarsind]] keep the Thule at arms' length where possible. It is the nation of [[Varushka]] that has been most critical of the peace treaties - and it cannot be argued that they have been called on to sacrifice more of its northern lands to the Thule than any other nation. The priests of Varushka expressed a commitment to never hand over Varushkan soil to the orcs again - with [[387YE_Autumn_Equinox_Synod_judgements#Judgement_57|judgement 57]] in their own assembly, and [[387YE_Autumn_Equinox_Synod_judgements#Judgement_67|Judgement 67]] in the General. Neither achieved a [[greater majority]] however - hardly surprising for the General but perhaps unexpected in the Varushkan assembly. It seems that '''Lenochka Zabotovna Vypalse''' and '''Father Drakov''' may not speak with a single voice on this matter.

For now, though, peace endures. The [[Ratify_Thule_Treaty_Spring_387YE|treaty has been ratified]]; it is law. Two nations - [[the Marches]] and [[Navarr]] - are sending great amounts of food north to help feed the people of Otkodov and support their armies. It is illegal to preach the Way of Virtue in Otkodov to their citizens. For their part the Thule agree to share the [[white granite]] of the [[Night Quarry]]; pay for the food delivered to them; ensure Imperial access to the
[[Guardian_of_the_Maze_of_Zoria#The_Maze_of_Zoria|Maze of Zoria]], in return for the right to send warlocks to study at the [[Master_of_Ice_and_Darkness#The_Icy_Crag_of_the_Eternal_Sun|Icy Crag of the Eternal Sun]]. And, of course, to maintain their current policies for the reasonable treatment of Imperial citizens choosing to remain and live in ceded lands. All that remains is for the pageantry and theatre of a formal signing.

==State Visit==
* '''Rak Who-Speaks-For-The-Dragons-Undivided will attend the Senate Chambers at 18:00 on Saturday to celebrate the recent signing of the [[Ratify Thule Treaty Spring 387YE | five-year peace treaty]].'''
* '''Rak intends to retire soon, and he will be accompanied by a coterie of potential successors. This may present an opportunity to shape the tenor of Imperial/Thule relations for the next few years.'''
* '''The party will discuss the future of cooperation between the two great powers, the fate of the Druj, the vallorn, and other matters of import.'''

Last season, a delegation from Otkodov was waylaid and unable to make it to Anvil as planned to formally sign the treaty. They are now on their way to complete the intended state visit. Whilst a formal signing of the treaty is not legally required (indeed Rak is satisfied that everything is in order, and the flow of merchants across the border in both directions is testament to the fact that the treaty is holding) the Thule do consider the symbolism inherent in ink and parchment to be valuable.

More pressingly, there is much to discuss as regards making the most use of the period of peace. Cooperation between nations of such might and prowess could yield great benefits, so long as fair terms can be agreed. There is the matter of the vallorn to discuss, the fate of the Druj and their territories, and the ever-present Jotun in the west. There might also be opportunities for trade, for magical cooperation or simply for friendship between peers. It would not do to pass up this opportunity for the great and good of the Empire to liaise with the representatives of Otkodov. No actual agreements will be worked on at this meeting, such things are a matter for Winged Messengers or small private meetings, but the seed of discussion bears the fruit of cooperation.

Rak Who-Speaks-For-The-Dragons-Undivided has served as the Dragon's emissary to the Empire for several years now, and has decided that the time is coming to step aside. Not immediately, perhaps, but soon. To that end, he is bringing with him a selection of potential successors; apprentices and mentees who have worked with him on Imperial Diplomacy and may be poised to take up the challenge. Ultimately, the Dragons will make the final call as to who replaces Rak, but it would be foolish to assume that they will not be paying ''very'' close attention to proceedings to assess the candidates. Imperial Citizens who wish to shape the future of Thule foreign policy may benefit from attending the event.

They have informed the civil service that the Thule delegates will be:
* Rak Who-Speaks-For-The-Dragons-Undivided (he/him) - Ambassador to The Empire
* Runa, of the ''Circle of Thrice-Turned Stones'' (he/him) - An accomplished Night and Autumn warlock with an interest in trade.
* Hekla, of the ''Unbroken Chain of Gilded Fire'' (he/him) - A prodigious Summer warlock specialising in military matters.
* Galk, of the ''Sunken Orb of Brilliant Sapphire'' (he/they) - A studious Winter, Spring and Day warlock at the forefront of theoretical magic.
* Orn The Scribe (he/they) - a servant bonded to the offices of the Speaker for the Dragons Undivided.

The party will arrive in Anvil at 18:00 on Saturday and proceed to the Senate building. They have asked that any interested citizen be allowed to attend, but leave the facilitation of the event itself in the capable hands of the [[Ambassador to Otkodov]], '''Kindra Surefoot'''. They expect to be in the Senate for at most an hour, but if there are still worthwhile discussions ongoing by that point, they may adjourn to the Imperial Offices for a short additional time.

==A Cultural Exchange (Redux)==
* '''Imperial storytellers are invited to meet with skuldyr in Otkodov to exchange and discuss cultural tales on the themes of Heroism and Duty.'''
* '''The [[High Bard of the Empire]] is tasked with arranging the conjunction to Leopard-Tooth Pass on Friday at 23:15.'''
* '''The warlock Hoosfa Mek offers to continue exchanging written records of folk tales in the Tome of Shared Lore.'''

[[About today#A Cultural Exchange |Last Winter]], ''skuldyr'' from Otkodov attended the Wintermark camp in Anvil to exchange stories with the scops. The event appears to have been judged a success by the warlocks, as an invitation has been sent to the Empire, via the civil service. A conjunction of the Sentinel Gate has been identified that would allow up to 12 people to take the Thule up on this invitation by travelling to Leopard-Tooth Pass in Kógur, Skuld at 23:15.

Eirikur the skuld asks for the storytellers of the empire to bring no more than five tales, which should be focused on the themes of Heroism and Duty. Last year, Eirikur spoke with many scops in Wintermark, but also spoke to some Navarri. Since then, he has been learning more about the narrative traditions of The Empire's northern peoples. For this exchange, he would like the visiting party to be composed of Wintermark Scops, Varushkan Storytellers, and Navarri bards.

The Civil Service have assigned responsibility for this conjunction to the [[High Bard of the Empire]], '''Mikael Reskovich'''. They would also like to remind any potential attendees that it is [[Ratify Thule Treaty Spring 387YE| currently illegal]] to preach [[The Way]] in Otkodov. It is not clear how strict the Thule will be on this, but guests of the Dragons might do well to avoid overtly religious messages in their stories.

At the last meeting with the skuldyr, the warlock Hoosfa Mek gave a gift to the [[Ambassador to Otkodov|Ambassador]], a book of Thule tales. They will be present at this meeting as well and have expressed that, if the Ambassador wishes, they would be happy to take custody of the book once again and have more stories added to it. They would be especially keen for this if their Imperial counterparts have been able to record some of their own tales in the tome.
==A Northern Passage==
* '''The Thule have responded negatively to a proposal to map the northern parts of the Sea of Snow and the coast of Otkodov
Ambassador Surefoot has carefully raised the matter of securing a sea-route to Otkodov through the north-eastern [[Sea of Snow]]. As they point out, there was a fleet mapping expedition of the frigid sea [[Never_be_found_at_home#Senate_Motion|a few years ago]]. While it uncovered [[Midnight_rain#Mapping_the_Sea_of_Snow|a great deal of information]] it did not manage to follow in the [[Never be found at home#Passage to Ultima Thule|wake of the ''Sea Hawk'']] and discover if there ''is'' a navigable passage to the coast of [[Otkodov#Nithoggir|Nithoggir]]. There is an invitiation for cooperation between the Empire and Otkodov, with an eye toward developing a sea trade route.

Rak Who-Speaks-For-The-Dragons-Undivided explains that the Dragons recently permitted an attempt to find a trade route between western Otkodov and Wintermark, overland through the wastes of Tsirku, and it was an unmitigated disaster that cost many lives. They do not see that any attempt to open a sea route would be any more successful - there are beasts in the ice-strewn waters off the coast of Otkodov that are truly terrible even for the Sea of Snow. Weighing the risk and the reward, they see little advantage to allowing the Empire to create - and ultimately control - a maritime route to their shores. They would rather leave that door unopened at least for the time being. Rak goes further - not only will the Dragons not authorise cooperation in this endeavour they will not permit a trading post on their coast. Trade with Otkodov will continue overland, as it has done for the last decade or so.

Reading between the lines, it is very clear that no matter what Rhak says, fundamentally the Dragons do not want the Empire to have a way to bring fleets to their coast. Relations may have thawed in the last decade, but not so much that the Dragons will tolerate Imperial ships sailing through open waters to the lands of the Thule.
<div style="float:right; width: 400px; clear: left;">{{CaptionedImage|file=Forest of Ulnak regions.png|caption=The Forest of Ulnak is mapped, but large parts of the territory remain a mystery.|align=right|width=400}}</div>
==Hinodir, Tathenon, and the Eastern Woods==
* '''Reports from Varushka speak of Thule armies on the move'''
* '''An agent of the Charnel Lord is speaking to the Thule in Krevsatymei'''
* '''The Thule are preparing an invasion of the Forest of Ulnak and invite Imperial warbands to accompany them'''
* '''They also welcome Imperial armies provided the generals are prepared to follow the lead of Tathenon the Gyre'''
Following the Autumn Equinox, Thule hunters swept into the [[Forest of Ulnak]], using the [[spy network]] there at the invitation of the [[Imperial Spymaster]]. One of the Dragons, ''Hinodir of the Bright Orb'', [[Bedight_in_veils#Forest_of_Ulnak|negotiated access]] allowing the orcs of Otkodov to take advantage of existing framework laid down by the Empire. There are Imperial scouts using the spy network as well, but the Thule make no effort to cooperate with them. These hunters are fairly different to the warriors more often encountered by the Empire - bow and spear warriors with thick hide armour and dark blue hoods, accompanied by battle warlocks and pratitioners of [[Night magic]]. The warbands are all shrouded by an [[enchantment]] that makes them hard to spot against natural landscapes and guides them through the wild woods of the territory. Their work completed, they return to Otkodov shortly before the Winter Solstice.

Even as the hunters alre sent out, the Thule are on the move. Eyewitnesses observe significant Thule military forces entering [[Ossium]] - moving into the [[Ossium#Bonewood|Bonewood]] and [[Ossium#Webwood|Webwood]]. Both woodlands have apparently been woven with Spring magic; at first there is a concern this is an attempt to unleash the [[Thunderous Tread of the Trees]]. Rather than becoming mobile however it seems the forest is possessed of a magical awareness that causes the trees to attack intruders and trespassers in a manner more similar to [[Forge the Wooden Fastness]]. There's talk of other movements as well - ''Tasya of the Black Feathers'', the mouth-piece of the [[Varushkan_Monster#Sovereigns|sovereign]] known as the [[Charnel Lord]] - has been spotted visiting ''Krevsatyzmei'', the Thule fortification in Karsk. At various points in the past the Charnel Lord has allied with the Thule, betraying them with equal ease when the tides of battle shifted. It seems another cycle of diplomacy may be beginning.

Ambassador Kindra has raised the possibility of a joint effort to attack the Forest of Ulnak, but Rak Who-Speaks-For-The-Dragons-Undivided politely requests that the ambassador keep the military strategists at arms length during the coming delegation. At the same time however, he issues an invitation from ''Tathenon the Gyre, Who Wields the Might of the Sky''. Any Imperial [[military unit|warband]] that wishes is welcome to join the Thule in their assault against the Druj of Ulnak. Those who wish to do so may fight alongside the ''Earthquake Drummers'', who lead the assault against the vermin of [[the Mallum]]. Any captain who brings their warband will be granted a gift of crystal mana. A standard military unit will be rewarded with 7 crystal mana, with an [[Military unit#Upgrades|upgraded]] or [[enchantment|enchanted]] military unit receiving proportionally more.

Furthermore any Imperial army that wishes to join the assault is welcome to do so ''provided'' the [[general]] acknowledges the sovereignty and strategy of Tathenon the Gyre. They will fight alongside the orcs of Otkodov, just as the orcs of Otkodov fought alongside the Empire to liberate Sermersuaq. Rak is aware that the level of secrecy requested may disincline the Military Council to support the attack but the Dragons have weighed that risk as being acceptable to ensure the Druj do not become aware of their strategy. Regardless, while the Empire fight to conquer [[Sarangrave]], and fight along the border with the [[Salt Flats of Sanath]], they help Otkodov achieve its goal even if no armies provide any aid in Ulnak.

The civil service believe there is no legal issue with Imperial military units supporting the Thule - they are foreigners and have in the past been military allies, and the Druj are definitely barbarians. They caution that sending armies into the Forest of Ulnak this season ''without'' agreeing to accept the strategy of Tathenon the Gyre will mean that the Empire's troops will act as a separate force. It's doubtful the Thule will fight the Empire directly, but depending on where a general launches their attack the possibility of Imperial and Otkodov forces clashing over the eastern Forest of Ulnak cannot be discounted - it is not feasible to predict exactly what might happen here. One thing they are certain of; even if a general does wish to support the Otkodov armies they will still be free to issue orders as to the conduct and [[army orders|tactics]] their army will employ. The only thing that will be determined by Otkodov is the order in which the regions of Ulnak are assailed.
==Caridis, Sławomir, and the Face-peelers==
* '''The Thule are prepared to have the Claws of the Dragon work with Varushkan warriors to root out the face-peelers
* '''This creates a raiding venture for Varushkan military units
* '''The consequence is disruption to draughir citizens of Karsk and Ossium
Another matter of a military flavour concerns the "face-peeling shapeshifters" known to exist in and around the Webwood, among other locales. Rak Who-Speaks-For-The-Dragons-Undivided stresses again that the Thule do not consider them to be a particular concern but they are also not by any stretch allies of Otkodov. Cleaning out a den of rabid wolves is usually a good idea; while they may favour attacking humans they might easily shift their depredations to orcs. With that in mind, Rak conveys an invitation from the Dragon known as ''Caridis the Binder of Runes and Oaths'' inviting '''Sławomir Rabovich Bolotstrazh''' to gather some bands of Varushkan warriors, [[sell swords]], [[warden|wardens]] and the like to work with the ''Claws of the Dragon'' to exterminate the "trudnik" in Ossium and [[Karsk]]. The Claws of the Dragon are a small fellowship of warlocks that serve the Dragons by rooting out magical threats to Otkodov - they have recently been involved with the folk of Wintermark in dealing with both cults of [[Agramant|Blood-on-the-Snow]] and the monoliths of the Falconer. Caridis the Binder has instructed them to work with Slawomir to deal with the "face stealers" and so they have focused their efforts into eastern Varushka even as the armies of Otkodov begin to move.

Following the Winter Solstice, [[Varushka|Varushkan]] [[military unit|military units]] will have the opportunity to undertake a [[military unit#Raiding|raiding]] [[venture]] called ''Root out the Face-peelers''. This will involve working with the Thule in Karsk and Ossium to track down nests of "trudnik" and, where they are found, employ axe and flame to destroy them. The Claws of the Dragon are a fairly small organisation, but they are supported here by a cadre of warriors and hunters. Regardless, the full success of this venture will depend on Varushkan involvement.

A standard military unit that undertakes this venture will receive six measures of [[forest materials]], and a phial of ''Corrupt Blood''. This latter is a vile [[potion]] brewed by the trudnik that infuses the drinker with preternatural strength and endurance. A military unit that has been upgraded or enchanted will receive proportionately more. Unfortunately, this raid comes with a cost. One of the problems is that the glamour the trudnik use makes it easy for them to masquerade as Varushkans with the [[draughir]] [[lineage]]. A thorough attack on the trudnik will cause trouble for the draughir of Karsk and Ossium; following the Winter Solstice they will receive a -1 penalty to the production of their resource unless it is a [[military unit]] taking the ''Root out the Face-peelers'' action. Even if few military units get involved, the inevitable suspicion and doubt that is seeded will be enough to unsettle the affairs of daughir in Karsk and Ossium.

If at least 7,500 strength of military units participate in the raid, the trudnik will be driven out of their lairs in Karsk and Ossium. The Empire will be able to expand their knowledge of these creatures, and finally get some reliable evidence of what they are and what they are doing. There may be some mopping up to do - at least one of the trudnik lairs in Ossium is apparently very old and extends into the earth - and if there is a dark spirit involved with the face-peelers it may fall to the Empire to deal with it. The matter of "spoils" however has already been set by Caridis - the Empire will claim whatever trudnik "loot" lies in Imperial Vaurhska, while the Thule will take custody of anything seized from the Trudnik that lies in Thule lands. This would include Slomavetka, allegedly a lair of the trudnik set in a rich forest and with deep caverns carved into the hill beneath it, which lies just across the border in the Webwood.

Everything seems quite straightforward, at least in theory, but Rak is clear that if any problems do develop, it will fall to Sławomir Rabovich Bolotstrazh, with the guidance of the Ambassador to Otkodov, to negotiate with the Claws of the Dragon on behalf of Caridis the Binder.

==Icy Crags and Distant Peaks==
{{WingedMessenger|address=Missives can be sent to ''Thania of the Blackstaff, Icy Crag of the Eternal Sun, Miekarova, Varushka'', who is the spokesperson for the Thule orcs living in and around the Icy Crag. She is interested only in matters related to the college and the warlocks attending; anything else should go through the Ambassador from Otkodov.}}
* '''Thule warlocks have taken up residence in Miekarova, around the Icy Crag of the Eternal Sun
* '''Their spokesperson is Thania of the Blackstaff, an aged Thule warlock
* '''Thania is interested in acquiring certain ritual texts codified at the college and prepared to offer mithril for them
The contingent of warlocks have taken up residence at the Icy Crag of the Eternal Sun, studying with the Imperial scholars. Their presence makes some magicians uneasy; many of these orcs are veterans of the various wars with the Empire. Others bring an unnervingly intense reverence for the Dragons. For the most part though they are distant, reserved, and primarily interested in researching and discussing magical concepts alongside their peers. Their "leader" is a warlock named ''Thania of the Blackstaff'', an aged orc who has made a study of all six realms of magic. She speaks on behalf of the Thule orcs on matters related to the Icy Crag, but indicates that any more political matters need to go via the Ambassador to the Empire.

A couple have attempted to introduce the Imperial students and professors to a ball-game from Otkodov that uses staves and [[Spellcasting#Offensive_Spells|offensive magic]] to keep control of a [[tempest jade]] sphere. The "excitement" of the contest comes from the fact the "ball" is enchanted to explode violently if it is struck too many times over a short period. It is very much an acquired taste but those who have participated say it is great for "getting the blood pumping" if nothing else.

The presence of the Thule reduces the costs to upkeep the Icy Crag by five Thrones each season, but they receive a copy of any [[Formulaic_ritual#Ritual_Texts|ritual text]] codified there. They've also apparently had a thorough read through the stacks, looking with interest for details of magic previously worked on here. Having learned of the existence of [[Aid Once More]], [[Bitter Mantle of the Leaden Crown]], ''Heaven's Spear Sunders the Mountain'', ''The Never-ending Lullaby'', and ''Sermersuaq Fools the Orca with a Rasp of Her Knuckles'', they are interested to find out more if the opportunity presents itself and eager to acquire ritual texts if the Empire will allow it.

For each of these rituals the Conclave is prepared to [[dissemination|disseminate]] to Thania of the Blackstaff, she will provide 6 wains of mithril to the individual who raises the [[declaration]] after it passes, or should they specify in their declaration, to the Concalve (to later be distributed with a declaration of [[endowment]]). Alternatively she can provide 35 [[vis#golden apple|golden apples]] (again, to the person who raised the declaration or the Conclave for endowment). As long as the desired payment is clear, Thania isn't concerned what form is requested as she apparently has been assigned significant resources by the Dragons.

One problem the civil service point out is that three of the rituals - ''Heaven's Spear Sunders the Mountain'', ''The Never-ending Lullaby'', and ''Sermersuaq Fools the Orca with a Rasp of Her Knuckles'' - are not actually part of [[Formulaic_ritual#Imperial_Lore_and_the_Ritual_List|Imperial lore]] and thus ''can't'' be disseminated by the Conclave. There's nothing to stop whoever has those ritual texts entering into negotiations with Thania directly for purchase of the ritual texts but it is not a simple matter to create a new copy of a text.
==Fraynir and the Black Waste==
* '''The Thule have made preparations to defend Sküld from an active vallorn
* '''Fraynir, one of the five Dragons, wishes to acquire the ''Dreadful Ending'' ritual
* '''They are offering a ritual that already seems to exist in Imperial lore under a different name'''

Ambassador Kindra has provided some guidane regarding the concerns of '''Dylan Thornweaver''' and the [[vallorn]]. It is now common knowledge that there is a vallorn in [[Otkodov#Sküld|Sküld]] - occupying the ruins of the ancient city of Emrys. Ambassador Rak offers reassurance that the Dragons' opinion on the matter has not shifted from [[A_thousand_years_of_longing#Our_Friends_in_the_North|where it was]] when the [[Great Library of Hacynian]] completed their research. Research he is keen to remind the Empire that the [[A_thousand_years_of_longing#Our_Friends_in_the_North|Thule supported]]. Otkodov remains enthusiastic about the reunification - the "ascension" - of the vallorn. They remain ready to deal with the vallorn of Sküld - but would appreciate a season of advance warning before the Empire completes the [[trods]] network and begins the transformation. They remain confident that their armies and their magic will be more than a match for it given its size and sluggishness. They've sacrificed a thousand years of prosperity in Sküld to keep it weak, after all. With the vallorn gone they would no longer need to keep Sküld under a [[Wither the Seed|shroud of Winter magic]] and could restore it to full fertility. There is also speculation that the Thule are eager to finally get at the treasures of Emrys which legends suggest was perhaps the most magically advanced city of the Terunael Empire; the warlocks refuse to be drawn.

There is some concrete news on the matter of the vallorn, however, that may be of interest to the Empire. Rak Who-Speaks-For-The-Dragons-Undivided mentions that a project is underway to prepare for the vallorn's rise - it is just common sense. Rather than rely on a grand [[fortification|citadel]], The-One-Who-Waits (likely the Dragon ''Fraynir'', an acknowledged master of [[curse|curses]] and shrouding magic) has decreed the creation of several rings of [[white granite]] stones around the outskirts of the vallorn of Emrys. When they are completed, they will be warded with [[Winter magic]] and [[ilium|star metal]] to create fortified camps that will catastrophically weaken any vallornspawn that ventures within. Given the nature of all such wards, the stones themselves will be unassailable by the creatures of the vallorn and as such offer a reliable defence against the vallorn's expansion. To magicians versed in such things it seems to be a version of [[Wardens of the Black Waste]].

The reason Rak has raised this point, it quickly turns out, is that Fraynir has instructed him to offer a text containing the ritual - ''Walls of Starless Night'' - in return for a copy of a specific ritual created at the Icy Crags. Fraynir wished the Imperial Conclave to [[Dissemination|disseminate]] the ritual [[Dreadful Ending]]. This ritual destroys [[miasma pillars]] - nothing to do with the vallorn.

Fraynir is apparently unaware that ''Wardens of the Black Waste'' is a part of Imperial lore. This is understandable given the ritual was codified at the [[Dean_of_the_Lyceum#The_Lyceum|Lyceum]] by then-[[Dean of the Lyceum|Dean]] '''Simargl the Empty One'''. It's possible that the Conclave may wish to go ahead with the trade. If they do, whoever raises the Dissemination will need to pay the traditional ten Thrones, and will receive in return the ritual text of ''Walls of Starless Night''. It's very unlikely that Walls of Starless Night will be an improvement over ''Wardens of the Black Waste'', however. With that in mind, the Ambassador could facilitate negotiation on behalf of the Conclave, and perhaps the [[Vallornguard]], given it is clear that Fraynir is keen to get their hands on this very niche ritual.

==Orobus and the Bonewood==
* '''The Dragon Orobus is keen to acquire living weirwood trees'''
* '''She specifically wants living trees from the Heartwood of the Great Vale and/or the Golden Trees of Seren'''
* '''She will pay 12 rings of ilium for the ability to collect some trees and transplant them to the Bonewood
* '''Agreeing to this arrangement will reduce the production of the weirwood forest by 1 wain each season, permanently'''
Fraynir is not the only Dragon interested in Emrys, and in preparing Sküld. Orobus the Chained, said to be the Dragon most adept at negotiation and binding magic, and wielding influence over the [[Realms|eternal realms]] has also placed a proposal before the Ambassador. Orobus wishes to purchase several living [[weirwood]] trees; specifically from either the [[Heartwood of the Great Vale]] in [[Hercynia]] or the [[Golden Trees of Seren]] in [[Miaren]]. The details appear to be straightforward enough. She plans to transplant the trees into the [[Ossium#Bonewood|Silent Pines]] in [[Ossium]]; she is looking for trees that "remember" the vallorn, who will be able to "share" their experiences with the trees of the Bonewood.

This sounds fairly esoteric; there's no indication about what this will do if anything but Orobus is still keen. If the current holder of the Heartwood or the Golden Trees is interested, they can instruct the Ambassador to relay their agreement. Orobus will provide warlocks versed in [[Spring magic|Spring]] and Winter magic to ensure the trees arrive and that their transplantation is successful. It's estimated that the removal of the trees will reduce the weirwood production of the forest permanently by 1 wain each season. In return Orobus will provide 12 rings of [[ilium]] to the holder of the seat as payment for the trees.

The civil service have been unable to get a clear idea of exactly what Orobus is aiming for here. It's not possible to move weirwood production around, for example. The idea of trees "remembering" the vallorn appears to be a mystical or metaphysical idea rather than one rooted in magical theory. There are suggestions however that this is part of a deal that Orobus has brokered with an eternal designed to provide some sort of protection to the Bonewood against the vallorn. It might be possible to discover more through negotiation or diplomacy, but the Dragon is playing her cards quite close to her chest.

Both the Heartwood of the Great Vale and Golden Trees of Seren are due to be appointed at the Winter Solstice summit, via the [[Auction of the Seats]]. The decision about whether to take Orobus up on her deal will need to be made by whoever has control of the seat after the auction as the weirwood forests are their responsibility.

==Further Reading==
* [[Thule]]
* [[Thule lore]]

Search high and low

2026-04-16T00:11:41Z

GuiltyConscience: /* The Keeper's Cottage */

[[Category:Winds of Fortune]][[Category:387YE Winter]][[Category:Recent History]]
<ic>Brother Andrew stared wistfully at the hole in the ceiling. It was raining again and the water was dripping through the hole to fall into the bucket below.

At least that had clearly been the plan when one of the young monks had put the bucket there. Unfortunately the winds were blowing hard and because most of the windows in the main transept had holes in them, they were snatching the droplets as they began the long descent from the vaulted roof and playing havoc with them. As a result the rain was going almost anywhere but the bucket. Silently he cursed Old Bloody Teeth for spiting them all.

To be fair, the hole in the roof was less the work of the Devourer of the Fallen and more a consequence of five hundred years of neglect. Stockwater monastery had been here since before the Cousin's War, there had been good times... and bad... Harvest had come and gone and never quite produced enough money to maintain the building. Essential repairs left undone, and now they were all paying the price. The holes were like weeds, he mused to himself, you had to pull them up as soon as they appear, otherwise there'd be twice as many next time you tilled the field.

When Brother Neil had first come up with the idea of setting up a small fayre on the monastery grounds, trading the mana crystals formed from Old Higgins Cave to the local Landskeeper circle it hadn't seemed like it would make that much money. But like any good crop, it had grown and grown, taking on a life of its own. And suddenly there was enough money to do the work at last. The monastery was saved!

But by then it was far too late to preserve the main transept. It was too far gone, Tom had said - the roof they could repair, replace the missing rafters and make it whole again. But the East wall was collapsing, it needed pulling down and rebuilding. The only way the monastery was going to survive to the next Cousins War was if they rebuilt that part from scratch.

So for five years they've saved every penny they had, buying white granite whenever they could afford it, storing it in the crypt in readiness for the day there'd be enough to do the job right. And just as they decided they had enough... this happens.

He pursed his lips. "You sure about this Brother Neil?" he asked. The question was rhetorical, they'd been over this a dozen times. They'd all agreed to it. Didn't mean he had to like it though. Neil did all the books for the fayre, according to him, if they got enough mana, they could buy back most of the white granite in less than two years.

Two years. Two more bloody years of putting out buckets to catch rain in. He turned to look at the monk behind him, but pointedly cast his eyes at the offending pail, as if it could make his argument for him.

Silence. All he could hear was the abbots words from his last sermon, still echoing through his thoughts. ''Sometimes the questions are complicated and the answers are simple.''
</ic>
<div style="float:left; width: 600px; clear: left;">{{CaptionedImage|file=Lovely Wares.jpg|align=left|caption=The farms of the Marches, even in the grip of war, feed the whole Empire.|width=600}}</div>
==Overview==
At the last summit, '''Brother Rhaego''' declared that it was the solemn duty of [[the Marches|Marchers]] to work the land and nourish it's people. Pride in small things, Loyalty to great ones, as the Marchers have it. The Marcher Assembly agreed that this was [[The_highest_calling#The_Highest_Calling|the highest calling]], urging all to put aside other tasks and focus on this.

It is a sound statement, one that rings with truth to most Marchers who hear it. The [[The_Marches_economic_interests#The_Imperial_Breadbasket|Imperial Breadbasket]] has proved invaluable since its inception, boosting incomes across the Marches but also keeping [[army|Imperial armies]] fed and in the field when they might otherwise be suffering as their supplies failed.

The reward for a good job is more work, as the [[proverbs|saying]] goes, and so it proves now.

==A Basket of Bread==
* '''The Empire could complete the Marcher Breadbasket by building the last part of the great work in the Mournwold'''
* '''It would increase the income of every farm in Mournwold by 36 rings a season'''
* '''Once complete, it would raise the number of armies the Marchers could support by one, once the Marchers regain Bregasland'''
{{judgement|Judgement=Our duty to the Empire is to work the land and nourish its people. To serve this purpose, we must all take part. It is time to empower the Breadbasket, starting with the Mournwold. This is our highest calling.|Raised By=Brother Rhaego, Marcher Assembly|Outcome={{GM}} 228-0|When=Autumn Equinox 387YE|Assembly=Marcher Assembly}}
The best soil is thirsty soil, or so they say in the Marches. For those less familiar with Marcher [[proverbs]], the adage is usually taken to mean that the best soil is watered with tears, sweat and blood - that it demands and rewards hard work. The fields of the Marches didn't become fertile by chance, they don't produce more food than anywhere else in the Empire by good fortune - it happens because honest Marcher folk expend sweat, blood and tears to make it happen.

The words of the Assembly fall on receptive ears. [[Bregasland]] may be in the grip of the Jotun, but nobody doubts that they will be driven back. They were driven back last time when they tried this with their false queen. They'll be driven back again; its a certainty especially with the [[Strong Reeds]] leading the liberation. They were pushed out of the Mournwold by the [[Tusks]], the next push will see them driven out of Bregasland. But how to make that happen if you're a smallholder living in [[Upwold]]? How to do your bit if you're a [[Marcher orc]] with a farmstead in the Mournwold? How to speed the victory if you're a [[friar]] tending your [[monastery|monastery's]] lands in [[Mitwold]]?
<div style="width: 400px; float: right; clear: right; margin-left:10px;">
<table class="mw-collapsible mw-collapsed"><tr><td style="background-color: LightBlue;">'''The Mournwold Breadbasket'''</tr>
<tr><td>'''Commission Type:''' Great Work</td></tr>
<tr><td>'''Location:''' Mournwold</td></tr>
<tr><td>'''Cost:''' 15 white granite, 35 weirwood, and 150 crowns in labour</td></tr>
<tr><td>'''Time:''' 2 seasons</td></tr>
<tr><td>'''Effect:'''
* Grant every farm in the Mournwold an additional 36 rings each season
* Increases the Marcher ability to support armies by one, once Bregasland is back in Marcher hands</td></tr>
<tr><td>'''Availability:''' Until another great work increasing investment in farms is commissioned in the Mournwold</td></tr>
</td></tr>
</table>
</div>
The Assembly has the right of it... put your back in it and build up the Breadbasket. The more food there is to go round, the more soldiers the Empire can feed, the faster the Jotun will get beat. And if that reminds the rest of the Empire how important the Marches are to the Empire... well that's all to the good isn't it? The Assembly has spoken - people are fired up - now they just need to get to it.

The first thing that is needed is to commission the extension to the [[Keeper_of_the_Breadbasket#The_Mournwold|Breadbasket]] in the Mournwold. You can't enjoy the biscuits if you don't have the flour, as the saying goes. If the nation wants to empower the Breadbasket, starting with the Mournwold, then they will actually have to ''start'' with the Mournwold. There's not much folks at home can do to get the Senate to approve building the final state of the Breadbasket, but given the Assembly said it was the nation's highest calling, there should be no problem at all finding some Marcher [[senator]] who is going to use their [[senate motion|motion]] to raise it... right?
{{CaptionedImage|file=Granary.png|caption=Granary outside [[Mitwold#Hay|Hay]] in [[Mitwold]].|align=right|width=400}}
==A Stitch in Time==
* '''Ten wains of white granite will be provided by Stockwater Monastery in exchange for 180 mana crystals'''
* '''Ten wains of weirwood will be provided by the alders of Wayford in exchange for 28 thrones'''
* '''Five wains of weirwood will be provided by Harry the Axe if the Marcher Assembly supports the Feni's claim to Alderly'''
Once it's agreed by the [[Senate]], then the work can start. The thing's expensive, it'll need 35 wains of [[weirwood]] and 15 wains of [[white granite]] by all accounts - and at least 150 crowns in labour costs. There's nothing to be done about the fact that it's going to be expensive - "''you don't put cheap seed in rich soil''" as the saying goes... But there might be a way the Marchers could find to get the resources that are needed if everyone puts their hand in their pocket. Three wealthy citizens have come forward, all of whom are willing to do their bit if asked.

"Mana is money", ''Tom Draughtsman'', is fond of saying. It's not exactly a common Marcher [[proverbs|proverb]], more a reference to the way that [[landskeeper|landskeepers]] can use mana to make the land more productive - and ultimately more profitable through the use of rituals like [[Blessing of New Spring]]. The monk is one of the leaders of [[Upwold#Stockland|Stockwater Monastery]] in [[Upwold#Stockland|Upwold]]. Besides tilling their own lands, the monastery earns good money every year overseeing a roaring trade in mana with the local [[yeoman of the Marches|yeofolk]] and landskeeper circles. The [[monk|monks]] have been discreetly buying white granite for years now, intending to completely rebuild their increasingly threadbare monastery building. This however is a better cause by far Tom reckons, so the monastery is prepared to contribute all ten wains of white granite they've got to finish the Breadbasket. In return they'd like the folks at [[Anvil]] to provide them with 50 mana that they can earn the money back selling it at the seasonal fayres they hold. If one or more Marchers heads down to the monastery they can provide mana - and the monastery will contribute a wain for every eighteen mana crystals to the 'Basket, to a maximum of ten wains.
<div style="float: right; margin-left:10px;"><quote by="Marcher Proverbs">Money is like muck. Only any good if it's spread around.</quote></div>
Tom is not the only wealthy Marcher willing to dig deep. There's a group of [[The_Marches_economic_interests#Alder|alders]] from [[Mitwold#Wayford|Wayford]] who are enthusiastic to do their bit. These hard-working merchants ran an import business shipping salt, cloves, and other spices from [[Faraden]] and [[Sarcophan Delves|the Delves]]. One of them, ''Anne Craig'', has a tip for a cheap consignment of weirwood from a merchant in Sarcophan who is looking to be rid of it, no questions asked. It'll cost a pretty ring to ship it to the Marches, so it's too rich for her tastes, but if folks at Anvil can find 28 thrones, then that's ten weirwood that can go to the Breadbasket. Sadly it's an all or nothing deal - the Sarcophan merchants need to unload the lot in a hurry, but Anne's group will handle all the logistics.

A few years back, one of the [[Drakes|Marcher armies]] attacked the [[Feni]] settlements in [[Mournwold#Alderly|Alderly]]. They [[382YE_Winter_Solstice_winds_of_war#The_Rattle_of_the_Bones|killed all those that fought back]] and the rest fled. As far as any honest folk are concerned, that was the end of the matter. In truth, many that got away ended up in [[Liathaven]], but folks who know Alderly well say some went ''deeper'' in the woods. They put a lot of portentous emphasis on "deeper", like it should mean something to people who know. One of the Marchers who spends more time in the woods than is good for anyone is ''Harry the Axe''. Harry is a broad-shouldered [[draughir]] woodcutter with a very poor reputation. Chopping trees down is hard work and poor pay - ''"there's precious few wealthy woodcutters in this world, and Harry the Axe ain't one of 'em"'' as locals quip. None-the-less Harry sells wood cut from Alderly, and he's wealthy enough, there's no denying either of those two things.
<div style="float: right; margin-left:10px;"><quote by="Marcher Proverbs">Liars and gossips sleep in the same bed.</quote></div>
Harry the Axe has said he'll provide five wains of fresh cut weirwood for the Breadbasket, but he wants what he wants for it. Namely a clear [[statement of principle]] with a [[greater majority]] from the Marcher Assembly saying "Alderly Woods belongs to the Feni and nobody should go in without their say-so". It's raising more than a few eyebrows in the Mourn, to put it mildly. The prevailing view in local taverns might politely be summed up as derisory contempt for Harry, the work he does, his ancestry (there are always muttered rumours that the Marchers of Alderly are closer to the Feni than to their neighbours), and his offer to "buy half the Mourn for five flaming weirwood".

Still... even damp wood burns in a hot fire, as the saying goes.

<big>'''Participation'''</big><br>
Any Marcher character can send the required materials to take advantage of these offers to the appropriate party by putting them in their pack after the event and then emailing {{plot}} to let them know to take the materials. In the unlikely event that there are more materials than required, we'll take a portion of the payment from each contributor and return the rest.
<div style="float:right; width: 300px; clear: left;">{{CaptionedImage|file=Orson.jpg|caption='''Orson BogMyrtle''', Keeper of the Breadbasket|align=left|width=300}}</div>

==The Keeper's Cottage==
* '''Folk are calling for the Keeper of the Breadbasket to have their own office somewhere in the Marches'''
* '''The Keepers Cottage is a simple sinecure that would provide benefits depending on where it is built'''
* '''If the Cottage and the Mournwold Breadbasket are both constructed, it will lead to further opportunities over what is left of the year'''
* '''The current Keeper of the Breadbasket is Orson BogMyrtle but the title is due to be appointed at the Winter Solstice'''
<div style="width: 400px; float: right; clear: right; margin-left:10px;">
<table class="mw-collapsible mw-collapsed"><tr><td style="background-color: LightBlue;">'''Keeper's Cottage'''</tr>
<tr><td>'''Commission Type:''' Sinecure</td></tr>
<tr><td>'''Location:''' Mournwold, Upwold, or Mitwold</td></tr>
<tr><td>'''Cost:''' 4 white granite, 4 weirwood, and 24 crowns in labour</td></tr>
<tr><td>'''Time:''' 1 season</td></tr>
<tr><td>'''Special:'''
* Could be done as part of the same commission to build the Breadbasket in Mourne
* Enables further opportunities involving the breadbasket in coming seasons if Cottage and Mournwold Breadbasket are built
</td></tr>
<tr><td>'''Availability:''' One year</td></tr>
<tr><td>'''Effect:'''
* Provides an income of 12 crowns to the Keeper if built in Mitwold
* Provides an income of 12 random ingots to the Keeper if built in the Mournwold
* Provides an income of 12 liao to the Keeper if built in Upwold
</td></tr>
</td></tr>
</table>
</div>
The [[Keeper of the Breadbasket]] is the title charged with looking after the Breadbasket, making sure it runs well and ensuring it's suitably protected if it's threatened. One of the first Keepers was '''Lily Guildenstern''', who held the position for two years and very much set the tone for the role, by taking advantage of the title's [[Keeper_of_the_Breadbasket#Right_of_Address|right of address]] to make sure the Breadbasket was never forgotten about then. Since Lily's time there has been a different Keeper every year, but thus far they've all been well-liked and admired for their hard work. The current incumbent is '''Orson BogMyrtle''', and folks reckon it's time he got some recompense for his efforts (even with the title due for [[Keeper_of_the_Breadbasket#Appointment|appointment]] at the Winter Solstice).

What's needed, folk say, is a tidy little cottage for the Keeper - nothing too fancy or they'll only get airs and graces like some [[Dawn|Dawnish]] [[earl]]. But it needs to have a little bit of land and an outhouse, and stores and a big office where the Keeper can meet with yeofolk, alders and others who've got business with the Keeper.

What's proposed is ultimately a simple [[sinecure]] attached to the office of the Keeper of the Breadbasket, so that they can derive a tidy income from their activities to recompense them for the work they do. It would need 4 wains of weirwood and 4 wains of white granite, 24 crowns, but it's such a simple [[commission]], that it could be built at the same time as the Breadbasket was being built in the Mourn as part of the same work. If the [[Senate motion]] or announcement called to build the cottage, it would all get done at the same time and just increase the costs proportionally.

Of course, no sooner has someone suggested it, than people fall to arguing over where it should go. Bregasland is under the Jotun thumb right now, so that's out, but there more than a few locations that would be good in the Mournwold. If it went anywhere in the territory it would gain an income of 12 random ingots each season, from the various metals flowing from the mines in the [[Mournwold#Ore_Hills|Ore Hills]] and beyond. The monks at Stockwater Monastery are keen to provide some land for it on the edge of their monastery - if it was built in Upwold it would provide 12 [[liao]] each season. Likewise the wealthy alders of Wayford would be more than happy to see the offices of the Breadbasket built in Mitwold; if that happened the Keeper would gain an income of 12 crowns each season.

On the face of it, it seems as broad as it is long, which means either nobody will care, or folks will fight like cat and dog. Either way, it needs settling if the Keeper is to have an office somewhere. And they do need an office - because if the Marcher Assembly is serious about the Breadbasket being the nation's highest calling, then they'll need to build the Keeper's Cottage and complete the Mournwold Breadbasket, otherwise there's no way to take it any further. If that does happen, if the Mournwold Breadbasket and the Keeper's Cottage are both built, then it will inevitably lead to further opportunities involving the Breadbasket over what is left of the year, given the importance the Marcher Assembly have put on the matter.

==Further Reading==
* [[Keeper of the Breadbasket]]
* [[382YE_Winter_Solstice_winds_of_war#The_Rattle_of_the_Bones|Rattle of the Bones]] - 382YE Winter wind of war covering the destruction of the Alderly Feni

Every path you know

2026-04-16T00:04:29Z

GuiltyConscience:

[[Category:Winds of Fortune]][[Category:387YE Winter]][[Category:Recent History]]
<ic>"I'm not too keen to this whole 'taking orders from people who haven't sworn a binding of thorns', Myfanwy". Gavyn was in a sour mood. It was wet, and the Grendel were still pushing them back. Mostly it was wet. No-one could deny that Rivers of Life was an incredible working of magic that saved the lives of countless people, soldier and civilian alike, but it was also impossible to deny that it was a curse that means you spend the whole season wet.

"The only person you need to worry about taking orders from is general Cadwell" snapped Myfanwy, she was already sick of this conversation, having had it about eight times today, half of them with Gavyn.

"What if we end up with some dickhead from Trivento who believes everything they read in every ring-dreadful about vallorn hearts under the sea?"

"Then we will ''educate'' them." Myfanwy lost her temper. "The whole fucking point of us joining this fucking Empire was to get some fucking allies to kill the fucking vallorn, right? If everyone has to take a binding of thorns and get a tattoo, then they're not allies, they're just us. If we want people who aren't us to give a shit then we have to fucking let them and help them do it in their own way, or our great-great-great-great grandchildren Myfanwy the seventh and Gavyn the seventh will be sat on this same fucking mountain getting soaked by the same fucking spring magic having this same fucking argument."

"I'm....sorry Fan. It's just hard when you care so much to share it with other people who might not take it as seriously as we do."

"I know Gav, but they won't know, and they won't ''care'', if we don't help them. Right?"

"Even if they're from Trivento?" Gavyn smirked and rested their forehead against Myfanwy's, rain streaming down their faces.

Myfanwy sighed and smiled back. It was hard to stay mad at your dance-partner. "Yes, even if they're from Trivento."
</ic>
<div style="float:left; width: 400px; clear: left;">{{CaptionedImage|file=November berries after rain.jpg|align=left|caption=The garden long-tended by the Navarr begins to bear fruit.|width=400}}</div>
==Overview==
Initially, the creation of the [[Vallornguard]] [[Eight_for_a_wish#Bound_by_Thorn_(Navarr)|did not receive unanimous praise]] in all corners of Navarr. People were ambivalent, unsure of how to respond to the idea that those who had sworn themselves completely to the eradication of Terunael's folly should now share that responsibility with others.
{{SOP|statement=The people of Navarr welcome and embrace the multi-nation commitment to the fight against the vallorn as represented by the Vallornguard. We must all work to ensure that our skills, knowledge, and experience, all hard-won over a millennium of conflict are shared with this new ally. This is the highest calling of our assembly.|by=Xandor Trodbroker, Navarr National Assembly|vote={{GM}} 263-10|when=Autumn 387YE}}
{{SOP|statement=We the Navarr Assembly support the formation and operation of the Vallornguard in the mission to eradicate the vallorn. Our oaths are clear and we act as one nation and an Empire in our ambition to see this threat destroyed.|by=Haco, Navarr National Assembly|vote=201-0|when=Autumn 387YE}}
The guides of the nation came together last summit to answer that question. Speaking with a a clear voice they have committed the nation to aiding this nascent body as the newest ally in the fight. Surely, this was the impetus for Navarr joining the Empire in the first place? To galvanise the other nations to work with them to destroy the vallorn... Even with [[a thousand years of longing|the recent revelations]], the plain truth is that the Navarr cannot defeat the vallorn acting alone. With the clock ticking now now that the trods are no longer being walked and maintained as they once were, the Vallornguard may be the best way to unite the nations in common cause.

The national assembly have not merely thrown their moral weight behind the Vallornguard. They declare supporting the [[Imperial sodality|sodality]] to be the nation's [[The_highest_calling#The_Highest_Calling|highest calling]], urging everyone to share an epoch of skills, knowledge, and experience with this new ally. Excited by the prospects of taking action, the Navarr have responded with fierce urgency.

==Thanks for Sharing==
* '''During the coming year the Navarr Assembly could select a single different nation each season to support'''
* '''Whichever nations the Navarr choose will get an opportunity to create a new title that helps the Vallornguard fight the vallorn'''
The Assembly called on all Navarr to share their skills, knowledge and experience with others. People are enthusiastic to heed the call - but uncertain of where to start. It won't work to just spread out across the Empire, it's clear the impact of that would be limited. Better, most people think, to concentrate efforts on a single ally at a time - that way they can achieve palpable results.

In 388YE, the Navarr National Assembly will be able to pick a single different Imperial nation each season (in a similar manner to [[Highguard|Highguard's]] [[A_peerless_sacrifice#A_Renewed_Kinship|Peerless Kinship]]) and share their skills, knowledge, and experience with them. Navarr will stride across the chosen nation looking to to share all that they have learned over the centuries. They will seek out any [[opportunity]] where their abilities might help build support for the [[Imperial sodality|sodality]] and provide it with the tools and resources it will need.

{{Mandate|mandate=The Virtuous raise up their fellows. Any nation willing to raise arms and join the Vallornguard shall have our full support. We send {named priest} with 50 doses of liao to lead our people in sharing everything we have with {nation} to prepare to finish the fight.|assembly=Navarr}}

If this mandate is enacted, Navarr from all walks of life will travel to the named nation looking for ways to help. This will generate at least one [[opportunity]] for a [[New Imperial titles|new Imperial title]] to help the Vallornguard prepare for the fight with the enemy.

The new sodality could benefit if other nations are able to help supply and provision the nascent Vallornguard, but what can be done closer to home?

==Home on the Remains==
* '''Restoring the botanical gardens at the First Voice Glade School would allow the Navarr to share their skills with members of the Vallornguard'''
* '''The Dean would gain 27 herbs each season'''
* '''The Dean could upgrade a basic garden owned by a member of the Vallornguard each season'''
<div style="float:right; width: 400px; clear: right; margin-left:10px;">
<table class="mw-collapsible mw-collapsed">
<tr><td style="background-color: LightBlue;">'''Restoration of First Voice Glade Garden'''</td></tr>
<tr><td>'''Commission Type:''' [[Edifice]]</td></tr>
<tr><td>'''Location:''' [[Miaren#Oakways|Oakways, Miaren]]</td></tr>
<tr><td>'''Cost:''' 30 wains of [[weirwood]], 90 crowns, three months</td></tr>
<tr><td>'''Availability:''' One year</td></tr>
<tr><td>'''Effect:'''
* Restores the bounty of 27 herbs each season to the [[Dean of the First Voice Glade]]
* Gives the Dean the ability to upgrade a single basic [[herb garden]] belonging to a member of the Vallornguard each season
</td></tr>
</table>
</div>

The [[Dean_of_the_First_Voice_Glade#First_Voice_Glade_(Ruined)|First Voice Glade School]] has [[Rebuild_First_Voice_Glade|just been rebuilt]] after it was destroyed by the [[Things_that_burn#The_Empty_Hands|Empty Hands]] two years ago. The school itself has now been rebuilt on a much grander scale, and has once again become a scholastic haven, promoting the musical and cultural traditions of the Navarr, sharing them with students from near and far. The school has encouraged emerging talent, ensuring Navarr musical traditions remain vital.

Sadly the associated botanical garden were overlooked in the proposal presented by the civil service, which focused on other benefits. But with scores of visitors coming to the shrine, there is now a chance to recreate the gardens and take advantage of that with the school itself. Whisper it quietly, but the Navarr recognise no equal in herblore in the Empire - no other nation has so many skilled apothecaries and herbalists.

The work proposed is not insignificant, but if the gardens were restored to their former glory and a new classroom built, the Dean would resume receiving a bounty of herbs, but they would also be able to select a member of the Vallornguard to train and study with Navarr masters of herb lore. Provided the student was not already highly proficient, the skills they gained would provide them with permanent benefits, allowing them to grow more herbs each season.

Any member of the Vallornguard would be free to roleplay spending time at the School to learn the history of the Empire's longest war, and to advance their skills in botany. The Dean could select a single member of the Vallornguard with a [[herb garden|basic herb garden]] each season - their herb garden would be upgraded by one rank without needing any wains or money. A starting herb garden is one that does not have any existing [[herb garden#Upgrades|upgrades]].

==Green Eyed Monster==
<div style="float:right; width: 400px; clear: right; margin-left:10px;">
<table class="mw-collapsible mw-collapsed">
<tr><td style="background-color: LightBlue;">'''Vallornguard Mustering Ground'''</td></tr>
<tr><td>'''Commission Type:''' [[Sinecure]]</td></tr>
<tr><td>'''Location:''' [[Miaren#Holtford|Holtford, Miaren]]</td></tr>
<tr><td>'''Cost:''' 10 wains of [[weirwood]], 10 wains of [[mithril]], 60 crowns, three months</td></tr>
<tr><td>'''Availability:''' One year</td></tr>
<tr><td>'''Effect:'''
* Creates the title First Thorn of the Vallornguard
* Allows a single Imperial army that resupplies in Miaren, to take the Uproot the Aberration order the season after
</td></tr>
</table>
<table class="mw-collapsible mw-collapsed"><tr><td style="background-color: LightGreen;">'''First Thorn of the Vallornguard'''</tr>
<tr><td>'''Type:''' Imperial position</td></tr>
<tr><td>'''Appointment:''' Vallornguard Appointment</td></tr>
<tr><td>'''Powers:'''
* Gains two doses of Oil of Blackthorn each season
* Gain one [[Barbed Spear]], one [[Death's Door]] and one [[Bloodfire Periapt]] once a year
* Can decide which army can train at the Mustering Ground if more than two armies are resupplying in Miaren
<tr><td>'''Responsibilities:''' Oversee the training of new recruits to the Vallornguard and contribute to Imperial preparedness against the military threat of the vallorn</td></tr>
</table>
</div>
* '''A mustering ground could be built in Miaren to help Imperial armies fight the vallorn'''
* '''The First Thorn of the Vallornguard would receive blade oils effective against vallornspawn and a set of regalia'''
One of the challenges facing members of the Vallornguard is that the Empire as a whole has far less experience fighting the vallorn, than the barbarians they have been at war with for decades. There have been a number of notable engagements in the last few years, but few soldiers have been a part of an extended campaign, fighting for seasons at a time against the host of the vallorn. If that isn't corrected, the Empire's soldiers are in for a rude awakening when the the trods are connected and the vallorn is fully roused.

The idea is mooted for a mustering ground to drill new members of the Vallornguard until slaying [[vallornspawn husk|husks]], [[ettercap|ettercaps]], and all the other horrors the vallorn can produce becomes second nature. [[Miaren]] is the most logical choice - the area is firmly under Imperial control, but is central to all the vallorn hearts in the Empire. The Navarr could train warriors in the techniques needed to defeat the vallorn, showing them how to use potions like [[Legacy_of_Thorns#Oil_of_Blackthorn|Oil of Blackthorn]] that are invaluable for destroying the enemy.

Having the mustering ground there would mean that any Imperial [[army]] that receives [[Casualties#Natural_Resupply|natural resupply]] in the territory could recruit from the training grounds as well as secure useful anti-vallorn potions and blade-oils. As a result the army could take the attacking order, '''Uproot the Aberration''', the following season. (If multiple armies resupply in Miaren, the First Thorn should email {{plot}} in order to choose which army will gain the benefit).

<div style="max-width:800px;"><box>'''Uproot the Aberration'''
* '''The ability of this army to conquer vallorn-held territory is increased by one tenth'''
* '''Casualties inflicted by this army against the vallorn are increased by one tenth'''
* '''Casualties suffered by this army from vallorn are reduced by one tenth'''
Bolstered by the fresh recruits trained by the Vallornguard, the army can employ a supply of potions useful for fighting the vallorn provided by the Mustering Ground against the enemy. These potions are quickly consumed, but can prove vital when used at the decisive moment, to turn the tide against ''Terunael's Folly''.</box></div>

The Vallornguard would need to appoint the First Thorn to oversee the training. Once that was done, local artisans would contribute time and materials to fashion them with potions and magical items to fight the vallorn. They would receive two doses of Oil of Blackthorn each season and the season after they were elected they would receive a [[Barbed Spear]], a [[Death's Door]] and one [[Bloodfire Periapt]].

==Beware of Dog==
<div style="float:right; width: 400px; clear: right; margin-left:10px;">
<table class="mw-collapsible mw-collapsed">
<tr><td style="background-color: LightBlue;">'''The Grim Pyramid'''</td></tr>
<tr><td>'''Commission Type:''' [[Edifice]]</td></tr>
<tr><td>'''Location:''' [[Hercynia#Old_Ranging|Old Ranging, Hercynia]]</td></tr>
<tr><td>'''Cost:''' 30 wains of [[Mithril]], 40 wains of white granite, 210 crowns, six months</td></tr>
<tr><td>'''Availability:''' One year</td></tr>
<tr><td>'''Special:''' The Grim Pyramid must be ceded to Kaela during commission or afterwards, to gain the listed effects</td></tr>
<tr><td>'''Effect:'''
* Provides a 3000 strength garrison of Grim Legionaries to defend Old Ranging if the region is attacked
* Creates the title '''Quartermaster of the Grim Legion'''
</td></tr>
</table>
<table class="mw-collapsible mw-collapsed"><tr><td style="background-color: LightGreen;">'''Quartermaster of the Grim Legion'''</tr>
<tr><td>'''Type:''' Imperial position</td></tr>
<tr><td>'''Appointment:''' Vallornguard Appointment</td></tr>
<tr><td>'''Regalia:''' The Cold-One's Cestus</td></tr>
<tr><td>'''Powers:'''
* Can purchase [[Vis#Heart's_Blood|heart's blood]] from the Grim Pyramid in exchange for [[Marrowort]]
* Can deploy the garrison of Grim Legionaries to fight alongside a single Imperial army instead of defending Old Ranging. The army must not be under an existing ritual enchantment.
</td></tr>
<tr><td>'''Responsibilities:''' To tend the deep steps of the Grim Pyramid, protecting the edifice from damage. To ensure the boons provided by Kaela are used to end the vallorn threat forever. To deliver Kaela's will to the Empire should she call on them to do so.</td></tr>
</table>
</div>
* '''The vates of The Final Note steading have asked Kaela to offer her aid to the Vallornguard'''
* '''The ''Queen-of-Silence'' has agreed to patronise a grand edifice in Hercynia'''
* '''The Grim Pyramid empowers an Imperial title - Quartermaster of the Grim Legion'''
The [[eternal]] [[Kaela]] has long watched the Navarr's quest to end the vallorn with great interest, offering her aid from time to time as suits her whims. Most recently she permitted the extension of [[Kaela#The Gift of Kaela|her gift]] to not just ease the suffering of Imperials facing the [[orc|orcs]] of [[the Mallum]], but to those who fight the vallorn so that those who carry on do not have to fight an enemy wearing the face of a fallen loved one. The vates of ''The Final Note'' [[steading]] near [[Hercynia#Old_Ranging|Old Ranging]] have long experience dealing with ''Dark-Between-the-Stars'', and sought out one of her [[inhabitants of the realms#heralds|heralds]] to discuss ways of harnessing the power of [[Winter_magic#Endings|ending]] against the vallorn.
<div style="float:right; width: 200px; clear: right;">{{CaptionedImage|file=Wolf Cloak.png|align=right|width=200}}</div>
The ''End-of-Strength'' has consented to offer her aid. She will support the building of a grand [[edifice]] in the Starless Vale, a powerful Winter [[regio]] located in a narrow cleft in Old Ranging near to Last Note steading. The steading believe it was the site where the old [[Wintermark|Winterfolk]] Queen Ilsin [[Crown_of_Three_Tears#Queen_Ilsin_and_the_Vallorn|met her end]], but historians dispute this claim. Regardless, the ''Lady of Oblivion'' is prepared to support a site dedicated to her name that will offer aid against the vallorn.

Before she will do so, however, she asks the Navarr of Hercynia for an oath. One day, the vallorn will end. It may be that the Navarr and the Vallornguard bring about that ending. She wishes an oath that when that day comes, when Hercynia is once again free of corruption, the ruins of the Terunael city of Hacynian will be left to succumb to the passage of time. They will not be rebuilt, no new city raised on their foundations, no new Hacynian. They may raise a new city, if they wish, but not in [[Hercynia#Deer's_Folly|Deer's Folly]], and not named Hacynian. It must be something new, not an attempt to cling to something that has ended. With that in mind, The Last Note has proposed a [[mandate]].

{{Mandate|mandate=The Terunael city of Hacynian has passed into history, ruined by the vallorn. We send (named priest) with 25 liao to urge the folk of Hercynia to swear an oath that neither they nor their descendants will seek to rebuild Hacynian. Let us cherish its memory, but accept its passing as a sacrifice for a future free from the folly of Terunael.|assembly=Navarr National Assembly}}

If this mandate is upheld and enacted, Kaela will happily provide her support to the edifice in the Starless Vale. If not, the structure cannot be commissioned. Obviously, though, if the National Assembly enacts this mandate, and urges the folk of Hercynia to make an oath to let Hacynian pass into history, any future efforts that break that oath will likely have severe consequences for them and their descendants.

Assuming the Navarr meet her requirement, the ''Queen of Silence'' proposes a grand structure be carved into the ground itself; an inverted stone pyramid thirty floors deep. Those who come in search of the aid of the ''Black Dog'' will have to descend into the bones of the earth to meet with her representatives. The Grim Pyramid would be watched over by the ''Quartermaster of the Grim Legion'', an [[Imperial title]] appointed annually by the Vallornguard. While she might otherwise have considered the Quartermaster being appointed by the [[Conclave]], her only interest here is simply to end the vallorn and the vates of The Final Note steading have been clear in their desire to empower the sodality. Whoever is appointed, they will be expected to spend time at the Grim Pyramid, liaising with the servants of Kaela. If the ''Black Dog'' has reason to need something of the Empire, especially if it has to do with the vallorn, she may charge the Quartermaster to convey her wishes to the Empire.

In return for their service, the ''Queen-who-sits-on-the-Black-Throne'' will gift the ''Cold-One's Cestus'' to be part of the regalia of the title. The vates of The Final Note have examined this [[Magic_items#Artefacts|artefact]], and declared that it is a single gauntlet that [[:Category:Foci|helps the wearer cast]] the rituals [[Surcease of Sorrow]], [[Ravenous Tongue of Entropy]] and [[Clarion Call of Ivory and Dust]].

The artefact is only a sign of her regard, however. She will station one of her ''Forgotten Generals'' at the Grim Pyramid, along with a complement of warriors (equivalent to 3,000 force strength). These grim legionaries will attack any force that tries to conquer the [[territory#region|region]]. As long as the titleholder is a member of the Vallornguard, then they may order the Forgotten General to march forth alongside an Imperial [[army]] to battle the vallorn, provided the force were not under an existing [[enchantment]]. Obviously the legionaries would not be able to defend the region if it were attacked during a season when the legionaries are fighting the vallorn alongside an army. ('''OOC Note:''' To use this power the Quartermaster should email {{plot}} and let them know the army they have selected, and the general of that army should reference the presence of the grim legionnaires in their [[Army_orders|orders]].)

The Final Note caution that if the Grim Pyramids garrison were called forth to fight with an army and did ''not'' end up fighting vallornspawn, then the title-holder will suffer her ''extreme displeasure''. Which sounds bad, but hopefully everyone involved will be wise enough to elect someone who can ensure that doesn't happen? The Hercynian vates also point out that all things will eventually come to an end; when the last vallornheart is destroyed the ''Queen of Silence'' will withdraw from that place, leaving it to be reclaimed by whomever remains, or fall to the ravages of time. Either is fine with the ''Ending One'' after all.

One note of caution is raised by the [[Civil Service|civil service]]. Kaela's heralds have been clear that she ''will not'' commit to send heralds to fight the vallorn unless control of the Grim Pyramid has been [[Powers_of_the_Imperial_Senate#Concedence|ceded]] to her by the [[Senate]] (like a [[fane]]). [[Alignment#Amity|Amity]] is not enough - the eternal will not guarantee something unless she is assured of her ability to carry though on her promise. Of course, if the Senate does cede the edifice to Kaela, then even [[alignment#Enmity|enmity]] would not prevent the [[eternal]] from using the Grim Pyramid, and given it already has a significant force of her grim legion associated with it, they would potentially be in a position to cause significant trouble for the people of Hercynia and [[Hahnmark]].

==Further Reading==
* [[Vallornguard]]
* [[The_highest_calling#The_Highest_Calling|The highest calling]] - 387YE Autumn wind of fortune about the highest calling
* [[Kaela]]

Invited with asperity

2026-04-15T23:55:38Z

GuiltyConscience: /* State Visit */

Invited with asperity

2026-04-15T23:55:03Z

GuiltyConscience: /* Overview */

Search high and low

2026-04-15T11:30:08Z

GuiltyConscience: /* Overview */

[[Category:Winds of Fortune]][[Category:387YE Winter]][[Category:Recent History]]
<ic>Brother Andrew stared wistfully at the hole in the ceiling. It was raining again and the water was dripping through the hole to fall into the bucket below.

At least that had clearly been the plan when one of the young monks had put the bucket there. Unfortunately the winds were blowing hard and because most of the windows in the main transept had holes in them, they were snatching the droplets as they began the long descent from the vaulted roof and playing havoc with them. As a result the rain was going almost anywhere but the bucket. Silently he cursed Old Bloody Teeth for spiting them all.

To be fair, the hole in the roof was less the work of the Devourer of the Fallen and more a consequence of five hundred years of neglect. Stockwater monastery had been here since before the Cousin's War, there had been good times... and bad... Harvest had come and gone and never quite produced enough money to maintain the building. Essential repairs left undone, and now they were all paying the price. The holes were like weeds, he mused to himself, you had to pull them up as soon as they appear, otherwise there'd be twice as many next time you tilled the field.

When Brother Neil had first come up with the idea of setting up a small fayre on the monastery grounds, trading the mana crystals formed from Old Higgins Cave to the local Landskeeper circle it hadn't seemed like it would make that much money. But like any good crop, it had grown and grown, taking on a life of its own. And suddenly there was enough money to do the work at last. The monastery was saved!

But by then it was far too late to preserve the main transept. It was too far gone, Tom had said - the roof they could repair, replace the missing rafters and make it whole again. But the East wall was collapsing, it needed pulling down and rebuilding. The only way the monastery was going to survive to the next Cousins War was if they rebuilt that part from scratch.

So for five years they've saved every penny they had, buying white granite whenever they could afford it, storing it in the crypt in readiness for the day there'd be enough to do the job right. And just as they decided they had enough... this happens.

He pursed his lips. "You sure about this Brother Neil?" he asked. The question was rhetorical, they'd been over this a dozen times. They'd all agreed to it. Didn't mean he had to like it though. Neil did all the books for the fayre, according to him, if they got enough mana, they could buy back most of the white granite in less than two years.

Two years. Two more bloody years of putting out buckets to catch rain in. He turned to look at the monk behind him, but pointedly cast his eyes at the offending pail, as if it could make his argument for him.

Silence. All he could hear was the abbots words from his last sermon, still echoing through his thoughts. ''Sometimes the questions are complicated and the answers are simple.''
</ic>
<div style="float:left; width: 600px; clear: left;">{{CaptionedImage|file=Lovely Wares.jpg|align=left|caption=The farms of the Marches, even in the grip of war, feed the whole Empire.|width=600}}</div>
==Overview==
At the last summit, '''Brother Rhaego''' declared that it was the solemn duty of [[the Marches|Marchers]] to work the land and nourish it's people. Pride in small things, Loyalty to great ones, as the Marchers have it. The Marcher Assembly agreed that this was [[The_highest_calling#The_Highest_Calling|the highest calling]], urging all to put aside other tasks and focus on this.

It is a sound statement, one that rings with truth to most Marchers who hear it. The [[The_Marches_economic_interests#The_Imperial_Breadbasket|Imperial Breadbasket]] has proved invaluable since its inception, boosting incomes across the Marches but also keeping [[army|Imperial armies]] fed and in the field when they might otherwise be suffering as their supplies failed.

The reward for a good job is more work, as the [[proverbs|saying]] goes, and so it proves now.

==A Basket of Bread==
* '''The Empire could complete the Marcher Breadbasket by building the last part of the great work in the Mournwold'''
* '''It would increase the income of every farm in Mournwold by 36 rings a season'''
* '''Once complete, it would raise the number of armies the Marchers could support by one, once the Marchers regain Bregasland'''
{{judgement|Judgement=Our duty to the Empire is to work the land and nourish its people. To serve this purpose, we must all take part. It is time to empower the Breadbasket, starting with the Mournwold. This is our highest calling.|Raised By=Brother Rhaego, Marcher Assembly|Outcome={{GM}} 228-0|When=Autumn Equinox 387YE|Assembly=Marcher Assembly}}
The best soil is thirsty soil, or so they say in the Marches. For those less familiar with Marcher [[proverbs]], the adage is usually taken to mean that the best soil is watered with tears, sweat and blood - that it demands and rewards hard work. The fields of the Marches didn't become fertile by chance, they don't produce more food than anywhere else in the Empire by good fortune - it happens because honest Marcher folk expend sweat, blood and tears to make it happen.

The words of the Assembly fall on receptive ears. [[Bregasland]] may be in the grip of the Jotun, but nobody doubts that they will be driven back. They were driven back last time when they tried this with their false queen. They'll be driven back again; its a certainty especially with the [[Strong Reeds]] leading the liberation. They were pushed out of the Mournwold by the [[Tusks]], the next push will see them driven out of Bregasland. But how to make that happen if you're a smallholder living in [[Upwold]]? How to do your bit if you're a [[Marcher orc]] with a farmstead in the Mournwold? How to speed the victory if you're a [[friar]] tending your [[monastery|monastery's]] lands in [[Mitwold]]?
<div style="width: 400px; float: right; clear: right; margin-left:10px;">
<table class="mw-collapsible mw-collapsed"><tr><td style="background-color: LightBlue;">'''The Mournwold Breadbasket'''</tr>
<tr><td>'''Commission Type:''' Great Work</td></tr>
<tr><td>'''Location:''' Mournwold</td></tr>
<tr><td>'''Cost:''' 15 white granite, 35 weirwood, and 150 crowns in labour</td></tr>
<tr><td>'''Time:''' 2 seasons</td></tr>
<tr><td>'''Effect:'''
* Grant every farm in the Mournwold an additional 36 rings each season
* Increases the Marcher ability to support armies by one, once Bregasland is back in Marcher hands</td></tr>
<tr><td>'''Availability:''' Until another great work increasing investment in farms is commissioned in the Mournwold</td></tr>
</td></tr>
</table>
</div>
The Assembly has the right of it... put your back in it and build up the Breadbasket. The more food there is to go round, the more soldiers the Empire can feed, the faster the Jotun will get beat. And if that reminds the rest of the Empire how important the Marches are to the Empire... well that's all to the good isn't it? The Assembly has spoken - people are fired up - now they just need to get to it.

The first thing that is needed is to commission the extension to the [[Keeper_of_the_Breadbasket#The_Mournwold|Breadbasket]] in the Mournwold. You can't enjoy the biscuits if you don't have the flour, as the saying goes. If the nation wants to empower the Breadbasket, starting with the Mournwold, then they will actually have to ''start'' with the Mournwold. There's not much folks at home can do to get the Senate to approve building the final state of the Breadbasket, but given the Assembly said it was the nation's highest calling, there should be no problem at all finding some Marcher [[senator]] who is going to use his [[senate motion|motion]] to raise it... right?
{{CaptionedImage|file=Granary.png|caption=Granary outside [[Mitwold#Hay|Hay]] in [[Mitwold]].|align=right|width=400}}
==A Stitch in Time==
* '''Ten wains of white granite will be provided by Stockwater Monastery in exchange for 180 mana crystals'''
* '''Ten wains of weirwood will be provided by the alders of Wayford in exchange for 28 thrones'''
* '''Five wains of weirwood will be provided by Harry the Axe if the Marcher Assembly supports the Feni's claim to Alderly'''
Once it's agreed by the [[Senate]], then the work can start. The thing's expensive, it'll need 35 wains of [[weirwood]] and 15 wains of [[white granite]] by all accounts - and at least 150 crowns in labour costs. There's nothing to be done about the fact that it's going to be expensive - you don't put cheap seed in rich soil as the saying goes... But there might be a way the Marchers could find to get the resources that are needed if everyone puts their hand in their pocket. Three wealthy citizens have come forward, all of whom are willing to do their bit if asked.
<div style="float: right; margin-left:10px;"><quote by="Marcher Proverbs">Money is like muck. Only any good if it's spread around.</quote></div>
"Mana is money", ''Tom Draughtsman'', is fond of saying. It's not exactly a common Marcher [[proverbs|proverb]], more a reference to the way that [[landskeeper|landskeepers]] can use mana to make the land more productive - and ultimately more profitable through the use of rituals like [[Blessing of New Spring]]. The monk is one of the leaders of [[Upwold#Stockland|Stockwater Monastery]] in [[Upwold#Stockland|Upwold]]. Besides tilling their own lands, the monastery earns good money every year overseeing a roaring trade in mana with the local [[yeoman of the Marches|yeofolk]] and landskeeper circles. The [[monk|monks]] have been discreetly buying white granite for years now, intending to completely rebuild their increasingly threadbare monastery building. This however is a better cause by far Tom reckons, so the monastery is prepared to contribute all ten wains of white granite they've got to finish the Breadbasket. In return they'd like the folks at [[Anvil]] to provide them with 50 mana that they can earn the money back selling it at the seasonal fayres they hold. If one or more Marchers heads down to the monastery they can provide mana - and the monastery will contribute a wain for every eighteen mana crystals to the 'Basket, to a maximum of ten wains.

Tom is not the only wealthy Marcher willing to dig deep. There's a group of [[The_Marches_economic_interests#Alder|alders]] from [[Mitwold#Wayford|Wayford]] who are enthusiastic to do their bit. These hard-working merchants ran an import business shipping salt, cloves, and other spices from [[Faraden]] and [[Sarcophan Delves|the Delves]]. One of them, ''Anne Craig'', has a tip for a cheap consignment of weirwood from a merchant in Sarcophan who is looking to be rid of it, no questions asked. It'll cost a pretty ring to ship it to the Marches, so it's too rich for her tastes, but if folks at Anvil can find 28 thrones, then that's ten weirwood that can go to the Breadbasket. Sadly it's an all or nothing deal - the Sarcophan merchants need to unload the lot in a hurry, but Anne's group will handle all the logistics.
<div style="float: right; margin-left:10px;"><quote by="Marcher Proverbs">Liars and gossips sleep in the same bed.</quote></div>
A few years back, one of the [[Drakes|Marcher armies]] attacked the [[Feni]] settlements in [[Mournwold#Alderly|Alderly]]. They [[382YE_Winter_Solstice_winds_of_war#The_Rattle_of_the_Bones|killed all those that fought back]] and the rest fled. As far as any honest folk are concerned, that was the end of the matter. In truth, many that got away ended up in [[Liathaven]], but folks who know Alderly well say some went ''deeper'' in the woods. They put a lot of portentous emphasis on "deeper", like it should mean something to people who know. One of the Marchers who spends more time in the woods than is good for anyone is ''Harry the Axe''. Harry is a broad-shouldered [[draughir]] woodcutter with a very poor reputation. Chopping trees down is hard work and poor pay - ''"there's precious few wealthy woodcutters in this world, and Harry the Axe ain't one of 'em"'' as locals quip. None-the-less Harry sells wood cut from Alderly, and he's wealthy enough, there's no denying either of those two things.

Harry the Axe has said he'll provide five wains of fresh cut weirwood for the Breadbasket, but he wants what he wants for it. Namely a clear [[statement of principle]] with a [[greater majority]] from the Marcher Assembly saying "Alderly Woods belongs to the Feni and nobody should go in without their say-so". It's raising more than a few eyebrows in the Mourn, to put it mildly. The prevailing view in local taverns might politely be summed up as derisory contempt for Harry, the work he does, his ancestry (there are always muttered rumours that the Marchers of Alderly are closer to the Feni than to their neighbours), and his offer to "buy half the Mourn for five flaming weirwood".

Still... even damp wood burns in a hot fire, as the saying goes.

<big>'''Participation'''</big><br>
Any Marcher character can send the required materials to take advantage of these offers to the appropriate party by putting them in their pack after the event and then emailing {{plot}} to let them know to take the materials. In the unlikely event that there are more materials than required, we'll take a portion of the payment from each contributor and return the rest.
<div style="float:right; width: 300px; clear: left;">{{CaptionedImage|file=Orson.jpg|caption='''Orson BogMyrtle''', Keeper of the Breadbasket|align=left|width=300}}</div>
==The Keeper's Cottage==
* '''Folk are calling for the Keeper of the Breadbasket to have their own office somewhere in the Marches'''
* '''The Keepers Cottage is a simple sinecure that would provide benefits depending on where it is built'''
* '''If the Cottage and the Mournwold Breadbasket are both constructed, it will lead to further opportunities over what is left of the year'''
* '''The current Keeper of the Breadbasket is ORson BogMyrtle but the title is due to be appointed at the Winter Solstice'''
<div style="width: 400px; float: right; clear: right; margin-left:10px;">
<table class="mw-collapsible mw-collapsed"><tr><td style="background-color: LightBlue;">'''Keeper's Cottage'''</tr>
<tr><td>'''Commission Type:''' Sinecure</td></tr>
<tr><td>'''Location:''' Mournwold, Upwold, or Mitwold</td></tr>
<tr><td>'''Cost:''' 4 white granite, 4 weirwood, and 24 crowns in labour</td></tr>
<tr><td>'''Time:''' 1 season</td></tr>
<tr><td>'''Special:'''
* Could be done as part of the same commission to build the Breadbasket in Mourne
* Enables further opportunities involving the breadbasket in coming seasons if Cottage and Mournwold Breadbasket are built
</td></tr>
<tr><td>'''Availability:''' One year</td></tr>
<tr><td>'''Effect:'''
* Provides an income of 12 crowns to the Keeper if built in Mitwold
* Provides an income of 12 random ingots to the Keeper if built in the Mournwold
* Provides an income of 12 liao to the Keeper if built in Upwold
</td></tr>
</td></tr>
</table>
</div>
The [[Keeper of the Breadbasket]] is the title charged with looking after the Breadbasket, making sure it runs well and ensuring it's suitably protected if it's threatened. One of the first Keepers was '''Lily Guildenstern''', who held the position for two years and very much set the tone for the role, by taking advantage of the title's [[Keeper_of_the_Breadbasket#Right_of_Address|right of address]] to make sure the Breadbasket was never forgotten about then. Since Lily's time there has been a different Keeper every year, but thus far they've all been well-liked and admired for their hard work. The current incumbent is '''Orson BogMyrtle''', and folks reckon it's time he got some recompense for his efforts (even with the title due for [[Keeper_of_the_Breadbasket#Appointment|appointment]] at the Winter Solstice).

What's needed, folk say, is a tidy little cottage for the Keeper - nothing too fancy or they'll only get airs and graces like some [[Dawn|Dawnish]] [[earl]]. But it needs to have a little bit of land and an outhouse, and stores and a big office where the Keeper can meet with yeofolk, alders and others who've got business with the Keeper.

What's proposed is ultimately a simple [[sinecure]] attached to the office of the Keeper of the Breadbasket, so that they can derive a tidy income from their activities to recompense them for the work they do. It would need 4 wains of weirwood and 4 wains of white granite, 24 crowns, but it's such a simple [[commission]], that it could be built at the same time as the Breadbasket was being built in the Mourn as part of the same work. If the [[Senate motion]] or announcement called to build the cottage, it would all get done at the same time and just increase the costs proportionally.

Of course, no sooner has someone suggested it, than people fall to arguing over where it should go. Bregasland is under the Jotun thumb right now, so that's out, but there more than a few locations that would be good in the Mournwold. If it went anywhere in the territory it would gain an income of 12 random ingots each season, from the various metals flowing from the mines in the [[Mournwold#Orehills|Orehills]] and beyond. The monks at Stockwater Monastery are keen to provide some land for it on the edge of their monastery - if it was built in Upwold it would provide 12 [[liao]] each season. Likewise the wealthy alders of Wayford would be more than happy to see the offices of the Breadbasket built in Mitwold; if that happened the Keeper would gain an income of 12 crowns each season.

On the face of it, it seems as broad as it is long, which means either nobody will care, or folks will fight like cat and dog. Either way, it needs settling if the Keeper is to have an office somewhere. And they do need an office - because if the Marcher Assembly is serious about the Breadbasket being the nation's highest calling, then they'll need to build the Keeper's Cottage and complete the Mournwold Breadbasket, otherwise there's no way to take it any further. If that does happen, if the Mournwold Breadbasket and the Keeper's Cottage are both built, then it will inevitably lead to further opportunities involving the Breadbasket over what is left of the year, given the importance the Marcher Assembly have put on the matter.
==Further Reading==
* [[Keeper of the Breadbasket]]
* [[[[382YE_Winter_Solstice_winds_of_war#The_Rattle_of_the_Bones|Rattle of the Bones]] - 382YE Winter wind of war covering the destruction of the Alderly feni

Search high and low

2026-04-15T11:28:19Z

GuiltyConscience:

[[Category:Winds of Fortune]][[Category:387YE Winter]][[Category:Recent History]]
<ic>Brother Andrew stared wistfully at the hole in the ceiling. It was raining again and the water was dripping through the hole to fall into the bucket below.

At least that had clearly been the plan when one of the young monks had put the bucket there. Unfortunately the winds were blowing hard and because most of the windows in the main transept had holes in them, they were snatching the droplets as they began the long descent from the vaulted roof and playing havoc with them. As a result the rain was going almost anywhere but the bucket. Silently he cursed Old Bloody Teeth for spiting them all.

To be fair, the hole in the roof was less the work of the Devourer of the Fallen and more a consequence of five hundred years of neglect. Stockwater monastery had been here since before the Cousin's War, there had been good times... and bad... Harvest had come and gone and never quite produced enough money to maintain the building. Essential repairs left undone, and now they were all paying the price. The holes were like weeds, he mused to himself, you had to pull them up as soon as they appear, otherwise there'd be twice as many next time you tilled the field.

When Brother Neil had first come up with the idea of setting up a small fayre on the monastery grounds, trading the mana crystals formed from Old Higgins Cave to the local Landskeeper circle it hadn't seemed like it would make that much money. But like any good crop, it had grown and grown, taking on a life of its own. And suddenly there was enough money to do the work at last. The monastery was saved!

But by then it was far too late to preserve the main transept. It was too far gone, Tom had said - the roof they could repair, replace the missing rafters and make it whole again. But the East wall was collapsing, it needed pulling down and rebuilding. The only way the monastery was going to survive to the next Cousins War was if they rebuilt that part from scratch.

So for five years they've saved every penny they had, buying white granite whenever they could afford it, storing it in the crypt in readiness for the day there'd be enough to do the job right. And just as they decided they had enough... this happens.

He pursed his lips. "You sure about this Brother Neil?" he asked. The question was rhetorical, they'd been over this a dozen times. They'd all agreed to it. Didn't mean he had to like it though. Neil did all the books for the fayre, according to him, if they got enough mana, they could buy back most of the white granite in less than two years.

Two years. Two more bloody years of putting out buckets to catch rain in. He turned to look at the monk behind him, but pointedly cast his eyes at the offending pail, as if it could make his argument for him.

Silence. All he could hear was the abbots words from his last sermon, still echoing through his thoughts. ''Sometimes the questions are complicated and the answers are simple.''
</ic>
<div style="float:left; width: 600px; clear: left;">{{CaptionedImage|file=Lovely Wares.jpg|align=left|caption=The farms of the Marches, even in the grip of war, feed the whole Empire.|width=600}}</div>
==Overview==
At the last summit, '''Brother Rhaego''' declared that it was the solemn duty of [[the Marches|Marchers]] to work the land nourish it's people. Pride in small things, Loyalty to great ones, as the Marchers have it. The Marcher Assembly agreed that this was [[The_highest_calling#The_Highest_Calling|the highest calling]], urging all to put aside other tasks and focus on this.

It is a sound statement, one that rings with truth to most Marchers who hear it. The [[The_Marches_economic_interests#The_Imperial_Breadbasket|Imperial Breadbasket]] has proved invaluable since its inception, boosting incomes across the Marches but also keeping [[army|Imperial armies]] fed and in the field when they might otherwise be suffering as their supplies failed.

The reward for a good job is more work, as the [[proverbs|saying]] goes, and so it proves now.
==A Basket of Bread==
* '''The Empire could complete the Marcher Breadbasket by building the last part of the great work in the Mournwold'''
* '''It would increase the income of every farm in Mournwold by 36 rings a season'''
* '''Once complete, it would raise the number of armies the Marchers could support by one, once the Marchers regain Bregasland'''
{{judgement|Judgement=Our duty to the Empire is to work the land and nourish its people. To serve this purpose, we must all take part. It is time to empower the Breadbasket, starting with the Mournwold. This is our highest calling.|Raised By=Brother Rhaego, Marcher Assembly|Outcome={{GM}} 228-0|When=Autumn Equinox 387YE|Assembly=Marcher Assembly}}
The best soil is thirsty soil, or so they say in the Marches. For those less familiar with Marcher [[proverbs]], the adage is usually taken to mean that the best soil is watered with tears, sweat and blood - that it demands and rewards hard work. The fields of the Marches didn't become fertile by chance, they don't produce more food than anywhere else in the Empire by good fortune - it happens because honest Marcher folk expend sweat, blood and tears to make it happen.

The words of the Assembly fall on receptive ears. [[Bregasland]] may be in the grip of the Jotun, but nobody doubts that they will be driven back. They were driven back last time when they tried this with their false queen. They'll be driven back again; its a certainty especially with the [[Strong Reeds]] leading the liberation. They were pushed out of the Mournwold by the [[Tusks]], the next push will see them driven out of Bregasland. But how to make that happen if you're a smallholder living in [[Upwold]]? How to do your bit if you're a [[Marcher orc]] with a farmstead in the Mournwold? How to speed the victory if you're a [[friar]] tending your [[monastery|monastery's]] lands in [[Mitwold]]?
<div style="width: 400px; float: right; clear: right; margin-left:10px;">
<table class="mw-collapsible mw-collapsed"><tr><td style="background-color: LightBlue;">'''The Mournwold Breadbasket'''</tr>
<tr><td>'''Commission Type:''' Great Work</td></tr>
<tr><td>'''Location:''' Mournwold</td></tr>
<tr><td>'''Cost:''' 15 white granite, 35 weirwood, and 150 crowns in labour</td></tr>
<tr><td>'''Time:''' 2 seasons</td></tr>
<tr><td>'''Effect:'''
* Grant every farm in the Mournwold an additional 36 rings each season
* Increases the Marcher ability to support armies by one, once Bregasland is back in Marcher hands</td></tr>
<tr><td>'''Availability:''' Until another great work increasing investment in farms is commissioned in the Mournwold</td></tr>
</td></tr>
</table>
</div>
The Assembly has the right of it... put your back in it and build up the Breadbasket. The more food there is to go round, the more soldiers the Empire can feed, the faster the Jotun will get beat. And if that reminds the rest of the Empire how important the Marches are to the Empire... well that's all to the good isn't it? The Assembly has spoken - people are fired up - now they just need to get to it.

The first thing that is needed is to commission the extension to the [[Keeper_of_the_Breadbasket#The_Mournwold|Breadbasket]] in the Mournwold. You can't enjoy the biscuits if you don't have the flour, as the saying goes. If the nation wants to empower the Breadbasket, starting with the Mournwold, then they will actually have to ''start'' with the Mournwold. There's not much folks at home can do to get the Senate to approve building the final state of the Breadbasket, but given the Assembly said it was the nation's highest calling, there should be no problem at all finding some Marcher [[senator]] who is going to use his [[senate motion|motion]] to raise it... right?
{{CaptionedImage|file=Granary.png|caption=Granary outside [[Mitwold#Hay|Hay]] in [[Mitwold]].|align=right|width=400}}
==A Stitch in Time==
* '''Ten wains of white granite will be provided by Stockwater Monastery in exchange for 180 mana crystals'''
* '''Ten wains of weirwood will be provided by the alders of Wayford in exchange for 28 thrones'''
* '''Five wains of weirwood will be provided by Harry the Axe if the Marcher Assembly supports the Feni's claim to Alderly'''
Once it's agreed by the [[Senate]], then the work can start. The thing's expensive, it'll need 35 wains of [[weirwood]] and 15 wains of [[white granite]] by all accounts - and at least 150 crowns in labour costs. There's nothing to be done about the fact that it's going to be expensive - you don't put cheap seed in rich soil as the saying goes... But there might be a way the Marchers could find to get the resources that are needed if everyone puts their hand in their pocket. Three wealthy citizens have come forward, all of whom are willing to do their bit if asked.
<div style="float: right; margin-left:10px;"><quote by="Marcher Proverbs">Money is like muck. Only any good if it's spread around.</quote></div>
"Mana is money", ''Tom Draughtsman'', is fond of saying. It's not exactly a common Marcher [[proverbs|proverb]], more a reference to the way that [[landskeeper|landskeepers]] can use mana to make the land more productive - and ultimately more profitable through the use of rituals like [[Blessing of New Spring]]. The monk is one of the leaders of [[Upwold#Stockland|Stockwater Monastery]] in [[Upwold#Stockland|Upwold]]. Besides tilling their own lands, the monastery earns good money every year overseeing a roaring trade in mana with the local [[yeoman of the Marches|yeofolk]] and landskeeper circles. The [[monk|monks]] have been discreetly buying white granite for years now, intending to completely rebuild their increasingly threadbare monastery building. This however is a better cause by far Tom reckons, so the monastery is prepared to contribute all ten wains of white granite they've got to finish the Breadbasket. In return they'd like the folks at [[Anvil]] to provide them with 50 mana that they can earn the money back selling it at the seasonal fayres they hold. If one or more Marchers heads down to the monastery they can provide mana - and the monastery will contribute a wain for every eighteen mana crystals to the 'Basket, to a maximum of ten wains.

Tom is not the only wealthy Marcher willing to dig deep. There's a group of [[The_Marches_economic_interests#Alder|alders]] from [[Mitwold#Wayford|Wayford]] who are enthusiastic to do their bit. These hard-working merchants ran an import business shipping salt, cloves, and other spices from [[Faraden]] and [[Sarcophan Delves|the Delves]]. One of them, ''Anne Craig'', has a tip for a cheap consignment of weirwood from a merchant in Sarcophan who is looking to be rid of it, no questions asked. It'll cost a pretty ring to ship it to the Marches, so it's too rich for her tastes, but if folks at Anvil can find 28 thrones, then that's ten weirwood that can go to the Breadbasket. Sadly it's an all or nothing deal - the Sarcophan merchants need to unload the lot in a hurry, but Anne's group will handle all the logistics.
<div style="float: right; margin-left:10px;"><quote by="Marcher Proverbs">Liars and gossips sleep in the same bed.</quote></div>
A few years back, one of the [[Drakes|Marcher armies]] attacked the [[Feni]] settlements in [[Mournwold#Alderly|Alderly]]. They [[382YE_Winter_Solstice_winds_of_war#The_Rattle_of_the_Bones|killed all those that fought back]] and the rest fled. As far as any honest folk are concerned, that was the end of the matter. In truth, many that got away ended up in [[Liathaven]], but folks who know Alderly well say some went ''deeper'' in the woods. They put a lot of portentous emphasis on "deeper", like it should mean something to people who know. One of the Marchers who spends more time in the woods than is good for anyone is ''Harry the Axe''. Harry is a broad-shouldered [[draughir]] woodcutter with a very poor reputation. Chopping trees down is hard work and poor pay - ''"there's precious few wealthy woodcutters in this world, and Harry the Axe ain't one of 'em"'' as locals quip. None-the-less Harry sells wood cut from Alderly, and he's wealthy enough, there's no denying either of those two things.

Harry the Axe has said he'll provide five wains of fresh cut weirwood for the Breadbasket, but he wants what he wants for it. Namely a clear [[statement of principle]] with a [[greater majority]] from the Marcher Assembly saying "Alderly Woods belongs to the Feni and nobody should go in without their say-so". It's raising more than a few eyebrows in the Mourn, to put it mildly. The prevailing view in local taverns might politely be summed up as derisory contempt for Harry, the work he does, his ancestry (there are always muttered rumours that the Marchers of Alderly are closer to the Feni than to their neighbours), and his offer to "buy half the Mourn for five flaming weirwood".

Still... even damp wood burns in a hot fire, as the saying goes.

<big>'''Participation'''</big><br>
Any Marcher character can send the required materials to take advantage of these offers to the appropriate party by putting them in their pack after the event and then emailing {{plot}} to let them know to take the materials. In the unlikely event that there are more materials than required, we'll take a portion of the payment from each contributor and return the rest.
<div style="float:right; width: 300px; clear: left;">{{CaptionedImage|file=Orson.jpg|caption='''Orson BogMyrtle''', Keeper of the Breadbasket|align=left|width=300}}</div>
==The Keeper's Cottage==
* '''Folk are calling for the Keeper of the Breadbasket to have their own office somewhere in the Marches'''
* '''The Keepers Cottage is a simple sinecure that would provide benefits depending on where it is built'''
* '''If the Cottage and the Mournwold Breadbasket are both constructed, it will lead to further opportunities over what is left of the year'''
* '''The current Keeper of the Breadbasket is ORson BogMyrtle but the title is due to be appointed at the Winter Solstice'''
<div style="width: 400px; float: right; clear: right; margin-left:10px;">
<table class="mw-collapsible mw-collapsed"><tr><td style="background-color: LightBlue;">'''Keeper's Cottage'''</tr>
<tr><td>'''Commission Type:''' Sinecure</td></tr>
<tr><td>'''Location:''' Mournwold, Upwold, or Mitwold</td></tr>
<tr><td>'''Cost:''' 4 white granite, 4 weirwood, and 24 crowns in labour</td></tr>
<tr><td>'''Time:''' 1 season</td></tr>
<tr><td>'''Special:'''
* Could be done as part of the same commission to build the Breadbasket in Mourne
* Enables further opportunities involving the breadbasket in coming seasons if Cottage and Mournwold Breadbasket are built
</td></tr>
<tr><td>'''Availability:''' One year</td></tr>
<tr><td>'''Effect:'''
* Provides an income of 12 crowns to the Keeper if built in Mitwold
* Provides an income of 12 random ingots to the Keeper if built in the Mournwold
* Provides an income of 12 liao to the Keeper if built in Upwold
</td></tr>
</td></tr>
</table>
</div>
The [[Keeper of the Breadbasket]] is the title charged with looking after the Breadbasket, making sure it runs well and ensuring it's suitably protected if it's threatened. One of the first Keepers was '''Lily Guildenstern''', who held the position for two years and very much set the tone for the role, by taking advantage of the title's [[Keeper_of_the_Breadbasket#Right_of_Address|right of address]] to make sure the Breadbasket was never forgotten about then. Since Lily's time there has been a different Keeper every year, but thus far they've all been well-liked and admired for their hard work. The current incumbent is '''Orson BogMyrtle''', and folks reckon it's time he got some recompense for his efforts (even with the title due for [[Keeper_of_the_Breadbasket#Appointment|appointment]] at the Winter Solstice).

What's needed, folk say, is a tidy little cottage for the Keeper - nothing too fancy or they'll only get airs and graces like some [[Dawn|Dawnish]] [[earl]]. But it needs to have a little bit of land and an outhouse, and stores and a big office where the Keeper can meet with yeofolk, alders and others who've got business with the Keeper.

What's proposed is ultimately a simple [[sinecure]] attached to the office of the Keeper of the Breadbasket, so that they can derive a tidy income from their activities to recompense them for the work they do. It would need 4 wains of weirwood and 4 wains of white granite, 24 crowns, but it's such a simple [[commission]], that it could be built at the same time as the Breadbasket was being built in the Mourn as part of the same work. If the [[Senate motion]] or announcement called to build the cottage, it would all get done at the same time and just increase the costs proportionally.

Of course, no sooner has someone suggested it, than people fall to arguing over where it should go. Bregasland is under the Jotun thumb right now, so that's out, but there more than a few locations that would be good in the Mournwold. If it went anywhere in the territory it would gain an income of 12 random ingots each season, from the various metals flowing from the mines in the [[Mournwold#Orehills|Orehills]] and beyond. The monks at Stockwater Monastery are keen to provide some land for it on the edge of their monastery - if it was built in Upwold it would provide 12 [[liao]] each season. Likewise the wealthy alders of Wayford would be more than happy to see the offices of the Breadbasket built in Mitwold; if that happened the Keeper would gain an income of 12 crowns each season.

On the face of it, it seems as broad as it is long, which means either nobody will care, or folks will fight like cat and dog. Either way, it needs settling if the Keeper is to have an office somewhere. And they do need an office - because if the Marcher Assembly is serious about the Breadbasket being the nation's highest calling, then they'll need to build the Keeper's Cottage and complete the Mournwold Breadbasket, otherwise there's no way to take it any further. If that does happen, if the Mournwold Breadbasket and the Keeper's Cottage are both built, then it will inevitably lead to further opportunities involving the Breadbasket over what is left of the year, given the importance the Marcher Assembly have put on the matter.
==Further Reading==
* [[Keeper of the Breadbasket]]
* [[[[382YE_Winter_Solstice_winds_of_war#The_Rattle_of_the_Bones|Rattle of the Bones]] - 382YE Winter wind of war covering the destruction of the Alderly feni

387YE Winter Solstice winds of fortune

2026-04-15T11:09:26Z

GuiltyConscience: /* Search High and Low */

[[Category:Winds of Fortune]][[Category:387YE Winter]][[Category:Recent History]]
<div style="float:left; width: 500px; clear: left;">{{CaptionedImage|file=Milestones.jpg|align=left|caption=Winter ends one year and begins the next.|width=500}}</div>
==Overview==
{| class="wikitable sortable mw-collapsible mw-collapsed" style="width:500px; float: right; margin: 10px;"
|-
! Wind of Fortune !! Order Released !! Last Updated || Note
|-
| [[We are the storm]] || 1 || data-sort-value="2025/10/24"| 24/10 || Imperial address
|-
| [[Opening ceremonies]] || 2 || data-sort-value="2025/10/28"| 28/10 || Imperial arena
|-
| [[Mushroom, mushroom, mushroom]] || 3 || data-sort-value="2026/03/04"| 04/03 || Llofir
|-
| [[Mermaids in the basement]] || 4 || data-sort-value="2026/02/24"| 24/02 || Appraisal
|-
| [[Cold war]] || 5 || data-sort-value="2026/02/24"| 24/02 || Jarm and Commonwealth
|-
| [[My friends are my estate]] || 6 || data-sort-value="2026/02/27"| 27/02 || Appraisal
|-
| [[The truth but tell it slant]] || 7 || data-sort-value="2026/03/11"| 11/03 || Appraisal
|-
| [[The tune without the words]] || 8 || data-sort-value="2026/03/18"| 18/03 || Magic
|-
| [[The circle game]] || 9 || data-sort-value="2026/03/20"| 20/03 || Appraisal
|-
| [[Forever is composed of nows]] || 10 || data-sort-value="2026/03/23"| 23/03 || Appraisals
|-
| [[Ourselves and immortality]] || 11 || data-sort-value="2026/03/23"| 23/03 || Plenipotentiary
|-
| [[In the ground]] || 12 || data-sort-value="2026/03/30"| 30/03 || Marches and Adamant
|-
| [[The concisest tenant]] || 13 || data-sort-value="2026/04/03"| 04/04 || Rats
|-
| [[To fight aloud]] || 14 || data-sort-value="2026/04/05" | 05/04 || Sword Scholars
|-
| [[When peace was far away]] || 15 || data-sort-value="2026/04/05" | 05/04 || Jarm
|-
| [[The price is great]] || 16 || data-sort-value="2026/04/08" | 08/04 || Commonwealth
|-
| [[Flight of birds]] || 17 || data-sort-value="2026/04/08" | 08/04 || Wintermark
|-
| [[Figure of eight]] || 18 || data-sort-value="2026/04/08" | 08/04 || Religious Crime
|-
| [[A wild night and a new road]] || 19 || data-sort-value="2026/04/11" | 11/04 || Sarcophan Delves
|-
| [[Death leaves us homesick]] || 20 || data-sort-value="2026/04/11" | 11/04 || Axos
|}

Over the past three months, events have taken place which are of significance to the Empire and may require a response from her champions. These are the winds of fortune, counterparts to the winds of war that detail the Empire's military campaigns. They lay out situations, and usually include things that characters can do to take advantage of [[opportunity|opportunities]] or to resolve problems. In almost every case, they start with a piece of flavour text. This fiction helps introduce the wind of fortune, or draws out a particular theme or element. Often, it represents a viewpoint that one or more NPCs might have in-character. In all cases, these pieces are intended to help create an atmosphere and provide a little entertainment. Where they contain opinions, those are the opinions of the fictional people depicted - and where they contain information or rumours, the assumption is that the reader will create their own context for that information or gossip if they want to use it in character.

The body of the wind of fortune describes situations and lays out ways players can engage with them. Except where we explicitly talk about something being "rumoured" or use a phrase like "some might say..." the details of a wind of fortune are factual. They represent briefing material presented by the civil service or similar authoritative sources and represent something the average educated citizen would acknowledge as a reliable truth. Unless we specify otherwise, we're also being as thorough as possible. This information doesn't need further checking in-character. It's not an opinion, and we're not trying to trick you.

{| class="wikitable sortable mw-collapsible mw-collapsed" style="width:400px; float: left; margin: 10px;"
|-
! Nation !! Diplomacy Wind
|-
| [[Axos]] || [[Death leaves us homesick]]
|-
| [[Commonwealth]] || [[The price is great]] and [[Cold_war#Commonwealth_and_Cold_Sun|Cold war]]
|-
| [[Principalities of Jarm]] || [[When peace was far away]] and [[Cold_war#Jarm_and_Cold_Sun|Cold war]]
|-
| [[Sarcophan Delves]] || [[A wild night and a new road]]
|-
|}

As always, how much or how little of this information you choose to know in character is up to you. Part of the purpose of Winds of Fortune is to maintain the illusion of the Empire as a living, breathing place where things happen - and to make players aware of things their characters could know based on what their roleplaying says they have been doing for the past three months. It's perfectly acceptable to turn up to Empire having read only a few Winds of Fortune that directly interest your character; part of the fun on the field can come from learning about situations and opportunities in other parts of the game.

In each case, we've tried to tag the Winds of Fortune entry with the nations or political bodies to which it is most relevant. We've done this to help people who are interested only in events that are especially relevant to them. In no way are these tags intended to be exhaustive; the Empire is a complex place, and very little happens in isolation. We are also adding the dates that they were last updated (other than typos and correcting [[red links]]) in an attempt to make it easier to keep track of the newest releases.
__TOC__

==Winds of Fortune==
===We are the storm (Imperial Address)===
* '''Imperial citizens'''
[[Emperor Vesna]] has used their power to [[The_Throne#Address_the_Empire|address the Empire]] to present a personal message to all Imperial citizens, celebrating Imperial victories over the [[Druj]], and calling on the heroes of the Empire to turn their attention to the [[Jotun]] - especially those in [[Bregasland]].

The message has been distributed across the Empire by the civil service, and you can read it in the '''[[We are the storm]]''' wind of fortune.
===Opening Ceremonies===
* '''Imperial citizens; warriors and gladiators; Archmage of Summer; Imperial Apothecaries' Guild; others still to be revealed'''
* '''Last updated 28/10/2025'''
* <span style="color:#0000FF">'''In Progress - This Wind of Fortune will be updated in the run up to the event with additional content; we'll remove this marker when the last information goes on it.</span>
A new structure nestles on the outskirt of Anvil, drawn from the [[Realms#Summer|Summer realm]] with the aid of ''[[Adamant|King Stone's]]'' industrious ''koboldi''. Celebrating the friendship between the monarchs of Summer and the people of the Empire, the ''[[Barien|Lord of the Crossroads]]'' called the ''Drottningbjotha'' for the Winter Solstice - a challenge of arms between ten nations to delight Imperial citizen and [[Inhabitants of the realms|herald]] alike.

You can learn about the new Anvil Arena, and about most of what the ''Drottningbjotha'' involves, in the '''[[Opening ceremonies]]''' wind of fortune.
<div style="float:right; width: 200px; clear: left;">{{CaptionedImage|file=LlofirArt.jpg|align=right|width=200}}</div>
===Mushroom, Mushroom, Mushroom===
* '''Navarr; Advisor on the Vallorn; Spring magicians; Imperial Conclave; People who dislike the Druj; Highguard, Urizen, and the League'''
* '''Last updated 04/03/2026'''
The [[Conclave]] appear to have [[387YE_Autumn_Equinox_Conclave_sessions#Alignment:_Llofir,_Neutrality|declared neutrality]] with the [[eternal]] [[Llofir]]. Relations between the ''Rotlord'' and the Empire have been strained for several years, and the removal of [[Alignment#Enmity|enmity]] represents a significant step by Imperial magicians. Llofir's heralds can now move freely about the Empire, which is a potential matter for concern, but it can't wield its power freely, as it could if it were granted [[Alignment#Amity|amity]]. The compromise this represents has prompted a response from the ''End of Empires'', whose servants have made it clear that it has not yet forgiven the Empire for the destruction of its garden, but it seems that there is cautious optimism for the future.

You can learn about boons offered by Llofir to Imperial magicians, and to the Navarr in particular, in the '''[[Mushroom, mushroom, mushroom]]''' wind of fortune.

===Mermaids in the Basement (Appraisal)===
* '''Imperial Senate; Brass Coast; Red Wind Corsairs and Burning Falcon; Urizen'''
The Imperial [[Senate]] has [[387YE_Autumn_Equinox_Senate_sessions#Appraise_Bridges_in_Brass_Coast|called]] for an [[appraisal]] looking into the potential for constructing a bridge between the mainlands and the islands of [[the Brass Coast]]. ''[[Appraisal#Lutomysla_Niegoslava|Lutomysla Niegoslava]]'' was called on to investigate the possibilities, and has since delivered her findings which include some discussion of things that seem impossible, and some things that are at least achievable if not necessarily in the way the Senate has proposed.

You can find out about the appraisal, and how the islands may be reconnected to the mainland, in the '''[[Mermaids in the basement]]''' wind of fortune.
<div style="float:right; width: 200px; clear: left;">{{CaptionedImage|file=Cold Sun Art.jpg|align=right|width=300}}</div>

===Cold War===
* '''Imperial Senate, Military Council, Conclave orders; Ambassadors to Jarm and the Commonwealth; Military unit captains; Generals of the Burning Falcon, Gryphon's Pride, Granite Pillar, Valiant Pegasus, Summer Storm, Autumn Hammers, Bounders, Drakes, Strong Reeds, Black Thorns, Quiet Step, Northern Eagle, Green Shield, Bloodcloaks'''
"''The Cold Sun has risen, and Lantir is condemned to history.''" These were the words of [[Leviathan]] spoken to the ''Wings of the Skywise'' at the end of the Autumn Equinox. Both the [[Ambassador to the Commonwealth]], and the [[Ambassador to Jarm]], reached out to their opposite numbers following this news, offering Imperial aid if it were needed. Exact details are thin on the ground, but it appears that the power of ''[[Cold Sun|Oblivion]]'' has all but annihilated the capital city of Lantir and is spreading throughout that tiny nation far to the east. Given that Lantir is positioned between the [[Principalities of Jarm]] and the [[Commonwealth]], and is ostensibly the reason for their current ongoing war, the fate of that little kingdom might portend something even more disastrous.

You can read about the rise of Cold Sun in the east, and what it means for international politics, in the '''[[Cold war]]''' wind of fortune.
===My Friends Are My Estate (Appraisal)===
* '''Imperial Senate; League and Urizen citizens of Spiral, especially military unit, fleet, and business owners; League and Urizen assemblies; Oblivion Sentinel; Architect of the Crucible; the Legacy Bourse Seat; Dawnish questors'''
The second appraisal commissioned by the Senate during the Autumn Equinox concerned [[Spiral]]. For centuries [[Urizen]] heartland, now part of [[the League]], there has been significant conflict between the two nations in the recent past. Where the two sides have managed to cooperate, however, the results have been impressive. The [[Senator]] for Spiral, '''Genoveva Barossa d'Apulian''', proposed a timely appraisal to build on these successes by looking "for ways to draw on the best of League innovation and Urizen wisdom to bolster Spiral's prosperity." The Senate agreed, and as requested [[Appraisal#Naomi_of_Virtue's_Rest|Naomi of Virtue's Rest]] was dispatched to explore [[opportunity|opportunities]] in the south-eastern Empire. She has now submitted her findings for the perusal of Imperial citizens.

You can find out what Naomi has proposed, and how that might change the situation in Spiral, in the '''[[My friends are my estate]]''' wind of fortune.
===The Truth But Tell It Slant (Appraisal)===
* '''Printers' Guild of Tassato, Imperial publishers, Vigilance assembly, Chair of the Wolf'''
During the Equinox, the [[The_League_groups#Printers'_Guild|Printers' Guild]] of [[Tassato]] secured the right to serve as [[Patron_of_the_Beurteilung|patrons of the Beurteilung]]. They asked the [[Commonwealth]] academics to explore ways to expand the [[Technology#Printing_Press|printing]] empire of the Guild, especially to find ways to communicate their message to others outside the Empire's borders. After an enjoyable three months in the Twin City, Professor Gelberg and his associates have presented their findings, some of which have come a little from left field.

You can read about the proposals for the Printers' Guild, and some larger scale suggestions with regard to Imperial printing, in the '''[[The truth but tell it slant]]''' wind of fortune.

===The Tune Without the Words (Winds of Magic)===
* '''Urizen magicians; residents of Feroz, Madruga, and Sarvos; Bregasland, Mitwold, Kallavesa, or people who have touched the Gullet'''
* <span style="color:#0000FF">'''In Progress - This Wind of Fortune will be updated in the run up to the event with additional content; we'll remove this marker when the last information goes on it.</span>
Magic comes in many forms; from the workings of wizards, from the skies above, from the depths of the earth. It changes what it touches, often in ways that are difficult to predict - especially when it is worked on a grand scale. Whether it is a confluence of [[Spring magic|Spring]] and [[Night magic|Night]] in [[the Brass Coast]], strange dreams in [[Wintermark]] and [[the Marches]], or rituals spread through [[Urizen]] by arcane means, magic is all around.

You can find out about strange magic of mortal origin, or whose provenance is mysterious in some way, in the '''[[The tune without the words]]''' wind of fortune.
===The Circle Game (Appraisal)===
* '''Imperial Senate; Grandmasters, Ambassadors, Northern Trade Network; Cinderpath Custodian, Bargainer at the Iron Tower, Mistress of the Dust Parador, Reeve of Boar's Market, Broker of the Invisible Cord, Talon of Kauppahall; Bursar of the Conclave, Bursar of the House of Spirits, Kruidenkenner Trademaster, Master of Root and Stem, Apothecary of Orieb, Merchant-Boyar of the Stinking Market; League and Marcher assemblies; and assorted other folk with an interest in the Imperial economy'''
For the last six months, [[Appraisal#Graciana i Lòpez i Guerra|Graciana i Lòpez i Guerra]] of the [[Appraisal#The Prognosticators Office|Prognosticators Office]] has been engaged in an appraisal put forward by '''Fedelmidd Sydanjaa's Heart Floer''', the [[senator]] for [[Sermersuaq]]. Instructed to examine the [[ministry|ministries]] of the Empire, and in spite of her expertise, she has been forced to admit that there are precious few options that will fulfil the thrust of the appraisal. Frustrated, the prognosticator has tried to take a broader view and look at what she has ''guessed'', is the more fundamental problem - declining revenues for the Imperial treasury, using the time available to study the problem as thoroughly as possible. She has included the findings of that investigation as part of the overall appraisal.

You can learn about Graciana's work to locate alternate ministry opportunities, as well as her wider take on the Imperial economy, in the '''[[The circle game]]''' wind of fortune.
===Forever is Composed of Nows===
* '''Imperial Senate; the Throne; potential sodalities; Imperial Master of Works; Master of the Imperial Mint, Conscience of the Senate, Imperial Magus, Advisor on Orc Affairs, Imperial Consul; Patron of the Beurteilung'''
One of the powerful tools available to the [[Senate]] is the ability to commission an [[appraisal]]. There are limits to what the [[Appraisal#The_Prognosticators_Office|Prognosticators Office]] can achieve however, and competition for their resources is often fierce. In recent months these resources have become a little stretched with retirements, in-depth long-term projects, and at least one sabbatical/disappearance. With that in mind, several opportunities have been discussed in those parts of the civil service responsible for establishing, evaluating, and presenting valuable [[opportunity|opportunities]] to the Empire.

You can read about some of the suggestions that have arisen from these discussions, and a few changes to the civil service, in the '''[[Forever is composed of nows]]''' wind of fortune.
===Ourselves and Immortality (Plenipotentiary)===
* '''Imperial magicians; Archmages; Conclave; Claudia Varkulova Remislav, william Guildenstern; warriors of all kinds; High Bard of the Empire; Grandmaster Fausta of the Silver Chalice, Senator Genoveva Barossa d'Apulian, Rafael Barossa d'Apulian, Mikael Reskovich (again), Morgan Waystone Path; Imperial Senate; Master of the Koboldi, Legion Engineer, Master of Rings, Chair of the Wolf; Imperial Master of Works; Joseph of the Ashen Flame'''
Each of the six [[archmage|archmages]] are empowered to send a [[Archmage#Plenipotentiary|plenipotentiary]] message to an [[eternal]] of their [[Realms|realm]] each season. Those eternals are bound to respond, although ''how'' exactly they respond is broadly up to them. Following the Autumn Equinox, the eternals have responded to what are presumed to be missives from the respective archmages. In a move that is almost unprecedented in recent years, ''seven'' of them have arranged some kind of parley during the Winter Solstice...

You can find out about the eternals, and the nature of their responses, in the '''[[Ourselves and immortality]]''' wind of fortune.
<div style="float:right; width: 200px; clear: left;">{{CaptionedImage|file=NBMarches.jpg|align=right|width=200}}</div>
===In the Ground===
* '''Marches, especially smiths, landskeepers, and mummers; Stone Smith and Keeper of the Golden Fields; Marches Assembly; Imperial Senate'''
[[The Marches]] are rarely numbered among the great magical powers of the Empire, but they are by no means deficient in that regard. Their [[landskeeper|landskeepers]] see to the wellbeing of the [[farm|farms]] and the [[Marcher household|households]], while [[mummer|mummers]] bring a little magic into the lives of villages and labourers, and the newly re-established [[smith]] tradition settles back into their old role of parley with the [[eternal|eternals]]. Since the Autumn Equinox, three kings of the [[realms|eternal realms]] have reached out to magicians of the Marches. [[Adamant|King under the Mountain]] responds to a message from the [[Stone Smith]] by sending one of his servants to speak with the smiths. [[Tharim|King in Chains]] sends his [[Inhabitants of the realms#Heralds|herald]] to offer gifts to the landskeepers he believes helped him achieve rough justice for the murder of his lieutenant. And [[Sadogua|King of Wyrms]] celebrates his friendship with the Marches by offering particular support to the performing arts.

You can learn about the boons of these three kings, both for the magicians of the Marches and more mundane folks, in the '''[[In the ground]]''' wind of fortune.
<div style="float: right; width: 200px;">{{CaptionedImage|file=NBLeague.jpg|width=200px}}</div>

===The Concisest Tenant===
* '''Temeschwar and the folk of the League; Dramaturges; League Assembly; Unfettered Mind; Imperial Senate'''
Throughout much of 386YE the city of [[Temeschwar]] was bedevilled by rats and rat-adjacent creatures. The situation was calmed in large part due to a municipal contract with an old [[guild]] called the ''Rat Kings''. This disreputable organisation catches vermin and delves the stinking sewers beneath the city for lost treasures. They are also now responsible for "protecting" the city from the rat plague. Some also point to the relocation of [[Empress Giselle]] back to [[Sarvos]] as having played a role in the quiescence of the rats. Yet there are rumours of something ''else'' living deep below the sewers of the old city. A creature that dates back long before there was an Empire, before there was a [[the League|League]], when this entire [[territory]] was part of [[Varushka]]. Perhaps these rumours have a little more of the ring of truth to them than many will be comfortable with.

You can find out about matters to do with rats in Temeschwar, and implications for other parts of the guild, in the '''[[The concisest tenant]]''' wind of fortune.
<div style="float:right; width: 200px; clear: left;">{{CaptionedImage|file=Sword.jpg|align=left|width=200}}</div>

===To Fight Aloud===
* '''Urizeni; Imperial Synod; Grandmaster of the Sevenfold Path, Champion of Loyalty, Polemarch of Highwatch; General of the Argent Sword; Architect of the Crucible; '''
The re-integration of the [[sword scholar|sword scholars]] into [[Urizen]] and the wider Empire has never failed to be eventful. In the most recent development, the sword scholars split into two factions. One group who decided to forgo the teachings of [[Sulemaine]] and stay aligned with the Empire. The other group, under the ''nominal'' leadership of [[The_deepest_cut#Interred_With_Their_Bones|Severus of the Blinding Sun]], chose to withdraw from the Empire and remained committed to what they believe are the true teachings of the Paragon of Blades. Facing the risk of execution should Imperial law catch up with them, most have gone into hiding in the Urizen mountains. Last summit, a decisive blow was made that has completely unravelled the Disciples.

You can read about the fight against the followers of Sulemaine, and their response, in the '''[[To fight aloud]]''' wind of fortune.
===When Peace Was Far Away===
* '''Ambassador to Jarm; Imperial Consul; Fleets visiting Radosmo; Imperial Senate; Imperial Apothecaries Guild'''
The Empire has five peers, five other nations that operate on a similar scale. The furthest east of these are the [[Principalities of Jarm]], a great magocracy locked in tumultuous rivalry with its neighbour the [[Commonwealth]]. Imperial relations with Jarm are currently tense; trade between them is subject to a mutual [[Tariffs#Embargo|embargo]] for example. Yet diplomats from both the Empire and the Principalities still exchange messages, and sometimes common ground can be secured.

You can learn about relations between Jarm and the Empire, including several opportunities, in the '''[[When peace was far away]]''' wind of fortune.
===The Price is Great===
* '''Ambassador to the Commonwealth; Imperial Senate; Highguard and Urizen; Voice of Liberty; Troubadours and priests of Dawn; Advisor on the Vallorn'''
Among the Empire's peers is the [[Commonwealth]], a nation that seeks to bring the entire world into their philosophy of the Common Good. Allies to the Empire through the [[Liberty Pact]], they are at war with their rivals in the [[Principalities of Jarm]]. Relations between Empire and Commonwealth are reasonably good, but there are always potholes in the road to understanding and sometimes they are deep enough to snap an axle...

You can read about relations between the Commonwealth and the Empire, as well as some opportunities related to their presence in the Empire, in the '''[[The price is great]]''' wind of fortune.
<div style="float:right; width: 200px; clear: left;">{{CaptionedImage|file=NBWintermark.jpg|align=right|width=200}}</div>
===Flight of Birds===
* '''Wintermark; Raven Seer'''
For some time now, the [[Raven Seer|mystics of Ishal]] have been travelling the length and breadth of [[Wintermark]]reading the omens. They have been guided in their journey by the [[Raven Seer]] as a way to try to focus their divinations on the things that matter most to Wintermark. Last season the Raven Seer asked the [[mystic|mystics]] to help with the creation of a new Wintermark army, a [[Kallavesi]] [[army]] to lift up the blade that was laid down by the heroes of the [[Fist of the Mountains]]. They have done what they can, but they feel they could have done more if their remit run wider - if they'd worked with all three people. To that effect, the mystics have put foward a proposal for the nation to consider. To work as one, they must be guided by the whole nation - and for that they need the Witan to speak...

You can learn about the plans to reconvene the Witan at the Winter Solstice, and about the mystics proposals for a new army, in the '''[[Flight of birds]]''' wind of fortune.
<div style="float:right; width: 200px; clear: left;">{{CaptionedImage|file=Assembly_General.png|align=right|width=200}}</div>

===Figure of Eight===
* '''Imperial Synod; Imperial Senate; Heretics, blasphemers, idolators, and desecrators'''
Almost a year ago a constitutional crisis was provoked when the [[Vigilance]] Assembly [[condemnation|condemned]] four members of the Assembly of Nine for their [[the final cut|public embrace of the malign spiritual presence of Peace]]. The resulting trial collapsed in dramatic fashion; the chief magistrates argued that a fundamental philosophical principle of Imperial jurisprudence was at stake. If the magistrates cannot determine if someone is guilty of [[blasphemy]] or [[heresy]], if the [[Synod]] can't agree what constitutes a [[religious crime]], how can ''any'' citizen be expected to observe the law? After a year of debate and discussion the [[Scrutiny#Constitutional_Court|Constitutional Court]] have completed their review of [[Imperial law]], drawing up and issuing new guidance. With that process now complete, the ball will return to the Synod's court to determine what happens next...

You can learn about the review of Imperial Law as it relates to religious crime, and what the ball in the Synod's court means, in the '''[[Figure of eight]]''' wind of fortune.

===A Wild Night and a New Road===
* '''Ambassador to the Sarcophan Delves; Imperial Senate; Imperial fleets; Imperial Conclave; Imperial Apothecaries' Guild; Business owners in the League, the Brass Coast, and Highguard; League, Freeborn, and Highborn National Assemblies; Senator for Madruga, Senator for Sarvos; Bishop of the Navigators'''
It has been five years since the [[Senate]] helped the [[Sarcophan Delves]] establish their enclave at the [[Sarvos#Alivetti Estates|Alivetti estates]] and Burgemeester Vandersaar is keen to celebrate this fact. A celebration is planned! There's also a lot of other things going on with the Empires nearest great power neighbour; talk of mercenaries to help against the Children of Wrecks if they are wanted, for example, and overtures to the [[Imperial Apothecaries Guild]] that have pushed certain matters to the fore. And on top of it all, a cheerful enthusiasm by the moneymakers of the Sarcophan Delves for all things Imperial.

You can learn about diplomatic relations with the Sarcophan Delves, and the various offers and opportunities, in the '''[[A wild night and a new road]]''' wind of fortune.
<div style="float:right; width: 200px; clear: left;">{{CaptionedImage|file=Alikos Helio.jpg|align=right|width=200}}</div>

===Death Leaves Us Homesick===
* '''Ambassador to Axos; Military Council; Navarr assembly and military units; Imperial Senate; Voice of Liberty; Assembly of the Way; Singer of the Silence and Bursar of the House of Spirits'''
The [[Axos|Citadels of Axos]] are a foreign nation that always strive to punch above their weight. While they are members of the [[Liberty Pact]], their relationship with the Empire is tumultuous (to put it kindly). Right now, though, they fight alongside Imperial forces in [[Sarangrave]], and seem to be seeking closer ties with their mighty neighbour to the west. Which makes some recent developments regarding the [[vallorn]] particularly unfortunate...

You can read about general Axou-Imperial relations, and particularly about their concerns around the vallorn, in the '''[[Death leaves us homesick]]''' wind of fortune.
{{CaptionedImage|file=Assembly_Marcher.png|align=right|width=170}}

===Search High and Low===
* '''Marches'''
Last summit, Brother Rhaego declared that it was the solemn duty of [[the Marches|Marchers]] to work the land and nourish it's people. [[Pride]] in small things, [[Loyalty]] to great ones, as the Marchers have it. The Marcher Assembly agreed that this was their [[The_highest_calling#The_Highest_Calling|highest calling]], urging all to put aside other projects and focus on this. Attention is turned to the [[Keeper_of_the_Breadbasket|Imperial Breadbasket]] and the task of seeing it achieve its full potential.

You can read about the opportunities related to this highest calling, and to the Imperial Breadbasket, in the '''[[Search high and low]]''' wind of fortune.

==Other Events==
Here we round up things that are significant, but for whatever reason don't require a full wind of fortune.
===Prosperity's Reward===
<div style="width: 400px; float: right; clear: right; margin-left:10px;">
<table class="mw-collapsible mw-collapsed"><tr><td style="background-color: LightGreen;">'''Architect of Prosperity'''</tr>
<tr><td>'''Type:''' Imperial</td></tr>
<tr><td>'''Appointment:''' Auction</td></tr>
<tr><td>'''Powers:'''
* Can commission any structure that a [[Bearer of an Imperial Wayleave]] can</td></tr>
<tr><td>'''Special:''' All funds from the auction go directly to the Virtue Fund</td></tr>
</table></div>
{{SOP|statement=Senate (as expressed by Senator Holberg) has committed to an Appraisal to improve the value and resilience of the Virtue Fund, building upon the Virtuous work of Dialogos of the Isles of Spires and Saul, Exarch of the Stone Cliffs, within a year. With this Appraisal comes the promise to commission three Prosperous Counting Houses, begun already in Holberg. With pledges in hand, the Prosperity Assembly encourages the Prosperous to return to their work on Senatorial Commissions. Senators, as you stand on the floor and debate where the sweat, toil, and treasure of this Empire will go, take a moment and reflect. Reflect on your duty to the Empire, its people, and its Prosperity. Reflect on every hand that held the coins you dedicate to a cause. Reflect on what you can build that will carry over into your lives yet lived, wherever they find themselves.|by=Luca i Taziel i Riqueza, Prosperity Assembly|vote=239-0|when=Autumn 387YE|size=small}}
* '''The faithful have returned to work following a statement of principle in the Prosperity Assembly'''
* '''The Senate could create a title with the power to commission with funds going directly to the Virtue Fund'''
At the Winter Solstice 385YE, the Prosperity Assembly upheld a [[385YE_Winter_Solstice_Synod_judgements#Judgement_127|mandate]] raised by '''Luca i Taziel i Riqueza''' that called on the faithful to withdraw labour from the Senate until the issue with [[Forwards_and_Rewards#Fines_and_Funds|fines]] was resolved. Almost two years later, the Prosperity Assembly upheld the [[387YE_Autumn_Equinox_Synod_judgements#Judgement_88|judgement]] raised by Luca, now serving as [[Cardinal of Prosperity]], that called on the faithful to once again take up their tools and work. ''Haravgi'', the young questor (still of no fixed abode), believes that the Senate could go even further and has spoken with the civil service about his plans - even managing to petition the Constitutional Court to get confirmation beforehand - and has asked them to be presented.

The Senate could, if they wished to, directly increase the amount of money going into the [[Rewarding#Virtue_Fund|Virtue Fund]], by creating a title with the power to announce a commission. Such a title, ''Architect of Prosperity'' perhaps, could be auctioned at the same time as the [[Bearer of an Imperial Wayleave|wayleaves]] each summit, but with the funds going directly to the Virtue Fund rather than the treasury. It would, of course, reduce the number of commissions available to the Senate each season, but it could drastically increase the amount of money available for Judgements of Rewarding. Rather than create a new title, the Senate could choose to redefine one of the wayleaves in the same manner instead, which would reduce the number of wayleaves to one, and thus the amount of money entering the treasury each season, but would redirect it to the Virtue Fund.

===Broken Shore Bounty===
<div style="width: 400px; float: right; clear: right; margin-left:10px;">
<table class="mw-collapsible mw-collapsed"><tr><td style="background-color: LightGreen;">'''Broken Shore Bounty'''</tr>
<tr><td>'''Type:''' National</td></tr>
<tr><td>'''Appointment:''' Tally of the Votes</td></tr>
<tr><td>'''Powers:''' Receives seven rings of ilium each season</td></tr>
<tr><td>'''Upkeep:''' Two thrones a season</td></tr>
<tr><td>'''Special:''' Can be combined with Celesti Lighthouse Keeper, changing the election method of that title</td></tr>
</table></div>
* '''With the completion of the repairs to the Celesti Lighthouse, the Senate can reestablish the Broken Shore Bounty'''
* '''The Senate can restore the Broken Shore Bounty in any Freeborn region with the coastal quality with a motion'''
Last season, the Senate voted to [[Repair Celesti Lighthouse|repair the Celesti Lighthouse]], a motion raised by '''Garviel i Abrira i Erigo''', [[Feroz|Senator for Feroz]]. Choosing to accept the offer from [[Kimus]], the design incorporated a ''watchstone'', the light infused with the [[Day_magic#Revelation|revelatory]] nature of the [[Realm#Day|Day realm]]. With the work completed, and the [[Celesti Lighthouse Keeper]] due to be elected for the first time in almost five years, the Senate have a chance to reestablish the [[Broken Shore Bounty]].

The offices were originally found in the [[Feroz#Cazar Straits|Cazar Straits]], but the [[Iron Confederacy]] drove the Children of Wrecks from that region over the past three months. Instead, the offices could be established anywhere in the Brass Coast, provided it had easy access to the sea. It wouldn't require anything more than a motion; any number of corsair families are eager to host the civil servants responsible for organising the seat. The seat would have to be a Freeborn position appointed by [[Tally of the Votes]] of the nation's [[fleet]] owners, with the first election happening at the Spring Equinox 388YE if the motion is passed this summit.

The Senate could instead choose to amend the Celesti Lighthouse Keeper to also receive the Broken Shore Bounty, but that would require changing the appointment method to Tally of the Votes. If the Keeper has already been elected at the point it is amended, then the incumbent would receive no ilium. Instead, it would be collected until the title was first appointed by Tally of the Votes. More information on this opportunity can be found on the '''[[For those in peril on the sea]]''' wind of fortune.

===Custodian of the Imperial War Memorial===
* '''The civil service has been alerted to the fact they missed fully amending a title'''
* '''The ''Custodian of the Imperial War Memorial'' will be up for election at the Spring Equinox 388YE'''
* '''Going forward, the title will be elected yearly at the Spring Equinox'''
* '''The current title holder is ''Sarah of the Suns of Couros'''''
The Senate voted to [[Amend title of Custodian of the Imperial War Memorial|amend]] the title of [[Custodian of the Imperial War Memorial]] during the Summer Solstice 381YE. The election method was confirmed as being by appointment of the Highborn Assembly, but the change to yearly appointment from tenure was missed. The title has now been changed to a yearly appointment, and the title will be elected at the Spring Equinox 388YE.

===Rumour Control===
* '''Some misconceptions have been corrected by the civil service'''
* '''There are Druj remnants in the Barrens, but they are only a skirmish-level threat'''
* '''Calvary’s End is a small settlement in the Barrens. It is an outlier, and is not a widespread problem'''
The Empire is wide and complicated. It's easy for a rumour to get out of control and become potentially damaging misinformation. If a misunderstanding spreads far and wide enough, there is a chance that it might provoke mistakes at the highest level. To avoid that, the civil service steps in to correct these misconceptions when they become aware of them. Since the Autumn Equinox, there have been two rumours in particular that have begun to circulate in terms that are increasingly misleading.

The first concerns the number of Druj in [[the Barrens]]. There are several small groups of Mallum orcs remaining in the wildest areas of the Barrens. This is also the case in [[Brocéliande]], [[Ossium]], [[Zenith]], and other territories that have had Druj incursions in the last few years. In fact, every territory in the Empire faces threats of this kind, whether it be brigands in the wilds of [[Tassato]], Druj partisans in Zenith or remnants of Cold Sun's forces in [[Hahnmark]]. These groups are not capable of capturing and holding territory, but they can threaten settlements and commissions. When that happens, it requires Imperial heroes passing through the Sentinel Gate to deal with them, or a similar force acting between summits.

The other rumour concerns the status of Calvary’s End, a small settlement in the Barrens. In terms of access to food, comfort, and overall competence of nobles, Calvary’s End is an outlier in the Barrens and the wider Empire. Under normal circumstances, almost every settlement in the Empire has access to sufficient food, schooling, and other things necessary to live a life of relative comfort under [[Imperial law]] following the principles laid out in the [[Imperial Constitution]]. Where this is not the case, the civil service draws attention to those situations and presents [[Opportunity|opportunities]] for the Senate, Conclave, and Synod to deal with them. Here, it seems that extraordinary circumstances, including the isolation of the settlement, allowed things to deteriorate to a worrying degree. That situation has now been fully rectified by Imperial heroes, with the inhabitants of the town finding new homes across Dawn.

'''OOC Note:''' We don't feel the need to step in to correct misconceptions or misinformation very often, and we make a concerted effort to try to do so only when it would be obvious to people in the world that something is incorrect. Here, the presence of Druj in the territory is useful for plot - be that at Profound Decisions events or as part of a sanctioned event - in order to threaten sinecures and other commissions - there is no secret army in the Barrens. Likewise, the assumption should be that every Imperial citizen enjoys “Dignity, Freedom, and Prosperity” in their day-to-day life. Where this is not the case, such as with the [[March on their belly|terrible harvests]] in the Marches, or more recently, the ongoing [[No_Peace#Stay_alive_(Conjunction)|support]] of the Greywaters in Bregasland, it is an active plot and not a change to the status quo.
<div style="float:right; width: 250px; clear: right;">{{CaptionedImage|file=FB_House_Stone_Banner_Artistic.jpg|caption=House Stone|align=right|width=250}}</div>

===Marcher Maritime Traditions===
* '''Interest in Marches maritime traditions has been inspired by a short pamphlet
Fleets are uncommon in the Marches, where people are inextricably connected to their farms and their lands. Marchers are not averse to sailing and both Bregasland and Mitwold have an extensive coast but beyond rumours of smugglers in Bregasland, few yeofolk pay much attention to those Marchers who put to sea. This changed in late 387YE when a short pamphlet entitled "Marcher Maritime Traditions" was penned in Meade and distributed freely in the Marches. It credits two Marchers - the late ''Quay Stone'' of [[The_Marches_groups#House_Stone|House Stone]] from the [[Mournwold]], and ''Jarvey "Strongoar" Oddsboy'' of [[Mitwold#Oddmire|Steward's Landing]] in [[Mitwold]] as having provided impetus for the publication, alongside the Marcher Assembly, with encouraged interest in the customs of the Marches' ships and sailors.

These customs have been practiced for centuries in some cases, though often discreetly when necessary. Now, though, they are becoming much better known in the Marches and beyond. You can read about the maritime customs of many Marcher sailors on the Marches [[The Marches culture and customs#Maritime Traditions|culture and customs]] page.

==Trade Summary==
* '''Imperial fleets can trade with ports in Axos, the Commonwealth, Faraden, the Iron Confederacy, the Sarcophan Delves, and the Sumaah Republic'''
* '''Production depends on the port chosen, and can be increased by upgrades and enchantments'''
Imperial fleets can [[Fleet#Trading|trade]] with a number of foreign nations who have chosen to open some of their ports to visitors from the Empire. The assumption is that a ship trading with a foreign nation makes enough from selling their cargo to cover their running costs, crew salaries and the like, but that there is enough profit to provide the character who owns the fleet with valuable goods of interest to the folk who attend [[Anvil]]. What goods are received for visiting a port is changeable, and heavily influenced by Imperial diplomacy.

==Mandates==
* '''You can find details of the mandates, along with the rest of the Synod judgements, [[387YE_Autumn Equinox_Synod_judgements#Mandate|here]].'''
A number of [[mandate|mandates]] were successfully upheld in the Imperial Synod last season. As long as the named priest provided sufficient liao, those mandates have been [[Mandate#Implementing_a_Mandate|automatically enacted]].

==Autumn Conjunctions==
* '''Last event there were a number of conjunctions of the Sentinel Gate; their known outcomes are listed here'''
During the Autumn Equinox, there were a number of [[Sentinel_Gate#Conjunctions|conjunctions]] of the [[Sentinel Gate]] identified by the Imperial prognosticators. In each case a band of Imperial heroes used that conjunction to travel to a location far from Anvil and intervene in an ongoing situation. These are the known outcomes of those conjunctions. In the case of battles, it is important to remember that the [[Military Council]] can only make use of ''two'' of the major conjunctions each summit, choosing which to take advantage of during the [[Muster]].
===Major Conjunctions===
<table><tr><td style="background-color: LightGray;">'''Location'''</td><td style="background-color: LightGray;">'''Opportunity'''</td><td style="background-color: LightGray;">'''Opposition'''</td><td style="background-color: LightGray;">'''Link'''</td><td style="background-color: LightGray;">'''Outcome'''</td></tr>
<tr><td>[[Bregasland|Bregasland, Grey Fens, ''Leakey Moss'']]</td><td>Intervene for the Strong Reeds</td><td>Jotun</td><td>[[So_our_path_is_laid#Battle_Opportunity_%3A_How_Will_They_Rise_Up%3F|How Will They Rise Up?]]</td><td>[[Field Marshal]] was '''Amberlain P. Black''' of [[the Marches]]; ''Eisa Winterborn'' was killed and orders claimed; ''Ghodi Melker'' was killed and orders claimed; ''Seeker Alma'' survived</td></tr>
<tr><td>[[Sarangrave|Sarangrave, Whisperwood, ''Uklead Groves'']]</td><td>Claim Whisperwood</td><td>Druj</td><td>[[Even_darkness_must_pass#Battle_Opportunity_:_To_Deal_Out_Death_in_Judgement|To Deal Out Death in Judgement]]</td><td>[[Field Marshal]] was '''Eisa Ironlungs''' of [[Wintermark]]; miasma pillars destroyed and Whisperwood claimed.</td></tr>
<tr><td>[[Redoubt|Redoubt, Naris, ''Tilphussian Approach'']]</td><td>Protect the Tower of Light and Shadow</td><td>Grendel & Winter Husks</td><td>[[To_ruin#Battle_Opportunity_:_All_That_is_Gold|All That is Gold]]</td><td>Not taken; shroud over Tower of Light and Shadow pierced and the tower destroyed; Winter spirits uncontrolled; ''Pinnacle'' remains in Grendel hands; fate of ''Muirgheal Cuindlis'' unknown; Tassatan gravegoods claimed by Grendel.</td></tr>
<tr><td>[[Therunin|Therunin, Peakdge Song, ''Thorngroves'']]</td><td>Disrupt the Ettercap Nest</td><td>Druj</td><td>[[Songs_like_trees#Battle_Opportunity_:_With_Doom_We_Come|With Doom We Come]]</td><td>Not taken; vallorn continue to advance; ettercap hive unharmed</td></tr>
</table>

===Minor Conjunctions===
{|table class="wikitable sortable"
|-
! # !! Location !! Responsibility !! Overview !! Result
|-
| 1 || Liathaven, Liaven's Glen, Schogsfestward || [[Quartermaster General]] || [[387YE_Autumn_Equinox_winds_of_war#Time_to_be_Gone_(Liathaven)|Rescue the defenders of Schogsfestnir]] || Jotun defeated and most defenders rescued
|-
| 2 || Mitwold, Meade March, New Old Sports Field || [[Bailiff of the Grand Market]] || [[387YE_Autumn_Equinox_winds_of_war#The_Reconquest_Cup_(Mitwold)|Take part in an exhibition match]] || The Reconquest Cup was won by Mournwold and the Old Pigs 5-4. The corpse of [[387YE_Summer_Solstice_Synod_judgements#Judgement_159|Alf Alwen]] was later identified.
|-
| 3 || Kahraman, Gambit, Golden Copse || '''Iñez i Azul-Mar i Riqueza''' || [[387YE_Autumn_Equinox_winds_of_war#Forging_of_a_Hammer_(Kahraman)|Kill Jarl Gorm Gillasbairn]] || ''Jarl Gorm Gillasbairn'' killed
|-
| 4 || Sermersuaq, Stark, Iron Crossroads || [[Woundbinder of the Mark]] || [[Volumes_of_forgotten_lore#A_Highway_Robbery_(Sermersuaq)|Help the wounded merchants]] || Wounded merchants saved
|-
| 5 || Therunin, Sweetglades, Fluttering Canopy || [[Imperial_Apothecaries_Guild#Guild_Leader|Guild Leader of the Imperial Apothecaries]] || [[Songs_like_trees#Surprises|Investigate the nest]] || Nest investigated and treatment identified
|-
| 6 || The Barrens, Untrod Groves, The Red Hall || Nobles of [[Dawn]] (but it's complicated) || [[Best_beware_my_sting#The_Red_Feast|Attend a feast]] || The feast was attended. Nobles of Dawn might know more
|-
| 7 || Sermersuaq, Tanikipari, Plains of Cyneswith || '''Corrin Arrowsbane''' || [[Stand_amid_the_roar#Strengthening_Storm|Kill the Voice of Tanikipari and destroy the pillar]] || Voice of Tanikipari was killed and the pillar destroyed
|-
| 8 || Hahnmark, Northspires, Greyhearth Woods || '''Eanwyn Dunning''' || [[387YE_Autumn_Equinox_winds_of_war#An_Unlooked_for_Prize_(Hahnmark)|Bring ''Thurwolf'' to justice]] || ''Thurwolf'' was brought back through Sentinel Gate and executed by magistrates
|-
| 9 || Sermersuaq, Suaq Wastes, Wulfhere's Meadow || [[Sun Chamber|Counsel of the Sun Chamber]] || [[Stand_amid_the_roar#Growing_Threat|Kill the Voice of the Wastes and destroy the pillar]] || Voice of the Wastes was killed and the pillar destroyed
|-
| 10 || Sermersuaq, Suaq Fount, Icelveld || [[Speaker of the Highborn Assembly]] || [[Stand_amid_the_roar#Gathering_Darkness|Kill the Voice of the Fount and destroy the pillar]] || Pillar was destroyed but Voice of the Fount survived
|-
| 11 || Brocéliande, Vale's Lament, The Singing Circle || '''Nathair Autumngale''' || [[Upon_a_midnight_dreary#A_Peculiar_Opportunity_(Lashonar)|Visit the Circle]] || The Circle was visited, and an arcane projection was performed by several Navarri
|-
| 12 || Therunin, Sweetglades, Squamous Woods || [[Vallornguard#Speaker_of_the_Vallornguard|Speaker of the Vallornguard]] || [[Songs_like_trees#Cluster_of_Rosebuds|Disrupt the nest]] || Nest was successfully poisoned
|-
| 13 || Therunin, Sweetglades, Twitching Grove || [[Keeper of the Last Battle]] || [[Songs_like_trees#In_the_Night|Disrupt the nest]] || Imperials were repulsed before nest could be destroyed
|-
| 14 || Semmerholm, Axmure, Grove of the Thousand || Victors of [[Dawn]] and [[Wintermark]] || [[Upon_a_midnight_dreary#A_Challenging_Finale_%28Barien%29|Complete the challenge]] || Wintermark were victorious in the grand challenge
|-
| 15 || Sarangrave, Kroll, Haunted Copse || [[High Exorcist]] || [[Even_darkness_must_pass#Traps|Destroy the tortured souls]] || Roughly half the tortured souls were exorcised. Imperial retreat
|-
| 16 || Sarangrave, Kroll, Grothnel Holt || [[Champion of Pride]] || [[Even_darkness_must_pass#Something_Flickers|End ''Flavia of the Guiding Lights'']] || ''Flavia of the Guiding Lights'' was not exorcised. Imperial retreat
|-
| 17 || Sarangrave, Kroll, Coppice of Despair || [[Champion of Ambition]] || [[Even_darkness_must_pass#What_Wise_Ones_Know|End ''Dmitriy Innokentievich'']] || ''Dmitriy Innokentievich'' was not exorcised. Imperial retreat
|-
| 18 || Sarvos, Riposi, Circle of Savagery || [[Champion of Prosperity]] || [[Those_that_break_a_thing#Blazing_Beacon_(Sarvos)|Stop the wreckers]] || [[Thunderous Deluge]] was unleashed on [[Sarvos]]
|-
| 19 || Sarangrave, Turan Flats, Lamorak's Rest || [[Lions of Adelmar|General of the Lions of Adelmar]] || [[Even_darkness_must_pass#Two_Captains|Treat the wounded]] || Wounded successfully treated
|-
| 20 || Necropolis, Longbeach, Abigal's Orchard || [[Champion of Loyalty]] || [[Those_that_break_a_thing#Fan_of_Colours_(Necropolis)|Stop the wreckers]] || Wreckers were stopped from completing ritual
|-
| 21 || Skarsind, Solvhill, Broken Forest || [[Broken Shield Guardian]] || [[387YE_Autumn_Equinox_winds_of_war#What_Oaths_Can_Do_(Skarsind)|Defeat the rampaging husks]] || Husks defeated
|-
| 22 || Madruga, Calvos Sound, Mawrig's Point || [[Champion of Vigilance]] || [[Those_that_break_a_thing#Talk_of_Debts_(Madruga)|Stop the wreckers]] || Wreckers were stopped from completing ritual. Imperial retreat
|-
| 23 || Sarangrave, Turan Flats, Ormgore's Spinney || [[Medical Officer of the Pegasus Respite]] || [[Even_darkness_must_pass#Whirlpools_of_Colour|Treat the wounded]] || Wounded successfully treated
|-
| 24 || Therunin, Greenheart, The Three Stones || [[Archmage of Spring]] || [[Volumes_of_forgotten_lore#In_Three_Stones_(Therunin)|Visit the Three Stones]] || Three Stones visited; [[Dance of Navarr and Thorn]] performed; Archmage of Spring should know more
|}

Midnight rain

2026-04-14T17:46:31Z

GuiltyConscience: /* Overview */

[[Category:Winds of Fortune]][[Category:384YE Winter]][[Category:Recent History]]
<ic>Francis came running back, wringing his hands. He puffed clouds of steam in the frigid northern air.

"No seriously mate there really is," he said desperately. "There's a big fuck off kraken off to port!"

"Francis, you say this every time you go to sea," replied Ranulph. "Every time you come back you've met some child of the eighth realm, or a troll with three eyes, or a Thule dragon riding a Summer dragon."

Francis didn't answer, just stared past Ranulph's shoulder, eyes widening in abject horror. His friend had to admire his commitment to the bit, but he was dangerously close to losing his temper.

"Yeah but this one was actually real," he said desperately. "It was really, really, really, real."

Ranulph opened his mouth, but whatever it was he was planning to say was lost forever in the noise of wood splintering timbers, and the shouts of terrified sailors, as a pair of immense, sinuous arms, white as frost and studded with tiny hooked beaks, rose lazily out of the cold water and curled around the stern and the prow and proceeded to tear the good snip ''Clementine'' into pieces.</ic>
<div style="float:left; width: 500px; clear: left;">{{CaptionedImage|file=Sea of Snow.png|title=I guess sometimes we all get / Just what we wanted|caption=The cold Sea of Snow lies north of the Empire, and is known for chunks of ice and icebergs that can crush a ship to splinters.|align=right|width=500}}</div>
{{audio|link=https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=OPGONGyrmyw}}
==Overview==
The Empire first launched a raid on [[Skallahn]] shortly after the Spring Equinox 384YE. The [[By fountains, by fishes|raid]] was something of a disappointment but out of adversity comes opportunity. A summer raid was organised and the might of the Empire crashed into the southernmost territory of Kalsea, causing massive damage to the [[Skallahn#The_Kongeg.C5.91r|Kongegőr]]. With a once in a lifetime opportunity to sail through the Gullet in massive numbers available a plan was made to try to map the Sea of Snow.

==Mapping the Sea of Snow==
During the Autumn Equinox, the [[Senate]] vote to take advantage of [[Never_be_found_at_home|an opportunity]] to map the Sea of Snow. The Empire's maps of that coast - and more specifically the territories that lie along its shores - have been woefully inadequate for some time. The Empire knew that the [[Jotun]] kingdoms of Kalsea and Narkyst were to the immediate north and south respectively, and the lands of the [[Faraden]] were further south, but beyond that very little was known for sure. Now, that situation has greatly improved.
<div style="float:right;"><table class="wikitable mw-collapsible sortable"><small><tr><th>Citizen</th><th>Nation</th></tr>
<tr><td>Emberlyn Brontide</td><td>Dawn</td></tr>
<tr><td>Matthew</td><td>Highguard</td></tr>
<tr><td>Jeb of the Sails</td><td>The Marches</td></tr>
<tr><td>Morgan Sweet-Lathe</td><td>The Marches</td></tr>
<tr><td>Aldo Russo</td><td>The Brass Coast</td></tr>
<tr><td>Eadric</td><td>Wintermark</td></tr>
<tr><td>Ingrid</td><td>Wintermark</td></tr>
<tr><td>Leofric</td><td>Wintermark</td></tr>
<tr><td>Sarin Bodurr</td><td>Wintermark</td></tr>
<tr><td>Nax</td><td>Wintermark</td></tr>
<tr><td>Award Ronacson</td><td>Wintermark</td></tr>
<tr><td>Brid Dunhearthing</td><td>Wintermark</td></tr>
<tr><td>Raal Dunn</td><td>Wintermark</td></tr>
<tr><td>Averil Olsen</td><td>Wintermark</td></tr>
<tr><td>Havngar</td><td>Wintermark</td></tr>
<tr><td>Tancrede</td><td>Wintermark</td></tr>
<tr><td>Deerlah Akin</td><td>Wintermark</td></tr>
<tr><td>Henrik</td><td>Wintermark</td></tr>
<tr><td>Æðelric Dagursson</td><td>Wintermark</td></tr>
<tr><td>Arin</td><td>Wintermark</td></tr>
<tr><td>Bron Mordssen</td><td>Wintermark</td></tr>
<tr><td>Sven</td><td>Wintermark</td></tr>
<tr><td>Kaspar Kreftinaring</td><td>Wintermark</td></tr>
<tr><td>Inga Kaarinaskin</td><td>Wintermark</td></tr>
<tr><td>Irwyn Jannasson</td><td>Wintermark</td></tr>
<tr><td>Beornwulf Redwaldsson</td><td>Wintermark</td></tr>
<tr><td>Linnéa Sohvidottir</td><td>Wintermark</td></tr>
<tr><td>Uhtred Windstad</td><td>Wintermark</td></tr>
<tr><td>Onnikas</td><td>Wintermark</td></tr>
<tr><td>Antur Longstep</td><td>Navarr</td></tr>
<tr><td>Akane Iskul</td><td>Wintermark</td></tr>
<tr><td>Freahelm</td><td>Wintermark</td></tr>
<tr><td>James River</td><td>Wintermark</td></tr>
<tr><td>Sláine Castien Vitta</td><td>Wintermark</td></tr>
<tr><td>Fennir of Brackenbeak Hall</td><td>Wintermark</td></tr>
<tr><td>Tor'Vaal Eklund</td><td>Wintermark</td></tr>
<tr><td>Rein Whiteoak</td><td>Wintermark</td></tr>
<tr><td>Sigeferth Masinen</td><td>Wintermark</td></tr>
<tr><td>Káre Markusdottir</td><td>Wintermark</td></tr>
<tr><td>Rin Geirskogul</td><td>Wintermark</td></tr>
<tr><td>Corvid Crowson</td><td>Wintermark</td></tr>
<tr><td>Orsson Hrafnir</td><td>Wintermark</td></tr>
<tr><td>Wilmær</td><td>Wintermark</td></tr>
<tr><td>Æschere</td><td>Wintermark</td></tr>
<tr><td>Jaana Mordssen</td><td>Wintermark</td></tr>
<tr><td>Qusay i Kalamar i Guerra</td><td>The Brass Coast</td></tr>
<tr><td>Pacheco "Patches" i Shartha i Guerra</td><td>The Brass Coast</td></tr>
<tr><td>Eli 'Audacity' Armstrong</td><td>The Marches</td></tr>
<tr><td>Gilly Garland Honeygrove Lowther</td><td>The Marches</td></tr>
<tr><td>Alva</td><td>The Marches</td></tr>
<tr><td>Quay Stone</td><td>The Marches</td></tr>
<tr><td>Millward Cowley</td><td>The Marches</td></tr>
<tr><td>Bacauda Netherwatch</td><td>Urizen</td></tr>
<tr><td>Daegal</td><td>Wintermark</td></tr>
<tr><td>Osgar</td><td>Wintermark</td></tr>
<tr><td>Skal Ilfsson</td><td>Wintermark</td></tr>
<tr><td>Jambert Wulfgar</td><td>Wintermark</td></tr>
<tr><td>Dägen Ägenssen</td><td>Wintermark</td></tr>
<tr><td>Hägen Ägenssen</td><td>Wintermark</td></tr>
<tr><td>Kägen Ägenssen</td><td>Wintermark</td></tr>
<tr><td>Sigebryht</td><td>Wintermark</td></tr>
<tr><td>Thalia of Netherwatch</td><td>Urizen</td></tr>
<tr><td>Erasmo di Tassato</td><td>The League</td></tr>
<tr><td>Sylvan Blackleaf</td><td>Navarr</td></tr>
<tr><td>Bea of Kings Stoke</td><td>The Marches</td></tr>
<tr><td>Briony of King's Stoke</td><td>The Marches</td></tr>
<tr><td>Cuddy Beason</td><td>The Marches</td></tr>
<tr><td>Ebenezer</td><td>The Marches</td></tr>
<tr><td>Merriweather</td><td>The Marches</td></tr>
<tr><td>Ophelia de Rosier</td><td>Dawn</td></tr>
<tr><td>Lord Romande Remys</td><td>Dawn</td></tr></small></table></div>
While just over two thirds of the [[fleet|captains]] who contributed to the project were unsurprisingly [[Wintermark|Winterfolk]], vessels from almost every Imperial nation were involved, only the [[Imperial Orcs]] were absent. With coordination and support from the civil service - and a considerable commitment of funds from the Senate - over the last season these ambitious mariners began to compile cartographic information about the land along the coast of the Sea of Snow.

The project has not created the kind of highly detailed map that would be of use to magicians. This requires a significantly more focused approach such as is provided by a [[spy network]] operated by bands of [[military unit|trained scouts]]. What it has done is closed several holes in Imperial understanding of the geography of the western coast- providing a firm foundation on which further projects might be built as well as giving some insight into the size of Faraden, Kalsea, and Narkyst.

Each fleet that has taken part in this project has received only 4 ingots of metal and 30 rings. This has come from raiding Jotun settlements and engaging in petty trade with Faraden settlements. More importantly, perhaps, each captain has also been provided with their copy of the map of the Sea of Snow, as well as a collected gazetteer of points of interest in each territory.

===Summary===
The map, and the limited gazetteer of locations uncovered, is being prepared for publication by the civil service and is expected to be made available after the Winter Solstice ('''OOC:''' That is, it will be put on the wiki as happens with the report from a spy network). It is known to have located and mapped the shores of one Narkyst territory to the south - '''Ankashun''', two territories belonging to the Faraden - '''Menendram''' and '''Tujahan''', and the names and rough coastlines of three Kalsea territories to the north - '''Bryadvik''', '''Tromsa''', and '''Fjorknae'''.

===Stories from the Sea of Snow===
Each ship captain who contributed to the project is free to create their own stories of their escapades, within reason. A recurring element in these stories is the presence of a surprising number of ghastly sea monsters in the Sea of Snow, especially ivory-white and seadeep-blue [[Mundane_beasts#Kraken|kraken]], behemoth beasts that rise up from the frigid depths, and even carnivorous sea birds that think nothing of trying to pluck a small human or orc from the rigging of a seagoing vessel. Many of the surviving fleets will have had a run in with one or more of these monsters, and in some cases had to flee for their lives. Any player who sent their fleet to map the Sea of Snow may choose to roleplay that their fleet was wiped out by one of the monsters; in return they can e-mail Profound Decisions to arrange a different personal resource of the same rank as the fleet they have lost, located in any of their nation's territories.

The inhabitants of the Jotun territories are unsurprisingly hostile to Imperials. The majority of those who live by the coast are human thralls who run at the sight of any ship, whether clearly Imperial or not. Any ship that waits too long in Jotun territory, or whose crew goes ashore to raid, is swiftly met by the Jarl who rules the area and the warriors they command.

The [[Faraden]] are more open to Imperial visitors but their coastal villages are more suited to small fishing vessels that cling close to shore, rather than the seagoing ships that make up Imperial fleets. There is some petty trade between Faraden villagers and Imperial captains, often small trinkets or extra supplies for the journey home, but nothing in comparison to the profits from visiting one of the many [[foreign ports]].

Each of the seventy or more captains who took part in the opportunity will have a document in their player packs containing further details of the six non-Imperial territories along the Sea of Snow, as well as a map showing their placement.

==Resolution==
Following the Winter Solstice, the information gathered during the project to map the Sea of Snow was made [[Sea of Snow|publicly available]].

The Marches culture and customs

2026-04-13T23:34:48Z

GuiltyConscience: /* Maritime Traditions */

{{CaptionedImage|file=MarcherWassail.jpg|align=left|width=500|caption=Marcher Wassail, Autumn Equinox 378YE}}
==Tradition==
Tried and trusted traditions bind the folk together and give a context to their lives. Traditions such as ''[[#Hue and cry|hue and cry]]'', ''[[#Rough music|rough music]]'', ''[[#Shunning|shunning]]'', ''[[#Shriving|shriving]]'', ''[[#The beating of the bounds|beating the bounds]]'' and the ''[[#The wicker man|wicker man]]'' are all part of a system that has worked to make the Marches strong for centuries. Several of these traditions have their roots in necessity - when times are hard, people who act against the interests of their neighbours endanger the entire community. These traditions help to maintain the cohesion of a community, and lay down punishments for those who act against the communal good.

==Hue and cry==
The Marcher attitude of taking matters in hand is the basis of the ''hue and cry'', the old tradition of law enforcement in the Marches that still endures. Any Marcher who witnesses a crime can raise a hue and cry. All able-bodied people, upon hearing the shouts, are expected to assist in the pursuit until the felon is apprehended. In the pre-Imperial past, the hue and cry would often result in summary justice for a criminal, which occasionally lead to innocent people receiving harsh punishments. Today, suspects are turned over to Imperial magistrates to judge. The readiness of the Marchers to defend the common good derives from their belief in doing the right thing and their pride that they are up to the task of getting it done.
==Shunning==
Those who persist in ignoring Marcher traditions may end up subject to Shunning. Individuals who are shunned are effectively cast out of society. They are turned out of their [[Marcher household|household]] and find every door closed in their face. Helping or in some cases even acknowledging someone who has been shunned can result in the offender being shunned in turn. Shunning may last for a week, a season, a year or even indefinitely. The extent of the punishment depends on who is enacting it – one family may shun another and anyone who helps them, or an entire household or town might shun someone and encourage all their allies to do the same. Many individuals who are shunned are forced to leave the area.

Children are ''never'' shunned. Until someone has passed their test of adulthood, they may be punished by their parents but they are not considered mature or responsible enough to gain any benefit from being shunned. Adults who suggest shunning children are considered to be idiots.
<div style="float:right; width: 500px; clear: left;"><quote by="Ann Beater">You listen to me young Alice. You're of age now, so you're old enough to come with us, but you better have a care to be doing exactly what we told ya or there will be more trouble than you've ever seen. Firstly, the music stops once we get there. Has to - otherwise nobody'll be able to hear what the beater's got to say. And most important of all, nobody goes in their house, and if they run off, no damn fool goes chasing after them. And nobody, but nobody lays a hand on them... ''or else''. That's how rough music turns into bloody murder - and that's not what this is about. We're going down to their Common to show Green Cobb how pissing furious we are, not to start the next Cousin's War. You got all that? Right - grab your pans and lets be off...</quote></div>
==Rough Music==
* '''Rough music is only used on Imperial institutions like the Senate or large national groups like a national council, shunning is used for anything smaller'''
* '''You must get a referee to accompany you before the rough music begins'''
* '''It starts with an energetic procession that moves through Anvil and ends within a minute or two of arriving at the destination'''
* '''The Marcher tradition incorporates three golden rules to prevent bloodshed if things get out of hand'''
** '''Everyone involved must stay well back, nobody is allowed to get close enough to start a fight'''
** '''The music stops outside the culprit's building or tent, nobody is ever allowed to go inside'''
** '''Everyone makes sure that the wrongdoers have a clear route to flee if they want to, nobody is allowed to go after them'''
<div style="float:left; width: 300px; clear: right;">{{CaptionedImage|file=RougherMusic.jpg|align=left|width=300|title=When the Marchers are angry, they do not keep their anger to themselves - they share it with everyone.|caption=The rough music is a particularly egalitarian form of punishment.}}</div>
Those who break Marcher traditions are often called out publicly. Unlike shunning, however, rough music targets a group of people who have offended their neighbours rather than an individual. Within the Marches, one village will often use rough music against the next village along if they get caught cheating at foot-the-ball. At Anvil Marchers reserve rough music for institutions like the Imperial Senate and the Military Council or large national groups or bodies like the Brands Council in Navarr. If a lone individual or small group are responsible for breaking traditions or causing upset, then shunning used instead if a demonstration needs to be made.

<div style="float:right; width: 450px; clear: right;"><box>'''Be Dramatic - Not Punitive or Intimidating'''<p>Rough music is '''not''' a license to break the [[Conduct#Roleplaying_Conflict|conduct rules for roleplaying conflict]]. Everyone who attends Empire must take reasonable steps to ensure that nobody is out-of-character physically intimidated by your roleplaying in a dramatic confrontation. Avoid in-character confrontations where there is out-of-character animosity, or when you are angry out-of-character for any reason. The new version of rough music is designed to lets players produce a dramatic scene that ends with a climactic confrontation, without breaking the conduct rules.</p>

The in-character goal of rough music is to demonstrate the depth of feeling, to show how outraged people are and to highlight the offenders' actions to everyone. The out-of-character goal is to make a big dramatic scene that creates an impact and draws attention to the cool things the perpetrators have done.</box></div>

At its simplest, rough music is simply a group of Marchers bringing a lot of noise to the house of the folks they're punishing. Rough music is a peculiarly egalitarian punishment. The more Marchers agree with the punishment, the louder it is. The more serious they deem the transgression, the more effort is made in preparation. The more outraged the people are by the behaviour of the targets, the more theatrical the presentation. It usually ends with a formal shaming of the people involved - everyone in the mob stops making a noise, then someone loudly declaims what offences have been committed - and then everyone turns their back and walks away in silence.

While the perception is that it rarely has any sort of formality to it, a proper rough music is generally an organised undertaking. ('''OOC Note: You must get a referee before the rough music starts'''). It starts with a procession, folks get together, agree what they're going to do and then start to march towards their target while making a hullabaloo. The precise nature of the "music" varies across the Marches, but it is always noisy. The racket may just be chanting, or it may involve drumming, rattles, bells, hooting, and improvised instruments such as pots and pans. Sometimes, the wrongdoers are presented in effigy, and at its most sophisticated the targets are shamed by theatrical performance or puppetry.

Whatever the format, the procession inexorably proceeds towards the target, although the route can be circuitous if folks are angry enough. The rough music will continue the whole time they march, culminating in a great crescendo once they arrive at their destination. The finale will continue for a few minutes at most but stops if the culprits have the courage to come out and face the mob. Once there is quiet someone, usually a respected beater or whoever has the loudest voice, will be pushed forward by the crowd to recite whatever transgressions have roused the anger. It is foolish in the extreme to try and interrupt whoever is presenting the mob's demands since that only invites the rough music to start up again. Once the denunciation is delivered, the crowd will turn their back and walk away in silence - ideally just as the offenders are trying to rebut the accusations.

There are three golden rules for rough music that sensible Marchers ensure are never broken. The first is that nobody is allowed to get close enough to the culprits to in order to prevent a fight starting. The second is that nobody enters the tent or building at any point. And the third is that everyone leaves plenty of room so that the culprits can flee if they need to; those that do flee are ignored. Marchers understand that people do foolish things when they feel trapped.

These rules are set in stone because rough music can all too easily descend into violence and murder when passions are high. The goal of rough music is to demonstrate the strength of feeling, and how badly a group has offended, not to threaten or punish people and certainly not to take a life. That's a bad outcome for everyone, so sensible Marchers make sure everyone knows the three rules before they begin the march.

===Rough Music and Imperial Law===
Like curses, rough music does not intrinsically contravene Imperial law. However, like curses, care must be taken not to break the law while engaged in rough music, otherwise the militia will investigate and the magistrates are likely to take a dim view of the proceedings. Provided no Imperial laws are broken then there is no crime to answer for, but Marchers who enter premises where they are not welcome or who assault another character or unlawfully detain them during rough music can expect to face severe punishment.

==Shriving==
{{CaptionedImage|file=BeaterBounds.jpg|align=right|width=300}}
An old Marcher tradition says that dark deeds can be mitigated through disavowing their actions and to cleanse their souls through the practice of [[The Marches religious beliefs#Shriving|shriving]]. A Marcher will often seek out a trusted friar or monk and share the onus of their wicked thoughts or unvirtuous deeds. A priest who hears a confession transfers some of the culpability for the dark deeds recounted to themselves; only an individual who is certain their soul is relatively unsullied will offer shriving.

==The Beating of the Bounds==
The [[Marches Military Concerns#Beaters|beaters]] mark out what is Marcher and what is not, and they help the Civil Service with the recording of who is loyal to whom. The Beating of the Bounds usually takes place after the harvest is in. At this festival every Marcher marks their land, by walking around the boundary led by the beaters. Certain stones, trees or other marker points around the boundary are beaten literally, ceremonially striking them with sticks or willow wands. Market towns beat the boundaries laid out by their warrant, and individual market towners often have a second ceremony in which they beat the bounds of their shop or workplace.

The ceremony is designed to remind all of the size of the holding, but it also works to remind everyone of who is part of the community and who is outside it. On a practical level, the beating of the bounds is often preceded by the beaters ensuring that the boundary areas are safe for the upcoming ceremony, and followed by a period of maintaining and replacing whatever physical markers delineate the bounds - it is a time for repairing fences, planting hedges and the like.

This ancient tradition certainly has its roots in Marcher understanding of [[hearth magic]], especially when it comes to the power inherent in [[The_Marches_hearth_magic#Boundaries|boundaries]].
{{CaptionedImage|file=Wassail with Scarecrow.jpg|caption=[[Wassail]], the harvest festival|width=475|align=left}}

==Wassail==
After every harvest, Marcher farmers perform this traditional religious ceremony to celebrate prosperity. Wassailing varies from place to place but typically involves parading through the village singing and drinking to celebrate the health of the fields and orchards. Food and drink produced during the year is consumed or left as an offering; ale might be used to toast a barley field or a pat of butter buried in a dairy pasture. The parade is often led by the children of the village. As the yeomen go from house to house they share food and drink with their community and receive in return a taste of the food that each household has in excess from their own harvests.

At each Autumn Equinox, Marchers parade from camp to camp, singing the Wassail and sharing their home-grown produce with other nations. Although not expected, other nations often reciprocate in small token exchanges of goods that their own territories have in abundance.

Wassail songs can be found on [[The Marches music]] page.
{{CaptionedImage|file=Burning Marches.jpg|width=500|align=right|caption=Don’t judge each day by the harvest you reap but by the seeds that you plant. Well sown, Ned. Well sown.}}

==The Wicker Man==
This is a large figure of wicker and wood, which is set alight to burn sacrifices. Ideal sacrifices are things that have been raised by mortal hands from the land such as crops and domesticated animals. These sacrifices are made to atone for acts of vice. By giving up the rewards of prosperity, and creating the need for more prosperity to replace them, the Marchers believe that they make reparation for their unvirtuous behaviour and in this way ensure that they reincarnate well in the next life.

The greatest sacrifice of all is to give up your own life. This is only ever permitted for individuals whose failure cannot otherwise be redeemed. Primarily this responsibility lies with a person whose actions cause a Marcher territory to be lost. In Marcher eyes, that individual - and everyone who worked and fought for them - is responsible for the failure. By going voluntarily to the wickerman a general or senator absolves not just their own failure but the failures of everyone who served under them. A recent example was in 349YE when former Senator Thomas Overton of the [[Mournwold]] went into the wicker man to absolve himself for his inability to keep his territory out of [[Jotun]] hands.

In Autumn 381YE, former general of the Tusks Nedry Galest of the Cullach went to the wicker man to atone for the curses on the Mourne which had killed so many. "Only Remembered For What We Have Done", they sang as he burned.
{{CaptionedImage|file=Marcher_proverb.jpg|width=600|align=left|caption=Which precise epithet is shared with the enemy here is unclear, but context suggests a typically Marcher piece of salty wit.}}

==Proverbs==
Marchers are keen on mottoes and folk sayings. Many Marcher households adopt a single motto, a phrase meant to formally summarise the spirit of the group. Marchers in general make common use of proverbs, pithy pieces of folk wisdom often expressed as admonitions. Favourites can have double meanings often unnoticed to the outsider. Individuals generally pick one or two that they like or find particularly wise, but some collect dozens of sayings and employ them at every opportunity. While there are some [[Proverbs|common Marcher sayings]] that many people know, nobody could expect to know all of them and new ones are regularly created when a pithy comment is repeated.

==Sports and Games==
At their best, Marcher folk relish competition. All kinds of sports and ball games are taken very seriously, to the bafflement of outsiders unfamiliar with the subtleties of rules that often only exist in oral form, depending of the regions involved. Foot-the-ball might be a simple game of five-a-side or it might be a more traditionally Marcher game with unlimited participants. Stick-and-ball might ban sticks wielded above the waist, or might, in a version much favoured by some younger Marchers, be played at head height. There is no centralised authority to define and enforce rules; it's traditional for participants to double-check their understanding of the rules before they start. Sporting competitions are sometimes used to decide serious matters or settle disputes. In some cases participation may even be part of ancient treaties between Households.

<ic>
<em>Beaters Annals for the Household of Barrowfield, Summer’s End Festival, Year of the Empire 294</em>

"I hereby bear witness to the annual match between the allied lesser Households of Elderhowe and Youngerhowe to determine cultivation of the Old Howe orchard, as is the custom since the division of Old Howe farm between the Sons. Rules were agreed as follows:

Teams of five. First to three scores wins.

Elderhowe running from Mill Lane End, scoring at the oak by Blacksmith’s gate, John the Blacksmith counting at the oak.

Youngerhowe running from Blacksmith’s Gate, scoring at the red beech at Mill Lane End, Grey Allan counting at the red beech.

Let it be recorded that Elderhowe won by three scores to two, retaining the orchard for a fourth year. Bond of three baskets of apples, three of pears was promised to Youngerhowe for six pairs of strong hands at picking time.”
</ic>
{{CaptionedImage|file=Apple Tree.jpg|align=right|width=500|caption=The dead rest peacefully beneath the shadow of the apple trees.}}

==Funerals==
Marcher dead are buried in good fertile soil, often with an apple seed or small apple sapling planted above the body. There are plenty of stories of Marchers who die far from home and who "rest uneasy in the poor soil, cold in their stony beds" as one song ([[The Unquiet Grave]]) has it. Sometimes these are little more than ghost stories, but there is some evidence that so ingrained is the desire to "sleep beneath the apple trees" that the spirits of dead Marchers may trouble friends, relatives or even random travellers until their remains are given a suitable burial.

Should an apple tree actually sprout in a graveyard, the apples are not to be gathered, but are free for the poor and desperate to eat. The wood of these graveyard orchards is said to contain some of the wisdom or knowledge of the deceased. Many Shunned individuals survive on apples taken from graveyards. There is also a common belief that for those souls who have achieved true greatness, the grave is a literal “resting place.” According to this superstition, the greatest heroes of the nation simply slumber beneath the ground, ready to defend the Marches in its darkest hour.

The lone exception to this rule is briars. There is a longstanding superstition that the magic in a briar's blood can affect the ground around where it is buried. There does ''seem'' to be a connection between the burial of briars, especially those with high lineage, and peculiar supernatural effects. Several sites across the Marches are attributed to the burial of a briar including the Bleeding Dolmen of [[Mitwold#Oddmire|Oddmire]] whose infrequent secretions are said to promote chaotic fecundity; the Fallow Field of south-western [[Mournwold#Green March|Green March]] where plants grow unnaturally quickly and resist all efforts to clear them; and the Poison Glen that once stood in north-eastern [[Upwold#Birchland|Birchland]], the trees of which sprouted unwholesome fruit.

As a result, some Marcher communities refuse to allow those who manifest briar lineage to be buried nearby. In these cases, their bodies are burnt and the ashes scattered or they receive more traditional burials but in soil that is outside the Marches. There are also a rare few places where burial grounds specifically for briars are laid aside, often in land that is of no use to anyone else, or that is owned by a briar [[Yeomen of the Marches|yeoman]].

Very few Marcher heroes lie on the cold marble biers of the [[Necropolis]], and those that do have a good thick layer of soil in the tomb under them.
==Maritime Traditions==
Every Marcher knows that land matters. They may go to sea, sometimes for months or years, but they always want to come home. Many traditional Marcher sailors wear a small bag of soil around their neck. This serves as a link to the place they were born, or where their family or household lives, or more often to the place they plan to retire to once they are sick of the sea. This tradition is sometimes adopted by Marchers who need to spend extended time away from the Empire in other nations, even if they are not themselves sailors.

Many ship captains make a point of organising a big meal with their entire crew, from the newest cabin boy to the oldest sailor, the night before their ship leaves port for an extended journey. For that meal or night, rank is set aside and people talk frankly and freely. This also traditionally marks the point at which any new crew have a last chance to back out. Meals are a [[The_Marches_hearth_magic#Food_and_Drink|serious business]] for all Marchers and it is held to be very bad luck for someone to not sail with the vessel after they take part in the meal. Some crews extend this tradition and make a point of meeting up for a big meal together at the solstice or the equinox, inviting along all those who ever served with them and their families, or combining their efforts together with other crews for a larger-scale celebration of salt and soil, especially at the Autumn Equinox.

Some crews, especially those from Upwold, make a point of creating a big [[The_Marches_hearth_magic#Poppets|poppet]] that serves a similar purpose to the bag of soil worn around the neck but for the entire ship. As well as keeping the crew tied to the land, it is also said to head off the kind of bad omens that ships have to deal with, and helps stop sickness. This "ship's poppet" is usually much bigger than the normal poppet, and may even be more like a scarecrow than a poppet. Sailors, whether members of the crew the poppet belongs to or not, touch it for luck when they board a ship or enter a space belonging to that crew. Some even dress the poppet up like one of them, making it metaphorically part of the crew. They give the poppet a fancy name and talk about how they “work hard”. Some even carry them with them when they are given license; they are bought their pints and treated like they're alive. The luck of the ship is serious business - it's not unknown for a nasty brawl to break out if their ship's mascot is disrespected.

Last of all, many Marcher sailors have a particular dread of drowning at sea. This can make Marcher sailors particularly concerned with omens; watching the flight of birds and as concerned about the state of the weather and the sky as any farmer. One sailor explained it as a fear that if one drowns at sea - if a ship sinks or someone gets swept overboard - there is no chance their body will be [[#Funerals|laid to rest]] properly. Instead they are doomed to become a ghost, left to haunt the empty sea, or forced to find their long and lonely way home by foot from a strange land. These ghosts are invariably seen as malignant - there is a belief that the sea in their heads washes away their memories and leaves only a monster behind.

==Icons and Artistry==
The iconic symbols of the Marches are those that represent the bounty of their farms, most commonly the wheatsheaf, the pig (especially the boar), and either an apple or a basket of orchard fruits. These symbols are closely associated with [[Prosperity]], a virtue that is close to the heart of many Marcher folk. The symbol of the seed or apple and seed are both popular representations of the soul and the cycle of rebirth peculiar to the Marches - in some parts they are more popular than the labyrinth as [[symbols of the Way|symbols of the Way]]. The crow and the rat, by contrast, are both images of ill-omen and bad luck.

Gates and doors are traditionally decorated or adorned with woven bundles of grain on either side, while the hearth is ideally adorned with freshly cut flowers or blossoming branches. More than any other subject, Marcher art strives to capture the straightforward beauty found in flowers and plants, especially using pencils, charcoal, and watercolour paints. Portraiture is also common; wealthy [[steward|stewards]] often commission respected artists to paint one or more portraits of the household, but less well-off [[Yeomen of the Marches|yeoman]] will hang their own paintings of family members.
{{The Marches Links}}

Recognition

2026-04-13T13:06:53Z

GuiltyConscience: /* Judgement */

{{Synod Judgement Summary|Virtue Assembly, General Assembly|Greater Majority}}
{{CaptionedImage|file=Cardinal Pride.png|title=Paragons!|caption=Only the Imperial Synod has the authority to recognise [[paragons and exemplars]] of the Way.|align=left|width=450}}
==Overview==
[[Paragons and exemplars]] are inspirations - significant figures of virtue from across history who have embodied the [[The Way|virtues]] and demonstrated their worth. They serve a crucial role in providing both inspiration and guidance, as citizens are encouraged to emulate their achievements. Recognizing an inspiration is thus a crucial role of the [[Synod]] that helps to define [[The Way]] in the most practical terms.

Only the Imperial Synod has the authority to officially recognize that a figure has met the [[signs of the paragon and exemplar]] and thus qualifies as a hero of the faith. To do so, the Synod must identify which single virtue the inspiration best exemplifies. There are some notable figures in Imperial history who have never been recognized simply because the Synod cannot agree which virtue should claim them.

The General [[Assembly]] may also use a judgement of recognition to confirm that new evidence has come to light that disputes the status of an exemplar or paragon. If this judgement of recognition passes, then the status of the exemplar or paragon is removed.

==Judgement==
A judgement of recognition must be raised and passed by the relevant virtue [[assembly]] with a greater majority. To be legally binding, the judgement must identify the nominee and explicitly state whether they are a paragon or exemplar and which [[signs of the paragon and exemplar]] the individual has met.

If a valid judgement of recognition is passed by the greater majority of a virtue assembly then it is automatically escalated to the General Assembly. The judgement is raised by the [[Tribune of the Synod]] in the name of the priest who brought the original judgement of recognition. This second judgement will run until 2pm on the final day of the summit, provided that gives time for sufficient [[judgement#scrutiny|scrutiny]], otherwise the deadline will be 2pm on the final day of the following summit.

To be successful, a judgement of recognition of an exemplar requires the lesser majority of the General Assembly to vote in favour. To recognise a paragon requires that the General Assembly pass the judgement with a greater majority. A judgement to recognise a paragon that passes the General Assembly with a lesser majority but fails to achieve a greater majority is considered to fail - it does not pass as an exemplar.

It is also possible for the Synod to use a judgement of recognition to formally recognise someone as a false paragon or exemplar; either of a specific false virtue or as someone whose influence and teachings are considered to be anathema to the Way. A judgement of recognition which recognises a false paragon or exemplar can only be raised in the General Assembly and in both cases requires a greater majority to pass. A judgement of recognition used to recognise someone as a false paragon or exemplar does not have the legal requirement to name the [[signs of the paragon and exemplar]] that the individual has met. If a Virtue Assembly wished to recognise someone as an exemplar or paragon who had previously been judged to be a false exemplar or paragon there would first need to be a judgement of recognition passed in the General Assembly explicitly reversing their judgement, which would again require a greater majority.
<div style="float: right;"><quote by="Marcher Proverb">If you eat apples from every orchard, you'll run for a week.</quote></div>

==Outcome==
{{Stub}}
If the judgement is successful then the individual is recognized is an exemplar or paragon of virtue. The approval of the Synod means that priests throughout the Empire may legally cite the life of the individual and recount their deeds as part of their work exhorting citizens to virtue. Without this judgement it would constitute an act of [[religious crime#blasphemy|blasphemy]] to promote them as an exemplar or paragon. If a judgement of recognition is used to recognise a false exemplar or paragon then the magistrates will take that into account when [[Sanction#Outcome|presenting a ruling]] where a judgement of condemnation has been raised.

If an individual receives the recognition of the Synod, then it is legal for an Imperial citizen to create a memorial to honour their life. If there is sufficient support to deserve a dose of true liao to devote to the memory of the exemplar or paragon - then it can be used to create a [[inspirational location|wondrous consecration]] that will ultimately draw pilgrims from all over the Empire, and beyond. If that happens, then the tale of the exemplar or paragon's deeds will be immortalized as they spread to the corners of the world and they will become [[Paragons_and_exemplars#Renown|renowned]].

The simplest tomb requires no great materials - but it is possible to [[commission]] a grand structure through the Senate if the figure is sufficiently popular that there is support for something more expensive. The '''Custodes Clavium''' are a Highborn chapter based in [[Bastion]], dedicated to recording the lives of exemplars and paragons as well as those who have sat on [[the Throne]]. If a citizen sends a Winged Messenger to ''Exarch Sarah of the Custodes Clavium at the Basilica of Seven Doors'' in [[Bastion]], informing her of the decision of the Synod, then she is likely to send a representative to speak with the priest who raised the judgement to learn more. If the Custodes are satisfied that the judgement is sound then they will offer to assist in the construction of a suitable church in the memory of the exemplar or paragon. They do not have white granite or weirwood to spare - but they do have many skilled architects and builders who can facilitate the construction of the sinecure in Bastion such that it does not need the support of the Imperial civil service (so it does not count as one of the [[Commission#New_Commissions|twelve commissions]] that the civil service can support each summit). If the priest is unable to convince the Custodes Clavium to help then they would need to convince the Senate to devote the resources to any commission they chose to undertake.

<ic>In the Winter of 377YE, the Senate amended the way in which Exemplars are recognized, in line with reforms proposed by Hywel Summercrow in a statement of principle put to the Synod on the Autumn of 377YE.</ic>

{{CaptionedImage|file=Dawn_Troubadour.jpg|align=right|width=250}}

{{Synod Further Reading}}

Judgement

2026-04-13T13:05:01Z

GuiltyConscience: /* Types of Judgement */

{{CaptionedImage|file=Jugement Judging.jpg |caption=Each judgement has a precise legal implication, and every vote counts.|align=left|width=400}}
==Overview==
Judgements are the way that the various assemblies of the [[Synod]] carry out their business. There are a number of different judgements, each of which has precise legal implications. By passing an appropriate judgement, an [[assembly]] may appoint a [[cardinal]], [[veto]] a [[Senate motion]], change doctrine, or revoke a [[general]]. All the main powers of the Synod rely on a judgement being raised and passed when directly employed by the Synod.

The only alternative to a judgement is if the Senate creates an [[Imperial title]] which has the legal authority to use one or more Synod powers. These powers can then be executed directly by the title holder without the need to submit a judgement for the approval of an assembly.

The Secretary General of the Civil Service has written a short pamphlet outlining the different types of judgement, which can be found [https://www.profounddecisions.co.uk/mediawiki-public/images/8/8d/Synod_Judgements_Guide.pdf here]. Copies of this pamphlet are also available in the Hub during events.

==Proposal==
Each [[Member of the Synod|member]] of the [[Synod]] may propose a single judgement per summit. It must be submitted to an appropriate civil servant (normally the [[Tribune of the Synod]], found in the Hub) and must be submitted for the approval of a single appropriate [[assembly]] the priest belongs to. To raise a judgement the priest needs to identify:

* Which Synod power they wish to utilise
* The target or targets of the judgement, if any
* Which assembly they are looking to place it before

The power and target of the judgement may determine which assembly is legally allowed to consider it. For example, only the General Assembly may excommunicate a citizen. A national assembly my revoke one of their own, but the Marcher National Assembly cannot consider a judgement to revoke a Navarr senator. The Tribune will be able to help advise inexperienced priests how best to use their judgement to achieve their goal.

The civil servant will record the judgement and display it prominently in the Hub so that it can undergo scrutiny by the members of the assembly who will vote on it. Every member of an assembly has the right to vote on every judgement raised with that assembly.

''E.g. Margot of Dawn wishes to raise a judgement of [[inquisition]] against members of a [[League]] coven believed to be consorting with [[Agramant]]. Margot seeks out the Tribune and indicates that they wish to do this through the Assembly of Vigilance, of which they are a member. Margot completes a judgement sheet that details their judgement, it is accepted by the Tribune and posted on the wall of the Hub.''

Some Imperial titles grant the title holder the power to propose one or more judgements. If the title holder is already a member of the Synod then they may raise these judgements in addition to the single judgement every Synod member is entitled to. If the title holder is not already a member of the Synod, then they do not gain the powers of a member of the Synod, but they may still raise the judgement associated with their title to an appropriate Assembly.

A judgement must normally be allowed to continue until the voting has concluded. The Tribune may use their judgement to withdraw a judgement if the priest who raises it requests them to do so if it is very clear that that would serve the best interests of the Synod.

<div style="float: right;"><quote by="Marcher Proverb">Weeds need no sowing.</quote></div>

==Voting==
The civil service do not arrange any formal meetings for the members of the Synod. When a judgement is raised, the sheet containing the details of the judgement is pinned to the walls of the hub so that it may be scrutinised by any citizen. Eligible members of the Synod may then vote for (or against) the judgement at any point until voting closes.

The votes of Synod priests in determining a majority are not equal. A priest's judgement is measured in influence, and their influence is weighted by the size, or importance, of their [[congregation]]. Voting is conducted in public and any citizen may view the records to see how many votes a judgement has gathered and who has supported or opposed it.

At each summit there are five fixed deadlines when voting ends. A priest must choose which deadline to use for their judgement when they raise it. At any point up to the deadline, priests of the appropriate assembly can register their votes either for, or against, the judgement. They do this by seeking out the Tribune of the Synod in the Hub. The priest may change their vote at any time before voting concludes.

This system makes supporting the Synod easier for the civil service and easier for priests to know when voting on important judgements ends. At each deadline, the office of the [[Tribune of the Synod]] will close voting and then count the votes for every Synod judgement due to end then. These deadlines are currently set at 10pm on Friday, then 2pm, 6pm and 10pm on Saturday and finally 2pm on Sunday.
<div style="float: right;"><quote by="Highborn Saying">Truth is the judgement that endures.</quote></div>

==Majority==
For a judgement to be successfully made, it needs to achieve a majority. There are two kinds of majority:

* A '''lesser majority''' is one where the votes in support of the judgement exceed those made against it
* A '''greater majority''' is one where the votes in support of the judgement exceed one half of the assembly's voting strength

If a judgement has achieved a greater majority before the voting deadline, then the priest who submitted the judgement may request that the civil service use their discretion to end the voting early and announce the decision. The civil service will usually agree to the request, provided it is feasible to confirm that that the judgement has reached the greater majority. If the Tribune confirms that the greater majority has been achieved in response to a request, then no more votes may be cast, nor existing votes changed.

The voting strength of an assembly can change as priests travel to and from Anvil. The Tribune will recalculate the assembly's voting strength after each voting deadline has closed - ''after'' the votes have been counted.

The votes cast for and against a judgement can influence how people view it. The legal outcome of a judgement is determined by achieving a lesser or greater majority, but people outside Anvil who hear about the judgement will look at how strongly the Synod backed it. A unanimous or near-unanimous verdict may be viewed differently to one that only just passed because many priests abstained. If many priests voted against a judgement then people will take account of that even if it achieved a greater majority. This is most important with a [[statement of principle]].

==Scrutiny==
Members of an assembly must be given sufficient time to weigh the issues and vote on a judgement. The period of time when a judgement is open for consideration and voting is called scrutiny.

A priest may raise a judgement at any time and may request any one of the remaining deadlines for their judgement. However their choice must ensure that members of their assembly have at least three hours to consider and vote on it, and once selected the deadline cannot be changed. The civil service will refuse any request for a judgement with less than three hours before the deadline, ''unless'' it has [[#Primacy|primacy]] or requires a [[#Greater Majority|greater majority]]. This means that a priest raising a normal judgement less than three hours before the impending scrutiny deadline ''must'' choose a later deadline - or delay their judgement to the next summit.

''E.g. Priest Tacitus submits a statement of principle for scrutiny at 8pm on the Friday night of the summit. The next scrutiny closure is at 10pm, only 2 hours away. Therefore, the earliest the statement of principle can close is 2pm Saturday. Tacitus could also opt to close the judgement at 6pm or 10pm on Saturday, or even 2pm on Sunday.''

In practice the office of the Tribune use some discretion when accepting a judgement, seeking to avoid unduly penalizing a priest for a few minutes delay.

==Avoiding Scrutiny==
===Primacy===
If a priest has gathered sufficient support of their Assembly that they have a greater majority present on the spot then they are permitted to raise a judgement and have it counted immediately. This is called primacy. In effect, the normal rules requiring three hours scrutiny are waved because primacy provides demonstrable proof that enough members of the Synod have already given the issue sufficient consideration.

Members of the synod who are present may choose to cast their votes for or against the judgement. Any group claiming primacy must wait until sufficient votes are recorded to achieve a greater majority. If there are insufficient votes to claim a greater majority then the Tribune will either fail the motion, or if there is sufficient time left at the summit to allow for scrutiny, post the Judgement as normal on the Synod board.

On the final day of the summit, a judgement must be raised before 11am to allow sufficient scrutiny before the voting deadline at 2pm. After this time, it is only possible to raise most judgements with primacy.

The Secretary General of the Civil Service has written a short pamphlet giving advice on Primacy, which can be found [https://www.profounddecisions.co.uk/mediawiki-public/images/c/c7/Synod_Primacy_Guide.pdf here]. Copies of this pamphlet are also available in the Hub during events.

===Greater Majority===
Any judgement that requires a greater majority - [[veto]], [[excommunication]], [[recognition]], or [[change of doctrine]] - may be raised without the need for three hours of scrutiny if a priest wishes. Since these judgements require a greater majority to pass, they cannot come into force unless sufficient members of the Synod are aware of them and have approved them.

The Throne has the power to change a Synod judgement to require a greater majority. This power may be used to submit a normal judgement for voting without scrutiny.

==Failure==
If a judgement that requires a lesser majority has already been failed, then any subsequent judgement submitted to the same assembly in the same summit that has the same legal outcome will automatically require a greater majority to pass.

==Withdrawal==
A member of the Synod who has submitted a judgement may ask the [[Tribune of the Synod]] to use their legal powers to withdraw it. The Tribune will usually allow a judgement to be withdrawn, provided that they are satisfied that this is in the interests of the Synod. Withdrawing a judgement has the same legal outcome as if it had failed; the Synod member may not submit a replacement.

If a judgement has attracted a significant number of votes already and it is clearly in the benefits of the Synod for the judgement to continue then the Tribune will not permit a judgement to be withdrawn. For example, if a judgement of veto were withdrawn at the last minute, when it was becoming clear that it would pass - then the Tribune will not allow that judgement to be withdrawn.

A citizen who is a candidate for a judgement of appointment may withdraw their candidacy at any time. If they are the only candidate on the ballot, then the entire judgement will be withdrawn.

==Types of Judgement==

{|
| '''Judgement Type''' || '''Purpose''' || '''Applicable Assemblies''' || '''Majority Required'''
|-
| [[Appointment]] || Elect [[Imperial title]]s in the Synod || Varies || Lesser
|-
| [[Castigation]] || Rebuke the unvirtuous || Any || Lesser
|-
| [[Challenge]] || Trigger a new election for a tenured title || Varies (by title) || Lesser
|-
| [[Change of doctrine]] || Add, change or remove one of the [[Doctrines of the Faith]] || General || Greater
|-
| [[Exaltation]] || Praise an individual for their actions || Virtue || Greater
|-
| [[Inquisition]] || Summon an individual for questioning for up to 1 hour || National, Virtue or Nine || Lesser
|-
| [[Mandate]] || Enact opportunities assessed by the civil service by spending liao || Varies (by Mandate) || Lesser
|-
| [[Penance]] || Instruct as to the correction of unvirtuous behaviour || Any || Lesser
|-
| [[Proscription]] || Define an act as being a religious crime || General || Lesser
|-
| [[Recognition]] || Recognise an individual as an exemplar or paragon || Virtue (then General) || Varies
|-
| [[Revocation]] || Remove an [[Imperial title]] from an individual || Varies (by title) || Lesser
|-
| [[Rewarding]] || Award money, true liao or wains from the Virtue Fund || General || Lesser
|-
| [[Statement of Principle]] || Express the opinion of an [[assembly]] || Any (General requires [[Cardinal#Elevation|Cardinal's elevation]]) || Lesser
|-
| [[Veto]] || Strike down [[Senate motion]]s || General || Greater
|-
| [[Vindication]] || Laud or exonerate the virtuous || Any || Lesser
|-
| [[Writ of Consecration]] || Authorise a consecration using [[true liao]] || Virtue || Greater
|-
| [[Writ of Excommunication]] || Expel an individual from the Way || General || Greater
|}

==Judgement Sheets==
The civil service provide judgement sheets which are available in the [[Anvil#The Hub|Civil Service Hub]] that can be completed by any member of the Synod to submit a judgement for the Synod's consideration. These are designed to have all the relevant information needed on them made as clear as possible. Members of the Synod can obtain one or more of the sheets before attending Anvil so that they can complete the wording before they arrive.

You can [https://www.profounddecisions.co.uk/mediawiki-public/images/a/a2/Judgement_Sheet.pdf access the judgement sheet template here], to let you complete it before you get to Anvil. Please make sure to use the correct sheet for the Assembly you wish to raise the judgement for.

Only these templates are acceptable - the Tribune of the Synod will reject any judgement that does not use the official sheets, in order to ensure that all citizens can easily find the information they are looking for.

==Accessibility==
The Synod is open for voting on judgements in the Civil Service Hub throughout most of the event. However, we are conscious that some players experience accessibility challenges that make it harder for them to visit the Hub multiple times or queue for long periods to vote. These challenges can include physical disabilities, social anxiety, or parenting responsibilities among others.

To try to help players affected by these issues, we are trialling a new system to improve accessibility. The Civil Service will keep ballot sheets available within the Hub, which any citizen can collect. These sheets can also be [https://www.profounddecisions.co.uk/mediawiki-public/images/2/26/Synod_Ballot.pdf printed off in advance]. Anyone who has accessibility requirements that make visiting the Hub to vote difficult can fill out one of these sheets and have it returned to the Tribune in the Hub by another citizen.

So long as the details are valid, the Tribune will add these votes to the totals for the relevant judgements before the close of the current scrutiny period. The voting priest need not have voted in person yet that summit, nor do they need to provide any documentation other than the completed ballot slip. In the event that the details on the ballot are unclear, the Tribune will attempt to make contact with the priest to establish their intent, but if this is not possible, then any unclear votes will not be counted.

This option is only for players who have genuine reasons why they can't get to the Hub because of any accessibility issues they experience. It is a key design principle of the Synod that participation requires engagement with other priests. The ballots must not be used by players who cannot make the Hub because they are too busy, have a conflicting IC schedule, or do not wish to make the trip to the Hub to vote.

{{Synod Further Reading}}

Castigation

2026-04-13T12:58:38Z

GuiltyConscience: /* Inquisition */

<ic>"...an Atun herself shall turn her gaze from you, as your soul lingers, unmourned, in the darkest recesses of the Labyrinth. You are excommunicated."

"You... you can't do that! Your writ of excommunication never passed the General Assembly!"

"You are condemned as a heretic. I will be sure the magistrate's know it. Besides, if the Assembly lacked the spine to issue a writ of excommunication against the likes of '''you''', what makes you think they have the will to condemn '''me'''?"</ic>
{{Synod Judgement Summary|Any Assembly|Lesser Majority}}
==Overview==
The [[Synod]] is responsible for more than just investigating those whose virtue falls short - the Imperial Constitution calls on it to ensure that the behaviour of individual citizens does not debase the Empire. The Synod has three different judgements that can be used to punish those it deems a risk in this regard, they are [[castigation]], [[revocation]] and [[writ of Excommunication]]. The latter two are usually seen as the more weighty, due to the legal consequences associated with them, but castigation can be used to call out lesser misdeeds without invoking immediate consequence.

Castigation was part of a suite of changes implemented by the [[Wintermark_religious_beliefs|stormcrow]] '''Jorma Steelhail''' to expand the options available to the Synod. The Senate agreed to [[Amend_power_of_Inquisition|expand the scope of the Synod's powers]] in line with the demands made by the Synod.

A judgement of castigation indicates that the target is believed by the assembly to be guilty of unvirtuous deeds and nature and is formally rebuked for them.

==Judgement==
The must state who is being castigated and what action or actions they are being called out for. The judgement must individually name each person being castigated. A judgement may only name more than one individual if they are members of the same oathsworn band - either a [[bands#banner|banner]], [[bands#Sect|sect]], or [[bands#coven|coven]] at the time the judgement is raised. Castigation should only be used in this way where members of the band acted together in unison on the thing they are being castigated for.

A castigation may be raised by any assembly of the [[Synod]]. When the judgement is raised in a national assembly, it may only be used to castigate members of that nation. The virtue assemblies may castigate anyone - but they are expected to focus their judgement on matters concerning their virtue.

Any castigation requires a lesser majority to pass.

<div style="float: right;"><quote by="Marcher Proverb">A tree is known by its fruit, not by its leaves.</quote></div>

==Outcome==
A successful judgement of castigation will be noted and recorded in the official Synod records, but it is the responsibility of the priest who brought the judgement to ensure that all are aware of the outcome.

==Legal Consequences==
Castigation can be very important from a legal perspective. A defendant at trial may plead [[clemency]] if they can find a priest to put their case for them. In theory no priest will plead clemency on someone's behalf unless they genuinely believe that that person has acted virtuously - in practice the Synod is large with many members with disparate political views and even the most heinous criminal may find someone prepared to stand for them.

Castigation gives the Synod a tool to help weigh in on such pleas. It has no legal impact on any related trial - but it will usually be taken into account by any magistrate trying a case. It is significantly harder for a citizen to submit a plea of [[clemency]] if they have been castigated for their actions. Castigation by a virtue assembly usually carries more weight than that of a national assembly, if the virtue is relevant to the clemency plea. If a Virtue assembly castigates someone with a greater majority then it makes it almost impossible for a citizen to successfully plead that Virtue in their defence, unless the priest representing them presents a truly exceptional plea. A successful judgement by the General Assembly is likely to carry at least as much weight, if not more so.

==Inquisition==
A priest who conducts an [[inquisition]] may ask the Tribune to [[Sanction#Escalation|escalate]] the inquisition to castigation if they believe it is appropriate. If that happens, the Tribune will submit a new judgement of castigation for consideration by the same Assembly. The Tribune will only escalate a judgement if it does not name a new target not named in the inquisition. An escalated judgement may use fewer names than the original inquisition, but it may not add a new name to the list.

The existence of escalation makes it common to assume that no priest should request a judgement of [[castigation]] without first completing a corresponding inquisition. Despite this expectation, there is no legal requirement to do so - it is perfectly legal to submit a judgement of castigation without performing any inquisition.

{{Synod Further Reading}}

Vindication

2026-04-13T12:58:10Z

GuiltyConscience: /* Inquisition */

{{Synod Judgement Summary|Any Assembly|Lesser Majority}}
<div style="float:left; width: 300px; clear: left;">{{CaptionedImage|file=JormaSteelhail.jpg|align=right|width=300|caption=Vindication shows that an assembly feels the actions someone has taken are virtuous in nature.}}</div>
==Overview==
The [[Synod]] is responsible for investigating and revealing behaviour the Synod considers to be virtuous or unvirtuous. For many years the only option available to the Synod was to condemn an individual for their invidious actions - criminal or unvirtuous. However following the work of [[Wintermark_religious_beliefs|stormcrow]] '''Jorma Steelhail''' from 379YE to 380YE, the Senate finally agreed to [[Amend_power_of_Inquisition|expand the scope of the Synod's powers]] to allow a range of different edicts to be issued - in accordance with the judgement of the Synod.

A judgement of vindication is used by the Synod to demonstrate that they view the target as innocent of any accusations of unvirtuous acts that have been levelled against them. It may also be used to formally laud the subject's virtuous disposition.

==Judgement==
A judgement of vindication must state who is being vindicated and what action or actions they are being vindicated for. The judgement must individually name each person being vindicated. A judgement may only name more than one individual if they are members of the same oathsworn band - either a [[bands#banner|banner]], [[bands#Sect|sect]], or [[bands#coven|coven]] at the time the judgement is raised. Vindication should only be used in this way where members of the band acted together in unison on the thing they are being vindicated for.

A vindication may be raised by any assembly of the [[Synod]]. When the judgement is raised in a national assembly, it may only be used to vindicate members of that nation. The virtue assemblies may vindicate anyone - but they are expected to focus their judgement on matters concerning their virtue.

Any vindication requires a lesser majority to pass.

<div style="float: right;"><quote by="Marcher Proverb">It is easy to defend the innocent.</quote></div>

==Outcome==
A successful judgement of vindication will be noted and recorded in the official Synod records, but it is the responsibility of the priest who brought the judgement to ensure that all are aware of the outcome.

==Legal Consequences==
Vindication has no impact on any related legal trial - but it can bolster a plea of [[clemency]]. A judgement of vindication by a national assembly can easily be seen as partisan and is unlikely to have a great deal of impact on the magistrates. A vindication by a virtue assembly is much more significant - provided the defendant pleads that Virtue in their clemency plea. If a virtue assembly vindicates someone with a greater majority, that will inevitably buttress any claim to have acted in virtue. A successful judgement by the General Assembly is likely to carry at least as much weight, if not more so.

Any clemency plea must still meet key criteria - a plea of clemency that fails to meet the [[clemency guidance]] will fail no matter how many priests publicly support it.

==Inquisition==
A priest who conducts an [[inquisition]] may ask the Tribune to [[Sanction#Escalation|escalate]] the inquisition to vindication if they believe it is appropriate. If that happens, the Tribune will submit a new judgement of vindication for consideration by the same Assembly. The Tribune will only escalate a judgement if it does not name a new target not named in the inquisition. An escalated judgement may use fewer names than the original inquisition, but it may not add a new name to the list.

The existence of escalation makes it common to assume that no priest should request a judgement of [[vindication]] without first completing a corresponding inquisition. Despite this expectation, there is no legal requirement to do so - it is perfectly legal to submit a judgement of vindication without performing any inquisition.
{{Synod Further Reading}}